From a08a720a11719121bffbd99de1f1d7ec57a5de01 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: lord vesel Date: Sat, 30 Nov 2024 18:28:01 +0500 Subject: [PATCH] build dev apache check --- en/dev-docs/ah64d/36.dl-comms.md | 7910 ++++++++++++++++++ en/dev-docs/ah64d/36.tads-hands-controls.md | 7954 +------------------ en/dev-docs/ah64d/img/img-339-1-screen.jpg | Bin 0 -> 13225 bytes en/dev-docs/ah64d/img/img-339-2-screen.jpg | Bin 0 -> 130636 bytes en/dev-docs/ah64d/img/img-339-3-screen.jpg | Bin 0 -> 12029 bytes en/dev-docs/ah64d/img/img-339-4-screen.jpg | Bin 0 -> 14017 bytes en/dev-docs/ah64d/img/img-339-5-screen.jpg | Bin 0 -> 12279 bytes en/mkdocs.yml | 12 +- 8 files changed, 7923 insertions(+), 7953 deletions(-) create mode 100644 en/dev-docs/ah64d/36.dl-comms.md create mode 100644 en/dev-docs/ah64d/img/img-339-1-screen.jpg create mode 100644 en/dev-docs/ah64d/img/img-339-2-screen.jpg create mode 100644 en/dev-docs/ah64d/img/img-339-3-screen.jpg create mode 100644 en/dev-docs/ah64d/img/img-339-4-screen.jpg create mode 100644 en/dev-docs/ah64d/img/img-339-5-screen.jpg diff --git a/en/dev-docs/ah64d/36.dl-comms.md b/en/dev-docs/ah64d/36.dl-comms.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9e6492a --- /dev/null +++ b/en/dev-docs/ah64d/36.dl-comms.md @@ -0,0 +1,7910 @@ +# DATALINK COMMUNICATIONS +The AH-64D utilizes a secure, modem-based datalink (SMDL) to send and receive targeting data, tactical reports, +text messages, and mission files amongst other AH-64D’s within the team. The modem traffic is relayed as +discreet microbursts of data across the helicopters’ radios, which allows multiple datalink networks to be tuned +simultaneously; one network across each radio. + + + + +As envisioned for use on the modern battlefield, AH-64D teams are employed as tactical maneuver units in a +combined arms scenario alongside friendly infantry, armor, and artillery echelons. In such scenarios, +communications are not only critical to the success of the mission but are also multi-tiered to coordinate with the +various other air and ground forces operating in the same area of operations. This can impose significant +command and control challenges on unit commanders when coordinating the movements and actions of large +formations of attack helicopters; the challenges of which are exacerbated when performed by aircrews that are +simultaneously operating at extremely low altitudes, especially at night. +These challenges in command and control can be mitigated by employing semi-automated and direct exchanges +of data between AH-64D team members to reduce voice traffic and increase the efficiency of distributing tactical +information. Several tactical report formats are available to AH-64D aircrews in exchanging targeting data, fires +distribution, battle damage assessments, position updates, and status of onboard fuel and munitions. In addition, +individual points or entire mission files may be transmitted across the datalink to synchronize information +displayed on the TSD of each AH-64D as battlefield conditions evolve or as changes in mission occur in real-time. +Datalink messages may be transmitted between AH-64D Team members and Primary members within a datalink +network. Up to 16 aircraft may be present within a network, with 15 network members in each aircraft’s network +list and the 16th aircraft being the ownship. +Team members. Team members receive text messages and mission files. These messages coordinate team +actions and movements and distribute mission updates across the entire team of AH-64D’s on a datalink network. +Primary members. Primary members receive tactical reports, targeting data, fires distribution, and individual +TSD points. These messages coordinate tactical actions of individual companies and platoons of AH-64D’s. +Secure Modem Datalink (SMDL) Network +A datalink network consists of multiple AH-64D network members transmitting and receiving data messages +between each aircraft by assigning unique identification numbers within each data message, one for the message +originator and one for the message subscriber. +When a data message is transmitted across the radio frequency that all network members are tuned, the modems +onboard each aircraft receive the data message and compare the message’s subscriber ID(s) with those that are +assigned to their aircraft. If the subscriber ID within the message matches their ownship ID number, the modem +stores the message within the modem buffer and notifies the crew via advisories on the EUFD. The originator ID +within the message is correlated with the matching ID number of a network member and the corresponding +callsign of the sender is displayed to the crew receiving the message. If the subscriber ID within the message +does not match their ownship ID number, the modem rejects the message without crewmember interaction. + + + + + Callsign: DH06 + Datalink ID: 1 + DATA MESSAGE + Originator ID: 1 + Subscriber ID(s): 2, 3 + + + + DH08 crew is notified DH09 crew is notified DH10 crew receives + that a message from that a message from no data message or + DH06 has been received. DH06 has been received. notification. + + + + + Callsign: DH08 Callsign: DH09 Callsign: DH10 + Datalink ID: 2 Datalink ID: 3 Datalink ID: 4 + + Datalink network between members of “Darkhorse” company + +Each network may consist of 16 network members, containing 15 subscribers in addition to the ownship. Any of +the 15 subscribers may be set as a Team member, a Primary member, or both; however, a maximum of 7 +subscribers within each network may be designated as a Primary member. The designation of a subscriber as +Team or Primary determines the type of data messages the member may receive from the ownship. + +Team Messages (COM page) Primary Messages (TSD and FCR pages) +Command and control, and mission updates. Targeting, fire control, and status reports. + +- TEXT Text messages + - BDA Battle Damage Assessment reports + +- CURRENT MISSION Mission files residing in + - TGT FCR Target reports + the aircraft memory + - PP Present Position reports + +- MISSION 1 Mission 1 files residing on the DTC + - FARM Fuel/Ammo/Rockets/Missiles reports + +- MISSION 2 Mission 2 files residing on the DTC + - PFZ/NFZ Priority Fire Zones/No Fire Zones + (Data Transfer Cartridge) + - POINT Individual TSD Point transmissions + + - RFHO FCR RF Target Handover +The designation of network subscribers as Team or Primary members are uniquely defined by each individual +network member, and only affect outgoing data messages from the ownship. For example, the aircrew in DH06 +may designate each of the remaining three aircraft as Team members within their cockpit for sending text +messages to the entire flight platoon, but each of the other three aircrews may have designated DH06 as the +sole Team member within each of their respective cockpits for sending text messages back to the flight leader. +Each Preset on the COM page may be configured with independent network and modem settings, to include +unique frequencies, network subscribers, and Team and Primary designations. If a preset has been configured +for network protocols, the network associated with that preset will be designated by a letter indicating the type +of protocol, and a number corresponding with the preset number. Only presets 1 through 8 may be configured +with DATALINK protocol on the MODEM sub-page, which is indicated by an “L” on the COM page and EUFD. +In the example below, Presets 1, 2, and 3 have been configured for DATALINK protocol, and the networks +associated with each preset have been configured with unique lists of network subscribers on the NET sub-page. +Preset 1 includes each aircraft within the entire flight platoon, while Presets 2 and 3 only include subscribers from +each individual Air Weapons Team (AWT) within the flight platoon; Red Team and White Team. + + Unit ID: DARKHRSE + Call Sign: DRKHR + Primary Freq: FM1 SC + Frequency: 41.150 “Darkhorse 06” “Darkhorse 08” “Darkhorse 09” “Darkhorse 10” + Network: L1 Callsign: DH06 Callsign: DH08 Callsign: DH09 Callsign: DH10 + + + + + Unit ID: RED TM + Call Sign: REDTM + Primary: FM2 SC + Frequency: 32.550 “Darkhorse 06” “Darkhorse 08” + Network: L2 Callsign: DH06 Callsign: DH08 + + + + + Unit ID: WHITE TM + Call Sign: WHTTM + Primary Freq: FM2 SC + Frequency: 37.750 “Darkhorse 09” “Darkhorse 10” + Network: L3 Callsign: DH09 Callsign: DH10 + + + Network configurations for Presets 1, 2, and 3 + +Since each preset can include a unique network configuration, and a different preset may be tuned to each radio, +it is possible to simultaneously tune different datalink networks for each echelon within the entire flight platoon, +with datalink messages being transmitted across the appropriate frequency for the echelon to which it pertains. +In the example below, each aircrew can communicate and exchange datalink messages with the entire flight +platoon using a common radio frequency and datalink network on the FM1 radio. However, Red Team and White +Team are using their FM2 radios to communicate and exchange datalink messages within their respective AWT’s; +with each AWT utilizing a separate radio frequency and datalink network. + “Darkhorse” + FM1 Frequency: 41.150 + Datalink Network: L1 + + + + + Darkhorse 06 Darkhorse 08 Darkhorse 09 Darkhorse 10 + Callsign: DH06 Callsign: DH08 Callsign: DH09 Callsign: DH10 + + + “Red Team” “White Team” + FM2 Frequency: 32.550 FM2 Frequency: 37.750 + Datalink Network: L2 Datalink Network: L3 + + Datalink structure across two Air Weapons Teams + (AWT) within a single flight platoon +Datalink Controls +The AH-64D’s datalink modem utilizes the same radio equipment that is used for voice communications to relay +data between other aircraft within the AH-64D team. As such, datalink networks are tuned in the same manner +as tuning a radio to a communications preset. However, unlike voice transmissions, the datalink can only function +when a radio has been tuned to a preset, which allows the modem to send and receive datalink messages across +the network associated with that preset. If a radio is manually tuned to a frequency, datalink messages cannot +be transmitted or received across that radio, even if tuned to the same frequency of an existing datalink network. +(See the Radio Communications chapter for more information regarding the tuning of presets.) + + +EUFD Controls +The Enhanced Up-Front Display (EUFD) provides the aircrew with a consolidated location for viewing the current +configuration and datalink settings of each radio. The modem can receive datalink messages from the VHF, UHF, +FM1, and FM2 radios simultaneously, but each crewmember may only transmit datalink messages across a single +radio at any given time. +The radio through which each crewmember transmits datalink messages is independent from the radio the +crewmember has selected for voice transmissions. The Datalink Transmit Select rocker is used to select a radio +for datalink transmissions while the Radio Transmit Select rocker is used to select a radio for voice transmissions. +In the example below, the current crewstation is configured to transmit voice over the VHF radio and datalink +over the FM2 radio. The opposite crewstation is configured to transmit voice over the UHF radio and datalink +over the FM1 radio. + + + Primary Network List Standby Network List + + + + + Datalink Transmit + Select Rocker + + Radio Tuning + Control Buttons + Radio Transmit + Select Rocker + + + Radio Status Area + + +The Primary Network List displays which radios are configured to transmit and receive datalink messages, and to +which datalink network the radio has been tuned. In the example above, the modem is monitoring the FM1 radio +for datalink messages from the network associated with Preset 1 and monitoring the FM2 radio for datalink +messages from the network associated with Preset 2. +The Standby Network List displays which datalink networks are associated with the radio presets residing in the +standby slots for each radio. When considering the standby slots of each radio, the number of networks that may +be readily accessible at any given time is as follows: + + - 8 datalink networks (two for each radio) may be loaded into the VHF, UHF, FM1, and FM2 radios. + + - 4 datalink networks (one for each radio) may be tuned and monitored for data communications. + + - 2 datalink networks (one for each crewmember) may be selected to transmit data communications, + independently of the radios selected by each crewmember for transmitting voice communications. +If generator power is lost, crewmembers may still use the radios and the EUFD interface for voice communications +while operating on battery power, but datalink communications will not be possible. +(See Enhanced Up-Front Display (EUFD) for more information.) +COM Originator Identification (ORIG ID) Sub-Page +The ORIG ID sub-page allows crewmembers to review or modify the ownship’s identification settings for sending +and receiving traffic across the datalink network(s). The ownship’s ID settings may be individually edited from +this page, or they may be replaced all at once using pre-planned network member data accessed through the +Originator Directory (ORIG DIR) sub-page. + 1. DL sub-page + + + + + 2. Ownship Callsign 3. Datalink Originator ID + + + + + 4. Digital ID Select 5. TACFIRE ID Settings + + + + + 7. Ownship + Status Window + 6. ORIG DIR sub-page + + + + + 8. MSG sub-pages + + +6. DL sub-page. Displays the Datalink sub-page. (N/I) +7. Ownship Callsign. Activates the KU for inputting the originator callsign for the ownship. A minimum of 3 + and a maximum of 5 alphanumeric characters may be entered. + NOTE: The originator callsign is for reference only and will not affect the function of the datalink networks. +8. Datalink Originator ID. Activates the KU for inputting the originator identification (ID) number which + identifies the ownship on the datalink network. The alphanumeric character ranges that are valid for entry + are 0-39 (with no leading zeros), A-Z, 1A-1Z, 2A-2Z, and 3A-3I; for a total of 127 unique network ID + numbers. + NOTE: Each network member, to include the ownship, must have a unique ID number. If two or more + members on the same datalink network are assigned the same identification number, erroneous behavior + may be observed when using the datalink, or when using functions within the cockpit that are associated + with the datalink. +9. Digital ID Select. Selects a page format for configuring digital ID settings for each type of protocol. + + - DATALINK/TACFIRE. Displays digital ID settings for DATALINK or TACFIRE protocols. + + - INTERNET. Not implemented. + + - FIRE SUPPORT. Not implemented. +10. TACFIRE ID Settings. Not implemented. +11. ORIG ID sub-page. Displays the Originator Directory sub-page. +12. Ownship Status Window. Displays the current digital ID settings of the ownship. +13. MSG sub-pages. Displays Message sub-pages for sending or receiving digital messages. + MSG – REC. Displays the Message Receive sub-page. If no messages are present on the receive list, + this sub-page option will not be displayed. + + - MSG – SEND. Displays the Message Send sub-page. + + +COM Originator Directory (ORIG DIR) Sub-Page +The ORIG DIR sub-page allows crewmembers to set their ownship identification settings to a pre-planned network +member entry. This directory facilitates efficient and rapid configuration of the ownship’s originator ID to +correspond to a pre-planned network identification. + 1. Replace Ownship + + + + + 2. Directory Members 2. Directory Members + + + + + 3. Directory Member + Status Window + + + + + 4. Paging Controls 5. Search Directory + + +1. Replace Ownship. Replaces the ownship’s digital ID settings with those of the directory member that has + been selected for review. +2. Directory Members. Selects a directory member for review within the Directory Member status window. +3. Directory Member Status Window. Displays the callsign and digital ID settings of the selected directory + member. +4. Paging Controls. Cycles forward and back through multiple pages of the directory. +5. Search Directory. Activates the KU for inputting alphanumeric characters to search for a specific member + within the directory. Displayed members will be filtered accordingly based on the results. +COM Network (NET) Sub-Page +The NET sub-page allows crewmembers to review or modify the callsign and identification settings of each +member within the datalink network of the selected preset. The callsign and subscriber ID settings for each +network member may be manually edited from this page, or they may be replaced altogether using pre-planned +network member data accessed through the Member Directory (MBR DIR) sub-page. + 1. SUFFIX sub-page 2. MEMBER EDIT + + + + + 3. Preset 4. Member + Status Window Status Window + + + + + 5. Network Members 5. Network Members + + + + + 6. MBR DIR sub-page 7. MODEM sub-page + + + + 8. Ownship + Status Window + + + + + 9. Paging Controls 10. PRESET EDIT sub-page + + +1. SUFFIX sub-page. Not implemented. +2. MEMBER EDIT. Displays options for editing the digital ID settings of the selected network member. + + - MEMBER EDIT – DEL. Deletes the network member from the preset. + + - MEMBER EDIT – TEAM. Designates the network member as a Team member. Any of the 15 members + within a network may be designated as a Team member. + + - MEMBER EDIT – PRI. Designates the network member as a Primary member. No more than 7 + members within a network may be designated as a Primary member. + + - MEMBER EDIT – C/S. Activates the KU for inputting the network callsign of the member. A minimum + of 3 and a maximum of 5 alphanumeric characters may be entered. + + - MEMBER EDIT – SUB. Activates the KU for inputting the subscriber identification (ID) number, which + identifies the member on the datalink network. The alphanumeric character ranges that are valid for + entry are 0-39 (with no leading zeros), A-Z, 1A-1Z, 2A-2Z, and 3A-3I; for a total of 127 unique network + ID numbers. + NOTE: Each network member, to include the ownship, must have a unique ID number. If two or more + members on the same datalink network are assigned the same identification number, erroneous + behavior may be observed when using the datalink, or when using functions within the cockpit that are + associated with the datalink. +3. Preset Status Window. Displays the unit ID and modem protocol of the preset network, along with the + callsign of the selected network member. +4. Member Status Window. Displays the digital ID settings of the selected network member. +5. Network Members. Selects a network member for review within the Member Status Window. +6. MBR DIR sub-page. Displays the Member Directory sub-page. +7. MODEM sub-page. Displays the Modem sub-page. +8. Ownship Status Window. Displays the digital ID settings of the ownship. +9. Paging Controls. Cycles forward and back through multiple pages of the network member list. +10. PRESET EDIT sub-page. Displays the Preset Edit sub-page. + + +COM Member Directory (MBR DIR) Sub-Page +The MBR DIR sub-page allows crewmembers to add new members to the network or replace existing member +entries in the network member list. This directory facilitates efficient and rapid configuration of the network +member list using pre-planned network identification data. + 1. STORE Method + + + + + 2. Directory Members 2. Directory Members + + + + + 3. Directory Member + Status Window + + + + + 4. Paging Controls 5. Search Directory + + +1. STORE Method. Inserts the selected directory member into the selected datalink network. + + - STORE – REPLACE. Displays the REPLACE format of the Member Directory sub-page. + + - STORE – ADD. Adds the selected directory member into the first network entry is that is available. If + the datalink network already contains 15 network members, this option will be disabled and “barriered” + unless an existing network member is deleted from the selected datalink network. +2. Directory Members. Selects a directory member for review within the Directory Member status window. +3. Directory Member Status Window. Displays the digital ID settings of the selected directory member. +4. Paging Controls. Cycles forward and back through multiple pages of the directory. +5. Search Directory. Activates the KU for inputting alphanumeric characters to search for a specific member + within the directory. Displayed members will be filtered accordingly based on the results. +Member Directory – Replace Format +That Replace format of the Member Directory sub-page allows crewmembers to select an existing network +member within the current datalink network to replace with the selected directory member. + + + + + 7. Preset 8. Directory Member + Status Window Status Window + + + + + 9. Network Members 9. Network Members + + + + +6. Preset Status Window. Displays the unit ID and modem protocol of the preset network, along with the + callsign of the selected directory member that will replace a selected network member. +7. Directory Member Status Window. Displays the digital ID settings of the selected directory member + that will replace a selected network member. +8. Network Members. Selects an existing network member for replacement by the directory member + displayed within the Preset Status Window, using the information displayed within the Directory Member + Status Window. +COM Modem (MODEM) Sub-Page +The MODEM sub-page allows crewmembers to configure the settings the modem will utilize when sending or +receiving data through any radios tuned to the selected preset. + + + + + 5. Preset + Status Window + 1. Modem Protocol + + + 2. Modem Automatic + Acknowledgement + + + 3. Modem Retries + + + 4. Modem Baud Rate + + + + + 6. NET Sub-page + + +1. Modem Protocol. Selects the type of protocol the modem will utilize for the selected preset. + + - DATALINK. DATALINK-protocol digital messages may be sent using any radio tuned to the selected + preset. The modem will monitor any radios tuned to the selected preset for incoming digital messages + compatible with AH-64D-only DATALINK protocols. + + - TACFIRE. Not implemented. + + - INTERNET. Not implemented. + + - FIRE SUPPORT. Not implemented. + + - NONE. Radios tuned to the selected preset cannot send digital messages. The modem will not monitor + any radios tuned to the selected preset. +2. Modem Automatic Acknowledgement. Enables/disables automatic acknowledgements by the modem. + If a digital message is received, the modem will transmit a discreet acknowledgement to the originator ID + of the sender that the digital message has been received by the ownship. + NOTE: When a request for data is transmitted to a network subscriber, an “acknowledgement” from the + subscriber’s modem only confirms the request for data was received. An acknowledgement does not contain + the requested data, which is transmitted within a “reply”. +3. Modem Retries. Selects the number of subsequent attempts the modem should transmit digital messages + if an acknowledgement of reception is not received from any intended message recipients. + If an acknowledgement is not received from all intended recipients following the number of selected retries, + a “XMIT NAK” (No acknowledgement to transmission) advisory message will be displayed on the EUFD, + indicating which radio through which the modem failed to receive all required acknowledgements. This + advisory will be removed if the modem successfully receives acknowledgements from all intended recipients + from a subsequent digital message transmission. + + - 0. The modem will not make additional attempts to transmit a digital message. + + - 1. The modem will make one additional attempt to transmit a digital message to any subscribers that + did not return an acknowledgement. + + - 2. The modem will make two additional attempts to transmit a digital message to any subscribers that + did not return an acknowledgement. +4. Modem Baud Rate. Not implemented. +5. Preset Status Window. Displays the unit ID, callsign, and modem protocol of the selected preset network. +6. NET sub-page. Displays the Network sub-page. +Datalink Mission Editor Options +Mission creators may configure the datalink settings for each +aircraft within the Mission Editor. These settings are located +on the Aircraft Additional Properties and Datalinks tabs. Aircraft Additional + Properties tab +Aircraft Additional Properties. Allows the mission creator +to configure any remaining properties that are unique to the +aircraft type. + +- Datalink Originator ID. The originator ID will be how + the datalink modems of other AH-64D’s within the + mission will recognize the aircraft when sending or + receiving datalink messages. The alphanumeric + character ranges that are valid for entry are 0-39 (with + no leading zeros), A-Z, 1A-1Z, 2A-2Z, and 3A-3I; for a + total of 127 unique network ID numbers. + NOTE: Each network member, to include the ownship, + must have a unique ID number. If two or more + members on the same datalink network are assigned + the same identification number, erroneous behavior + may be observed when using the datalink, or when + using functions within the cockpit that are associated + with the datalink. + +- Ownship Call Sign. This data field will determine how + the aircraft is annotated within the cockpit of other AH- + 64D’s within the mission when sending or receiving + datalink messages. A minimum of 3 and a maximum of + 5 alphanumeric characters may be entered. +(See ORIG ID sub-page for more information.) +Datalinks – SETTING tab. Allows the mission creator to Datalinks +configure the details of each preset on the COM page. + +- Unit ID. This data field determines how the preset is + displayed on the COM page and on the EUFD Preset list. + Up to 8 alphanumeric characters may be entered. + +- Call Sign. This data field determines how the preset is + displayed on the EUFD when assigned to a radio. Up to + 5 alphanumeric characters may be entered. + +- Primary Freq. Displays options for designating a + primary frequency and radio for the preset. The + corresponding entries on the COM Preset format will be + displayed in white to highlight the intended radio and + net with which the preset is intended to be utilized + during the mission. The primary designation does not + affect the function of any radio equipment or how the + preset is assigned to a specific radio. + +- DL Net. When checked, DATALINK protocols will be + enabled on the MODEM sub-page for the preset. +(See PRESET EDIT sub-page in the Radio Communications +chapter for more information.) +Datalinks – NETWORK tab. Allows the mission creator to +configure the network and modem settings for each preset +on the COM page. Datalinks + + +- Preset Buttons (1-10). Selects the corresponding + preset with which to edit the network and modem + settings in the table below. + +- Auto Acknowledgement. When checked, automatic + acknowledgements will be transmitted by the modem + when a digital message is received across the datalink + network associated with this preset. + +- No Acknowledgement Retries. Selects the number + of subsequent attempts the modem should transmit + digital messages if an acknowledgement of reception is + not received across the datalink network associated + with this preset. + +- MBR #. Displays the index of each network member + associated with this preset. A maximum of 16 members + may be present within each network. The ownship will + always occupy the first entry; entries 2-16 will + correspond with network subscribers. + +- PILOT NAME. Displays the name of each network + member, which corresponds to how their entries will be + annotated within the ORIG DIR and MBR DIR sub- + pages. + +- C/S. Displays the Call Sign of each network member. + +- ID. Displays the subscriber ID of each network + member. + +- PRI. When checked, the member will be designated as a Primary member within the datalink network + associated with this preset. A maximum of 8 Primary members may be present within each network, with + the ownship always included as the first entry. + +- TM. When checked, the member will be designated as a Team member within the datalink network + associated with this preset. A maximum of 16 Team members may be present within each network, with + the ownship always included as the first entry. + +- Del. When the red “trash can” icon within this column is selected, the member will be removed from the + datalink network associated with this preset. The ownship cannot be deleted from the network. + +- Groups Selection/ADD Button. Displays options for selecting other AH-64D BLK.II Helicopter Groups + within the mission. Only AH-64D BLK.II Helicopter Groups that are of the same coalition and not already + present within the displayed network will be available for selection. + When the ADD button is pressed, all AH-64D’s within that Helicopter Group will be added to the member list + of the displayed network. + +- Units Selection/ADD Button. Displays options for selecting individual AH-64D BLK.II helicopters within + the mission. Only AH-64D BLK.II helicopters that are of the same coalition and not already present within + the displayed network will be available for selection. + When the ADD button is pressed, the AH-64D will be added to the member list of the displayed network. +(See NET and MODEM sub-pages for more information.) +TEAM MESSAGES +Team messages are used to relay and distribute command and control information, mission updates, or +reconnaissance information among networks of AH-64D’s. These message types include individual text messages +and entire mission files. Any time a text message or mission file is transmitted across a datalink network, all +subscribers designated as a Team member within that network will receive them. +Although Team messages themselves cannot be selectively sent to individual aircraft within a datalink network, +the networks themselves may be configured to facilitate this. Team member designations within a network may +be altered from the NET sub-page, or separate datalink networks may be configured with unique Team member +designations. + + +COM Message Send (MSG SEND) Sub-Page +The Message Send sub-page presents several options for sending text messages or mission files. + 1. TEXT Sub-page + + + + + 4. CURRENT + 2. Mission 1 Select + MISSION Sub-page + + 3. Mission 2 Select + + + + + 5. ATHS Sub-page + + +1. TEXT sub-page. Displays the Text sub-page. +2. MISSION 1. Not implemented. +3. MISSION 2. Not implemented. +4. CURRENT MISSION sub-page. Displays the Current Mission sub-page. +5. ATHS sub-page. Not implemented. +Sending Text Messages +Text messages may contain up to 4 lines of text, with each line consisting of no more than 44 alphanumeric +characters (or spaces), for a maximum of 176 characters. + + +COM MSG-SEND Text (TEXT) Sub-Page +The TEXT sub-page allows aircrews to select a pre-composed text message for transmission across the datalink +network, or manually compose a text message themselves using the Keyboard Unit (KU). +Text Message - MPS Format +Ten text messages may be composed using Mission Planning Systems prior to the mission. These text messages +allow aircrews to rapidly send critical or time-sensitive messages between aircraft without needing to manually +input each message prior to transmission. + 1. Source Select 2. TEXT MSG Type + + + + + 4. Message + Preview Window + + + + + 3. Message Select 3. Message Select + + + + + 5. SEND Button + + + 6. Send Status Window + + + + +1. Source Select. Not implemented. +2. TEXT MSG Type. Selects a page format for sending pre-composed or manually entered text messages. + + - TEXT MSG – MPS. Displays up to 10 text messages that have been composed prior to the mission. + + - TEXT MSG – FREE. Displays options for manually composing a text message using the KU. +3. Message Select. Selects an MPS Text message for preview. +4. Message Preview Window. Displays the text message that will be transmitted if the SEND button is + pressed. +5. SEND Button. The SEND button is displayed when a MPS Text message is selected for preview, or at least + one character has been entered into one line of a Free Text message, and the Datalink Transmit Select + Indicator is set to a radio that has been configured for transmitting digital messages. + When the SEND button is pressed, the text message will be sent to all network subscribers that are + designated as Team members. +6. Send Status Window. Displays the radio and datalink network over which the text message will be + transmitted. +Text Message - Free Format +Free text messages may be composed in the cockpit using the Keyboard Unit (KU). This allows aircrews to send +text messages regarding unplanned events, contingencies, or reconnaissance information. + + + + + 7. Text Entries + + + + + 8. Clear Text Entries + +7. Text Entries. Activates the KU for inputting a line of text. Each line of text may contain a maximum of 44 + characters. +8. Clear Text Entries. Deletes all characters from each line of text. +Sending Mission Files +Mission files may be sent from the aircraft database across the datalink network, which will overwrite the +corresponding mission file when stored in the receiving aircraft. Each mission file may be individually selected for +transmission, or the entire mission database may be selected for transmission. + + +COM MSG-SEND Current Mission (CURRENT MISSION) Sub-Page +The CURRENT MISSION sub-page transmits mission files from the aircraft memory across the datalink network. +When stored, the mission files onboard the receiving aircraft will be replaced with the received mission file. This +allows commanders or team leaders to synchronize information displayed on the TSD of each AH-64D as changes +in mission occur in real-time. This may also be used to update the TSD database of subsequent teams entering +the battlespace from those already on-station performing reconnaissance or conducting a “battle handover”. + 1. DL Page 2. XPNDR Page 3. UHF Page 4. FM Page 5. HF Page + + + + + 6. Waypoint/ + Hazards File + + + 7. Areas File 11. Laser Codes File + + + 8. Lines File + + + + + 9. Target/Threat File + + + 10. Control 14. SEND Button + Measures File + + 15. Send Status Window + + + + + 12. Route Format 13. All Mission Files + + +1. DL Page. Displays the Datalink page. (N/I) +2. XPNDR Page. Displays the Transponder page. (N/I) +3. UHF Page. Displays the UHF Radio page. (N/I) +4. FM Page. Displays the FM Radio page. (N/I) +5. HF Page. Displays the HF Radio page. (N/I) +6. Waypoint/Hazards File. Selects the Waypoint/Hazards file (W01-W50) for transmission. +7. Areas File. Selects the Areas file for transmission. (N/I) +8. Lines File. Selects the Lines file for transmission. (N/I) +9. Target/Threat File. Selects the Target/Threat file (T01-T50) for transmission. +10. Control Measures File. Selects the Control Measures file (C51-C99) for transmission. +11. Laser Codes File. Selects the Laser Codes file (Codes A-R) for transmission. +12. Route Format. Displays the Route format. +13. All Mission Files. Selects all mission files residing within the aircraft memory for transmission. Each mission + file will be transmitted in rapid succession to each Team member. +14. SEND Button. The SEND button is displayed when a mission file is selected and the Datalink Transmit + Select Indicator is set to a radio that has been configured for transmitting digital messages. + When the SEND button is pressed, the selected mission file(s) will be sent to all network subscribers that + are designated as Team members. +15. Send Status Window. Displays the radio and datalink network over which the mission file will be + transmitted. +Route Format +The Route format allows each route to be individually selected for transmission, or the entire Route file may be +transmitted. +NOTE: If a route contains any points with different coordinates (or are simply not present) within the receiving +aircraft, the route sequence will appear differently within the receiving aircraft when stored. The corresponding +points within each route should be transmitted to, and stored within, the receiving aircraft before the routes +themselves are transmitted and stored. + + + + + 16. Route Select 16. Route Select + + + + + 17. Routes File + + +16. Route Select. Selects an individual route from within the Routes file for transmission. +17. Routes File. Selects the Routes file (Routes 1-10) for transmission. +Receiving Text Messages & Mission Files +Either crewmember may review, store, or delete any received text message, mission file, or other datalink +message. However, deleting or storing a datalink message will perform the action for both crewstations. + When a text message or mission file has been received through the datalink, the EUFD + will display a “DL MESSAGE” advisory, prompting the aircrew to access the MSG REC + sub-page to review (or store) the received datalink message. + + +COM Message Receive (MSG REC) Sub-Page +The MSG REC sub-page allows aircrews to view a list containing all datalink messages that have been received. + 1. Source Select 2. Store File 3. Store LOCATION 4. Delete Message + + + + + 5. Message Select 5. Message Select + + + + + 6. Paging Controls 7. ATHS Sub-page + + +1. Source Select. Not implemented. +2. Store File. Stores the selected mission file, TSD point, tactical report, or PF/NF zones. +3. Store LOCATION. Selects a location for storing the selected mission file, TSD point, or PF/NF zones. This + option is not available when a tactical report is selected from the message list. (N/I) + + - LOCATION – CURR. Stores the selected data within the database residing in the aircraft memory. + + - LOCATION – MSN1. Stores the selected data within the MISSION 1 database residing on the DTC. + + - LOCATION – MSN2. Stores the selected data within the MISSION 2 database residing on the DTC. +4. Delete Message. Deletes the selected message. +5. Message Select. Selects a received message for review, storing, or deletion. +6. Paging Controls. Cycles forward and back through multiple pages of the message list. +7. ATHS sub-page. Not implemented. + 8. Review Message + + + + +8. Review Message. Displays the Review format when a text message is selected from the message list. + This option will be displayed in white if the selected text message has not been reviewed by either + crewmember. Once the text message has been reviewed, the option will be displayed in green. +TSD POINTS +Any point residing within the TSD database may be transmitted across the datalink network. However, unlike +mission files which are transmitted to all Team members within the datalink network, TSD points may only be +transmitted to selected Primary members. This facilitates target handovers between individual aircraft by sending +Target points, it allows team leaders to develop hasty control measures during the mission, and permits a more +limited transfer of TSD points to specific aircraft in lieu of sending an entire file to all Team members. + + +Transmitting a Point +Points may be transmitted while the POINT sub-page is displayed in XMIT format. By default, no Primary members +are selected to receive a point transmission; each Primary member must be selected as a method of confirming +which subscribers should receive the selected point. + + +POINT Transmit (XMIT) format +Pressing the XMIT button (VAB L6) displays the POINT sub-page in Transmit format. Pressing the XMIT button a +second time returns the POINT sub-page to the original format. + + + 2. Primary Member Select + + + + + 1. Review Point + + + + + 3. SEND Button + + + 4. Send Status Window + + + + +1. Review Point. Activates the KU for inputting a point file for transmission. Alternatively, a point may be + selected for review directly from the TSD by using the MPD cursor. +2. Primary Member Select. Displays a list of Primary members within the selected datalink network that + may be selected to receive the selected point. Each entry within the list is generated from the Callsigns of + Primary members as displayed on the NET sub-page, truncated to the last three alphanumeric characters. + For example, “DH08” is displayed as “H08” within the Primary member list on the TSD page. + If the Datalink Transmit Select Indicator is moved to a different datalink network on the EUFD, the Primary + member list will update to reflect the Primary members within the selected datalink network. If the Datalink + Transmit Select Indicator is moved to a radio that has not been tuned to a preset with a datalink network, + or that network contains no Primary members, no callsigns will be displayed within the Primary member list. +3. SEND Button. The SEND button is displayed when a point is selected, the Datalink Transmit Select Indicator + is set to a radio that has been configured for transmitting digital messages, and at least one Primary member + has been selected to receive it. +4. Send Status Window. Displays the radio and datalink network over which the point will be transmitted. + + +Transmitting a Point +To transmit a point, ensure the EUFD Datalink +Transmit Select Indicator is set to the datalink +network over which the transmission is +intended, and then perform the following: 4. IDENT> (VAB L1) + +11. TSD Fixed Action Button – Press. +12. POINT (VAB B6) – Select. + 5. Primary Members + (VAB L3-L6) +13. XMIT (VAB L6) – Select. +14. POINT> (VAB L1) – Select and input the + point index of the point to be transmitted + into the KU (e.g., “W11”, “H05”, “C51”, + “T04”, etc). + 3. XMIT (VAB L6) + or 6. SEND (VAB R6) +4. MPD Cursor Controller/Enter – Select + the point to be transmitted on TSD. + + Cursor Controller/Enter + + + + + 1. TSD Fixed Action Button 2. POINT (VAB B6) + + + + +15. Primary Members (VAB T5, T6, R1-R5) – Select. +16. SEND (VAB R6) – Press. +Once SEND (VAB R6) is pressed, the SEND text label will be displayed in inverse video as the transmission is +performed to each Primary member that is selected to receive the point. When the transmission is complete, the +SEND text label will revert to normal video. +If an acknowledgement of receipt is not received from any Primary member selected to receive the point, a “XMIT +NAK” advisory will be displayed on the EUFD. +Receiving a Point + When a point has been received through the datalink, the EUFD will display an advisory + indicating the type of point received. The “TGT/THRT” advisory will also be + accompanied by an audio ring tone, prompting the aircrew to access the MSG REC sub- + page or the TSD Receive List to store the received Target/Threat point. +Any time a datalink message intended for +Primary members is received, the aircrew +within the receiving aircraft may store the +contents of the message by selecting the COM +page and then the MSG REC sub-page, or they +may store it directly from the TSD. A white 2. REC (VAB L2) +“REC” option will be displayed at VAB L2, +which will open the TSD Receive list. + + Type of point + received + + + Originator Datalink + Callsign Protocol + + + + + 1. TSD Fixed Action Button +The Receive list will display the four most +recent datalink messages that have not +already been stored (excluding text messages +and mission files). Each entry will include the +type of data that has been sent within the +message, the originator callsign that sent the +message, and the modem protocol through 3. Datalink message + (VAB L2-L5) +which it was received. +In the example on this page, a TGT/THRT +point was received from “DH09” through the +DATALINK protocol, indicated by an “L”. +To store a point within the database, perform +the following: +1. TSD Fixed Action Button – Press. +2. REC (VAB R2) – Select to display the + Receive list. +3. Datalink message (VAB L2-L5) – Select. + 3. NONE (VAB L6) + or +3. NONE (VAB L6) – Select to close the + Receive list without storing a message. +TACTICAL REPORTS +Tactical reports may be transmitted between AH-64D’s across the datalink network. These reports streamline and +digitize the distribution of tactical information between AH-64D’s during the mission, which facilitates a more +efficient use of the radios for voice communications. + + + + +Crewmembers may send reports to any AH-64D Primary member(s) within the selected datalink network, or they +may send a request for a report, also known as a “query”. In addition, crewmembers may configure the modem +to automatically send reports in response to queries without aircrew interaction; or they may disable this function, +which will require a manual reply to such report queries. +Battle Damage Assessment Report. BDA reports allow crewmembers to send missile engagement data to +their flight leaders, which can then forward that data across other datalink networks to AH-64D commanders. +Target Report. Target reports allow FCR-equipped AH-64D’s to distribute FCR-generated targeting or +reconnaissance data to other AH-64D’s across the datalink network, which can be used to maintain situational +awareness of the battlespace or aid in target acquisition within their own aircraft. +Present Position Report. Present Position reports update the positions of other AH-64D’s on the datalink +network and displays their positions as friendly helicopter symbols on the TSD. These reports may be used to +monitor the movements of each team of AH-64D’s, allowing flight leaders and commanders to synchronize tactical +movements and actions. +Fuel/Ammunition/Rockets/Missiles Report. Also known as FARM, these reports send the current state of +fuel, munitions, and expendable countermeasures remaining onboard, allowing flight leaders and commanders +to monitor the remaining time-on-station, ordnance, and defensive capabilities of the AH-64D’s at any point +during the mission. +All reports may be transmitted, requested, received, or reviewed through the TSD; or stored from the COM MSG +REC sub-page. +TSD Report (RPT) Sub-page +Sending or requesting tactical reports is performed through the RPT sub-page on the TSD. This sub-page allows +crewmembers to send Battle Damage Assessment (BDA) reports, FCR Target (TGT) reports, Present Position (PP) +reports, or report the status of their onboard fuel, munitions, and expendable countermeasures using FARM +reports. This page also allows crewmembers to disable the modem’s automatic replies to queries. + + + + + 1. BDA Report format 7. Status Message Select + + + 2. TGT Report format + + + 3. PP Report format + + + 4. FARM Report format + + + 5. SIT Report format + + + 6. SPOT Report format + + + + + 8. Automatic Reply Mode 9. ATHS sub-page 10. ARTY sub-page 11. AF sub-page + + +1. BDA Report format. Displays the Battle Damage Assessment Report format. +2. TGT Report format. Displays the FCR Target Report format. +3. PP Report format. Displays the Present Position Report format. +4. FARM Report format. Displays the Fuel/Ammunition/Rockets/Missiles Report format. +5. SIT Report format. Not implemented. +6. SPOT Report format. Not implemented. +7. Status Message Select. Not implemented. +8. Automatic Reply Mode. Enables/disables the automatic reply function of the datalink modem. + + - AUTO. The modem will automatically transmit reports in response to queries. + + - OFF. The aircrew will be notified of incoming queries and will be responsible for sending reports as + necessary. +9. ATHS sub-page. Not implemented. +10. ARTY sub-page. Not implemented. +11. AF sub-page. Not implemented. +Selected Report (BDA, TGT, PP, FARM) format +Pressing the BDA (VAB L1), TGT (VAB L2), PP (VAB L3), or FARM (VAB L4) buttons displays the RPT sub-page in +the selected report format. Pressing the corresponding report button a second time returns the RPT sub-page to +the original format. +Battle Damage Assessment (BDA) Report +BDA reports transmit the SHOT file stored within the onboard database, which stores the details of each missile +engagement performed by the ownship. The BDA report can also forward SHOT files that have already been +received from other AH-64D’s via the datalink. SHOT files may be reviewed on the TSD SHOT sub-page. + + + 4. Primary Member Select + + + + + 1. SHOT symbols + + + + + 2. All SHOT Files + + + 3. Ownship SHOT File + + + 5. SEND Button + + + 6. Send Status Window + + + + + 7. Message Type Select + + +1. SHOT Symbols. Missile engagement locations are stored to the ownship SHOT file and displayed on the + TSD and FCR pages as green X symbols. Missile engagement locations received via the datalink are displayed + as partial-intensity green X symbols on the TSD and FCR pages. +2. All SHOT Files (ALL). All SHOT file entries will be transmitted within the BDA report, which includes SHOT + files stored by the ownship and SHOT files received through the datalink from other AH-64D’s. +3. Ownship SHOT File (OWN). Ownship SHOT file entries will be transmitted within the BDA report. This is + the default selection. +4. Primary Member Select. Displays a list of Primary members within the selected datalink network that + may be selected to receive the report. Each entry within the list is generated from the Callsigns of Primary + members as displayed on the NET sub-page, truncated to the last three alphanumeric characters. For + example, “DH08” is displayed as “H08” within the Primary member list on the TSD page. + If the Datalink Transmit Select Indicator is moved to a different datalink network on the EUFD, the Primary + member list will update to reflect the Primary members within the selected datalink network. If the Datalink + Transmit Select Indicator is moved to a radio that has not been tuned to a preset with a datalink network, + or that network contains no Primary members, no callsigns will be displayed within the Primary member list. + When BDA is the selected report type, no members are selected by default. However, if TGT, PP, or FARM + are the selected report type, all members are selected by default. +5. SEND Button. The SEND button is displayed when a report is selected, the Datalink Transmit Select + Indicator is set to a radio that has been configured for transmitting digital messages, and at least one + Primary member has been selected to receive it. +6. Send Status Window. Displays the radio and datalink network over which the report will be transmitted. +7. Message Type Select. Toggles the type of message that will be sent to the selected Primary members. + This option is not displayed when the RPT sub-page is displayed in TGT format; FCR Target reports may be + sent, but they cannot be requested. + + - SEND. A report will be sent to each Primary member that has been selected. + + - RQST. A query will be sent to each Primary member that has been selected. +Present Position (PP) Report +PP reports transmit the ownship’s present position to other AH-64D’s, which will be displayed as Datalink +Subscriber control measure symbols on the TSD within the receiving aircraft. Each unique present position report +is stored as C93 through C99 within the TSD database, allowing a maximum of 7 present position points to be +displayed at any given time. If a PP report is received from a subscriber ID that corresponds with an existing +point within C93-C99, the coordinate data of the point is updated with the most recent position received. If each +point within C93-C99 is already occupied by present position data, each PP report that is subsequently received +from a unique subscriber ID will overwrite the data stored in C93, then C94, etc. in a cyclic manner. +NOTE: Present Position reports are only transmitted on demand. These points are static in nature and are not +automatically updated as each AH-64D within the datalink network moves across the battlefield. + + + + + 8. Present + Position Points + + + + +8. Present Position Points. Displays the positions of other AH-64D’s within the datalink network. The last + three alphanumeric characters within the corresponding subscriber’s callsign are entered as the point’s Free + Text, which allows the crewmembers to identify the positions of other AH-64D’s on the TSD. +Fuel/Ammo/Rockets/Missiles (FARM) Report +FARM reports transmit the fuel state, munitions inventory, and the quantity of expendable countermeasures +remaining onboard the aircraft. The FARM report also includes the present position and MSL altitude (above mean +sea level) of the originating aircraft, and the time at which the data was transmitted. FARM reports may be +reviewed on the TSD FARM sub-page. +Sending Tactical Reports +To send a report, ensure the EUFD Datalink +Transmit Select Indicator is set to the datalink 2. RPT (VAB T1) +network over which the transmission is +intended, and then perform the following: +1. TSD Fixed Action Button – Press. +2. RPT (VAB T1) – Select. +3. Report Type (VAB L1-L4) – Select the + desired report format. +4. MSG (VAB B2) – Set to SEND. +5. Report Options (VAB L4/L5) – Select as + necessary prior to transmitting a BDA or + TGT report. + 3. Report Type (VAB L1-L4) + or +5. MPD Cursor Controller/Enter – Select + individual FCR targets to be transmitted + within the TGT report. + + 4. MSG (VAB B2) + Cursor Controller/Enter + + + 1. TSD Fixed Action Button + + + + + 6. Primary Members + (VAB L3-L6) + + 5. Report Options (VAB L4/L5) +6. Primary Members (VAB T5, T6, R1-R5) – + Select. +7. SEND (VAB R6) – Press. +Once SEND (VAB R6) is pressed, the SEND + 7. SEND (VAB R6) +text label will be displayed in inverse video as +the transmission is performed to each Primary +member that is selected to receive the report. +When the transmission is complete, the SEND +text label will revert to normal video. +If an acknowledgement of receipt is not +received from any Primary member selected +to receive the report, a “XMIT NAK” advisory +will be displayed on the EUFD. +Requesting Tactical Reports +To request a report, ensure the EUFD Datalink +Transmit Select Indicator is set to the datalink 2. RPT (VAB T1) +network over which the transmission is +intended, and then perform the following: +1. TSD Fixed Action Button – Press. +2. RPT (VAB T1) – Select. +3. Report Type (VAB L1, L3, or L4) – Select + 3. Report Type (VAB L1, L3, L4) + the desired report format. + NOTE: FCR TGT Reports cannot be + requested. +4. MSG (VAB B2) – Set to RQST. +5. Primary Members (VAB T5, T6, R1-R5) – + Select. +6. SEND (VAB R6) – Press. +Once SEND (VAB R6) is pressed, the SEND +text label will be displayed in inverse video as +the transmission is performed to each Primary +member that is selected to receive the query. +When the transmission is complete, the SEND + 1. TSD Fixed Action Button +text label will revert to normal video. +If an acknowledgement of receipt is not +received from any Primary member selected +to receive the query, a “XMIT NAK” advisory +will be displayed on the EUFD. + + + + 5. Primary Members + (VAB L3-L6) + + + + + 6. SEND (VAB R6) + + + + + 4. MSG (VAB B2) +Receiving Tactical Reports + When a tactical report has been received through the datalink, the EUFD will display an + advisory indicating the type of report received. The “BDA REPORT” advisory will be + accompanied by an audio ring tone, prompting the aircrew to access the MSG REC sub- + page or the TSD Receive List to store the received report. +Any time a datalink message intended for +Primary members is received, the aircrew +within the receiving aircraft may store the +contents of the message by selecting the COM +page and then the MSG REC sub-page, or they +may store it directly from the TSD. A white 2. REC (VAB L2) +“REC” option will be displayed at VAB L2, +which will open the TSD Receive list. + + + Type of report + received + + + Originator Datalink + Callsign Protocol + + + + + 1. TSD Fixed Action Button +The Receive list will display the four most +recent datalink messages that have not +already been stored (excluding text messages +and mission files). Each entry will include the +type of data that has been sent within the +message, the originator callsign that sent the +message, and the modem protocol through 3. Datalink message + (VAB L2-L5) +which it was received. +In the example on this page, a BDA report was +received from “DH09” through the DATALINK +protocol, indicated by an “L”. +To store a tactical report within the database, +perform the following: +1. TSD Fixed Action Button – Press. +2. REC (VAB R2) – Select to display the + Receive list. +3. Datalink message (VAB L2-L5) – Select. + 3. NONE (VAB L6) + or +3. NONE (VAB L6) – Select to close the + Receive list without storing a message. +Reviewing Tactical Reports +After receiving BDA and FARM reports, the information contained within the reports is extracted and stored within +the aircraft database. The information from these reports may be reviewed from the TSD COORD sub-page. + + +TSD Shot (SHOT) Sub-page +The SHOT sub-page displays engagement data for every missile fired from the ownship and any BDA reports +received through the datalink. + + + + + 1. Missile + Engagement Data + + + + + 2. DEL Button + + + + + 3. Paging Controls + + +1. Missile Engagement Data. Every AGM-114 missile that is fired will generate a unique missile engagement + index within the ownship SHOT file. + + - Shot Index. The index for each ownship missile engagement is numbered 1 through 16. Any SHOT + files that are extracted from BDA reports received via the datalink will be stored in indexes 17-128, + allowing a total of 16 missile engagements from 7 other AH-64D’s within the network. + If the number of missile engagements from the ownship exceeds 16, which may occur after rearming + at a Forward Arming and Refueling Point (FARP), the 17th missile engagement that is recorded will + overwrite the data in index 1, the 18th missile engagement will overwrite the data in index 2, and so + on in a cyclic manner. + If the number of imported missile engagements extracted from BDA reports exceeds 112, missile + engagement data will begin overwriting the data in index 17, then 18, and so on in a cyclic manner. + + - Target Classification. If an RF missile engagement is conducted against an FCR-detected target, the + corresponding FCR target symbol will be displayed next to the Shot index. If an RF missile engagement + is conducted using the TADS to generate target data, an “Unknown” (square) target symbol will be + displayed. All SAL missile engagements will be displayed with an “Unknown” (square) target symbol. + + - Missile Type. “RF” will be displayed when an AGM-114L missile is employed, or “SAL” when an AGM- + 114K missile is employed. + + - Time of Engagement. The missile engagement is recorded at the moment that launch is commanded. + + - Ownship (OWN)/Datalink (DL). “OWN” will be displayed for missile engagements 1-16. “DL” will + be displayed for missile engagements 17-128 that have been received over the datalink network. + + - Location of Engagement. The MGRS coordinates of the target, to include the Earth Datum and + Datum Code, are displayed based on the location of the target handover data when employing an RF + missile, or the line-of-sight and range source of the selected sight at the moment of launch when + employing a SAL missile. +2. DEL button. Pressing the DEL button (VAB L3) replaces the DEL button with a two-button Grouped button + confirmation option. Pressing the NO button (VAB L3) will abort the deletion process. Pressing the YES + button (VAB L2) will delete all missile engagement data received over the datalink network. + Ownship (OWN) missile engagement data cannot be deleted. +3. Paging Controls. Cycles forward and back through multiple pages of the SHOT file. + + +TSD Fuel/Ammunition/Rockets/Missiles (FARM) Sub-page +The FARM sub-page displays onboard fuel, munitions, countermeasures, and present position coordinate data of +other AH-64D’s received through the datalink. + + + + + 1. TYPE Select + + +1. TYPE Select. Selects the type of FARM report data that is displayed. + + - BASIC. The Basic FARM report format displays the datalink subscriber’s callsign, the time the report + was received, the total fuel onboard (lbs.), remaining rounds of 30mm ammunition, remaining rockets + onboard (of any type), and the remaining missiles onboard, separated between RF and SAL variants. + +- MSL. The Missile (MSL) FARM report format displays the datalink subscriber’s callsign, the time the + report was received, and the remaining missiles onboard, separated between RF, SAL1, SAL2, and + Other missile variants. Only RF (AGM-114L) and SAL2 (AGM-114K) are simulated within DCS: AH-64D. + + + + + +- EXPEN. The Expendables (EXPEN) FARM report format displays the datalink subscriber’s callsign, the + time the report was received, and the remaining expendable countermeasures onboard, separated + between Flare, Chaff, and Other. Only flares and chaff are simulated within DCS: AH-64D. + +- PP. The Present Position (PP) FARM report format displays the datalink subscriber’s callsign, the time + the report was received, the subscriber’s present position in both MGRS and Latitude/Longitude + coordinate formats, and the subscriber’s altitude in feet above mean sea level (MSL). +BATTLE AREA MANAGEMENT +As attack helicopters, AH-64D’s are capable of engaging large numbers of enemy targets within a short time +span. When massing fires against enemy forces, proper distribution of fire should be used to ensure as many +targets are engaged as possible while maximizing the use of all munitions that are available within the team, all +while avoiding potential fratricide and collateral damage of non-military infrastructure. This is especially crucial +when employing “fire-and-forget” weapons such as the radar-guided AGM-114L missile. + + + + +Fire zones facilitate this distribution of firepower across the battlefield by assigning specific geographic zones for +engagement by individual AH-64D’s (Priority Fire Zones; PFZ) and other geographic zones that should not be +engaged (No Fire Zones; NFZ). Priority Fire Zones and No Fire Zones may be transmitted between selected +Primary members across the datalink network, which allows flight leaders and commanders to digitize the +distribution of fires during the mission. These fire zones may be created, deleted, transmitted, or received through +the TSD. In addition, received fire zones may also be stored from the MSG REC sub-page, which is accessed from +the COM page. +When drawing Priority Fire Zones or No Fire Zones, 4-sided zones may be created by either crewmember using +several methods, ranging from simple rectangles to irregular-shaped quadrilaterals. Once drawn, PFZ’s may then +be assigned to any Primary member(s) within the selected datalink network. +Fire zones may also be individually activated or deactivated, which will affect how any FCR-equipped AH-64D’s +prioritize ground targets that are detected within those zones. + +- All FCR targets detected within an activated PFZ will out-prioritize any FCR targets that are outside the PFZ. + +- All FCR targets detected within an activated NFZ will not be prioritized by the FCR, even if those targets are + also within an overlapping PFZ that is also activated. However, it should be noted that activating an NFZ will + not prevent any targets within the zone from being engaged; it will only affect the FCR’s target prioritization + process. +TSD Battle Area Management (BAM) Sub-page +All functions regarding Priority Fire and No Fire Zones are performed through the BAM sub-page on the TSD. This +sub-page allows crewmembers to create or delete fire zones, activate/deactivate fire zones, assign PFZ’s to +specific Primary members, or transmit fire zones to Primary members within the selected datalink network. + + +Priority Fire (PF) format +The BAM sub-page is displayed in PF format when the fire zone type (VAB L1) is set to PF. This format displays +options and controls for creating, deleting, assigning, or activating Priority Fire Zones. + 8. Assign Format + + + + 9. Primary Member Select + + + 1. Priority Fire Zone + + + + 2. Fire Zone TYPE Select + + + 3. Zone Option Select + + + 4. Zone Activation Select + + + 5. Delete PF Zones + + + 6. Zone Number Select + + + 7. Draw Method Select 10. SEND Button + + + 11. Send Status Window + + + + + 12. Transmit Both Zone Types + +1. Priority Fire Zone. Displays a geographic area in which weapons fire from the assigned Primary member + should be concentrated at the appropriate time in battle. Up to 8 PFZ’s may be present on the TSD at any + given time, with each zone identified with a number 1 through 8. +2. Fire Zone TYPE Select. Toggles the BAM page between PF and NF formats. +3. Zone Option Select (OPT). Selects the method of sub-dividing geographic areas between each Priority + Fire Zone. + + - AUTO. The geographic area to encompass all PFZ boundaries is selected using the MPD cursor, which + is automatically subdivided into individual PFZ’s based on the number of zones selected using VAB L5. + + - MAN. Each individual PFZ is manually drawn using the MPD cursor, the total number of which is + selected using VAB L5. + + - TRP. Four equally sized PFZ’s are placed on the TSD by the MPD cursor in a Target Reference Point + quadrant pattern, with the height and width of each PFZ based on the KM value selected using VAB + L5. The MPD cursor will be displayed in TRP format when positioned within the TSD footprint. +4. Zone Activation Select (ACT). Displays the PFZ activation menu, which allows the crewmember to + activate any PFZ from the displayed list. When a PFZ has been activated, the border lines of the zone will + marquee in a continuous pattern. Only one PFZ may be active at any given time. + NOTE: Activating a PFZ will remove all zone text labels within the boundaries of the zone. +5. Delete PF Zones (DEL). Deletes all Priority Fire Zones. +6. Zone Number Select (#Z). Displays the zone number selection menu, which allows the crewmember to + choose the number of PFZ’s that are drawn when OPT is set to AUTO or MAN. + When entering the BAM sub-page, this selection will default to the number of Primary members that are + present within the datalink network selected by the Datalink Transmit Select Indicator, plus one additional + zone for the ownship (e.g., if there are three Primary members within the selected datalink network, the + zone number selection will default to “4”). + If the Datalink Transmit Select Indicator is set to a radio that is not tuned to a datalink network, or the + selected datalink network has no subscribers designated as Primary members, the zone number selection + will default to 1. +7. Draw Method Select (DR). Selects the method of drawing Priority Fire Zones using the MPD cursor. + + - Box (BX). A rectangular-shaped zone will be drawn based on the alignment of the TSD. The first + Cursor-Enter command using the MPD cursor will establish the first corner, and the second Cursor- + Enter command will establish the opposing corner. + + - Line (LN). A custom quadrilateral-shaped zone may be drawn independent of the alignment of the + TSD. Each Cursor-Enter command using the MPD cursor establishes the next corner of the zone in + sequence. +8. Assign format (ASN). Displays the Priority Fire Assign format. +9. Primary Member Select. Displays a list of Primary members within the selected datalink network that + may be selected to receive the PF Zone file. Each entry within the list is generated from the Callsigns of + Primary members as displayed on the NET sub-page, truncated to the last three alphanumeric characters. + For example, “DH08” is displayed as “H08” within the Primary member list on the TSD page. + If the Datalink Transmit Select Indicator is moved to a different datalink network on the EUFD, the Primary + member list will update to reflect the Primary members within the selected datalink network. If the Datalink + Transmit Select Indicator is moved to a radio that has not been tuned to a preset with a datalink network, + or that network contains no Primary members, no callsigns will be displayed within the Primary member list. +10. SEND Button. The SEND button is displayed on the PF format when at least one PFZ is present on the + TSD, the Datalink Transmit Select Indicator is set to a radio that has been configured for transmitting digital + messages, and at least one Primary member has been selected to receive it. +11. Send Status Window. Displays the radio and datalink network over which the zone(s) will be + transmitted. +12. Transmit Both Zone Types (XMIT BOTH). The XMIT BOTH button is displayed on the BAM sub-page + when at least one PFZ and one NFZ is present on the TSD. When selected, pressing the SEND button will + simultaneously transmit the PF Zone and NF Zone files to the selected Primary member(s). +No Fire (NF) format +The BAM sub-page is displayed in NF format when the fire zone type (VAB L1) is set to NF. This format displays +options and controls for creating, deleting, or activating No Fire Zones. + 1. Active Select + + + + 8. Primary Member Select + + + 2. No Fire Zone + + + + 3. Fire Zone TYPE Select + + + 4. No Fire Zone Select + + + 5. Zone Activation Select + + + 6. Delete Selected NF Zone + + + + + 7. Draw Method Select 9. SEND Button + + + 10. Send Status Window + + + + + 11. Transmit Both Zone Types + + +1. Active Select. No function. +2. No Fire Zone. Displays a geographic area in which weapons fire is prohibited during the battle. Up to 8 + NFZ’s may be present on the TSD at any given time, with each zone identified with a number 1 through 8. +3. Fire Zone TYPE Select. Toggles the BAM page between PF and NF formats. +4. No Fire Zone Select (SEL). Displays the NFZ selection menu, which allows the crewmember to select + individual No Fire Zones for drawing, deleting, or activating/de-activating the selected zone. Any number of + NFZ’s may be active at any given time. +5. Zone Activation Select (ACT). Activates/Deactivates the NFZ selected using VAB L2. When a NFZ has + been activated, the border lines of the zone will marquee in a continuous pattern. +6. Delete Selected NF Zone (DEL). Deletes the NFZ selected using VAB L2. +7. Draw Method Select (DR). Selects the method of drawing No Fire Zones using the MPD cursor. + + - Box (BX). A rectangular-shaped zone will be drawn based on the alignment of the TSD. The first + Cursor-Enter command using the MPD cursor will establish the first corner, and the second Cursor- + Enter command will establish the opposing corner. + + - Line (LN). A custom quadrilateral-shaped zone may be drawn independent of the alignment of the + TSD. Each Cursor-Enter command using the MPD cursor establishes the next corner of the zone in + sequence. +8. Primary Member Select. Displays a list of Primary members within the selected datalink network that + may be selected to receive the NF Zone file. Each entry within the list is generated from the Callsigns of + Primary members as displayed on the NET sub-page, truncated to the last three alphanumeric characters. + For example, “DH08” is displayed as “H08” within the Primary member list on the TSD page. + If the Datalink Transmit Select Indicator is moved to a different datalink network on the EUFD, the Primary + member list will update to reflect the Primary members within the selected datalink network. If the Datalink + Transmit Select Indicator is moved to a radio that has not been tuned to a preset with a datalink network, + or that network contains no Primary members, no callsigns will be displayed within the Primary member list. +9. SEND Button. The SEND button is displayed on the NF format when at least one NFZ is present on the + TSD, the Datalink Transmit Select Indicator is set to a radio that has been configured for transmitting digital + messages, and at least one Primary member has been selected to receive it. +10. Send Status Window. Displays the radio and datalink network over which the zone(s) will be + transmitted. +11. Transmit Both Zone Types (XMIT BOTH). The XMIT BOTH button is displayed on the BAM sub-page + when at least one PFZ and one NFZ is present on the TSD. When selected, pressing the SEND button will + simultaneously transmit the PF Zone and NF Zone files to the selected Primary member(s). +Drawing Fire Zones +Fire zones may be placed on the TSD by either crewmember using several options and draw methods that are +selected from the BAM sub-page. The creation of Priority Fire Zones may be Automatic, Manual, or placed around +a central TRP, but each No Fire Zone must be individually selected and drawn. However, PFZ’s and NFZ’s may +both be drawn using either the Box (BX) or Line (LN) methods. +When using the Line method to draw PFZ’s or NFZ’s, a line will not be accepted if placed in such a way that it +crosses an existing line of the same zone. For example, an hourglass-shaped zone cannot be created. +AUTO PFZ Option. The geographic area to encompass all PFZ boundaries is selected using the MPD cursor, +which is automatically subdivided into individual PFZ’s based on the number of zones selected using VAB L5. +If the Box method is used to +draw the PFZ’s, the MPD +cursor designates the two +opposing corners of the PFZ +area. If the Line method is +used to draw the PFZ’s, the +MPD cursor designates each +corner in sequence, with the +total area sub-divided based +on the vector of the first line +drawn. + + +MAN PFZ Option. Each individual PFZ is manually drawn using the MPD cursor, the total number of which is +selected using VAB L5. +If the Box method is used to +draw the PFZ’s, the MPD +cursor designates the two +opposing corners of each PFZ. +If the Line method is used to +draw the PFZ’s, the MPD +cursor designates each corner +in sequence. The next zone is +then drawn in the same +manner until all zones are +drawn. + + +TRP PFZ Option. Four equally sized PFZ’s are placed on the TSD by the MPD cursor in a Target Reference Point +quadrant pattern, with the height and width of each PFZ based on the KM value selected using VAB L5. +The MPD cursor will be displayed in TRP format when +positioned within the TSD footprint. The size of the +MPD cursor’s TRP outline will be dynamically sized +based on the selected TRP size and the current TSD +scale. The MPD cursor designates the center of the +TRP, after which four equally sized square PFZ’s are +created. +Selected NFZ. Each individual NFZ is selected and manually drawn using the MPD cursor. +If the Box method is used to draw the NFZ, the +MPD cursor designates the two opposing corners +of the selected NFZ. If the Line method is used to +draw the NFZ, the MPD cursor designates each +corner in sequence. + + + + +Drawing Priority Fire Zones +To draw a Priority Fire Zone on the TSD, +perform the following: +1. TSD Fixed Action Button – Press. +2. BAM (VAB B3) – Select. 3. TYPE (VAB L1) + + +3. TYPE (VAB L1) – Select PF. 7. MPD Cursor Draw + +4. OPT (VAB L2) – Select AUTO, MAN, or + TRP as desired. +5. #Z (VAB L5) – Select desired number of 4. OPT (VAB L2) + zones if OPT is set to AUTO or MAN. + 5. #Z or KM (VAB L5) + or +5. KM (VAB L5) – Select zone size (in + kilometers) if OPT is set to TRP. +6. DR (VAB L6) – Select BX or LN as desired. + 6. DR (VAB L6) +7. MPD Cursor Controller/Enter – Draw each + zone in sequence as necessary. + + Cursor Controller/Enter + + 1. TSD Fixed Action Button 2. BAM (VAB B3) + + + + +If a zone is being drawn while the OPT is set to MAN or AUTO, and the crewmember wishes to undo any previous +cursor actions for the zone being drawn, CLR (VAB B2) may be pressed to remove each previous cursor action in +sequence. +Once the zone(s) are drawn, ASN (VAB T4), ACT (VAB L3), and DEL (VAB L4) will be displayed, allowing the +crewmember to assign or activate PFZ’s, or delete all PFZ’s from the TSD. +Drawing No Fire Zones +To draw a No Fire Zone on the TSD, perform +the following: +1. TSD Fixed Action Button – Press. +2. BAM (VAB B3) – Select. 3. TYPE (VAB L1) + + +3. TYPE (VAB L1) – Select NF. +4. SEL (VAB L2) – Select. +5. Select desired NF Zone from expanded + menu options (VAB T1, T2, L1-L6). 4. SEL (VAB L2) + + NOTE: Drawn NF Zones will be displayed + in green. NF Zones that have not been + drawn will be displayed in white. +6. DR (VAB L6) – Select BX or LN as desired. +7. MPD Cursor Controller/Enter – Draw the + zone as necessary. 6. DR (VAB L6) 7. MPD Cursor Draw + + + Cursor Controller/Enter + + + + + 1. TSD Fixed Action Button 2. BAM (VAB B3) + + + + + 8. ACT (VAB L3) +If a zone is being drawn and the crewmember +wishes to undo any previous cursor actions, +CLR (VAB B2) may be pressed to remove each +previous cursor action in sequence. +8. ACT (VAB L3) – Select to accept and + activate the NFZ. 8. ACCEPT (VAB L4) + + or +8. ACCEPT (VAB L4) – Select to accept but + not activate the NFZ. +Once the zone is accepted by pressing ACT or +ACCEPT, DEL (VAB L4) will be displayed, +allowing the crewmember to delete the +selected NFZ from the TSD. +Assigning Priority Fire Zones +Each Priority Fire Zone may have up to two Primary members within the selected datalink network assigned; +however, each Primary member may only be assigned to one zone. Once a Primary member is assigned to a PFZ, +the corresponding callsign will be removed from the Assign Primary Member options at VAB T5, T6, and R1-R5 +when any other PFZ is selected. Likewise, once the ownship is assigned to a PFZ, OWN will be removed from VAB +B6 when any other PFZ is selected. If the ownship or a Primary member is to be assigned to a different zone, the +PFZ to which they are already assigned must be selected and their callsign subsequently de-selected to remove +the assignment from that zone. This will return their callsign, or the ownship, to the list of Primary members that +may then be assigned to any PFZ. +When the PF Zone file is transmitted to the corresponding Primary members across the datalink, an aircrew’s +assigned PFZ will be annotated with “OWN” within their respective cockpit. + + +Priority Fire Assign (ASN) format +The BAM sub-page is displayed in ASN format when the Fire Zone TYPE (VAB L1) is set to PF and ASN (VAB T4) +is selected. This format displays options for assigning Priority Fire Zones to Primary members or the ownship. + + 1. Priority Fire 2. Assign Primary + Zone Select Member + + + + + 3. Assign Ownship + + +1. Priority Fire Zone Select. Selects the corresponding PFZ for assigning the ownship and/or a Primary + Member. The text label for the currently selected PFZ will be displayed in inverse video. When an assignment + has been made, the next PFZ will be automatically selected in sequence. +2. Assign Primary Member. Displays a list of Primary members within the selected datalink network that + may be assigned to the currently selected PFZ. +3. Assign Ownship (OWN). Assigns the ownship to the currently selected PFZ. +Sending Fire Zones +Sending fire zones across the datalink is performed through the BAM sub-page of the TSD. Crewmembers may +send Priority Fire Zones, No Fire Zones, or all fire zones to any Primary member(s) within the selected datalink +network. When transmitting the PF Zone file, all PFZ’s will be transmitted from the ownship to the selected +Primary members, which will overwrite all PFZ data on the receiving aircraft’s TSD. Likewise, when transmitting +the NF Zone file, all NFZ’s will be transmitted from the ownship to the selected Primary members, which will +overwrite all NFZ data on the receiving aircraft’s TSD. +When the PF or NF Zone data is overwritten in the receiving aircraft, all PFZ’s and/or NFZ’s will be synced to the +state of the BAM sub-page in the transmitting aircraft at the time the PF Zone or NF Zone files were transmitted, +to include the shape and location of each zone, whether each zone is active or inactive, and the assignments to +each PFZ. This data overwrite ensures that the fires distribution plan is updated across the entire AH-64D team +and that each aircraft shares the same fire zone state. +To transmit fire zones, ensure the EUFD +Datalink Transmit Select Indicator is set to the +datalink network over which the transmission +is intended, and then perform the following: 3. TYPE (VAB L1) + +1. TSD Fixed Action Button – Press. +2. BAM (VAB B3) – Select. 4. Primary Members + (VAB L3-L6) +3. TYPE (VAB L1) – Select PF or NF, if + intending to send only one type of zones. + or +3. XMIT BOTH (VAB B5) – Select, if + intending to send both types of zones. +4. Primary Members (VAB T5, T6, R1-R5) – 5. SEND (VAB R6) + + Select. +5. SEND (VAB R6) – Press. +Once SEND (VAB R6) is pressed, the SEND +text label will be displayed in inverse video as +the transmission is performed to each Primary +member that is selected to receive the +zones(s). When the transmission is complete, + 1. TSD Fixed Action Button 2. BAM (VAB B3) 3. XMIT BOTH (VAB B5) +the SEND text label will revert to normal video. +If an acknowledgement of receipt is not received from any Primary member selected to receive the zone(s), a +“XMIT NAK” advisory will be displayed on the EUFD. +Receiving Fire Zones + When fire zones have been received through the datalink, the EUFD will display an + advisory indicating the type of zone(s) received. These advisories will be accompanied + by an audio ring tone, prompting the aircrew to access the MSG REC sub-page or the + TSD Receive List to store the received fire zones. +Any time a datalink message intended for +Primary members is received, the aircrew +within the receiving aircraft may store the +contents of the message by selecting the COM +page and then the MSG REC sub-page, or they +may store it directly from the TSD. A white 2. REC (VAB L2) +“REC” option will be displayed at VAB L2, +which will open the TSD Receive list. + + + + + Type of fire + zone received + + + Originator Datalink + Callsign Protocol + + + + + 1. TSD Fixed Action Button +The Receive list will display the four most +recent datalink messages that have not +already been stored (excluding text messages +and mission files). Each entry will include the +type of data that has been sent within the +message, the originator callsign that sent the +message, and the modem protocol through 3. Datalink message + (VAB L2-L5) +which it was received. +In the example on this page, PF and NF Zones +were received from “DH09” through the +DATALINK protocol, indicated by an “L”. +To store fire zones within the database, +perform the following: +1. TSD Fixed Action Button – Press. +2. REC (VAB R2) – Select to display the + Receive list. +3. Datalink message (VAB L2-L5) – Select. + 3. NONE (VAB L6) + or +3. NONE (VAB L6) – Select to close the + Receive list without storing a message. +WEAPONS +EMPLOYMENT + + + + +WEAPONS EMPLOYMENT +It is recommended that the Tactical Employment chapter is reviewed prior to reading this chapter. This will +familiarize the reader with the roles that sights and acquisition sources play when employing weapons in a tactical +scenario. +Additionally, the Helmet-Mounted Display (HMD) and Target Acquisition Designation Sight (TADS) chapters should +be reviewed prior to reading through the weapon procedures within this chapter which rely on the corresponding +sights and their associated range sources. +When describing cockpit controls or specific tasks performed in each crewstation, the following symbols will be +used to denote each crewstation or cockpit control effects between the crewstations. + © + PLT Denotes a task that is performed by the Pilot. + © + CPG Denotes a task that is performed by the Copilot/Gunner. + © +PLT / CPG Denotes a task that may be performed by either crewmember. + © +PLT & CPG Denotes a task that is performed by both crewmembers. + © Denotes a cockpit control, option, or setting that is “common” between crewstations. A change + performed in one crewstation will affect both crewstations. Any item that does not have this symbol is + “independent” between crewstations. + “Pilot” Denotes the crewmember occupying the aft crewstation. + “pilot” Denotes the crewmember manipulating the aircraft flight controls in the conduct of performing a +specific flight maneuver. +WEAPONS EMPLOYMENT +Each weapon system of the AH-64D is fully integrated into the fire control system and automatically managed by +the Weapon Processors (WP). This integration increases the aircrew’s combat effectiveness by allowing each +crewmember to focus on the targeting of enemy positions using their selected sight. The WP’s generate weapon +solutions and command the positions of the gun turret and wing pylons in accordance with the selected +weapon(s), the calculated weapon aiming solution(s), and the specific weapon settings within each cockpit. + + + + +When a crewmember intends to employ a weapon system, the weapon is selected, or “actioned”, using the cyclic- +or TEDAC-mounted Weapon Action Switch (WAS); also known as “WASing” (pronounced “Wahz-ing”). When the +crewmember selects the same weapon that is already actioned, the weapon is “de-actioned”; also known as “de- +WASing”. +Neither crewstation has priority control of any weapon system over the other, allowing either crewmember to +action a weapon at any time, taking control away from the opposite crewmember using a “last actioned” logic. +As an exception to this logic, both crewmembers may action the rocket system in a Cooperative (COOP) mode. +The AH-64D’s three weapon systems are the AGM-114 missiles, 2.75-inch unguided rockets, and 30mm gun. + +- Hellfire Modular Missile System (HMMS). The AGM-114 missile is a highly accurate anti-armor + munition, capable of engaging point targets at long range across a wide variety of battlefield conditions. + The Hellfire is the primary weapon system of the AH-64D. + +- Aerial Rocket Sub-system (ARS). The 2.75-inch unguided rockets are an aerial rocket bombardment + system designed for engaging or suppressing area targets at close or long range and is effective against + groups of vehicles or personnel in the open. + +- Area Weapon System (AWS). The 30mm gun is designed for engaging or suppressing targets at close + range and is effective against lightly armored vehicles, unarmored vehicles, and personnel. +Both crewmembers may employ separate weapon systems independently and simultaneously, however only one +weapon system may be physically fired at any given time. If a weapon system is in the process of firing or is +already committed to launching a munition, the other weapon system will be inhibited from firing for two seconds +to prevent interference with the other. (See Weapon Inhibits on the following page for more information.) +Weapon Inhibits +If a condition exists that would prevent the safe employment of a weapon system (such as another weapon +system already firing), or a condition that could negatively impact a weapon’s effectiveness under the current +conditions, the Weapons Processors will present a “Weapon Inhibit” message to the crewmember(s) to which the +message pertains. Weapon inhibits are grouped into two categories: Performance Inhibits and Safety Inhibits. + +Performance Inhibits +Performance inhibits alert the crewmember(s) that the actioned weapon system cannot perform effectively under +the current flight or sighting conditions. The actioned weapon system will be inhibited from firing if the +crewmember pulls the weapon trigger to the first detent; but these inhibits may be overridden by pulling the +trigger to the second detent. + +Safety Inhibits +Safety inhibits alert the crewmember(s) that employment of the actioned weapon system under the current flight +or sighting conditions would present a potential safety hazard to the aircraft and aircrew, or friendly forces in the +vicinity. These inhibits cannot be overridden using the second detent of the weapons trigger. + +Performance and safety inhibits that are specific to the Area Weapon System, Aerial Rocket Sub-system, or Hellfire +Modular Missile System are described in their relevant sections. +Weapon Aiming Solution +The fire control system of the AH-64D is highly automated and only requires the crewmembers to perform +accurate sighting against the intended target. Factors such as aircraft speed, altitude above the target, range to +target, winds, or the ballistics of the weapon itself are automatically calculated to produce a weapon aiming +solution. + +The EGI supplies the Weapon Processors with aircraft inertial data such as attitude, linear velocities, and angular +rates. The Airspeed And Direction Sensor (AADS) probes mounted to the engine nacelles sense airspeed +magnitude, direction, and free airstream temperature, which is used by the High Integrated Air Data Computer +(HIADC) to compute air mass related data such as relative winds and local air density. The crewmember’s selected +sight is used to determine the targets relative position from the aircraft in azimuth, elevation, and range. + +The Weapon Processors use the supplied data along with crewmember’s selected weapon and cockpit settings to +calculate where the actioned weapon must be aimed in order to place rounds on target. This aiming solution +determines the commanded position of the gun turret, the commanded pylon angle of the rocket launchers, and +the vertical and lateral position of the rocket steering cursor within the crewmember(s) sight symbology. + + + + + Azimuth & Elevation + + Ballistics of + selected weapon + Range Sight supplies azimuth, + elevation, and range data + + + + + Wind + + + + + Helicopter Air Data System + calculates the state of the local + air mass around the aircraft + EGI measures aircraft + rates and velocities + + + + + Sources of Weapon Solution Data + +Crewmember actions that typically increase the accuracy of the weapon aiming solution are ensuring the selected +sight is stabilized on the intended target and ensuring precise ranging data is supplied throughout the +engagement. In addition, the Pilot should strive to maintain a stable attitude as much as possible to assist the +Copilot/Gunner in targeting and to provide a stable weapon platform when munitions are being fired or launched. +Pylon Articulation +Hydraulically-driven articulation mechanisms are integrated into each of the four wing pylons of the AH-64 which +facilitates the swivel of the weapon mounts in the vertical axis. The articulation of each pylon is independently +controlled by the AH-64D’s Weapons Processors, based on the state of the aircraft (in flight or on the ground), +the selected weapon system of either crewmember, the current weapon inventory onboard the pylon, and the +calculated ballistic solution of the weapon itself, if applicable. The operation of the wing pylons is fully automatic +and does not require management by the crewmembers. + +As any helicopter’s longitudinal airspeed is a function of its pitch attitude, the articulation of the wing pylons +allows the missile and rocket launchers to be “decoupled” from the pitch attitude of the helicopter. This mostly +eliminates the requirement to adjust the pitch attitude of the helicopter to align the weapon system with the +calculated weapon solution in the vertical axis. This in turn facilitates the employment of these weapons across +a wide range of airspeeds, while performing acceleration/deceleration maneuvers, or from a stationary hover. + + + + + Pylon Articulation + +However, the articulation range of each pylon is limited to +4° to -15°, relative to the aircraft datum line (ADL). +In the event the calculated weapon solution is beyond the articulation range of the pylon at the current aircraft +attitude, a corresponding weapon inhibit message will be presented to the crewmember within their sight +symbology. Under such circumstances, it may be necessary to adjust the pitch attitude of the aircraft to bring +the weapon solution within the articulation range of the applicable weapon system. + + + + + Rocket Steering Cursor is indicating a + positive pitch attitude is required to + raise the pylons high enough to align + with the weapon aiming solution + + + + + Weapon aiming solution to a “PYLON LIMIT” displayed in + target at a range of 7.1 km Weapon Inhibit data field + + + + +This should be expected when employing unguided rockets against targets at long ranges, in which case it is +unlikely the rocket launchers can elevate high enough without performing a positive pitch maneuver with the +aircraft. (See Aerial Rocket Sub-system for more information.) +Weapon employment tips and recommendations +The following points are recommended practices for employing weapons from the DCS: AH-64D. These +recommendations are not all-encompassing, nor do they reflect the best procedure for every situation, but will +typically increase the chances of successful weapon engagements. + +- The settings for each weapon system may be changed by manually selecting the corresponding weapon + along the bottom row of options on the Weapon (WPN) page. This permits the weapons to be configured + prior to being actioned by a crewmember. During start-up procedures, it is recommended that these settings + be configured as appropriate based on the anticipated tactical situation instead of waiting until the weapons + are actioned for employment; in some circumstances in which enemy contact has already occurred. + +- The MANRNG> value on the WPN page defaults to 1,500 meters for the Pilot and 3,000 meters for the + Copilot/Gunner (CPG). If the selected sight is set to HMD when the gun is actioned, the crewmember’s range + source will be automatically set to a Manual range value corresponding with the MANRNG> setting for the + purposes of hasty engagements against close-range targets (or threats). Therefore, during start-up + procedures, it is recommended that this value be set between 1000 and 1500 meters to ensure the range + setting corresponds with a range that will be most practical for HMD gun engagements. + +- Off-axis gun engagements are useful for hasty, close-range shots using the HMD; however, the gun will be + most accurate when employed in a deliberate manner by placing the target off the nose and using TADS for + targeting. + +- If intending to use TADS Linear Motion Compensation (LMC), an approximate range measurement of the + target area will assist the CPG in establishing an appropriate LMC slew rate prior to pulling the laser trigger + to the 2nd detent for designation, which will minimize large “range jumps” when the laser is fired. + - Switch to Automatic ranging by entering “A” as the MANRNG> value on the WPN page. This will + automatically adjust the range value based on the radar altitude and TADS look-down angle. + or + - Use the 1st detent of the laser trigger to fire a brief ranging pulse to measure the range to the + target area prior to enabling LMC. + +- If intending to autonomously employ laser-guided missiles (self-designating), ensure the Priority missile + channel is set to the same laser code as the TADS laser rangefinder/designator (LRFD). + - The TADS LRFD laser code is set on the WPN Code sub-page. + - The missile channels are set on the WPN Channel sub-page. + - The Priority missile channel is selected on the WPN page when set to MSL format. + +- If intending to autonomously employ laser-guided missiles in LOBL mode, ensure TRAJ (VAB R3) is set to + “DIR” on the WPN page MSL format. This will slave the AGM-114K missile seeker to the TADS line-of-sight + prior to the LRFD being fired, which will ensure the missile will detect the laser designation. + +- If the TADS LRFD is not firing when the laser trigger is pulled (indicated by the X pattern displayed around + the TADS LOS Reticle), verify the following within the CPG cockpit: + - The selected sight is TADS. + - The A/S button on the Armament Panel is set to ARM. + - The LT switch on the TEDAC Right Handgrip is set to the center Off position. If the LST is set to + Automatic or Manual mode, the LRFD is inhibited from firing. + - LASER (VAB L6) is powered on the WPN Utility sub-page. + +- When using a laser designator from a helicopter at low altitudes, precision is more critical when lasing at + shallow angles across the terrain than compared to a fixed-wing aircraft that is lasing from high-altitudes + with steep look-down angles. When using the TADS LRFD to measure range for the gun or rockets, being + precise with the laser will result in a more precise weapon aiming solution. When designating for laser- + guided missiles, it is even more important to ensure the missile actually impacts the target; versus hitting + the ground nearby or beyond it. + +- GND STOW (VAB R5) may be enabled on the WPN Utility sub-page from either crewstation. This will fix the + wing pylons to -5° relative to the Aircraft Datum Line (ADL), which will correspond with the Head Tracker + within the HMD symbology. + - This may be used as a “fixed” rocket mode, allowing the pilot to use the Head Tracker as an + aiming reticle for the rockets. However, ballistic compensation for range will not be provided, so + the Head Tracker will need to be elevated above the intended target to account for the trajectory + drop of the rockets as the range to target increases. + - When employing laser-guided missiles in a dive, GND STOW may be used to force the missile + launchers to align with the Head Tracker. This allows the pilot to use the Head Tracker as an + aiming reticle for the missiles. If the TADS is set as the Pilot’s ACQ, maneuvering the aircraft so + that the Head Tracker is pointed at the Cued LOS Reticle while the CPG is lasing will ensure the + missiles can maneuver toward the laser designation after they leave the launcher rail. + +- Performance inhibits may be overridden using the 2nd detent of the weapon trigger; but ensuring that no + weapon inhibit messages are displayed prior to pulling the trigger increases the chances of the desired + weapon effects. If tactically feasible, efforts should always be taken to improve the likelihood of a successful + engagement by correcting the conditions that are resulting in the display of performance inhibits. + +- The AH-64 aircrew consists of two crewmembers. Employing weapons accurately and effectively is just as + much the responsibility of the Pilot as it is the Copilot/Gunner (CPG). A Pilot that flies haphazardly makes + the CPG’s job more difficult, and a CPG that doesn’t coordinate with the Pilot prior to releasing munitions is + needlessly complicating his or her own tasks. +Weapon (WPN) Page +The WPN page presents a top-down overview of the aircraft weapons load along with relevant sight, sensor, and +countermeasure statuses. The WPN page will contextually change format to display additional weapon-specific +settings any time a weapon is actioned within the crewstation or manually selected along the bottom row of +Variable Action Buttons (VAB). +Other key settings that may be accessed from this page include changing the selected acquisition source (ACQ), +selecting a manual or automatic range source, changing the laser codes assigned to the TADS Laser +Rangefinder/Designator and Laser Spot Tracker, or boresighting the IHADSS. + 1. CHAN sub-page 2. ASE page 3. CODE sub-page 4. COORD sub-page + + + + + 6. ARM/SAFE Status 5. UTIL sub-page + + 7. Sight Select Status 8. Acquisition Select Status + + 9. LST Code Status 10. LRFD Code Status + + + 11. Gun Status 12. Missile Symbol + + 13. Rocket Symbol + + + 14. Chaff Dispenser Status 15. Training Mode + + + 16. BORESIGHT sub-page 18. LRFD Ranging Setting + + 17. HMD Grayscale Select 19. Acquisition Source + + + + + 20. GUN format 21. MSL format 22. RKT format 23. Manual Range Setting + +1. CHAN sub-page. Displays the WPN Channel sub-page. +2. ASE page. Displays the Aircraft Survivability Equipment (ASE) page. +3. CODE sub-page. Displays the WPN Code sub-page. +4. COORD sub-page. Displays the WPN Coordinates sub-page. (See TSD Coordinate sub-page for more + information.) +5. UTIL sub-page. Displays the WPN Utility sub-page. +6. ARM/SAFE Status. Displays the master armament state. + + - SAFE. No weapons are actioned. TADS + - SAFE. Actioned weapon(s) and TADS + LRFD is inhibited from firing. LRFD are inhibited from firing. + + - ARM. No weapons are actioned. TADS + - ARM. Actioned weapon(s) and TADS + LRFD may be fired. LRFD may be fired. +7. Sight Select Status. Indicates the sight currently selected within the crewstation. + + - HMD. Displayed when the crewmember’s selected sight is HMD. + + - TADS. Displayed when the crewmember’s selected sight is TADS (CPG only). + + - FCR. Displayed when the crewmember’s selected sight is FCR. +8. Acquisition Select Status. Indicates the acquisition source currently selected within the crewstation. + + - PHS. When slave is enabled, the currently selected sight will slave to the azimuth and elevation of the + Pilot’s Helmet Sight. + + - GHS. When slave is enabled, the currently selected sight will slave to the azimuth and elevation of the + Copilot/Gunner’s Helmet Sight. + + - SKR. If the next-to-shoot AGM-114 is tracking a laser designation or target in LOBL mode when slave + is enabled, the currently selected sight will slave to the azimuth and elevation of the missile seeker. + + - FCR. When slave is enabled, the currently selected sight will slave to the location of the Next-To-Shoot + (NTS) target detected by the Fire Control Radar. This option is only displayed if the FCR mast-mounted + assembly is installed and the FCR is powered. + + - FXD. When slave is enabled, the currently selected sight will slave to a fixed forward direction along + the Armament Datum Line (ADL, 0° in azimuth/-4.9° in elevation). + + - W##, H##, C##, T##. When slave is enabled, the currently selected sight will slave to the location + of the Waypoint, Hazard, Control Measure, or Target/Threat point set as the acquisition source within + the crewstation, and the range source will switch to a Navigation range equal to the slant range + between the aircraft and the selected point. ## indicates the specific point number to which the + Waypoint, Hazard, Control Measure, or Target/Threat point has been stored. + + - TRN. When slave is enabled, the currently selected sight will slave to the location of the terrain location + cursor-selected on the TSD within the crewstation, and the range source will switch to a Navigation + range equal to the slant range between the aircraft and the Terrain point. +9. LST Code Status. Displays the laser code that the TADS Laser Spot Tracker will scan for when enabled. + (See WPN Code sub-page for more information.) +10. LRFD sub-page. Displays the laser code that the TADS Laser Rangefinder/Designator will emit when fired. + (See WPN Code sub-page for more information.) +11. Gun Status/Symbol. Displays the status of the Area Weapon System and the remaining quantity of + ammunition onboard. If the gun system is powered off, the gun symbol will be removed from the page. + (See Area Weapon System for more information.) +12. Missile Symbol/Missile Launcher. Displayed when a missile is loaded onto the corresponding missile + launcher rail underneath the corresponding wing pylon, the type of missile that is loaded, and the missile’s + status. If the missile system is powered off, missile and launcher symbols will be removed from the page. + (See Hellfire Modular Missile System for more information.) + + - BIT. A built-in-test is + - SAFE. The missile + - ARM. The missile + being performed to launcher is in a SAFE launcher is in an + determine the status status. Missiles are ARM status. Missile + of any missiles that inhibited from being launch is permitted. + are detected onboard launched. + the launcher. +13. Rocket Launcher Symbol. Displayed when a rocket launcher is loaded underneath the corresponding + wing pylon, along with the rocket warhead type that is selected within the crewstation. If the rocket + system is powered off, any rocket launcher symbols will be removed from the page. (See Aerial Rocket + Sub-system for more information.) +14. Chaff Dispenser Status. Displays the arming state of the chaff dispenser and the remaining quantity of + individual chaff cartridges. + + - SAFE. 30 chaff cartridges remain on + - ARM. 30 chaff cartridges remain on + board. Chaff is inhibited from being board. Chaff may be dispensed. + dispensed. +15. Training Mode. Not implemented. +16. BORESIGHT sub-page. Displays the WPN Boresight sub-page. (See IHADSS Boresight for more + information.) +17. HMD Grayscale Select. Selects a grayscale pattern for display within the HDU. The grayscale pattern is + used to set the appropriate brightness and contrast levels for the HDU video output. +18. LRFD Ranging Setting. Selects which laser return is utilized by the LRFD when fired using the 1 st detent + of the LRFD trigger on the TEDAC Right Handgrip. This setting is common between crewstations. + + - FIRST. The first laser return that is received by the LRFD is utilized for range. + + - LAST. The last laser return that is received by the LRFD is utilized for range. +19. Acquisition Source (ACQ). Displays the acquisition source selection menu. (See Acquisition Sources in + the Tactical Employment chapter for more information.) +20. GUN format. Displays the WPN Gun format. +21. MSL format. Displays the WPN Missile format. +22. RKT format. Displays the WPN Rocket format. +23. Manual Range Setting. Activates the KU for inputting a manual or automatic range as the range source + for that crewstation. + + - Manual Range. May be entered in 1-meter increments between 100 and 50,000 meters, and then + pressing ENTER on the KU. If a range value is not entered prior to pressing ENTER on the KU, the + manual range value already displayed on the WPN page will be entered as the range source. + + - Automatic Range. May be enabled by entering a value of “A”, and then pressing ENTER on the KU. +WPN Channel (CHAN) Sub-page +The CHAN sub-page allows either crewmember to change the laser code assigned to each of the four missile +channels. When the WPN page is displayed in MSL format and the missile TYPE is set to SAL, any of these four +missile channels may be selected as either the Priority or Alternate channel. + 1. Channel Selection + + + + + 2. Channel Status 3. Code Ranges Status + + + + + 4. Code Selection 4. Code Selection + + + + + 4. Code Selection + + +1. Channel Selection. Selects the missile channel for laser code assignment. +2. Channel Status. Displays the missile channel that is currently selected for laser code assignment. +3. Code Ranges Status. Displays the pulse repetition frequencies that may be entered into any of the 16 + preset laser codes. +4. Code Selection. Assigns the corresponding laser code to the selected missile channel. The laser code + currently assigned to the selected missile channel will be boxed. + Laser codes are assigned using one of 16 presets labeled “A” through “R”, excluding I and O to prevent + confusion with one and zero respectively. +WPN Code (CODE) Sub-page +The CODE sub-page allows either crewmember to change the laser code assigned to the TADS Laser +Rangfinder/Designator (LRFD) and Laser Spot Tracker (LST). +The FREQ sub-page may also be accessed from this sub-page, permitting either crewmember to modify the +specific pulse repetition frequency (PRF) value used by each laser code. + 1. CHAN sub-page 2. LRFD/LST Setting 3. FREQ sub-page + + + + + 4. LRFD/LST Status 5. Code Ranges Status + + + + + 6. Code Selection 6. Code Selection + + + + + 6. Code Selection + + +1. CHAN sub-page. Displays the WPN Channel sub-page. +2. LRFD/LST Setting. Toggles the selected TADS sensor (LRFD or LST) for laser code assignment. +3. FREQ sub-page. Displays the WPN Frequency sub-page. +4. LRFD/LST Status. Displays the TADS sensor (LRFD or LST) that is selected for laser code assignment. + + - LRFD. The TADS LRFD will emit the selected laser code when fired. + + - LST. The TADS LST will search for an offboard laser designation source that matches the selected laser + code when set to Automatic or Manual mode. (See Laser Spot Track for more information.) +5. Code Ranges Status. Displays the pulse repetition frequencies that may be entered into any of the 16 + preset laser codes. +6. Code Selection. Assigns the corresponding laser code to the selected TADS sensor (LRFD or LST). The + laser code currently assigned to the selected TADS sensor will be boxed. + Laser codes are assigned using one of 16 presets labeled “A” through “R”, excluding I and O to prevent + confusion with one and zero respectively. +WPN Frequency (FREQ) Sub-page +The FREQ sub-page allows either crewmember to modify the specific pulse repetition frequency (PRF) value used +by each laser code using the Keyboard Unit (KU). + 1. CHAN sub-page + + + + + 2. Code Ranges Status + + + + + 3. Code Frequency 3. Code Frequency + + + + + 3. Code Frequency + + +1. CHAN sub-page. Displays the WPN Channel sub-page. +2. Code Ranges Status. Displays the pulse repetition frequencies that may be entered into any of the 16 + preset laser codes. +3. Code Frequency. Activates the KU for inputting a pulse repetition frequency into the corresponding laser + code. +WPN Utility (UTIL) Sub-page +The UTIL sub-page allows either crewmember to enable/disable power to specific sight, sensor, or weapon +systems, or modify the settings of such systems. The format of this page is contextual depending on which +crewstation is viewing the sub-page, and will only present options that are relevant to that crewstation; although +some options are available in both crewstations. +The LOAD sub-page may also be accessed from this sub-page, permitting either crewmember to modify the +quantity of rounds loaded into the ammunition handling system or change the warhead ballistic values assigned +per rocket launcher zone. +Pilot Crewstation Options +The format of the UTIL sub-page when displayed within the Pilot crewstation is shown below. + + + + + 1. IHADSS Power 4. ACQ Cueing + + + 5. Launcher Arm + + + + + 2. PNVS Power + + + 3. EOCCM Filter 6. Pylon Ground Stow + Power + + + + + 7. Gun System Power 8. Missile System Power 9. Rocket System Power 10. LOAD Sub-page + + +1. IHADSS Power. Enables/disables the Integrated Helmet And Display Sighting System. This setting is + common between crewstations. +2. PNVS Power. Enables/disables the Pilot Night Vision System. If either crewmember is using the PNVS as + their NVS sensor, this option will be “barriered” and unavailable for selection. +3. EOCCM Filter. Selects the electro-optical counter-countermeasure filter setting in use + by the NVS sensor assigned to the Pilot crewstation, as protection against optical + countermeasures. (N/I) + + - FILTER 1. Selects EOCCM Filter 1. + + - CLEAR. No filter is applied. + + - FILTER 2. Selects EOCCM Filter 2. +4. ACQ Cueing. Enables/disables cueing symbology to the Pilot’s acquisition source. When + disabled, the Cued LOS Reticle and Cueing Dots will be removed from the Pilot’s HMD symbology. +5. Launcher Arm. Manually commands the external ARM/SAFE switches on all M299 + missile launchers to rotate to the ARM position. + This command will not permit AGM-114 missiles to be launched if the A/S button on + the Armament Panel is set to SAFE. However, if the external ARM/SAFE switches on + the missile launchers themselves are set to SAFE, missiles cannot be launched even + if the A/S button is set to ARM. + NOTE: When ground personnel are rearming the aircraft, they will set the external + ARM/SAFE switches on each M299 missile launcher to the SAFE position. Launcher Arm + + Each time the master armament state is toggled from SAFE to ARM via the A/S button, this arming command + is automatically sent to the missile launchers. +6. Pylon Ground Stow. Manually commands each wing pylon to the Ground Stow position (-5° relative to + the Aircraft Datum Line), which corresponds to the position of the Head Tracker. This will ensure the wing + pylons remain level with the surface when the aircraft is landed and facilitates easier loading of munitions + by ground personnel. + NOTE: When the aircraft is weight-on-wheels, the wing pylons are automatically commanded to the Ground + Stow position. Four seconds after the weight-on-wheels switch detects the aircraft is airborne, the wing + pylons are automatically commanded to the Flight Stow position (+4° relative to the Aircraft Datum Line). +7. Gun System Power. Enables/disables the Area Weapon System. +8. Missile System Power. Enables/disables the Hellfire Modular Missile System. +9. Rocket System Power. Enables/disables the Aerial Rocket Sub-system. +10. LOAD sub-page. Displays the WPN Load sub-page. +Copilot/Gunner Crewstation Options +The format of the UTIL sub-page when displayed within the Copilot/Gunner crewstation is shown below. + + + + + 11. TADS Power 14. TADS Stow + + 12. FLIR Power + + 13. Laser Power +11. TADS Power. Enables/disables the Target Acquisition Designation Sight. If either crewmember is using the + TADS as their NVS sensor, or if the CPG is using the TADS as a sight, this option will be “barriered” and + unavailable for selection. +12. FLIR Power. Enables/disables the TADS FLIR sensor. If either crewmember is using the TADS as their NVS + sensor, this option will be “barriered” and unavailable for selection. + When disabled, a “FLIR OFF” message will be displayed within the Sight Status field of the High Action + Display when the CPG’s selected sight is TADS. +13. Laser Power. Enables/disables the TADS Laser Rangefinder/Designator (LRFD). +14. TADS Stow. Manually commands the TADS turret to the stow position, rotating the sensor turret 180° + toward the rear, facing inwards. If either crewmember is using the TADS as their NVS sensor, or if the CPG + is using the TADS as a sight, this option will be “barriered” and unavailable for selection. If the crewmember + that is assigned TADS as their NVS sensor sets their NVS Mode switch to the NORM or FIXED positions, this + option will be automatically de-selected. + + +WPN Utility, Load (LOAD) Sub-page +The LOAD sub-page is not implemented. +AREA WEAPON SYSTEM (AWS) +The Area Weapon System is designed for engaging or suppressing targets at close range and is effective against +lightly armored vehicles, unarmored vehicles, and personnel. Although the entire M139 AWS also includes the +hydraulically-steered turret, ammunition magazine, and ammo handling system that transports ammunition from +the magazine to the turret, the most noticeable component of the AWS is the M230E1 30mm gun (also called the +“thirty” or simply the “gun”). + + + + +The gun may be employed by either crewmember when using the HMD or FCR as the selected sight; or by the +CPG when using the TADS. When employed using the HMD as the selected sight, gun engagements are typically +performed with the intent to engage or suppress close-range threats to the aircraft, in which the speed of placing +“rounds on target” is of greater importance over accuracy and precision. When employed using the TADS as the +selected sight, gun engagements may be performed in a more offensive manner in which accuracy and precision +is desired. +The gun may be used in the normal “flex gun” mode (NORM mode) in which the gun turret is articulated to match +the ballistic solution against the target location as calculated by the Weapon Processors; or in a forward-firing +“fixed gun” mode (FXD mode) in which the gun is fixed to a ballistic solution of 1,575 meters directly in front of +the aircraft, regardless of the selected sight or computed target location. +During major combat operations, the ammunition capacity of the Area Weapon System can hold up to 1,200 +rounds if necessary. However, the ammunition magazine may be replaced with an Internal Auxiliary Fuel System +(IAFS), which includes a reduced-size 30mm ammunition magazine but extends the range and endurance of the +aircraft with an additional 100 gallons of fuel. The IAFS reduces the ammunition storage to just 25% of its full +capacity, limiting the total rounds that may be carried to 300. +M230E1 30mm Automatic Gun +The M230 is a single-barrel, automatic chain gun which fires 30x113mm link-less ammunition. The M230 is +designed as an anti-material and anti-personnel weapon, employing a high-explosive dual-purpose (HEDP) round +that is capable of penetrating light armor while simultaneously producing fragmentation effects against +unarmored vehicles or personnel. +As a chain gun, the weapon uses a rotating chain within the receiver assembly to cycle the internal action in +loading the next round for firing and clearing the empty casing from the chamber after firing. This contrasts with +other weapons which use the expanding gases from the round’s explosive charge or the recoil of the round itself +to cycle the internal action. The gun action is powered by an external drive motor which is supplied with aircraft +electrical power. + + + Elevation Actuator Utility Hydraulic Supply + to Elevation Actuator + + WSPS Blade + + Flexible Ammunition + Chute & Carrier Drive + + + + Flash Suppressor + Recoil Dampeners (both sides) + + + + + WSPS Deflector Assembly + + + Gun Drive Motor Chamber Access Door Gun Cradle + + +The gun turret itself is steered using hydraulic pressure from the Utility hydraulic system and includes Wire Strike +Protection System (WSPS) components. The WSPS is intended to divert or sever high-tension wires that may be +inadvertently encountered by the aircraft during low-level operations, especially during hours of darkness. The +M230 is intended as a “low-signature weapon”, in which tracer rounds are not utilized and the gun barrel is +equipped with a flash suppressor to reduce visual detection during operations at night. +The M230 has an approximate rate of fire of 625 (±25) rounds per minute, but this may vary slightly between +individual aircraft. Two types of ammunition may be employed, each with identical ballistic characteristics. + M789 High-Explosive Dual-Purpose (HEDP). The M789 round uses a shaped + charge surrounded by a steel case to provide armor penetration and fragmentation + effects. + + + US Army photo by MAJ Enrique Vasquez + + M788 Training/Practice (TP). The M788 round uses an inert round casing with + an aluminum tip to simulate the ballistic characteristics of the M789 during live-fire + training and exercises. + + + US Army photo by SGT Sarah Sangster + + +The M789 and M788 rounds have a relatively low muzzle velocity. As such, they are ill-suited for long-range +precision engagements, with an effective range of approximately 1,500 meters; although the AH-64 fire control +system will calculate a ballistic solution for the M230 out to 4,200 meters. +Gun Articulation Limits +The AWS turret can articulate through a maximum range of ±86° in azimuth and +11°/-60° in elevation. +However, additional limitations are automatically applied to the turret based on specific conditions. + +- If the gun azimuth is within ±10° of the aircraft centerline, the elevation is limited to +9°. This limitation + does not apply when the gun is de-actioned and the gun is stowed at +11° in elevation. + +- If the aircraft is on the ground (weight-on-wheels), the elevation is limited to -6.45°. + + + + + Gun Articulation Limits + + +- If the gun is actioned while the missiles are also actioned, and the next-to-launch missile is on an inboard + launcher rail of an inboard pylon, the gun azimuth will be limited to 52° on the corresponding side of the + aircraft to prevent the missile from colliding with the gun barrel. + +- If the gun is actioned while the rockets are also actioned, and rocket launchers are installed on the inboard + pylons, the gun azimuth will be limited to ±60° to either side to prevent the rockets from colliding with the + gun barrel. + + Next-to-launch missile + + + + + Azimuth limitation applied Azimuth limitation + to corresponding side applied to both sides + + + + Gun Articulation Limits with Missiles/Rockets on Inboard Pylons +Gun Weapon Inhibits +The following conditions will inhibit the gun from being fired or interrupt the firing of the gun if already in in +progress. Performance inhibits may be overridden by pulling the trigger to the 2 nd detent. Safety inhibits cannot +be overridden. +Performance Inhibits + INHIBIT CONDITION CORRECTIVE ACTION + The required weapon aiming + If tactically feasible, engage the target at a closer + BAL LIMIT solution exceeds the ballistics + range. + processing capability. + + +Safety Inhibits + INHIBIT CONDITION CORRECTIVE ACTION + A missile launch or a rocket The gun may be fired 2 seconds after the missile + ALT LAUNCH + salvo is already in progress. launch or rocket salvo is complete. + The gun turret is at an azimuth Adjust the aircraft heading as necessary to bring the + AZ LIMIT limit and cannot reach the weapon aiming solution within the azimuth limits of + weapon aiming solution. the gun turret. + The gun is out of coincidence Wait for the gun to reach the weapon aiming solution. + COINCIDENCE from the weapon aiming If inhibit message remains, the gun may have + solution. experienced a failure and should be de-actioned. + Adjust the aircraft pitch attitude as necessary to bring + The gun turret is at an elevation + the weapon aiming solution within the elevation limits + EL LIMIT limit and cannot reach the + of the gun turret (e.g., pitch the nose up when + weapon aiming solution. + engaging a target at long range). + + The line-of-sight of the selected Select a different sight for engagement. + sight is invalid or has failed; If using HMD as the sight and the LOS Reticle is + LOS INVALID + and cannot provide a weapon flashing, adjust the helmet position to within the slew + aiming solution to the gun. limits of the assigned NVS sensor (PNVS or TADS). + The master armament state is + SAFE currently set to SAFE; weapons Set the A/S button on the Armament Panel to ARM. + cannot be fired. +WPN Gun (GUN) Format +When the gun is selected for employment within the crewstation, the WPN page will be set to GUN format. + + + + + 2. Mode Select + + + 1. Burst Limit Select + + + + 3. Gun Status + Icon + + + 4. Harmonize Mode + + + + +1. Burst Limit Select. Displays the quantity of 30mm rounds that will be fired each time the weapon trigger + is pulled and held. When the burst limit is reached, a subsequent trigger pull is required to fire a subsequent + burst. This setting is independent between crewstations. + + - 10. Gun burst is limited to 10 rounds of ammunition. + + - 20. Gun burst is limited to 20 rounds of ammunition. + + - 50. Gun burst is limited to 50 rounds of ammunition. + + - 100. Gun burst is limited to 100 rounds of ammunition. + + - ALL. The gun will continuously fire until the ammunition is depleted. +2. Mode Select. Displays the selected firing mode of the gun. This setting is independent between + crewstations. + + - NORM. The gun turret is articulated to match the weapon aiming solution derived from the + crewmember’s selected sight and range source, as calculated by the Weapon Processors. + + - FXD. The gun turret is fixed forward to a weapon aiming solution directly in front of the aircraft at a + range of 1,575 meters, regardless of the selected sight or range source. +3. Gun Status. Displays the status of the gun and the remaining quantity of ammunition on board the aircraft. +4. Harmonize Mode (CPG Only). Not implemented. +Gun Weapon Status Messages +The following messages will be displayed in the High Action Display based on current gun status or weapon page +settings when the gun is actioned. + + WEAPON + CONDITION + STATUS + ROUNDS #### The gun is actioned and the number of remaining rounds onboard is displayed. + WEAPON? The weapon trigger has been pulled but no weapon has been actioned. +Gun Engagement using TADS (NORM Mode) +When employing the AWS with the TADS, ballistic compensation for aircraft linear velocities and environmental +factors is automatically calculated. If the target is moving, continuous laser designation via the 2 nd detent of the +laser trigger should be used to incorporate the Target State Estimator (TSE) for lead-angle compensation. TADS +LMC and/or IAT may also be used to assist the CPG in stabilizing the TADS LOS Reticle on the target. +To engage a target from the CPG crewstation while using the TADS as the selected sight: +1. CPG Sight Select switch – TADS. (TEDAC + Right Handgrip) +2. CPG WPN Fixed Action Button – Press. 7. BURST LIMIT 8. ARM Status + (VAB L1-L5) +3. CPG (Optional) Determine the + appropriate acquisition source (ACQ) for 7. MODE (VAB R2) + acquiring the target. + + - If the target is visually acquired by + either crewmember, set ACQ to PHS + or GHS. + + - If the target is stored as a point + within the navigational database, + set ACQ to the corresponding point. 3. ACQ Select (VAB R6) + +4. CPG (Optional) SLAVE button – Press, + and then press again to de-slave when + 2. WPN Fixed Action Button + the TADS has finished slewing. +5. CPG Weapon Action Switch (WAS) – + Forward. (TEDAC Left Handgrip) +6. CPG Weapon Status – Verify “ROUNDS + ####”. (High Action Display) +7. CPG Weapon settings – Verify or select. + (WPN page) + + - BURST LIMIT (VAB L1-L5) – Select + as desired. + + - MODE (VAB R2) – Select NORM. +8. CPG A/S button – Verified in ARM. 10. LMC or IAT + (Armament Panel) +9. CPG Range source – Verify or select: + Laser, Navigation, Auto, or Manual. + (TADS Acquisition and Ranging) +10. CPG If the target or aircraft are moving, + engage TADS targeting modes to + stabilize the TADS on target. 3. ACQ Select + + + - Manual tracking - Engage LMC and + employ the Sight Manual Tracker. + + - Automatic tracking - Engage IAT. + 1. Sight Select TADS 9. Range Source 6. Verify “ROUNDS ####” +11. CPG LRFD Trigger – Pull, if laser ranging + is desired. (TEDAC Right Handgrip) + + - Target and aircraft are stationary – + LRFD trigger, 1st detent, may be + pulled momentarily (ranging). + + - Target or aircraft are moving – + LRFD trigger, 2nd detent, should be 11. Fire LRFD + pulled and held (designation). +12. CPG Weapon Inhibit messages – Verify + no Safety or Performance inhibit + messages are displayed: + + - COINCIDENCE + + - AZ LIMIT + + - EL LIMIT 12. Weapon Inhibits + + - BAL LIMIT +13. CPG Weapon Trigger – Pull and hold for + duration of burst. (TEDAC Left Handgrip) +14. CPG Observe for round impacts – Adjust the TADS LOS Reticle aimpoint and repeat bursts on target as + necessary until target effects are achieved. +Gun Engagement using HMD (NORM Mode) +When employing the AWS with the HMD, the gun can be used to rapidly suppress close-in threats to the aircraft. +However, unlike the TADS, the HMD does not provide any ballistic compensation for the gun with the exception +of range compensation. Lead angle and other linear velocity compensations must be manually provided by the +crewmember by adjusting the LOS Reticle of the HMD accordingly. +To engage a target from either crewstation while using the HMD as the selected sight: +1. Sight Select switch – HMD. (Cyclic Grip or + TEDAC Right Handgrip) +2. Weapon Action Switch (WAS) – Forward. 5. BURST LIMIT 6. ARM Status + (Cyclic Grip or TEDAC Left Handgrip) (VAB L1-L5) + + NOTE: The range source will be + 5. MODE (VAB R2) + automatically set to Manual range based + on the WPN page MANRNG> value. +3. Weapon Status – Verify “ROUNDS + ####”. (High Action Display) +4. WPN Fixed Action Button – Press. +5. Weapon settings – Verify or select. + + - BURST LIMIT (VAB L1-L5) – Select + as desired. + 4. WPN Fixed Action Button + + - MODE (VAB R2) – Select NORM. +6. A/S button – Verify ARM is illuminated. + (Armament Panel) +7. Range source – Verify or select: + Navigation, Auto, or Manual. (HMD + Acquisition and Ranging) +8. Weapon Inhibit messages – Verify no + Safety or Performance inhibit messages + are displayed: + + - COINCIDENCE + + - AZ LIMIT + + - EL LIMIT + + - BAL LIMIT +9. Weapon Trigger – Pull and hold for + duration of burst. (Cyclic Grip or TEDAC + Left Handgrip) + NOTE: If the CPG actions the gun from + the Cyclic Grip, the cyclic weapon trigger + must be used. If the CPG actions the gun + from the TEDAC Left Handgrip, the + 8. Weapon Inhibits + TEDAC weapon trigger must be used. +10. Observe for round impacts – Adjust the + HMD LOS Reticle aimpoint and repeat + bursts on target as necessary until target 1. Sight Select HMD 7. Range source 3. Verify “ROUNDS ####” + effects are achieved. +Gun Engagement using HMD (FXD Mode) +When employing the AWS in Fixed mode, the gun is fixed forward at a ballistic solution of 1,575 meters, requiring +the pilot to maneuver the aircraft to aim the gun at the target. The Fixed Gun Reticle is identical to the Cued LOS +Reticle of the acquisition source (ACQ) and represents the virtual location in front of the aircraft that coincides +with the 1,575-meter ballistic solution. +To engage a target from either crewstation while using the gun in Fixed mode and the HMD as the selected sight: +1. Sight Select switch – HMD. (Cyclic Grip) +2. Weapon Action Switch (WAS) – Forward. + (Cyclic Grip) 5. BURST LIMIT 6. ARM Status + (VAB L1-L5) +3. Weapon Status – Verify “ROUNDS + ####”. (High Action Display) + 5. MODE (VAB R2) +4. WPN Fixed Action Button – Press. +5. Weapon settings – Verify or select. (WPN + page) + + - BURST LIMIT (VAB L1-L5) – Select + as desired. + + - MODE (VAB R2) – Select FXD. +6. A/S button – Verify ARM is illuminated. + (Armament Panel) 4. WPN Fixed Action Button + +7. Weapon Inhibit messages – Verify no + Safety or Performance inhibit messages + are displayed: + + - COINCIDENCE +8. Maneuver aircraft to adjust the HMD + Fixed Gun Reticle aimpoint as necessary. +9. Weapon Trigger – Pull and hold for + duration of burst. (Cyclic Grip) +10. Observe for round impacts – Maneuver + aircraft to adjust the HMD Fixed Gun + Reticle aimpoint and repeat bursts on + target as necessary until target effects 8. Fixed Gun Reticle + are achieved. + + + + + 7. Weapon Inhibits + + + + + 1. Sight Select HMD 3. Verify “ROUNDS ####” +AERIAL ROCKET SUB-SYSTEM (ARS) +The Aerial Rocket Sub-system is an aerial rocket bombardment system designed for engaging or suppressing +area targets at long range and is effective against groups of vehicles or personnel in the open. + + + + +The ARS consists of up to four M261 rocket launchers (also called “rocket pods”), which are capable of firing +2.75-inch unguided rockets of the Hydra-70 rocket family. Each 19-tube pod is “zoned”, which permits the +carriage of up to three different warhead types when a single pair of launchers are used, or up to five different +warhead types when two pairs of launchers are used. Single rocket pods may also be loaded if desired, in the +case of reducing overall gross weight as necessary. +Rockets may be employed “independently” by either crewmember when using the HMD or FCR as the selected +sight; or by both crewmembers in a “cooperative” manner in which the Pilot aligns the aircraft with the ballistic +solution calculated by the CPG’s selected sight (usually the TADS). +When employed using the HMD as the selected sight, rocket engagements are typically performed at speeds +above effective translational lift (ETL), using forward airspeed to increase the stability of the aircraft. These +engagements are performed using weapon delivery techniques known as “running fire” or “diving fire”, which +improves the accuracy of unguided munitions such as rockets. (See Weapon Delivery Techniques for more +information.) +When employed using the TADS or FCR as the selected sight, rocket engagements may be performed using a +third weapon delivery technique known as “hover fire”, in which the aircraft remains stationary while employing +unguided rockets against area targets. These engagements may be used in either a “direct fire” mode, in which +the target location is directly sighted by the TADS when making aiming adjustments; or an “indirect fire” mode, +in which the TADS is slaved to a 3-dimensional target location previously stored using the TADS, detected by the +FCR, received via the datalink, or manually input by the aircrew, and the rockets are launched from behind cover +without having a direct line-of-sight to the target area. +Hydra-70 2.75-inch Unguided Rockets +Unguided rockets have been in use by military helicopters for decades, with the first large-scale use by UH-1 and +AH-1 helicopters during the Vietnam War of the 1960’s and early 1970’s. Although fire control systems in various +military fixed-wing aircraft and helicopters have advanced in accuracy and sophistication, the overall design of +the rockets themselves has remained comparatively simple with few changes. +The most commonly used rocket motor by the U.S. Army during the Vietnam War was the Mk40 FFAR (Folding +Fin Aerial Rocket), itself derived from the World War 2-era “Mighty Mouse” aerial rocket. The Mk40 was a tube- +launched, solid-propellant rocket motor 2.75 inches (70mm) in diameter, with four stabilizing fins that would +deploy once the rocket had been expelled from its launcher. The Mk40 rocket motor could be fitted with a variety +of compatible warheads, including high-explosives, white phosphorus for target marking, or even flechette- +dispensing warheads for anti-personnel. + + + + + Spiral-fluted Nozzle + + Spring-loaded Wrap- + around Folding Fins + Mk66 Rocket Motor + + + + M151 High-Explosive Warhead + + + M423 Point-detonating Fuze + + +The Mk66 rocket motor was later developed and gradually replaced the Mk40 as the principal rocket motor for +Hydra-70 rocket systems in the U.S. military. The Mk66 included a revised “wrap-around folding fin” design and +a more powerful rocket motor with an increased propellant load, allowing it to be employed against targets as +far as 7,500 meters. The rocket propellant is expelled through a spiral-fluted nozzle that generates a spinning +motion to increase the ballistic stability and accuracy of the rocket after launch. Like the previous Mk40 rocket +motors, the Mk66 is compatible with a large number of the same 2.75-inch diameter warheads. +Weapon designations of the Hydra family of rockets are typically denoted by the installed warheads, despite being +composed of three distinct components to include the Mk66 rocket motor, warhead, and fuze. Depending on the +specific warhead that is installed on the rocket, some fuzes are integrated within the warhead itself while others +may be fitted with an external fuze option. +Compatible fuzes are grouped into three categories, based on their method of function. Rocket warheads that +may employ these types of fuzes are listed below within each applicable fuze category. +Point-Detonating Fuze Variable Delay Fuze Fixed Delay Fuze +Initiates upon impact. Initiates based on target range or Initiates based on a fixed time + a variable time delay after impact. delay after launch. + +- M151 High Explosive + - M151 High Explosive + - M257 Illumination + +- M229 High Explosive + - M229 High Explosive + - M258 IR Illumination + +- M274 Training Smoke + - M255A1 Flechette + +- M156 WP Smoke + - M261 MP Sub-Munition + + - M264 RP Smoke +M423 Point-Detonating (PD) Fuze. The M423 fuze initiates the warhead charge immediately upon impact +with any solid surface. This fuze is the most commonly used by M151 and M229 high-explosive warheads, but is +also used by the M156 white phosphorus smoke rocket for target marking and by the M274 training rocket. +M433 Resistance Capacitance (RC) Fuze. The M433 is a variable-time delay fuze that uses an electrical +charge delivered by the launching aircraft to set the desired time delay based on the specific cockpit selection. +The fuze is activated upon impact with a solid surface and initiates the warhead charge after a brief delay, +allowing the warhead to penetrate obstructions prior to detonation. This fuze is not commonly used but could be +employed to increase the penetration of high-explosive warheads through dense foliage or defensive fortifications. +M439 Air Burst Fuze. The M439 is a variable-time delay fuze that uses an electrical charge delivered by the +launching aircraft to set the desired time delay based on the specific cockpit selection. The fuze is activated upon +launch and initiates the warhead charge after a delay, allowing the warhead to reach a pre-determined range +along its trajectory prior to detonation or delivery of the warhead contents. This fuze is integrated into the M255A1 +Flechette, M261 Multi-Purpose Sub-Munition (MPSM), and M264 red phosphorus smoke rockets. +M442 Cargo Fuze. The M442 is a fixed-time delay fuze that initiates the warhead charge approximately 9 +seconds following rocket motor burnout. The combined flight time of the rocket motor burn and the subsequent +fuze delay deploys the warhead contents approximately 3,500 meters from the launch point and is integrated +into the M257 and M278 battlefield illumination rockets. + M442 + + M439 + M433 + M423 + + 0.5 3.5 Target Range (km) 7.5 + + Rocket Fuze Functions + + + +Rocket Launcher Zones +The AH-64 is capable of employing up to five unique rocket warhead types when loaded with four M261 rocket +launchers. Each of the 19 individual rocket tubes of each M261 launcher is equipped with independent firing and +fuzing circuits, which allow the rockets to be selectively fired based on which tube is physically occupied by a +rocket and which warhead “zone” the tube is assigned. +Each zone is permanently allocated to each of the four wing pylons, meaning that zones A and B will only be +assigned to M261 launchers mounted under the outboard wing pylons, and zones C and D will only be assigned +to launchers mounted under the inboard wing pylons. However, zone E will always be assigned to the center +three tubes of any installed launchers. + Left Outboard Left Inboard Right Inboard Right Outboard + + + + + Zone Zone Zone Zone Zone + + Rocket Launcher Zones +Rocket Steering Cursor +The Aerial Rocket Sub-system (ARS) enables accurate delivery of massed fires against area targets and provides +an AH-64 team with a direct and indirect fire capability akin to a light rocket artillery battery. The fire control +system of the AH-64 calculates ballistic trajectories of 2.75-inch unguided rockets out to a range of 7,500 meters, +and at such distances most vehicle-sized targets would be difficult to visually acquire, depending on the nature +of the terrain. If a target could be seen at such a distance, direct aiming devices would be inadequate in providing +the level of aiming precision that would be necessary to ensure unguided munitions, even an area effect weapon +such as unguided rockets, could be delivered in the vicinity of the target. This would preclude the use of direct +sighting methods such as a Continuously Computed Impact Point (CCIP) or any other reticle that would require +adjustments to an aimpoint toward distant target locations. + The key piece of symbology associated with employing rockets is + the Rocket Steering Cursor, an I-beam shaped symbol displayed + LOS Reticle must be aligned within within the crewmembers’ sight symbology. The Rocket Steering + the boxed region by turning left + Cursor is a steering cue which indicates the required position that + the nose of the aircraft must be placed in azimuth and elevation, + taking into account the limited articulation range of the pylons. + When the symbology LOS Reticle is aligned along the “I-beam” + between the upper and lower limits of the Rocket Steering Cursor, + LOS Reticle + the aircraft is positioned in which the calculated weapon aiming + solution against the intended target is within the articulation range +Rocket Steering + Cursor of the wing pylons. + The Rocket Steering Cursor is longitudinally-scaled and is not a + virtual symbology element; its displayed location does not + correspond with a real-world location that is observed “out-the- +window” like the Head Tracker or Flight Path Vector. This removes the limitations of direct sighting against long- +range targets and allows the AH-64 to employ unguided rockets from behind cover when the aircraft may not +have a direct line-of-sight to the target location. This capability facilitates indirect fire against target locations that +have been handed off to the AH-64 aircrew from another platform such as another AH-64 team member, a scout +helicopter, or friendly ground forces. +To aid the aircrew in aligning the rocket launchers with the calculated weapon aiming solution, the weapon pylons +themselves articulate in the vertical axis to account for target range and the pitch attitude of the helicopter at a +given airspeed. The pylons have an articulation range of +4° to -15° relative to the Aircraft Datum Line (ADL), +which represents the longitudinal axis of the fuselage. + + + + +4° + + 0° + + + -4.9° + Head Tracker + + + + + -15° + + + + Pylon Articulation Limits + +The Head Tracker symbol within the IHADSS Flight symbology is displayed at -4.9° relative to the ADL. In a stable +hover with no winds, or when landed, the Head Tracker will be level with the horizon; and is at an approximate +mid-point between the upper and lower articulation limits of the pylons. +Rocket Steering Cursor Alignment +The Rocket Steering Cursor is longitudinally positioned within the symbology based on the position of the weapon +aiming solution relative to the nose of the aircraft, which is represented by the LOS Reticle. If the Rocket Steering +Cursor is displayed to the left of the LOS Reticle, the heading of the aircraft should be adjusted to the left until +the Rocket Steering Cursor is aligned with the LOS Reticle, and vice versa if the Rocket Steering Cursor is to the +right of the LOS Reticle. +In the example below, the sight’s LOS Reticle has been placed over a group of vehicles approximately 3 kilometers +away. The LOS Reticle is being used to designate the target location and is also being used to represent the nose +of the aircraft as a reference point from which the Rocket Steering Cursor is being displayed. While the Head +Tracker is a virtual symbology element representing the real-world position of the aircraft nose, the Rocket +Steering Cursor is a longitudinally-scaled symbology element that is displayed relative to the LOS Reticle. As a +result, the Rocket Steering Cursor is indicating to the Pilot that the nose of the aircraft must be steered to the +left to align the rocket launchers with the weapon aiming solution. + + + + + Rocket launcher elevation + within articulation range of + the wing pylon + + + Weapon Aiming + Solution + + + Head + Rocket Tracker + Steering + Cursor + LOS + Reticle + + Rocket Steering Cursor indicates Rockets impact to the right + that the nose must be turned left of the target if LOS Reticle + to align the rocket launchers with is misaligned to the right of + the weapon aiming solution the Rocket Steering Cursor + + + + Rocket Steering Cursor – Lateral Misalignment + +In this scenario, the LOS Reticle is vertically aligned between the upper and lower limits of the Rocket Steering +Cursor, indicating that the weapon aiming solution is within the articulation range of the wing pylons. However, +the LOS Reticle is laterally misaligned to the right from the Rocket Steering Cursor, indicating the rockets will +impact to the right of the intended target. If the rockets were fired under these conditions, they would impact to +the right of the target but would be at the correct range (assuming the ranging data being used by the selected +sight is accurate). +To correct lateral misalignment of the Rocket Steering Cursor, the Pilot should turn in the direction of the Rocket +Steering Cursor until the LOS Reticle is aligned along the vertical axis of the “I-beam”. If in a hover or at low +speeds near hover, the Pilot should use the pedals to yaw the aircraft in the direction of the Rocket Steering +Cursor. If in forward flight, the Pilot should use the cyclic to bank the aircraft in the direction of the Rocket +Steering Cursor while adjusting the pedals to keep the skid/slip indicator (“trim ball”) centered. +In the next example below, the sight’s LOS Reticle has been placed over a group of vehicles approximately 6 +kilometers away, and the aircraft nose is correctly aligned with the weapon aiming solution. However, due to the +range between the aircraft and the targets, the weapon aiming solution is beyond the articulation range of the +wing pylons. As a result, the Rocket Steering Cursor is indicating to the Pilot that the nose of the aircraft must +be elevated to align the rocket launchers with the weapon aiming solution. +In addition, the Rocket Steering Cursor itself is dashed to indicate that a weapon inhibit exists, in this case a +performance inhibit, accompanied by the “PYLON LIMIT” inhibit message displayed within the symbology. (See +Rocket Steering Cursor Format on the following page for more information.) + + + Weapon aiming solution is + beyond the articulation + range of the wing pylons + Weapon Aiming + Solution + Rocket launcher elevation + is limited by the wing pylon + upper articulation limit + + + + Rocket + Steering + Cursor + + Head + Tracker LOS + Reticle + + + Rocket Steering Cursor + indicates the nose must be + Rockets will impact short of the pitched up to bring the + calculated target location if the LOS weapon aiming solution + Reticle isn’t aligned within the limits into the articulation range + of the Rocket Steering Cursor of the wing pylons + + + Rocket Steering Cursor – Vertical Misalignment + +In this scenario, the LOS Reticle is laterally aligned with the Rocket Steering Cursor, indicating that the aircraft is +on the correct heading for an accurate rocket delivery. However, the LOS Reticle is vertically misaligned below +the Rocket Steering Cursor. If the rockets were fired under these conditions, their ballistic trajectory would be +insufficient to achieve the required range and would impact the ground prior to reaching the target. +To correct vertical misalignment of the Rocket Steering Cursor, the Pilot should use the cyclic to adjust the pitch +attitude of the aircraft in the direction of the Rocket Steering Cursor until the LOS Reticle is aligned between the +upper and lower limits of the “I-beam”. This technique uses the pitch attitude of the helicopter to augment the +elevation of the rocket launchers and is called “super-elevating”. +If in a hover or at low speeds near hover, the Pilot should use caution when super-elevating the nose near +obstacles as the pitch-up attitude will induce a backwards acceleration. If sufficient maneuver area is available, +it may be advisable to gain some forward speed prior to performing a “super-elevation maneuver” for long-range +rocket delivery. Forward airspeeds also increase airflow over the tail, providing the added benefit of improving +the helicopter’s stability, which will enhance the accuracy of unguided munitions. +Rocket Steering Cursor Format +The Rocket Steering Cursor is displayed in four formats to indicate whether the weapon aiming solution is within +the articulation range of the wing pylons (Valid or Invalid) and the current pylon state (Normal or Ground Stow). + If the weapon aiming solution is within the articulation range of the wing + pylons and no Weapon Inhibit messages are displayed within the High Action + Display, the Rocket Steering Cursor will be displayed as Valid. + If the weapon aiming solution is beyond the articulation range of the wing + Valid Rocket Invalid Rocket + Steering Cursor Steering Cursor pylons or any Weapon Inhibit messages are displayed within the High Action + (NORM) (NORM) Display, the Rocket Steering Cursor will be displayed as Invalid. + If Ground Stow (GND STOW) is disabled on the WPN Utility sub-page, enabling + normal articulation functions of the wing pylons, the Rocket Steering Cursor + will be displayed as a continuous “I-beam” symbol. + If Ground Stow (GND STOW) is enabled on the WPN Utility sub-page, disabling + the normal articulation functions of the wing pylons and setting the pylons to + Valid Rocket Invalid Rocket + Steering Cursor Steering Cursor -5° relative to the Aircraft Datum Line (coincident with the Head Tracker + (GND STOW) (GND STOW) symbol within the HMD Flight symbology), the Rocket Steering Cursor will be + displayed as a broken “I-beam” symbol. +NOTE: When the Rocket Steering Cursor is displayed in the GND STOW format, the broken “I-beam” symbol will +remain referenced from the LOS Reticle based on the calculated weapon aiming solution. + + +Rocket Weapon Inhibits +The following conditions will inhibit the rockets from being fired or interrupt the firing of the rockets if already in +in progress. Performance inhibits may be overridden by pulling the trigger to the 2nd detent. Safety inhibits cannot +be overridden. +Performance Inhibits + INHIBIT CONDITION CORRECTIVE ACTION + The required weapon aiming + If tactically feasible, engage the target at a closer + BAL LIMIT solution exceeds the ballistics + range. + processing capability. + The commanded position of the Adjust the aircraft pitch attitude as necessary to bring + PYLON LIMIT rocket launcher(s) exceeds the the weapon aiming solution within the articulation + (IN FLIGHT) pylon articulation limits. range of the wing pylons (e.g., pitch the nose toward + (+4° to -15°). the Rocket Steering Cursor). + + +Safety Inhibits + INHIBIT CONDITION CORRECTIVE ACTION + Vertical acceleration is <0.5 G; + the main rotor blades may Reduce the severity of the current maneuver to + ACCEL LIMIT + obstruct the trajectory of the increase the positive G load on the aircraft. + rockets when fired. + A missile launch is already in The rockets may be fired 2 seconds after the missile + ALT LAUNCH + progress. launch is complete. + The gun is out of coincidence + from the weapon aiming If tactically feasible, instruct the crewmember that has +GUN OBSTRUCT solution and may obstruct the actioned the gun to de-action in order to permit the + trajectory of rockets fired from firing of rockets. + the inboard wing pylons. + + The line-of-sight of the selected Select a different sight for engagement. + sight is invalid or has failed; If using HMD as the sight and the LOS Reticle is + LOS INVALID + and cannot provide a weapon flashing, adjust the helmet position to within the slew + aiming solution to the gun. limits of the assigned NVS sensor (PNVS or TADS). + + Indicates that the pylon position If inhibit message remains, the corresponding wing + is not equal to the commanded pylons may have experienced a failure. +PYLON ERROR pylon position or the rocket A different rocket warhead selection may be made (if + launcher positions are available) on a different set of wing pylons; otherwise + unknown. the rockets should be de-actioned. + The commanded position of the + Adjust the weapon aiming solution as necessary to + PYLON LIMIT rocket launcher(s) exceeds the + that which may be utilized within the articulation range + (ON GROUND) pylon articulation limits. + of the wing pylons. + (+4° to -5°). + The master armament state is + SAFE currently set to SAFE; weapons Set the A/S button on the Armament Panel to ARM. + cannot be fired. +WPN Rocket (RKT) Format +When rockets are selected for employment within the crewstation, the WPN page will be set to RKT format. + + + + + 2. Quantity Select + + + + + 1. Inventory Select + + + + 3. Rocket Status + Icon + + + + +1. Inventory Select. Displays the available rocket warhead types and the remaining quantity onboard for + each type. A rocket warhead type may be selected for employment using VAB L1-L5, with the current + selection boxed. This setting is independent between crewstations unless COOP mode is entered. + NOTE: All rocket zones that are loaded with the same warhead type are consolidated into a single selection. +2. Quantity Select. Displays the selected quantity of rockets that will be fired within a salvo. Selection of VAB + R1 will display the Quantity Select menu that permits a different quantity to be selected. Available options + are 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 24 or ALL. +3. Rocket Status. Indicates a rocket launcher is installed onto the corresponding wing pylon. The launcher + icon appearance and text label indicate the status and warhead inventory selection of the launcher. +Rocket Weapon Status Messages +The following messages will be displayed in the High Action Display based on current rocket status or weapon +page settings when rockets are actioned. + + WEAPON + CONDITION + STATUS + LIMITS The commanded position of the rocket launcher(s) exceeds the pylon articulation limits. + NO ROCKETS Rockets are actioned but no rockets are available. + Rockets are actioned. Ground stow is enabled on the WPN Utility sub-page and rocket + RKT G-S + launchers are not articulating. + RKT NORM Rockets are actioned. Rocket launchers are articulating to the weapon aiming solution. + The remaining time of flight (in seconds) for the most recent rocket salvo that has been + RKT TOF=## + fired. + Rockets are actioned but a rocket type has not been selected from the INVENTORY on + TYPE? the WPN page; or the previous type has been depleted and another rocket type must be + selected. + WEAPON? The weapon trigger has been pulled but no weapon has been actioned. +Rocket Engagement using TADS (Direct Fire in COOP Mode) +When employing unguided rockets in Cooperative (COOP) mode, the TADS is used by the CPG to calculate the +weapon aiming solution while the Pilot maneuvers the aircraft to align the Rocket Steering Cursor. If the target +is moving, continuous laser designation via the 2nd detent of the laser trigger should be used to incorporate the +Target State Estimator (TSE) for lead-angle compensation. TADS LMC and/or IAT may also be used to assist the +CPG in stabilizing the TADS LOS Reticle on the target. +Cooperative mode can only be entered when the CPG actions rockets on the TEDAC Left Handgrip and the Pilot +actions rockets on the Cyclic Grip. +When COOP mode is entered, the Pilot’s WPN page settings in the RKT format will default to the setting s of the +CPG. However, when in COOP mode, these settings are common between crewstations in that changing the +INVENTORY (VAB L1-L5) or QTY (VAB R1) settings in one crewstation will change them in the other. +To engage a target with Direct Fire rockets in Cooperative mode, using the TADS as the selected sight: +1. PLT Sight Select switch – HMD. + (Collective Mission Grip) +2. CPG Sight Select switch – TADS. (TEDAC 10. INVENTORY 11. ARM Status + Right Handgrip) (VAB L1-L5) 10. QTY (VAB R1) + +3. CPG WPN Fixed Action Button – Press. +4. CPG (Optional) Determine the + appropriate acquisition source (ACQ) for + acquiring the target. + + - If the target is visually acquired by + either crewmember, set ACQ to PHS + or GHS. + 4. ACQ Select (VAB R6) + + - If the target is stored as a point + within the navigational database, + set ACQ to the corresponding point. + 3. WPN Fixed Action Button +5. CPG (Optional) SLAVE button – Press, + and then press again to de-slave when + the TADS has finished slewing. +6. PLT Weapon Action switch (WAS) – Left. + (Cyclic Grip) +7. CPG Weapon Action Switch (WAS) – Left. + (TEDAC Left Handgrip) +8. PLT & CPG Weapon Control Status – Verify + “COOP”. (High Action Display) +9. PLT & CPG Weapon Status – Verify “RKT + 8. Verify “COOP” 9. Verify “RKT NORM” + NORM”. (High Action Display) +10. PLT / CPG Weapon settings – Verify or + select. (WPN page) + + - © TYPE (VAB L1-L5) – Select as + desired. + + - © QTY (VAB R1) – Select as + desired. +11. CPG © A/S button – Verified in ARM. + (Armament Panel) +12. CPG Range source – Verify or select: + Laser, Navigation, Auto, or Manual. + (TADS Acquisition and Ranging) +13. CPG If the target or aircraft are moving, + 14. Fire LRFD + engage TADS targeting modes to + stabilize the TADS on target. + + - Manual tracking - Engage LMC and + employ the Sight Manual Tracker. + + - Automatic tracking - Engage IAT. +14. CPG LRFD Trigger – Pull, if laser ranging + is desired. (TEDAC Right Handgrip) 17. Weapon Inhibits + + - Target and aircraft are stationary – + LRFD trigger, 1st detent, may be + pulled momentarily (ranging). + + - Target or aircraft are moving – 12. Range Source + LRFD trigger, 2nd detent, should be + pulled and held (designation). +15. CPG Instruct the Pilot to align the aircraft + with the Rocket Steering Cursor and fire + – “Match and Shoot.” +16. PLT Rocket Steering Cursor – Align with 16. Align Rocket Steering + Cursor to LOS Reticle + the HMD LOS Reticle. + + - Running/Diving Fire – Apply cyclic + inputs in the direction of the Rocket + Steering Cursor while applying + pedal inputs to maintain + aerodynamic trim. + + - Hover Fire – Apply pedal inputs in + the direction of the Rocket Steering + Cursor. +17. PLT & CPG Weapon Inhibit messages – + 17. Weapon Inhibits + Verify no Safety or Performance inhibit + messages are displayed: + + - ACCEL LIMIT + + - ALT LAUNCH + + - GUN OBSTRUCT + + - PYLON ERROR + + - BAL LIMIT + + - PYLON LIMIT +18. PLT Weapon Trigger – Pull and hold for duration of salvo. (Cyclic Grip) +19. CPG TADS Field-Of-View (FOV) - Decrease by one level. (e.g., switch FLIR from Narrow to Medium FOV) +20. Observe for rocket impacts – Adjust the TADS LOS Reticle aimpoint and repeat rocket salvo as + PLT & CPG + necessary until target effects are achieved. +Rocket Engagement using TADS (Indirect Fire in COOP Mode) +When employing unguided rockets in Cooperative (COOP) mode, the TADS is used by the CPG to calculate the +weapon aiming solution while the Pilot maneuvers the aircraft to align the Rocket Steering Cursor. When +employed in an indirect fire manner in which the target cannot be directly observed by the aircraft sensors, the +TADS is slaved to a point within the navigational database corresponding with the target’s 3-dimensional location. +This point may be stored using the TADS, manually input by the crew, or received from another team member. +Cooperative mode can only be entered when the CPG actions rockets on the TEDAC Left Handgrip and the Pilot +actions rockets on the Cyclic Grip. When COOP mode is entered, the Pilot’s WPN page settings in the RKT format +will default to the settings of the CPG. However, when in COOP mode, these settings are common between +crewstations in that changing the INVENTORY (VAB L1-L5) or QTY (VAB R1) settings in one crewstation will +change them in the other. +To engage a target with Indirect Fire rockets in Cooperative mode, using the TADS as the selected sight: +1. PLT Sight Select switch – HMD. + (Collective Mission Grip) +2. CPG Sight Select switch – TADS. (TEDAC 10. INVENTORY 11. ARM Status + Right Handgrip) (VAB L1-L5) 10. QTY (VAB R1) + +3. CPG WPN Fixed Action Button – Press. +4. CPG Determine the appropriate + acquisition source (ACQ) for acquiring + the target. + + - COORD (VAB T5) – Select. + + - Point (VAB L1-L6) – Select; or use + paging controls to locate target 4. ACQ Select (VAB R6) + point within the database. + NOTE: If the target location is not + already present in the navigational 3. WPN Fixed Action Button + database, the target point must be + received via the datalink or manually + input on the POINT sub-page. (See the + Datalink chapter or TSD Point sub-page + for more information.) +5. CPG SLAVE button – Press. +6. PLT Weapon Action switch (WAS) – Left. + (Cyclic Grip) +7. CPG Weapon Action Switch (WAS) – Left. + (TEDAC Left Handgrip) + 8. Verify “COOP” 9. Verify “RKT NORM” +8. PLT & CPG Weapon Control Status – Verify + “COOP”. (High Action Display) +9. PLT & CPG Weapon Status – Verify “RKT + NORM”. (High Action Display) +10. PLT / CPG Weapon settings – Verify or + select. (WPN page) + + - © TYPE (VAB L1-L5) – Select as + desired. + + - © QTY (VAB R1) – Select as + desired. +11. CPG A/S button – Verified in ARM. + (Armament Panel) +12. CPG Range source – Verify Navigation. + (TADS Acquisition and Ranging) +13. CPG Instruct the Pilot to align the aircraft + with the Rocket Steering Cursor and fire + – “Match and Shoot.” + 15. Weapon Inhibits 4. ACQ Select +14. PLT Rocket Steering Cursor – Align with + the HMD LOS Reticle. + + - Running Fire – Apply cyclic inputs in + the direction of the Rocket Steering 12. Range Source + Cursor while applying pedal inputs + to maintain aerodynamic trim. + + - Hover Fire – Apply pedal inputs in + the direction of the Rocket Steering + Cursor. +15. PLT & CPG Weapon Inhibit messages – 14. Align Rocket Steering + Verify no Safety or Performance inhibit Cursor to LOS Reticle + + messages are displayed: + + - ACCEL LIMIT + + - ALT LAUNCH + + - GUN OBSTRUCT + + - PYLON ERROR + + - BAL LIMIT + + - PYLON LIMIT +16. PLT Weapon Trigger – Pull and hold for + duration of salvo. (Cyclic Grip) + 15. Weapon Inhibits +17. PLT & CPGIf no observers are able to + provide a damage assessment after + rockets are fired, it may be necessary to + un-mask and observe the target area to + determine if the desired target effects are + achieved. +Rocket Engagement using HMD (Direct Fire) +When employing unguided rockets independently from either crewstation, the crewmember uses the HMD to +calculate the weapon aiming solution while maneuvering the aircraft to align the Rocket Steering Cursor. Since +the HMD LOS Reticle designates the target location, the helmet position must be maintained on the target to +provide continuous and accurate steering cues via the Rocket Steering Cursor. +To engage a target with Direct Fire rockets, using the HMD as the selected sight: +1. Sight Select switch – HMD. (Collective + Mission Grip) +2. WPN Fixed Action Button – Press. 5. INVENTORY 6. ARM Status + (VAB L1-L5) 5. QTY (VAB R1) +3. Weapon Action switch (WAS) – Left. + (Cyclic Grip) +4. Weapon Status – Verify “RKT NORM”. + (High Action Display) +5. Weapon settings – Verify or select. (WPN + page) + + - TYPE (VAB L1-L5) – Select as + desired. + + - QTY (VAB R1) – Select as desired. +6. A/S button – Verified in ARM. (Armament 2. WPN Fixed Action Button + Panel) +7. Range source – Verify or select: + Navigation, Auto, or Manual. (HMD + Acquisition and Ranging) + +8. HMD LOS Reticle – Designate the target. +9. Rocket Steering Cursor – Align with the + HMD LOS Reticle while maintaining the + HMD LOS Reticle on the target. + + - Running/Diving Fire – Apply cyclic + inputs in the direction of the Rocket + Steering Cursor while applying 9. Turn toward 8. Place HMD LOS Reticle + pedal inputs to maintain Rocket Steering Cursor over target location + + aerodynamic trim. + + - Hover Fire – Apply pedal inputs in + the direction of the Rocket Steering + Cursor. +10. Weapon Inhibit messages – Verify no + Safety or Performance inhibit messages + are displayed: + + - ACCEL LIMIT 10. Weapon Inhibits + + - ALT LAUNCH + + - GUN OBSTRUCT + + - PYLON ERROR + + - BAL LIMIT 1. Sight Select HMD 7. Range source 4. Verify “RKT NORM” + + - PYLON LIMIT +11. Weapon Trigger – Pull and hold for + duration of salvo. (Cyclic Grip) +12. Observe for rocket impacts – Adjust the + HMD LOS Reticle aimpoint and repeat + rocket salvo as necessary until target + effects are achieved. +HELLFIRE MODULAR MISSILE SYSTEM +(HMMS) +The Hellfire Modular Missile System is the primary weapon system of the AH-64D, capable of employing any +variant of the AGM-114 Hellfire missile family. The AGM-114 was designed as a highly accurate anti-armor +munition, capable of engaging point targets at long range across a wide variety of battlefield conditions. + + + + +The HMMS consists of up to four M299 Hellfire missile launchers (also called “HML’s”), which can carry up to four +AGM-114 missiles of any model. Each individual launcher rail is processed by the aircraft electronics independently +of the others, essentially equipping the AH-64 with up to 16 individual missile stations. Any combination of M299 +missile launchers may be used in conjunction with the M261 rocket pods, to include such possibilities of three +missile launchers and one rocket pod, or a single missile launcher and a single rocket pod in the case of reducing +overall gross weight. +The HMMS provides various levels of automation for managing the missile inventory, allowing the crew to focus +on targeting and engagement of ground targets while minimizing the duration the AH-64D is un-masked and +exposed to enemy detection and weapons fire. AGM-114 missiles may be employed by either crewmember when +using the HMD or FCR as the selected sight, or by the CPG when using the TADS. However, only specific missile +types (SAL or RF) may be employed depending on the selected sight within the crewstation. + +- HMD. When the selected sight is HMD, only Semi-Active Laser (SAL) AGM-114 missiles may be selected and + fired from the crewstation. When employed by the CPG, an offboard source of laser designation is required. + When employed by the Pilot, an offboard laser designation is required or the CPG may provide designation + using the TADS. + +- FCR. When the selected sight is FCR, only Radio Frequency (RF) AGM-114 missiles may be selected and + fired from the crewstation. + +- TADS. When the CPG’s selected sight is TADS, either SAL or RF missiles may be selected and fired, + depending on the CPG’s Weapon (WPN) page settings. +AGM-114K Semi-Active Laser-homing (SAL) Missile +The AGM-114 family of anti-tank missiles entered service in the early 1980’s alongside the AH-64A. The laser- +guided Hellfire missiles were proven to be much more capable compared to the wire-guided BGM-71 TOW missiles +which they were to replace, with the ability to be guided to a target by the launching platform or by any other +target designation system capable of emitting a matching laser code. In addition, the AGM-114’s increased range, +speed, and its ability to employ one of several post-launch trajectories added to its versatility on the battlefield. +The first generation of missiles, commonly referred to as “Basic Hellfire” variants, included the A-, B-, C- and F- +models, and were used to a high degree of success during Operation Desert Storm in 1991. +Although the early variants of the AGM-114 missile were quite successful in combat, development of a second +generation of AGM-114 missiles, commonly referred to as “Hellfire II” variants, entered service in the late 1990’s. +These new AGM-114 variants featured numerous improvements and enhancements over the first generation, +including a new digital autopilot to replace the original analog electronics, an electronic arming fuze, +countermeasure hardening, and an integrated tandem warhead for defeating reactive armor. As a side note, the +AGM-114F did include a second warhead for defeating reactive armor, giving it a noticeable increase in length +compared to other AGM-114 variants, leading to the F-model being referred to as “Interim Hellfire”. + + + + + Moving Control + Surfaces + Fixed Control + Surfaces + Digital Autopilot, + Control Gyros, + Tandem, & Battery + Shaped-charge + Warhead Warhead + Fuze + Fixed Control + Launcher Surfaces + Gimbaled Umbilical + Laser Seeker + AGM-114K Hellfire missile + +The AGM-114K was the first model of “Hellfire II” variants produced. Like the initial “Basic Hellfire”, the laser +frequency and post-launch trajectory are selectable from the cockpit and are immediately uploaded through the +missile’s umbilical, giving the aircrew the ability to rapidly configure the missile as needed. This flexibility, along +with the AGM-114K’s tandem shaped-charge warhead, which is capable of defeating any known armor on the +battlefield, makes the “Kilo” a versatile precision-strike weapon. +The AGM-114K may be employed in either a Lock-On-Before-Launch (LOBL) or a Lock-On-After-Launch (LOAL) +mode. If the missile’s laser seeker detects a laser designation that matches its assigned laser code prior to launch, +regardless of whether that laser designation is provided by the launching aircraft or by an offboard source such +as another aircraft or a ground-based designator, the missile will be launched in LOBL mode. +When tracking a laser designation in LOBL mode the acceptable launch envelope, referred to as the “missile +launch constraints”, is significantly more permissive when compared to LOAL. However, LOBL requires the +launching aircraft have a direct line-of-sight to the target prior to launch, which may expose the aircraft to enemy +detection and weapons fire. +SAL Post-Launch Trajectories +The acceptable launch envelope when firing the missile in LOAL is more restrictive than LOBL to ensure the +missile is fired into the general vicinity of the intended target prior to designation. However, this allows the +launching aircraft to fire the missile while remaining behind cover and hidden from enemy detection. When a SAL +missile is launched while using LOAL, the crew may select one of three trajectories for the missile to utilize while +enroute to the target, depending on the range and any obstructions between the aircraft and the target. + +- High (HI) Trajectory. When employed using a High trajectory, the missile will use a maximum loft climb + after launch, ascending approximately 1,300 feet above the aircraft within 2,000 meters before leveling off + and continuing along a level altitude. The High trajectory should be utilized when the missile needs to clear + significant terrain obstructions between the launching aircraft and the intended target, or to maximize the + missile’s kinematic range. + +- Low (LO) Trajectory. When employed using a Low trajectory, the missile will use a moderate loft climb + after launch, ascending approximately 500 feet above the aircraft within 1,000 meters before leveling off + and continuing along a level altitude. The Low trajectory should be utilized when the missile needs to clear + low terrain obstructions between the launching aircraft and the intended target, or to increase the missile’s + kinematic range. + +- Direct (DIR) Trajectory. When employed using a Direct trajectory, the missile will use a minimum loft + climb after launch, ascending approximately 50 feet above the aircraft within 500 meters, but will continue + along its launch azimuth in a very slight climb, reaching a peak altitude of 250 feet within 5 kilometers. The + Direct trajectory should be utilized when there are no terrain obstructions between the launching aircraft + and the intended target, or if the target is at a relatively close range. + NOTE: The trajectory option on the WPN page should be set to Direct (DIR) if the missile is intended to be + employed in a Lock-On-Before-Launch mode. (See Missile Constraints Box for more information.) + + + + + 1,300 ft + + + + + 750 ft + + + 500 ft + + + 300 ft + 300 ft + + + + 50 ft + + LOAL-HI + + LOAL-LO + + LOAL-DIR + + + SAL Post-Launch Trajectories + +Regardless of which trajectory is selected, the AGM-114K will continue along the same azimuth following launch +until it detects a laser designation with a matching laser code, at which point it will dive onto the designated +target. If no laser designation is detected, the missile will gradually lose altitude as its kinematic energy is depleted +and it impacts the ground. +Laser Codes & Missile Channels +The AH-64D allocates laser frequencies using a combination of alphabetical laser codes and preset missile +channels to increase cockpit efficiency. Up to 16 distinct laser frequencies may be programmed and assigned to +laser codes “A” through “R”, excluding I and O to prevent confusion with one and zero respectively. These laser +codes are then allocated amongst other team members to ensure each AH-64D can designate targets +independently of one other, enabling simultaneous laser-guided missile engagements without mutual +interference. (See WPN Code sub-page for more information.) +The pre-programmed laser codes also allow rapid switching of the TADS Laser Rangefinder/Designator (LRFD) +and Laser Spot Tracker (LST) coding, without needing to manually input a 4-digit pulse repetition frequency using +the Keyboard Unit each time a change is required. Although it is rare that an AH-64D crew will need to change +their LRFD code from that which was assigned to their aircraft during a mission, the LST code may be changed +several times throughout the mission, depending on the nature of any target handovers received from other +laser-capable platforms within the battlespace. +Once the laser codes have been programmed and assigned to the TADS LRFD and LST sensors, the appropriate +laser codes must be assigned to the missile channels. Missile channels permit rapid re-coding of SAL missiles +directly from the main WPN page, independently of the ownship’s TADS LRFD and LST code assignments, and +determine which laser designations SAL missiles will scan for and track. (See WPN Channel sub-page for more +information.) + + + + + Laser Frequencies (WPN Frequency sub-page) + + +Code A Code C Code E Code G Code J Code L Code N Code Q + + Code B Code D Code F Code H Code K Code M Code P Code R + Laser Codes (WPN Code sub-page) + + + + + Missile Channels assigned on + WPN Missile Channel (CHAN) sub-page + TADS Codes assigned on + WPN Code (CODE) sub-page + + + + LRFD A LST B Channel 1 A Channel 2 B Channel 3 C Channel 4 D + LRFD LT Priority Alternate + Trigger Switch Channel Channel + TADS Codes Missile Channels (PRI & ALT assigned on WPN page, MSL format) + + Laser Coding & Missile Channels + +If the WPN page is displayed in MSL format, any of the four missile channels may be selected as the Priority or +Alternate channels for SAL missile coding. The Priority missile channel determines how the next launched SAL +missile will be coded, as in which laser pulse repetition frequency it will scan for and track. The Alternate missile +channel is only used when the missile mode is set to Ripple (RIPL) and determines how the subsequently launched +SAL missile will be coded. (See WPN Missile format and Missile Modes on the following page for more information.) +Missile Modes +The AH-64’s missile management mode may be set to either Normal, Ripple, or Manual, which dictates the +manner in which the next and subsequent missiles are selected and coded for laser designations. For more +information regarding Manual mode, see WPN Missile format. +In Normal mode, each missile that is launched is coded to a single missile channel (set as the Priority channel on +the WPN page), meaning each missile searches for and tracks laser designations of a single laser pulse frequency. + + 1st Missile 2nd Missile 3rd Missile 4th Missile + + + Code A Code A Code A Code A + + + Normal (NORM) Missile Mode + +When set to Ripple mode, each missile that is launched is coded to one of two missile channels (set as the Priority +and Alternate channels on the WPN page), which automatically cycles between the two channels every time a +missile is fired. This allows missiles to be employed against two separate laser pulse frequencies that are providing +simultaneous target designations without needing to manually switch the Priority missile channel between each +pull of the weapon trigger. + + 1st Missile 2nd Missile 3rd Missile 4th Missile + + + Code A Code B Code A Code B + + Ripple (RIPL) Missile Mode + +It should be noted that the selected missile mode only provides a means of managing how each subsequent +missile is coded prior to launch, and does not directly correlate with how targets are designated, or whether the +target is designated by the launching aircraft, another aircraft in the vicinity, or a ground-based designator. In +the figure below, the aircraft launching in NORM mode may or may not be the source of laser designation against +the intended target. NORM mode simply results in each missile being coded to the Priority missile channel. + + A + A + A + B + A + + + B + + + + NORM + + + Each missile is fired on the The Priority and Alternate missile + Priority missile channel RIPL channels automatically swap after + each pull of the weapon trigger + + + + + Normal (NORM) and Ripple (RIPL) Modes + +Likewise, the aircraft launching in RIPL mode may or may not be one of the sources of laser designation against +the intended targets. Either of the designation sources could be provided by the launching aircraft, another +aircraft in the vicinity, or a ground-based designator. RIPL mode simply results in the cycling of the Priority and +Alternate channels following each launch to permit engagement of multiple targets using two designation sources. +SAL Missile Constraints Box +The key piece of symbology associated with employing the AGM-114K is the Missile Constraints Box displayed +within the crewmember’s sight symbology. The Missile Constraints Box is a steering cue and launch mode indicator +which indicates the launch mode of the missile and whether the missile is within acceptable launch constraints. + The Missile Constraints Box is longitudinally-scaled and is not a + virtual symbology element; its displayed location does not + Aircraft should be turned to the left correspond with a real-world location that is observed “out-the- + to launch missile within constraints + window” like the Head Tracker or Flight Path Vector. The position + of the Missile Constraints Box is referenced from the LOS Reticle, + which corresponds to the Missile Datum Line (0° in azimuth and + elevation from the longitudinal axis of the missile body). However, + the referenced position of which the Missile Constraints Box + represents is dependent on whether the missile is in LOBL or LOAL + LOS Reticle + mode; and when in LOAL mode, which post-launch trajectory has + been selected by the crewmember. + Missile +Constraints Box To augment the missiles’ post-launch trajectory and to ensure the + missiles do not strike the ground, the wing pylons articulate in the + vertical axis to maintain the pylon angle of each missile launcher +4° above the inertial horizon when the missiles are actioned. This results in the Missile Datum Line of each missile +being stabilized 4° above the horizon regardless of the aircraft pitch attitude. +Lock-On-Before-Launch Mode (LOBL) +When the missile seeker detects a laser designation that matches its assigned laser code, the missile enters LOBL +mode. When in LOBL mode, the Missile Constraints Box corresponds with the position of the missile’s seeker, in +azimuth and elevation, relative to the Missile Datum Line. +The maximum allowable offset angle when the missile is in LOBL mode is 20°, ensuring the missile will be able +to maintain track on the laser designation after launch; otherwise, the Constraints Box will be displayed as invalid, +indicating the missile is outside of launch constraints. (See Missile Constraints Box Format for more information.) + + + + + Wing pylons articulate to maintain missile + launchers 4° above the inertial horizon + + + + + 4° + + + Head + Tracker + + TADS + LOS Reticle + + + + The position of the Missile Constraints + Box within the sight symbology is Missile + displayed relative to the LOS Reticle, Missile seeker’s position relative + Constraints Box + which represents the Missile Datum Line to the Missile Datum Line + + + + SAL Missile Constraints Box – LOBL +Lock-On-After-Launch Mode, Direct Trajectory (LOAL-DIR) +When the missile seeker is not detecting a laser designation that matches its assigned laser code, the missile is +in LOAL mode. If the post-launch trajectory is set to DIR, the missile seeker is slaved to the crewmember’s +selected sight and the Missile Constraints Box corresponds with the position of the selected sight (HMD or TADS), +in azimuth and elevation, relative to the Missile Datum Line. +When the CPG pulls the LRFD trigger on the TEDAC Right Handgrip to the 2nd detent to designate the target, the +seeker is de-slaved, allowing the missile to track the laser designation from the launching aircraft. When the LRFD +trigger is released, the missile seeker is once again slaved to the crewmember’s selected sight. +The maximum allowable offset angle when the missile is in LOAL mode is 7.5°. This ensures the missile is fired +in the vicinity of the target location and that the missile’s flight path will carry it close enough for the seeker to +detect a laser designation after launch. Otherwise, the Constraints Box will be displayed as invalid, indicating the +missile is outside of launch constraints. (See Missile Constraints Box Format for more information.) + + + + + Wing pylons articulate to maintain missile + launchers 4° above the inertial horizon + + + + + 4° + + + Head + Tracker + + TADS + LOS Reticle + + + + The position of the Missile Constraints Missile + Box within the sight symbology is Constraints Box + displayed relative to the LOS Reticle, Position of the selected sight + which represents the Missile Datum Line relative to the Missile Datum Line + + + + SAL Missile Constraints Box – LOAL-DIR + +Lock-On-After-Launch Mode, Low/High Trajectory (LOAL-LO or LOAL-HI) +When the missile seeker is not detecting a laser designation that matches its assigned laser code, the missile is +in LOAL mode. If the post-launch trajectory is set to LO or HI, the missile seeker is caged directly ahead and the +Missile Constraints Box corresponds with the position of the acquisition source (ACQ), in azimuth and elevation, +relative to the Missile Datum Line when the ACQ is set to a point within the navigational database. If the ACQ is +not set to a point from the database, the Constraints Box will be displayed as invalid and be positioned at the +LOS Reticle, indicating the launch constraints are unknown. +The Missile Constraints Box indicates the azimuth to which the aircraft should be aligned to launch the missile +toward the point set as the crewmember’s ACQ. These trajectories are typically used when launching a laser- +guided AGM-114 toward a target that will be designated by an offboard designation source; in which the target +coordinates have been relayed to the launching aircraft in advance. (See Remote Fire for more information.) +The maximum allowable offset angle when the missile is in LOAL mode is 7.5°. This ensures the missile is fired +in the vicinity of the target location and that the missile’s flight path will carry it close enough for the seeker to +detect a laser designation after launch. Otherwise, the Constraints Box will be displayed as invalid, indicating the +missile is outside of launch constraints. (See Missile Constraints Box Format for more information.) + Missile Seeker is caged straight Position of the point set as ACQ + ahead along Missile Datum Line relative to the Missile Datum Line + + + + + 4° + + + Head + Target + Tracker + Point + TADS + LOS Reticle + + Missile + The position of the Missile Constraints Constraints Box + Box within the sight symbology is + displayed relative to the LOS Reticle, Missile Constraints Box + which represents the Missile Datum Line provides steering toward ACQ + + + + SAL Missile Constraints Box – LOAL-LO or LOAL-HI + + + +SAL Missile Constraints Box Format +The Missile Constraints Box is displayed in four formats to indicate the missile’s launch mode (LOBL or LOAL) and +whether the missile is within acceptable launch constraints (Valid or Invalid). + If the missile seeker is not tracking a laser designation that matches its assigned + laser code, the missile will launch in Lock-On-After-Launch (LOAL) mode. + LOAL Mode LOAL Mode + Valid Launch Invalid Launch If the missile seeker is tracking a laser designation that matches its assigned + Constraints Constraints laser code, the missile will launch in Lock-On-Before-Launch (LOBL) mode. + If the missile is within acceptable launch constraints and no Weapon Inhibit + messages are displayed within the High Action Display, the Missile Constraints + Box will be displayed as Valid. + + LOBL Mode LOBL Mode If the missile is outside acceptable launch constraints or any Weapon Inhibit + Valid Launch Invalid Launch messages are displayed within the High Action Display, the Missile Constraints + Constraints Constraints + Box will be displayed as Invalid. +The acceptable launch constraints for SAL missiles are dependent on the launch mode and the selected LOAL +trajectory (if applicable). + +- LOBL Constraints. Missile seeker LOS is offset ≤ 20° Missile Datum Line. + +- LOAL-DIR Constraints. Selected sight (HMD or TADS LOS) is offset ≤ 7.5° from Missile Datum Line. + +- LOAL-LO or LOAL-HI Constraints. Line-of-sight (LOS) to the location of the point currently set as the + acquisition source (ACQ) is offset ≤ 7.5° from Missile Datum Line. +SAL Missile Weapon Inhibits +The following conditions will inhibit the SAL missiles from being fired. Performance inhibits may be overridden by +pulling the trigger to the 2nd detent. Safety inhibits cannot be overridden. +Performance Inhibits + INHIBIT CONDITION CORRECTIVE ACTION + The required weapon aiming + If tactically feasible, engage the target at a closer + BAL LIMIT solution exceeds the ballistics + range. + processing capability. + Wait for the missile launchers to reach the optimum + The position of the missile launch position. + launcher(s) is ≥10° from the If inhibit message remains, missiles may still be fired + PYLON ANGLE + optimum launch position or the but the missile launcher positions should be visually + pylon position is unknown. confirmed to ensure the appropriate considerations + may be made for a successful engagement. + The commanded position of the + Adjust the aircraft pitch attitude as necessary to bring + PYLON LIMIT missile launcher(s) exceeds the + the articulation range of the wing pylons to +4° above + (IN FLIGHT) pylon articulation limits. + the inertial horizon. + (+4° to -15°). + The pitch, roll, and/or yaw rates + RATE LIMIT Stabilize the aircraft attitude prior to launch. + are excessive. + The roll angle of the aircraft is + ROLL LIMIT Reduce the roll attitude of the aircraft prior to launch. + excessive. + + When the missile is in LOBL Adjust the heading or pitch attitude of the aircraft to + SKR LIMIT mode, the missile seeker has bring the target within the missile seeker field-of-view. + reached a gimbal limit. (e.g., turn toward the Missile Constraints box). + When the missile is in LOAL Adjust the heading of the aircraft to bring the target + mode, the target position position closer to the aircraft centerline. + YAW LIMIT + relative to the aircraft heading + is excessive. (e.g., turn toward the Missile Constraints box). + + +Safety Inhibits + INHIBIT CONDITION CORRECTIVE ACTION + Vertical acceleration is <0.5 G; + the main rotor blades may Reduce the severity of the current maneuver to + ACCEL LIMIT + obstruct the trajectory of the increase the positive G load on the aircraft. + missile when fired. + The firing of a rocket salvo is The missile may be fired 2 seconds after the rocket + ALT LAUNCH + already in progress. salvo is complete. + The missile is not tracking the TADS laser designation, + The TADS LRFD is firing and the possibly due to atmospheric obscurance between the + difference between the SAL aircraft and the target such as dust or smoke. + BACK SCATTER + missile seeker line-of-sight and Release the laser trigger to slave the missile seeker + the TADS line-of-sight is >2°. back to the TADS line-of-sight and attempt to + designate again. + If tactically feasible, instruct the crewmember that has + The gun is out of coincidence actioned the gun to de-action in order to permit the + from the weapon aiming firing of missiles. +GUN OBSTRUCT solution and may obstruct the + trajectory of missiles fired from A different missile may be manually selected by setting + the inboard wing pylons. the Mode to MAN and pressing the Missile Advance + button. + The line-of-sight of the selected + LOS INVALID Select a different sight for engagement. + sight is invalid or has failed. + The SAL priority missile channel + is set to NONE in NORM or RIPL Select a priority missile channel for SAL engagement. + MSL NOT RDY mode. Press the Missile Advance button to select the next + A missile has not been selected missile in MAN mode. + in MAN mode. + The aircraft is on the ground + If inhibit message remains, the corresponding wing + (weight-on-wheels) and the +PYLON ERROR pylons may have experienced a failure and the missiles + missile launcher positions are + should be de-actioned. + unknown. + The commanded position of the + PYLON LIMIT missile launcher(s) exceeds the + The missiles should be de-actioned. + (ON GROUND) pylon articulation limits. + (+4° to -5°). + The master armament state is + SAFE currently set to SAFE; weapons Set the A/S button on the Armament Panel to ARM. + cannot be fired. +WPN Missile (MSL) Format – SAL Missile Settings +When SAL missiles are selected for employment within the crewstation, the WPN page will display SAL missile +settings when set to MSL format. +NOTE: The only SAL missile variant of the AGM-114 missile family that is simulated in DCS: AH-64D is the AGM- +114K, which is of the Hellfire II series of sub-variants. As a result, only SAL2 missile icons will be displayed and +available for employment. + + + + + 1. Priority Channel 5. Type Select + + + 2. Alternate Channel 6. Mode Select + + + 3. SAL Select 7. Trajectory Select + + + + 4. Missile Channels Status 8. RF Missile Icon + + + 9. SAL Missile Icon + 10. Missile Counter- + Countermeasures Mode + + + + +1. Priority Channel. Displays the missile channel selection menu for selecting one of the four missile channels + as the Priority channel, with the current channel selection boxed and displayed as “PRI”. This setting is + common between crewstations. + + - Channel 1. Missile channel 1 will be selected as the Priority channel. + The next SAL missile to be fired will be coded to the laser code assigned + to channel 1. + + - Channel 2. Missile channel 2 will be selected as the Priority channel. + The next SAL missile to be fired will be coded to the laser code assigned + to channel 2. + + - Channel 3. Missile channel 3 will be selected as the Priority channel. + The next SAL missile to be fired will be coded to the laser code assigned + to channel 3. + + - Channel 4. Missile channel 4 will be selected as the Priority channel. + The next SAL missile to be fired will be coded to the laser code assigned + to channel 4. + + - NONE. No missile channels will be selected as the Priority channel. SAL missiles will not be coded and + are inhibited from launch. ALT channel selection (VAB L2) is inhibited and automatically set to NONE. + NOTE: A missile channel cannot be selected as both the Priority and Alternate channels simultaneously. If + the Alternate channel is selected as Priority, the Priority and Alternate channels will simply be swapped. +2. Alternate Channel. Displays the missile channel selection menu for selecting one of the four missile + channels as the Alternate channel, with the current channel selection boxed and displayed as “ALT”. This + setting is common between crewstations. + When the Mode is set to RIPL, SAL missiles will be coded in an alternating + sequence between the two missile channels designated as Priority and + Alternate. + + - Channel 1. Missile channel 1 will be selected as the Alternate channel. + + - Channel 2. Missile channel 2 will be selected as the Alternate channel. + + - Channel 3. Missile channel 3 will be selected as the Alternate channel. + + - Channel 4. Missile channel 4 will be selected as the Alternate channel. + + - NONE. No missile channels will be selected as the Alternate channel. + RIPL mode is inhibited from selection within the MODE selection menu + (VAB R2). + NOTE: A missile channel cannot be selected as both the Priority and Alternate + channels simultaneously. If the Priority channel is selected as Alternate, the Priority and Alternate channels + will simply be swapped. +3. SAL Select. Selects the sub-variant of SAL missiles to be employed, between Basic Hellfire (SAL1), Hellfire + II (SAL2), or automatic selection between the two sub-variants. (N/I) +4. Missile Channels Status. Displays the laser code assignments to each of the four missile channels and + which channels are designated as Priority (PRI, white box) and Alternate (ALT, green box). +5. Type Select. Displays the selected missile type for employment. This setting is independent between + crewstations and is contextually dependent on the selected sight within the crewstation. + + - SAL. SAL missiles are selected for employment from the crewstation. The High Action Display will + display relevant symbology for SAL missile employment and the WPN page will display SAL missile + settings when set to MSL format. + + - If the selected sight is set to HMD, SAL is automatically selected as the missile type and + crewmember selection will be inhibited. + + - RF. RF missiles are selected for employment from the crewstation. The High Action Display will display + relevant symbology for RF missile employment and the WPN page will display RF missile settings when + set to MSL format. + + - If the selected sight is set to FCR, RF is automatically selected as the missile type and crewmember + selection will be inhibited. +6. Mode Select. Selects the mode of missile inventory management. This setting is common between + crewstations. + + - RIPL. Missile inventory, coding, and launch sequencing is managed automatically. Missile launches will + be alternated between each wing station to maintain center-of-gravity, as appropriate. + + - The first three missiles that are designated for launch will be coded in an alternating sequence, + with the first and third missiles coded to the Priority channel and the second missile coded to the + Alternate channel. As each missile is fired, subsequent missiles are progressively coded in the + same alternating sequence. + + - NORM. Missile inventory, coding, and launch sequencing is managed automatically. Missile launches + will be alternated between each wing station to maintain center-of-gravity, as appropriate. + + - The first three missiles that are designated for launch will be coded to the Priority channel. As + each missile is fired, subsequent missiles are progressively coded to the Priority channel. + + - MAN. Missile inventory, coding, and launch sequencing is managed manually by the aircrew. Missile + launches may lead to asymmetric loading and may cause center-of-gravity issues. + + - A single missile is selected and coded. The Missile Advance button on the Collective Mission Grip + or the TEDAC Right Handgrip may be used to select the next missile for launch. As each missile + is fired, the Missile Advance button must be used to select and code the next missile. +7. Trajectory Select. Selects the post-launch trajectory that will be employed by the SAL missile when fired + in Lock-On After Launch (LOAL) mode. This setting is independent between crewstations. + + - HI. If the missile seeker does not detect a laser designation, the missile will employ a high-altitude loft + trajectory along its launch azimuth. + + - LO. If the missile seeker does not detect a laser designation, the missile will employ a low-altitude loft + trajectory along its launch azimuth. + + - DIR. If the missile seeker does not detect a laser designation, the missile will employ a direct trajectory + with minimal loft along its launch azimuth. +8. RF Missile Icon. Indicates an AGM-114L missile is loaded onto the corresponding missile launcher rail. The + missile icon appearance and text label indicate the operational state and status of the missile. (See RF Missile + Type Settings for more information.) +9. SAL Missile Icon. Indicates an AGM-114K missile is loaded onto the corresponding missile launcher rail. + The missile icon appearance and text label indicate the operational state and status of the missile. + + - A SAL2 missile is loaded + - A solid missile icon is + - A hollow, white, flashing + onto the corresponding displayed when the WPN missile icon indicates the + missile launcher rail. page is in MSL format. next missile to be fired. + + - No laser code is + - Laser code “A” is + - Laser code “A” is + assigned. Missile is in a assigned. Missile is in a assigned. Missile is in a + Standby status. Ready status. Tracking status. + +10. Missile Counter-Countermeasures Mode. Not implemented. +SAL Missile Weapon Status Messages +The following messages will be displayed in the High Action Display based on current missile status or weapon +page settings when missiles are actioned and the missile type is set to SAL. + + WEAPON + CONDITION + STATUS + Missiles coded to the Priority and Alternate missile channels are tracking corresponding + 2 CHAN TRK + laser designations in RIPL mode. Missiles are in LOBL mode. + A missile coded to the Alternate missile channel is tracking a corresponding laser + ALT CHAN TRK + designation in RIPL mode. Missile is in LOBL mode. + DIR MAN LOAL trajectory is set to DIR. Missile management mode is set to MAN. + DIR NORM LOAL trajectory is set to DIR. Missile management mode is set to NORM. + DIR RIPL LOAL trajectory is set to DIR. Missile management mode is set to RIPL. + 8 seconds has elapsed since the last launch of a SAL missile and one or more SAL + FIRE MSLS missiles are remaining onboard the aircraft and set to the Priority missile channel that + matches the laser code set to the TADS LRFD. + The remaining time of flight (in seconds) for the next SAL missile that was set to a + HF TOF=## + Priority channel that matches the laser code set to the TADS LRFD. + HI MAN LOAL trajectory is set to HI. Missile management mode is set to MAN. + HI NORM LOAL trajectory is set to HI. Missile management mode is set to NORM. + HI RIPL LOAL trajectory is set to HI. Missile management mode is set to RIPL. + 12 seconds time of flight remains for the next SAL missile that was set to a Priority + LASE ## TRGT channel that matches the laser code set to the TADS LRFD, requiring terminal guidance + be provided by the TADS LRFD. + LO MAN LOAL trajectory is set to LO. Missile management mode is set to MAN. + LO NORM LOAL trajectory is set to LO. Missile management mode is set to NORM. + LO RIPL LOAL trajectory is set to LO. Missile management mode is set to RIPL. + A launch has been commanded of the next SAL missile that was set to a Priority channel + MSL LAUNCH + that matches the laser code set to the TADS LRFD. + MSL SELECT Missiles are actioned but the Priority missile channel is set to NONE. + MSL TYPE? Missiles are actioned but no missiles of the selected type (SAL or RF) are available. + NO MISSILES Missiles are actioned but no SAL or RF missiles are available. + A missile coded to the Priority missile channel is tracking a corresponding laser + PRI CHAN TRK + designation in MAN, NORM, or RIPL mode. Missile is in LOBL mode. + WEAPON? The weapon trigger has been pulled but no weapon has been actioned. +Laser-guided Hellfire Engagement (LOBL) +When employing a SAL missile in Lock-On-Before-Launch (LOBL) mode, the TADS LRFD is used by the CPG to +continuously designate the target prior to missile launch and throughout the missile’s flight until it impacts the +target. TADS LMC and/or IAT targeting modes may be used to assist the CPG in stabilizing the TADS LOS Reticle +on the target. When missiles are actioned in the CPG crewstation, the Missile Constraints Box will also be displayed +in the Pilot crewstation to ensure the aircraft is maneuvered to within acceptable launch constraints. +To engage a target with a SAL missile in LOBL mode, using the TADS as the selected sight to self-designate: +1. CPG Sight Select switch – TADS. (TEDAC + Right Handgrip) + 6. TYPE (VAB R1) +2. CPG WPN Fixed Action Button – Press. 9. ARM Status MODE (VAB R2) + 6. PRI (VAB L1) TRAJ (VAB R3) +3. CPG (Optional) Determine the + appropriate acquisition source (ACQ) for + acquiring the target. + + - If the target is visually acquired by + either crewmember, set ACQ to PHS + or GHS. + + - If the target is stored as a point + within the navigational database, + set ACQ to the corresponding point. 3. ACQ Select (VAB R6) + +4. CPG (Optional) SLAVE button – Press, + and then press again to de-slave when + 2. WPN Fixed Action Button + the TADS has finished slewing. +5. CPG Weapon Action Switch (WAS) – + Right. (TEDAC Left Handgrip) +6. CPG Weapon settings – Verify or select. + (WPN page) + + - TYPE (VAB R1) – SAL. + + - © MODE (VAB R2) – NORM or MAN. + + - TRAJ (VAB R3) – DIR. + + - © PRI (VAB L1) – Verify Priority + 10. LMC or IAT + missile channel is set to the same + laser code as the LRFD. +7. CPG Weapon Status – Verify “DIR + NORM” or “DIR MAN”. (High Action + Display) +8. CPG Sight Status – Verify “REMOTE” is + not displayed. (High Action Display) +9. CPG A/S button – Verified in ARM. + (Armament Panel) 3. ACQ Select + + + + + 1. Sight Select TADS 8. “REMOTE” not displayed 7. Verify “DIR NORM” +10. CPG If the target or aircraft are moving, + engage TADS targeting modes to + stabilize the TADS on target. + + - Manual tracking - Engage LMC and + employ the Sight Manual Tracker. + 14. Align Missile Constraints + 11. Fire LRFD Box within parameters + + - Automatic tracking - Engage IAT. +11. CPG LRFD Trigger – Pull and hold, 2nd + detent. (TEDAC Right Handgrip) +12. CPG Weapon Status – Verify “PRI CHAN + TRK”. (High Action Display) +13. CPG Instruct the Pilot to align the aircraft + with the Missile Constraints Box – + “Constraints.” + 15. Weapon Inhibits +14. PLT Missile Constraints Box – Align + toward the HMD LOS Reticle. + + - Running/Diving Fire – Apply cyclic + inputs in the direction of the Missile 12. Verify “PRI CHAN TRK” + Constraints Box. + + - Hover Fire – Apply pedal inputs in + the direction of the Missile + Constraints Box. +15. CPG Weapon Inhibit messages – Verify + no Safety or Performance inhibit + messages are displayed: + + - ACCEL LIMIT + + - ALT LAUNCH + + - BACK SCATTER + + - GUN OBSTRUCT + + - MSL NOT RDY + + - PYLON ERROR + + - BAL LIMIT + + - PYLON ANGLE + + - PYLON LIMIT + + - RATE LIMIT + + - ROLL LIMIT + + - SKR LIMIT +16. CPG Weapon Trigger – Pull. (TEDAC Left + Handgrip) +17. CPG Weapon Status – Verify “MSL LAUNCH”. (High Action Display) +18. CPG LRFD Trigger – Maintain designation, 2nd detent, until the missile impacts the target. (TEDAC Right + Handgrip) +Laser-guided Hellfire Engagement (LOAL, DIR Trajectory) +When employing a SAL missile in Lock-On-After-Launch (LOAL) mode, the TADS LRFD is used by the CPG to +designate the target after missile launch and throughout the remainder of the missile’s flight until it impacts the +target. TADS LMC and/or IAT targeting modes may be used to assist the CPG in stabilizing the TADS LOS Reticle +on the target. When missiles are actioned in the CPG crewstation, the Missile Constraints Box will also be displayed +in the Pilot crewstation to ensure the aircraft is maneuvered to within acceptable launch constraints. +To engage a target with a SAL missile in LOAL-DIR mode, using the TADS as the selected sight to self-designate: +1. CPG Sight Select switch – TADS. (TEDAC + Right Handgrip) + 6. TYPE (VAB R1) +2. CPG WPN Fixed Action Button – Press. 9. ARM Status MODE (VAB R2) + 6. PRI (VAB L1) TRAJ (VAB R3) +3. CPG (Optional) Determine the + appropriate acquisition source (ACQ) for + acquiring the target. + + - If the target is visually acquired by + either crewmember, set ACQ to PHS + or GHS. + + - If the target is stored as a point + within the navigational database, + set ACQ to the corresponding point. 3. ACQ Select (VAB R6) + +4. CPG (Optional) SLAVE button – Press, + and then press again to de-slave when + 2. WPN Fixed Action Button + the TADS has finished slewing. +5. CPG Weapon Action Switch (WAS) – + Right. (TEDAC Left Handgrip) +6. CPG Weapon settings – Verify or select. + (WPN page) + + - TYPE (VAB R1) – SAL. + + - © MODE (VAB R2) – NORM or MAN. + + - TRAJ (VAB R3) – DIR. + + - © PRI (VAB L1) – Verify Priority 10. LMC or IAT 12. Align Missile Constraints + missile channel is set to the same Box within parameters + laser code as the LRFD. +7. CPG Weapon Status – Verify “DIR + NORM” or “DIR MAN”. (High Action + Display) +8. CPG Sight Status – Verify “REMOTE” is + not displayed. (High Action Display) +9. CPG A/S button – Verified in ARM. + 13. Weapon Inhibits 3. ACQ Select + (Armament Panel) + + + + + 1. Sight Select TADS 8. “REMOTE” not displayed 7. Verify “DIR NORM” +10. CPG If the target or aircraft are moving, + engage TADS targeting modes to + stabilize the TADS on target. + + - Manual tracking - Engage LMC and + employ the Sight Manual Tracker. 16. Fire LRFD to designate + the target no later than + + - Automatic tracking - Engage IAT. “LASE # TRGT” is displayed + +11. CPG Instruct the Pilot to align the aircraft + with the Missile Constraints Box – + “Constraints.” +12. PLT Missile Constraints Box – Align + toward the HMD LOS Reticle. + + - Running/Diving Fire – Apply cyclic + inputs in the direction of the Missile + Constraints Box. + + - Hover Fire – Apply pedal inputs in + the direction of the Missile + Constraints Box. +13. CPG Weapon Inhibit messages – Verify + no Safety or Performance inhibit + messages are displayed: + + - ACCEL LIMIT + + - ALT LAUNCH + + - BACK SCATTER + + - GUN OBSTRUCT + + - MSL NOT RDY + + - PYLON ERROR + + - BAL LIMIT + + - PYLON ANGLE + + - PYLON LIMIT + + - RATE LIMIT + + - ROLL LIMIT + + - YAW LIMIT +14. CPG Weapon Trigger – Pull. (TEDAC Left + Handgrip) +15. CPG Weapon Status – Verify “MSL + LAUNCH”. (High Action Display) +16. CPG LRFD Trigger – Pull, 2nd detent, after the missile clears the missile rail but no later than “LASE # TRGT” + is displayed in the Weapon Status field, and hold until the missile impacts the target. (TEDAC Right Handgrip) +Laser-guided Hellfire Engagement (Rapid Fire) +When employing SAL missiles using Rapid Fire against multiple targets, the TADS LRFD is used by the CPG to +designate each target in sequence while multiple missiles are in flight simultaneously. After the first missile +impacts its target, the laser designation is shifted to the next target, which will divert the next missile while in +flight. The TADS Multi-Target Tracker may be used to assist the CPG in shifting the TADS LOS Reticle to each +subsequent target. (See TADS Targeting Modes for more information) +To rapidly engage multiple targets with SAL missiles, using the TADS as the selected sight to self-designate: +1. CPG Sight Select switch – TADS. (TEDAC + Right Handgrip) + 6. TYPE (VAB R1) +2. CPG WPN Fixed Action Button – Press. 9. ARM Status MODE (VAB R2) + 6. PRI (VAB L1) TRAJ (VAB R3) +3. CPG (Optional) Determine the + appropriate acquisition source (ACQ) for + acquiring the target. + + - If the target is visually acquired by + either crewmember, set ACQ to PHS + or GHS. + + - If the target is stored as a point + within the navigational database, + set ACQ to the corresponding point. 3. ACQ Select (VAB R6) + +4. CPG (Optional) SLAVE button – Press, + and then press again to de-slave when + 2. WPN Fixed Action Button + the TADS has finished slewing. +5. CPG Weapon Action Switch (WAS) – + Right. (TEDAC Left Handgrip) +6. CPG Weapon settings – Verify or select. + (WPN page) + + - TYPE (VAB R1) – SAL. + + - © MODE (VAB R2) – NORM or MAN. + + - TRAJ (VAB R3) – DIR. + + - © PRI (VAB L1) – Verify Priority 10. IAT on next target 14. Align Missile Constraints + missile channel is set to the same Box within parameters + laser code as the LRFD. +7. CPG Weapon Status – Verify “DIR + NORM” or “DIR MAN”. (High Action + Display) +8. CPG Sight Status – Verify “REMOTE” is + not displayed. (High Action Display) +9. CPG A/S button – Verified in ARM. + (Armament Panel) 15. Weapon Inhibits 3. ACQ Select + + + + + 1. Sight Select TADS 8. “REMOTE” not displayed 7. Verify “DIR NORM” +10. CPG If the targets or aircraft are moving, + engage TADS targeting modes to + stabilize the TADS on target. + + - Manual tracking - Engage LMC and + employ the Sight Manual Tracker. + + - Automatic tracking - Engage IAT on + subsequent targets using MTT. +11. CPG LRFD Trigger – Pull and hold, 2nd + detent, if engaging in LOBL mode. + (TEDAC Right Handgrip) +12. CPG Weapon Status – Verify “PRI CHAN 20. Fire next missile no + earlier than “FIRE MSLS” + TRK” if engaging in LOBL mode. (High + Action Display) +13. CPG Instruct the Pilot to align the aircraft + with the Missile Constraints Box – + “Constraints.” +14. PLT Missile Constraints Box – Align + toward the HMD LOS Reticle. + + - Running/Diving Fire – Apply cyclic + inputs in the direction of the Missile + Constraints Box. + + - Hover Fire – Apply pedal inputs in + 22. Shift LRFD + the direction of the Missile designation to + Constraints Box. next target + +15. CPG Weapon Inhibit messages – Verify + no Safety or Performance inhibit + messages are displayed: + + - ACCEL LIMIT + + - ALT LAUNCH + + - BACK SCATTER + + - GUN OBSTRUCT + + - MSL NOT RDY + + - PYLON ERROR + + - BAL LIMIT + + - PYLON ANGLE + + - PYLON LIMIT + + - RATE LIMIT + + - ROLL LIMIT + + - SKR LIMIT + + - YAW LIMIT +16. CPG Weapon Trigger – Pull. (TEDAC Left Handgrip) +17. CPG Weapon Status – Verify “MSL LAUNCH”. (High Action Display) +18. CPG LRFD Trigger – Pull and hold after the missile clears the missile rail and hold, 2nd detent, if not already + lasing in LOBL mode. (TEDAC Right Handgrip) +19. CPG Weapon Status – Verify “FIRE MSLS” 8 seconds after the first missile launch. (High Action Display) +20. CPG Weapon Trigger – Pull. (TEDAC Left Handgrip) +21. CPG Weapon Status – Verify “MSL + LAUNCH”. (High Action Display) +22. CPG When the first missile impacts the + first target, shift the TADS LOS Reticle to + the next target while continuing to hold + the LRFD Trigger. (TEDAC Right + Handgrip) + + - Manual tracking – Use Sight Manual + Tracker to shift TADS LOS Reticle to + next target. + + - Automatic tracking – Use IAT/OFS + switch to shift TADS LOS Reticle to + next target. (See Image Auto-Track + for more information.) +23. CPG LRFD Trigger – Maintain + designation, 2nd detent, until the second + missile impacts the second target. + (TEDAC Right Handgrip) +NOTE: A minimum of 8 seconds is required between missile launches to ensure the TADS LOS Reticle may be +shifted to the next target with sufficient time to guide the next missile to its intended target. However, this is +based on the assumption that each target is relatively close to the next. If the targets are widely spaced, the CPG +should increase the interval between missile launches to ensure there is sufficient time to shift the laser +designation to the next target before the missile reaches the designation. +A good rule of thumb is to only use the Rapid Fire technique if each target is simultaneously visible within the +same TADS field-of-view that will be used for laser designation, and to ensure that each subsequent target is at +the same range or further than the previous target. +Laser-guided Hellfire Engagement (Remote Fire, LO or HI Trajectory) +When employing a SAL missile using Remote Fire, the missile is fired in Lock-On-After-Launch (LOAL) mode +toward a target location, after which an offboard source of laser designation provides terminal guidance onto the +intended target. Remote Fire is conducted in similar fashion to an artillery fire mission, in which the designating +platform relays the target location to which the munition should be delivered and the designator’s laser code. +To engage a target with a SAL missile in LOAL-LO or LOAL-HI mode, with another platform remotely providing +terminal guidance to the missile: +1. CPG Sight Select switch – TADS. (TEDAC + Right Handgrip) + 7. TYPE (VAB R1) +2. CPG WPN Fixed Action Button – Press. 10. ARM Status MODE (VAB R2) + 5. CHAN (VAB T1) TRAJ (VAB R3) +3. CPG Determine the appropriate + acquisition source (ACQ) for acquiring + the target. + + - COORD (VAB T5) – Select. + 7. PRI (VAB L1) + + - Point (VAB L1-L6) – Select; or use + paging controls to locate target + point within the database. + NOTE: If the target location is not 3. ACQ Select (VAB R6) + already present in the navigational + database, the target point must be + received via the datalink or manually + 2. WPN Fixed Action Button + input on the POINT sub-page. (See the + Datalink chapter or TSD Point sub-page + for more information.) +4. CPG SLAVE button – Press, and evaluate + Navigation range to target. + NOTE: If range to target exceeds 8 + kilometers, instruct the Pilot to re- + position the aircraft as necessary prior to + launch. +5. CPG CHAN (VAB T1) – Select. (WPN + page) + + - © CHANNEL (VAB T2-T5) – Select + any un-used missile channel. + + - © Code Selection – Select the laser + code that corresponds with the + designating platform. + NOTE: If the designating platform is + using a laser code that is not already + present on the CHAN sub-page, the code + must be manually input on the FREQ sub- 4. Range Source 3. ACQ Select + + page. (See WPN Frequency sub-page for + more information.) +6. CPG Weapon Action Switch (WAS) – + Right. (TEDAC Left Handgrip) 1. Sight Select TADS 9. “REMOTE” is displayed 8. Verify “HI NORM” +7. CPG Weapon settings – Verify or select. + (WPN page) + + - TYPE (VAB R1) – SAL. + + - © MODE (VAB R2) – NORM or MAN. + 12. Align Missile Constraints + + - TRAJ (VAB R3) – LO or HI. Box within parameters + + + - © PRI (VAB L1) – Select, and set + the missile channel corresponding + with the designating platform as + Priority. +8. CPG Weapon Status – Verify “LO NORM” + or “LO MAN”; or “HI NORM” or “HI MAN”. + (High Action Display) +9. CPG Sight Status – Verify “REMOTE” is 13. Weapon Inhibits + + displayed. (High Action Display) +10. CPG A/S button – Verified in ARM. + (Armament Panel) + 17. Verify “HF TOF=##” +11. CPG Instruct the Pilot to align the aircraft + with the Missile Constraints Box – + “Constraints.” +12. PLT Missile Constraints Box – Align + toward the HMD LOS Reticle. + + - Running/Diving Fire – Apply cyclic + inputs in the direction of the Missile + Constraints Box. + + - Hover Fire – Apply pedal inputs in + the direction of the Missile + Constraints Box. +13. CPG Weapon Inhibit messages – Verify + no Safety or Performance inhibit 19. Verify the designating + platform is lasing the target + messages are displayed: for terminal guidance + + + - ACCEL LIMIT + + - ALT LAUNCH + + - GUN OBSTRUCT + + - MSL NOT RDY + + - PYLON ERROR + + - BAL LIMIT + + - PYLON ANGLE + + - PYLON LIMIT + + - RATE LIMIT + + - ROLL LIMIT + + - YAW LIMIT +14. PLT / CPG Verify the designating platform is ready to designate the target. +15. CPG Weapon Trigger – Pull. (TEDAC Left Handgrip) +16. CPG Sight Status – Verify “MSL LAUNCH”. (High Action Display) +17. PLT / CPG Notify designating platform that the missile has been launched and the approximate time of flight. +18. CPG Sight Status – Observe “LASE # TRGT”. (High Action Display) +19. PLT / CPG Verify the designating platform is lasing the target for terminal guidance. +Laser-guided Hellfire Engagement (Ripple Fire) +When employing SAL missiles using Ripple (RIPL) mode against multiple targets, the missile management logic +will automatically cycle the Priority and Alternate channels each time a missile is launched, allowing each missile +to be guided by two separate sources of laser designation. Ripple Fire may conducted using a combination of +several missile engagement techniques: + +- Lock-On-Before-Launch (LOBL). One or both laser designators are lasing prior to launch. + +- Lock-On-After-Launch (LOAL). One or both laser designators begin lasing after launch. + +- Remote Fire. One or both missiles are being remotely guided by an offboard source of laser designation. + +- Rapid Fire. Multiple missiles may be guided by each source of laser designation, with the designating + platforms shifting laser designations to subsequent targets following each preceding missile impact. +In each case, the launching aircraft may or may not be providing one of the sources of laser designation. However, +regardless of which platforms are providing terminal guidance to the SAL missiles, it is critical that the Priority +and Alternate channels correspond with the correct laser codes, and that sufficient coordination between the +launching platform and designating platform(s) is performed for a successful engagement. As an example in the +procedure below, the launching aircraft will designate for the first missile while a second AH-64D team member +will designate for the second missile. Both aircraft will begin designation prior to launch in LOBL mode to ensure +each missile is tracking their corresponding laser codes. +To rapidly engage multiple targets with SAL missiles, using the TADS as the selected sight to self-designate for +the first missile while another platform designates for the second missile: +1. CPG Sight Select switch – TADS. (TEDAC + Right Handgrip) + 6. TYPE (VAB R1) +2. CPG WPN Fixed Action Button – Press. 8. ARM Status MODE (VAB R2) + 6. PRI (VAB L1) TRAJ (VAB R3) +3. CPG (Optional) Determine the + appropriate acquisition source (ACQ) for + acquiring the target. + + - If the target is visually acquired by + either crewmember, set ACQ to PHS + or GHS. + 6. ALT (VAB L2) + + - If the target is stored as a point + within the navigational database, + set ACQ to the corresponding point. 3. ACQ Select (VAB R6) + +4. CPG (Optional) SLAVE button – Press, + and then press again to de-slave when + 2. WPN Fixed Action Button + the TADS has finished slewing. +5. CPG Weapon Action Switch (WAS) – + Right. (TEDAC Left Handgrip) +6. CPG Weapon settings – Verify or select. + (WPN page) + + - TYPE (VAB R1) – SAL. + + - © MODE (VAB R2) – RIPL. + + - TRAJ (VAB R3) – DIR. + + - © PRI (VAB L1) – Verify Priority missile channel is set to the same laser code as the LRFD. + + - © ALT (VAB L2) – Verify Alternate + missile channel is set to the same + laser code as the team member that + will be designating the second + target. +7. CPG Weapon Status – Verify “DIR RIPL”. 9. LMC or IAT + + (High Action Display) +8. CPG A/S button – Verified in ARM. + (Armament Panel) +9. CPG If the targets or aircraft are moving, + engage TADS targeting modes to + stabilize the TADS on target. + + - Manual tracking - Engage LMC and + employ the Sight Manual Tracker. 3. ACQ Select + + + - Automatic tracking - Engage IAT on + each target using MTT. +10. PLT / CPG Instruct the team member to + begin designating their target. 1. Sight Select TADS 8. “REMOTE” not displayed 7. Verify “DIR RIPL” + +11. CPG Weapon Status – Verify “ALT CHAN + TRK” is displayed after team member + begins designating. (High Action Display) +12. CPG LRFD Trigger – Pull and hold, 2nd + detent. (TEDAC Right Handgrip) + 15. Align Missile Constraints +13. CPG Weapon Status – Verify “2 CHAN 12. Fire LRFD Box within parameters + TRACK”. (High Action Display) + NOTE: If “PRI CHAN TRK” is displayed in + the Weapon Status field of the High + Action Display, the first missile to be + launched is tracking a source of laser + designation. If “ALT CHAN TRK” is + displayed, the second missile to be + launched is tracking a source of laser + designation. If “2 CHAN TRACK” is 16. Weapon Inhibits + displayed, both sources of laser + designation are being tracked by the + corresponding missiles. +14. CPG Instruct the Pilot to align the aircraft + 13. Verify “2 CHAN TRACK” + with the Missile Constraints Box – + “Constraints.” +15. PLT Missile Constraints Box – Align toward the HMD LOS Reticle. + + - Running/Diving Fire – Apply cyclic inputs in the direction of the Missile Constraints Box. + + - Hover Fire – Apply pedal inputs in the direction of the Missile Constraints Box. +16. CPG Weapon Inhibit messages – Verify + no Safety or Performance inhibit + messages are displayed: + + - ACCEL LIMIT + + - ALT LAUNCH + + - BACK SCATTER + + - GUN OBSTRUCT + + - MSL NOT RDY + + - PYLON ERROR + + - BAL LIMIT + + - PYLON ANGLE + + - PYLON LIMIT + + - RATE LIMIT + + - ROLL LIMIT + + - SKR LIMIT + + - YAW LIMIT +17. CPG Weapon Trigger – Pull to launch first + missile. (TEDAC Left Handgrip) +18. CPG Weapon Status – Verify “MSL + LAUNCH”. (High Action Display) +19. CPG Weapon Trigger – Pull to launch + second missile. (TEDAC Left Handgrip) +20. CPG Weapon Status – Verify “MSL + LAUNCH”. (High Action Display) +21. PLT / CPG Notify the designating team + member that the missiles have been + launched. +22. CPG LRFD Trigger – Maintain + designation, 2nd detent, until the first + missile impacts the target being + designated by the ownship’s TADS. + (TEDAC Right Handgrip) +AGM-114L Radio Frequency (RF) Missile +The AGM-114L was the first and only model of Hellfire missile that was designed to utilize radar-based guidance +in lieu of laser guidance. The missile itself utilizes the same components and features of the AGM-114K, including +the digital autopilot and integrated tandem warhead for defeating reactive armor, but replaced the forward nose +section with a millimeter-wave radar seeker and its associated electronics. Like the “Kilo”, the “Lima” was designed +to destroy 21st century main battle tanks and other heavy armor. But unlike the “Kilo”, the “Lima” was specifically +developed to be used in conjunction with the newly fielded AH-64D. + + + + + Moving Control + Surfaces + Fixed Control + Surfaces + Digital Autopilot, + Control gyros, + Tandem, & Battery + Shaped-charge + Warhead Warhead + Fuze + Fixed Control + Launcher Surfaces + Gimbaled Umbilical + Radar Seeker + + +The forward section of the “Lima” is occupied by an active-radar seeker that can detect and track moving or +stationary ground targets, with a limited capacity to engage slow-moving air targets such as other helicopters. +Although the missile is most effective when employed using the AN/APG-78 Fire Control Radar (FCR), the AGM- +114L may also be employed when using the AN/ASQ-170 Target Acquisition Designation Sight (TADS). Prior to +launch, the missile receives a handover of the target location, whether the target location data was generated by +the FCR or the TADS, at which time it utilizes inertial guidance to navigate to its target. +When initially powered, the AGM-114L requires an alignment of its inertial guidance system to ensure it can +properly navigate to its target. An “inertial handover” of attitude and linear velocity is provided by the AH-64D’s +INU to the RF missiles as a means of rapid alignment, after which the missile is ready to receive a target handover. +However, due to the increased amount of electronics within the “Lima” compared to the “Kilo”, the missiles may +potentially overheat if the missile remains powered for extended periods of time. To mitigate this risk, the AH- +64D automatically manages the missile power amongst all RF missiles loaded on the weapon stations. The +automatic missile power logic will only keep a portion of the RF missile inventory powered at any given time; and +will cycle power to the next sub-set of the missile inventory every 10 minutes to permit the remaining missiles to +cool while keeping a number of RF missiles ready for immediate engagement. +(See WPN Missile format for more information regarding missile power management.) +Just as in the case of the AGM-114K, the AGM-114L may be employed in either a Lock-On-Before-Launch (LOBL) +mode or a Lock-On-After-Launch (LOAL) mode. However, the electronics within the AGM-114L missile itself +performs an automatic determination of which mode it should utilize, based on the nature of the target handover +it receives. The aircrew does not have any direct control over which mode the missile defaults to, but it is possible +to inhibit the RF missiles from utilizing LOBL mode, if necessary. +RF LOBL/LOAL Selection Logic +Unlike the SAL missile variants, the RF missile performs its own determination of which launch mode (LOBL or +LOAL) is optimal for target acquisition, based on the nature of the target handover it receives. +Lock-On-Before-Launch (LOBL). LOBL is used to increase the likelihood of a successful engagement if the +target is moving or is at a close range to the aircraft (<2.5 km). If the missile determines the optimal mode is +LOBL, which will be indicated by “LOBL” being displayed in the Weapon Status field of the crewmember’s High +Action Display, it will immediately activate its onboard radar seeker and scan the vicinity of the target location in +an attempt to acquire and track its target. If a target is successfully acquired, “RF MSL TRACK” will be displayed +in the High Action Display. + +- If the target is stationary but less than 1 km in range, there is insufficient time to acquire the target after + launch and LOBL is necessary for a successful engagement. If target acquisition is unsuccessful, “NO + ACQUIRE” will be displayed in the High Action Display, and engagement should not be attempted. + +- If the target is stationary and between 1 and 2.5 km in range, there may be insufficient time to acquire the + target after launch and LOBL increases the likelihood of a successful engagement. If target acquisition is + unsuccessful, “LOAL” will be displayed in the High Action Display to indicate that LOAL is acceptable. + +- If the target is moving at any range, LOBL is necessary for a successful engagement. If target acquisition is + unsuccessful, “NO ACQUIRE” will be displayed in the High Action Display, and engagement should not be + attempted. +If target acquisition has failed and it is desired to make another attempt to acquire the target prior to launch, the +crewmember should de-action the missile system, which will erase the target handover data from the missile. +The missiles may then be actioned once more and another target handover may be attempted. However, if +ambient temperatures are high, multiple and repeated attempts to force the missile to activate its onboard radar +and acquire a target may increase the likelihood of the missile overheating. +NOTE: The “LOBL” or “LOAL” messages displayed in the Weapon Status field of the High Action Display indicate +the launch mode that the missile has entered; “LOBL” does not indicate the missile has acquired its target when +in a LOBL state. If “LOBL” is still displayed when the RF missile is launched, prior to “RF MSL TRACK” being +displayed and accompanied by a large Missile Constraints Box, the missile will launch in a LOAL state and may +not successfully acquire the target after launch. (See RF Missile Constraints Box for more information) + Moving target LOBL + + Stationary target LOBL LOBL or LOAL LOAL + + + + + 0.5 1.0 2.5 Target Range (km) 8.0 + + LOBL & LOAL Selection Logic + +Lock-On-After-Launch (LOAL). LOAL is used if LOBL is not required to ensure a successful engagement, if +the target cannot be acquired prior to launch and there is sufficient time to acquire the target after launch, or if +LOBL INHIBIT is enabled on the WPN page. If the missile determines the optimal mode is LOAL, which will be +indicated by “LOAL” being displayed in the Weapon Status field of the crewmember’s High Action Display, it +should be launched as soon as the target handover is complete to ensure a successful engagement. + +- If the target is stationary and between 1 and 2.5 km in range, and LOBL is unsuccessful, “LOAL” will be + displayed in the High Action Display to indicate that LOAL is acceptable. + +- If the target is stationary and greater than 2.5 km in range, “LOAL” will be displayed in the High Action + Display to indicate that LOAL is acceptable. +RF Post-Launch Trajectories +When an RF missile is launched, the missile will utilize one of two trajectories based on the missiles ability to +acquire and track the target. If the missile cannot acquire or maintain a track on the target, it will utilize an off- +axis flight profile to increase its radar resolution of the target amongst the ground clutter. Otherwise, the missile +will use a direct flight profile toward the target. + +- Doppler Beam Sharpening (DBS) Trajectory. When employing an off-axis flight profile, the RF missile + leverages a radar processing principle known as Dopper beam sharpening to increase the radar processing + resolution in order to acquire or maintain track of its target. A DBS trajectory is more likely to occur when + the target is at sufficient range in which such a maneuver is possible, or when the missile is employed in + LOAL launch mode. (See Doppler Beam Sharpening on the following page for more information.) + +- Direct Trajectory. When employed against targets that are easily acquired and tracked, or against targets + that are at close range with insufficient maneuver space to perform a DBS trajectory, the missile will use a + direct trajectory toward the target. + + + + + RF Post-Launch Trajectories + +NOTE: The RF missile may impact obstructions when utilizing a DBS trajectory after launch, such as when +employed near high terrain or tall urban structures. If necessary, the nose of the aircraft may be offset to either +side of the target azimuth to force the missile to execute a DBS trajectory in the corresponding direction. + Target Target Target + Azimuth Azimuth Azimuth + + + + Missile will Missile will + continue DBS continue DBS + to the left to the right + + Missile may DBS to + either direction + + Aircraft nose Aircraft nose + offset to the left offset to the right + of target azimuth of target azimuth + + + + + DBS Trajectory Direction +Doppler Beam Sharpening (DBS) +Doppler beam sharpening is a method of processing received radar returns to produce a higher resolution radar +map and is used in many applications in the world today, even outside of military aviation. Typical real-beam +radar mapping is limited in resolution, whereas Doppler beam sharpening uses differences in radial velocity to +achieve a more detailed radar image. However, Doppler beam sharpening is limited by the relative aspect angle +of the radar returns in relation to the movement of the transmitting radar antenna across the surface. +As the radar antenna moves across the +surface, whether it is mounted to an aircraft +like the F-16 or a missile like the AGM-114L, +radar returns are received from terrain and +objects such as vegetation, structures, or +vehicles. Even if all detected objects are +stationary, the velocity of the missile itself +generates a measurable shift in the frequency +of the electromagnetic radar energy reflected +back toward the missile seeker; a Doppler Doppler beam sharpening is + ineffective directly within +effect. However, radar reflections that are the missile’s flight path +received from either side of the missile’s track +across the surface will generate a lower +Doppler shift due to their lower radial velocity Radial velocities from Doppler +compared to those directly in front of the returns will vary relative to +missile. The greater the angular offset from the the missile flight path + +missile’s flight path, the lower the measured +radial velocity. +As the radar returns are processed for these +small differences in Doppler shift, the returns Velocity Components + +from any location within the radar image can Relative Velocity + +be calculated and further separated into Angular Velocity +distinct points to account for the deviations in Radial Velocity +radial velocity. This results in a more refined +and higher resolution radar image. Doppler Beam Sharpening Processing Method +Since Doppler beam sharpening relies on a +sufficient difference in Doppler frequency within a measurable area, such calculations cannot be performed when +the radar is scanning an area directly in front of the missile’s flight path (nor directly abeam). As a result, Doppler +beam sharpening is rendered ineffective unless the scanned area is sufficiently offset to either side of the missile’s +flight path. When Doppler beam sharpening is necessary to acquire and track a given target, the AGM-114L will +fly an off-axis DBS trajectory to permit this processing method. +RF Missile Constraints Box +The key piece of symbology associated with employing the AGM-114L is the Missile Constraints Box displayed +within the crewmember’s sight symbology. The Missile Constraints Box is a steering cue and launch mode indicator +which indicates the launch mode of the missile and whether the missile is within acceptable launch constraints. + The Missile Constraints Box is longitudinally-scaled and is not a + virtual symbology element; its displayed location does not + Aircraft should be turned to the left correspond with a real-world location that is observed “out-the- + to launch missile within constraints + window” like the Head Tracker or Flight Path Vector. The position + of the Missile Constraints Box is referenced from the LOS Reticle, + which corresponds to the Missile Datum Line (0° in azimuth and + elevation from the longitudinal axis of the missile body). However, + the referenced position of which the Missile Constraints Box + represents is either the target location relative to the Missile + LOS Reticle + Datum Line; or ,specifically in the case when TADS is the selected + sight and a target handover has not yet been performed, the + Missile Missile Constraints Box is derived from the position of the TADS +Constraints Box turret relative to the Missile Datum Line. + To augment the missiles’ post-launch trajectory and to ensure the +missiles do not strike the ground, the wing pylons articulate in the vertical axis to maintain the pylon angle of +each missile launcher 4° above the inertial horizon when the missiles are actioned. This results in the Missile +Datum Line of each missile being stabilized 4° above the horizon regardless of the aircraft pitch attitude. +Lock-On-Before-Launch Mode (LOBL), Missile Tracking (RF MSL TRACK) +If the missile is in LOBL mode and is tracking a target with its onboard seeker, the Missile Constraints Box +corresponds with the position of the missile’s seeker, in azimuth and elevation, relative to the Missile Datum Line. +The maximum allowable offset angle for the RF missile in LOBL mode is 20° for targets at a range of 1 km or +greater, or 5° for targets at ranges less than 1 km; otherwise, the Constraints Box will be displayed as invalid, +indicating the missile is outside of launch constraints. (See Missile Constraints Box Format for more information.) + + + + + Wing pylons articulate to keep missile + launchers 4° above the inertial horizon + + + + + 4° + + + + Missile Seeker Head + Tracker + + TADS + LOS Reticle + + The position of the Missile Constraints + Box within the sight symbology is + displayed relative to the LOS Reticle, Missile seeker’s position relative + Missile + which represents the Missile Datum Line to the Missile Datum Line + Constraints Box + + + + RF Missile Constraints Box – LOBL and tracking a target +Lock-On-After-Launch Mode (LOAL), Target Handover Complete +If the missile has received a target handover and is in LOAL mode, the Missile Constraints Box corresponds with +the location of the target, in azimuth and elevation, relative to the Missile Datum Line. +The maximum allowable offset angle for the RF missile in LOAL mode is 20° for targets at a range of 1 kilometer +or greater; otherwise, the Constraints Box will be displayed as invalid, indicating the missile is outside of launch +constraints. (See Missile Constraints Box Format for more information.) + + + + + Target handover from Wing pylons articulate to keep missile + TADS has been completed launchers 4° above the inertial horizon + + + + + 4° + + + + Head + Tracker + + TADS + LOS Reticle + + The position of the Missile Constraints + Box within the sight symbology is Missile + displayed relative to the LOS Reticle, Target location relative to + Constraints Box + which represents the Missile Datum Line the Missile Datum Line + + + + RF Missile Constraints Box – LOAL with a successful target handover + + + +RF Missile Constraints Box Format +The Missile Constraints Box is displayed in four formats to indicate the missile’s launch mode (LOBL or LOAL) and +whether the missile is within acceptable launch constraints (Valid or Invalid). + If the missile seeker is not tracking a target after receiving a target handover, + the missile will be launched in Lock-On-After-Launch (LOAL) mode. + LOAL Mode LOAL Mode + Valid Launch Invalid Launch If the missile seeker acquired and is tracking a target, the missile will be + Constraints Constraints launched in Lock-On-Before-Launch (LOBL) mode. + If the missile is within acceptable launch constraints and no Weapon Inhibit + messages are displayed within the High Action Display, the Missile Constraints + Box will be displayed as Valid. + LOBL Mode LOBL Mode If the missile is outside acceptable launch constraints or any Weapon Inhibit + Valid Launch Invalid Launch messages are displayed within the High Action Display, the Missile Constraints + Constraints Constraints + Box will be displayed as Invalid. + +- LOBL Constraints (< 1 km). Missile seeker LOS is offset ≤ 5° from the Missile Datum Line. + +- LOBL Constraints (≥ 1 km). Missile seeker LOS is offset ≤ 20° from the Missile Datum Line. + +- LOAL Constraints (≥ 1 km). Line-of-sight (LOS) to the target is offset ≤ 20° from the Missile Datum Line. +RF Missile Weapon Inhibits +The following conditions will inhibit the RF missiles from being fired. Performance inhibits may be overridden by +pulling the trigger to the 2nd detent. Safety inhibits cannot be overridden. +Performance Inhibits + INHIBIT CONDITION CORRECTIVE ACTION + The required weapon aiming + If tactically feasible, engage the target at a closer + BAL LIMIT solution exceeds the ballistics + range. + processing capability. + Wait for the missile launchers to reach the optimum + The position of the missile launch position. + launcher(s) is ≥10° from the If inhibit message remains, missiles may still be fired + PYLON ANGLE + optimum launch position or the but the missile launcher positions should be visually + pylon position is unknown. confirmed to ensure the appropriate considerations + may be made for a successful engagement. + The commanded position of the + Adjust the aircraft pitch attitude as necessary to bring + PYLON LIMIT missile launcher(s) exceeds the + the articulation range of the wing pylons to +4° above + (IN FLIGHT) pylon articulation limits. + the inertial horizon. + (+4° to -15°). + The pitch, roll, and/or yaw rates + RATE LIMIT Stabilize the aircraft attitude prior to launch. + are excessive. + The roll angle of the aircraft is + ROLL LIMIT Reduce the roll attitude of the aircraft prior to launch. + excessive. + Adjust the heading or pitch attitude of the aircraft to + The missile seeker has reached bring the target within the missile seeker field-of-view. + SKR LIMIT + a gimbal limit. + (e.g., turn toward the Missile Constraints box). + When the missile is in LOAL Adjust the heading of the aircraft to bring the target + mode, the target position position closer to the aircraft centerline. + YAW LIMIT + relative to the aircraft heading + is excessive. (e.g., turn toward the Missile Constraints box). + + +Safety Inhibits + INHIBIT CONDITION CORRECTIVE ACTION + Vertical acceleration is <0.5 G; + the main rotor blades may Reduce the severity of the current maneuver to + ACCEL LIMIT + obstruct the trajectory of the increase the positive G load on the aircraft. + missile when fired. + The firing of a rocket salvo is The missile may be fired 2 seconds after the rocket + ALT LAUNCH + already in progress. salvo is complete. + If tactically feasible, instruct the crewmember that has + The gun is out of coincidence actioned the gun to de-action in order to permit the + from the weapon aiming firing of missiles. + GUN OBSTRUCT solution and may obstruct the + trajectory of missiles fired from A different missile may be manually selected by setting + the inboard wing pylons. the Mode to MAN and pressing the Missile Advance + button. + The line-of-sight of the selected +LOS INVALID Select a different sight for engagement. + sight is invalid or has failed. + No RF missiles have received an + Ensure MSL PWR is set to ALL or AUTO to permit RF + inertial alignment from the + missiles to receive inertial alignment. +MSL NOT RDY aircraft. + Press the Missile Advance button to select the next + A missile has not been selected + missile in MAN mode. + in MAN mode. + The aircraft is on the ground + If inhibit message remains, the corresponding wing + (weight-on-wheels) and the +PYLON ERROR pylons may have experienced a failure and the missiles + missile launcher positions are + should be de-actioned. + unknown. + The commanded position of the +PYLON LIMIT missile launcher(s) exceeds the + The missiles should be de-actioned. +(ON GROUND) pylon articulation limits. + (+4° to -5°). + The master armament state is + SAFE currently set to SAFE; weapons Set the A/S button on the Armament Panel to ARM. + cannot be fired. +WPN Missile (MSL) Format – RF Missile Settings +When RF missiles are selected for employment within the crewstation, the WPN page will display RF missile +settings when set to MSL format. + + + + + 4. Type Select + + 1. Missile Power + 5. Mode Select + Management Mode + + + + + 6. RF Missile Icon + 2. LOBL Inhibit + 7. SAL Missile Icon + 3. 2nd Target Inhibit + + + + +1. Missile Power Management Mode. When the Mode is set to NORM, selects the power management + setting for all AGM-114L missiles loaded on the aircraft. This setting is common between crewstations. + + - ALL. All RF missiles are powered on. All RF missiles perform an inertial alignment and self-test, and + are ready to receive target handovers, but may overheat if left in this state for an extended period. + + - AUTO. Power to RF missiles is automatically managed based on missile inventory quantity. Sub-sets + of the missile inventory are powered and aligned in 10-minute intervals. After 10 minutes have elapsed, + the missiles are powered off and the next sub-set of the inventory is powered and aligned. This ensures + that a portion of the inventory is ready to receive target handovers while mitigating the risk of missiles + overheating. + - If 8 or more RF missiles are loaded, 4 missiles are kept in a “Ready” state. + - If 4 to 7 RF missiles are loaded, 2 missiles are kept in a “Ready” state. + - If 2 or 3 RF missiles are loaded, 1 missile is kept in a “Ready” state. + - If 1 RF missile is loaded, the missile will be powered on to a “Ready” state when either crewstation + actions missiles with TYPE (VAB R1) set to RF. If the missiles are de-actioned or if the TYPE is set + to SAL, the singular RF missile will be powered off. + + - NONE. All RF missiles are powered off. All RF missiles remain unaligned and are unable to receive + target handovers, but are prevented from overheating. +2. LOBL Inhibit. RF missiles are inhibited from emitting radar signals prior to launch. This will prevent AGM- + 114L missiles from entering LOBL mode or tracking assigned targets prior to launch. +3. 2nd Target Inhibit. Not implemented. +4. Type Select. Displays the selected missile type for employment. This setting is independent between + crewstations and is contextually dependent on the selected sight within the crewstation. + + - SAL. SAL missiles are selected for employment from the crewstation. The High Action Display will + display relevant symbology for SAL missile employment and the WPN page will display SAL missile + settings when set to MSL format. + + - If the selected sight is set to HMD, SAL is automatically selected as the missile type and + crewmember selection will be inhibited. + + - RF. RF missiles are selected for employment from the crewstation. The High Action Display will display + relevant symbology for RF missile employment and the WPN page will display RF missile settings when + set to MSL format. + + - If the selected sight is set to FCR, RF is automatically selected as the missile type and crewmember + selection will be inhibited. +5. Mode Select. Selects the mode of missile inventory management. This setting is common between + crewstations. + + - NORM. Missile inventory, power management, and launch sequencing is managed automatically. + Missile launches will be alternated between each wing station to maintain center-of-gravity, as + appropriate. + + - Missile power management will be in accordance with the MSL PWR selection (VAB L1-L3). + + - MAN. Missile inventory, power management, and launch sequencing is managed manually by the + aircrew. Missile launches may lead to asymmetric loading and may cause center-of-gravity issues. + Improper power management may lead to missile over-temperature conditions. + + - A single missile is selected and powered. The Missile Advance button on the Collective Mission + Grip or the TEDAC Right Handgrip may be used to select the next missile for launch. As each + missile is fired, the Missile Advance button must be used to select and power the next missile. +6. RF Missile Icon. Indicates an AGM-114L missile is loaded onto the corresponding missile launcher rail. The + missile icon appearance and text label indicate the operational state and status of the missile. + + - An RF missile is loaded + - A solid missile icon is + - A hollow, white, flashing + onto the corresponding displayed when the WPN missile icon indicates the + missile launcher rail. page is in MSL format. next missile to be fired. + + - Missile is in a Standby + - Missile is powered and in + - Next missile to be fired is + status while a built-in- a Ready status. in a Tracking status. + test is performed. + + - Missile is powered and + indicating it is in an over- + temperature status. + +7. SAL Missile Icon. Indicates an AGM-114K missile is loaded onto the corresponding missile launcher rail. + The missile icon appearance and text label indicate the operational state and status of the missile. (See SAL + Missile Type Settings for more information.) +RF Missile Weapon Status Messages +The following messages will be displayed in the High Action Display based on current missile status or weapon +page settings when missiles are actioned and the missile type is set to RF. + + INHIBIT CONDITION + HF TOF=## The remaining time of flight (in seconds) for the next RF missile. + LOAL MAN The next-to-launch RF missile is in LOAL mode. Missile management mode is set to MAN. + The next-to-launch RF missile is in LOAL mode. Missile management mode is set to + LOAL NORM + NORM. + LOBL INHIBIT has been enabled on the WPN page. The next-to-launch RF missile is + LOBL INHIBIT + forced to LOAL mode. + The next-to-launch RF missile is in LOBL mode and attempting to acquire a target. Missile + LOBL MAN + management mode is set to MAN. + The next-to-launch RF missile is in LOBL mode and attempting to acquire a target. Missile + LOBL NORM + management mode is set to NORM. + MSL LAUNCH A launch has been commanded of the next RF missile. + MSL TYPE? Missiles are actioned but no missiles of the selected type (SAL or RF) are available. + The next-to-launch missile requires LOBL for a successful engagement but has failed to + NO ACQUIRE + acquire at target. Launch should not be attempted. + NO MISSILES Missiles are actioned but no SAL or RF missiles are available. + RF MSL TRACK The next-to-launch missile is in LOBL mode and is tracking a target. + WEAPON? The weapon trigger has been pulled but no weapon has been actioned. +Radar-guided Hellfire Engagement (TADS) +When employing an RF missile while using the TADS to generate targeting data, the target is designated by the +TADS LRFD for 3 seconds prior to missile launch. TADS LMC and/or IAT targeting modes should be used to assist +the CPG in stabilizing the TADS LOS Reticle on the target, which will increase the accuracy of the target data sent +to the missile. When missiles are actioned in the CPG crewstation, the Missile Constraints Box will also be displayed +in the Pilot crewstation to ensure the aircraft is maneuvered to within acceptable launch constraints. +To engage a target with an RF missile while using the TADS to generate a target handover: +1. CPG Sight Select switch – TADS. (TEDAC + Right Handgrip) +2. CPG WPN Fixed Action Button – Press. 6. MSL PWR 8. ARM Status 6. TYPE (VAB R1) + (VAB L1 or L2) MODE (VAB R2) +3. CPG (Optional) Determine the + appropriate acquisition source (ACQ) for + acquiring the target. + + - If the target is visually acquired by + either crewmember, set ACQ to PHS + or GHS. + + - If the target is stored as a point + within the navigational database, + set ACQ to the corresponding point. 3. ACQ Select (VAB R6) + +4. CPG (Optional) SLAVE button – Press, + and then press again to de-slave when + 2. WPN Fixed Action Button + the TADS has finished slewing. +5. CPG Weapon Action Switch (WAS) – + Right. (TEDAC Left Handgrip) +6. CPG Weapon settings – Verify or select. + (WPN page) + + - TYPE (VAB R1) – RF. + + - © MODE (VAB R2) – NORM or MAN. + + - © MSL PWR (VAB R1 or R2) – ALL + or AUTO. +7. CPG Sight Status – Verify “TARGET + 10. Fire LRFD 9. IAT on target + DATA?” is displayed. (High Action + Display) +8. CPG A/S button – Verified in ARM. + (Armament Panel) +9. CPG If the target or aircraft are moving, + engage TADS targeting modes to + stabilize the TADS on target. + + - Manual tracking - Engage LMC and 1. Sight Select TADS 3. ACQ Select + + employ the Sight Manual Tracker. + + - Automatic tracking - Engage IAT. + + 7. “TARGET DATA?” is displayed +10. CPG LRFD Trigger – Pull and hold for 3 + seconds, 2nd detent, until “TARGET + DATA?” is removed from the Sight Status + field. (TEDAC Right Handgrip) + NOTE: When “TARGET DATA?” is + removed from the Sight Status field, the + LRFD trigger may be released. +Launch Mode Selection (LOBL/LOAL) +After the target data has been received, the +RF missile will automatically select LOBL or +LOAL mode based on the nature of the target +data itself. (See RF LOBL/LOAL Selection Logic +for more information.) +If the missile is attempting to lock on to a +target, “LOBL NORM” or “LOBL MAN” will be +displayed within the Weapon Status field of +the High Action Display. +If the missile successfully acquires a target in +LOBL mode, “RF MSL TRACK” will be displayed 10. “TARGET DATA?” not displayed 10. “LOBL NORM” when scanning +in the Weapon Status field. +If the missile fails to acquire a target that is +moving or is less 1 kilometer in range, “NO +ACQUIRE” will be displayed in the Weapon +Status field. The missile may still be fired in +LOAL mode, but the missile may not hit the 11. Missile Constraints Box +target. The missiles should be de-actioned to shown in LOBL format when 13. Align Missile Constraints +erase the target handover and re-actioned to a target has been acquired Box within parameters +attempt another target handover. +If the missile is not attempting to lock on to a +target or has failed to acquire a stationary +target between 1 and 2.5 kilometers in range, +“LOAL NORM” or “LOAL MAN” will be displayed +within the Weapon Status field. +11. CPG Weapon Status – Verify “RF MSL + 14. Weapon Inhibits + TRACK”, “LOAL NORM”, or “LOAL MAN”. + (High Action Display) + NOTE: “LOBL INHIBIT” may also be + displayed if enabled on the WPN page. + 11. Verify “RF MSL TRACK” prior to launch in LOBL +12. CPG Instruct the Pilot to align the aircraft + with the Missile Constraints Box – “Constraints.” +13. PLT Missile Constraints Box – Align toward the HMD LOS Reticle. + + - Running/Diving Fire – Apply cyclic inputs in the direction of the Missile Constraints Box. + + - Hover Fire – Apply pedal inputs in the direction of the Missile Constraints Box. +14. CPG Weapon Inhibit messages – Verify + no Safety or Performance inhibit + messages are displayed: + + - ACCEL LIMIT + + - ALT LAUNCH + + - BACK SCATTER + + - GUN OBSTRUCT + + - MSL NOT RDY + + - PYLON ERROR + + - BAL LIMIT + + - PYLON ANGLE + + - PYLON LIMIT + + - RATE LIMIT + + - ROLL LIMIT + + - SKR LIMIT + + - YAW LIMIT +15. CPG Weapon Trigger – Pull. (TEDAC Left + Handgrip) +16. CPG Weapon Status – Verify “MSL + LAUNCH”. (High Action Display) + NOTE: When engaging a target with an + RF missile in LOAL mode, the Pilot should + align the aircraft within launch + constraints and the CPG should fire the + missile as soon as possible after the + target handover is complete, signified by + “TARGET DATA?” being removed from + the Sight Status field of the High Action + Display. +WEAPON HAND CONTROLS +Either crewmember may employ any aircraft weapon system independently of the other crewstation. However, +only the Copilot/Gunner can use the TADS to provide laser guidance for the AGM-114K Hellfire missile. + + +Cyclic & Collective Controls +The Pilot and Copilot/Gunner Cyclic and Collective Mission Grips include identical controls for weapons +employment. However, the CPG’s cyclic weapon trigger is only activated if the CPG actions a weapon using the +Weapon Action Switch on the cyclic. + + + + + Weapon Action + Switch (WAS) + + + + + Weapon Trigger + (Guarded) + + + + + Missile Advance + + + + +TEDAC Controls +The CPG’s TEDAC weapon trigger is only activated if the CPG actions a weapon using the Weapon Action Switch +on the TEDAC Left Handgrip. + + Weapon Action Switch (WAS) + + + + +Weapon Trigger +(opposite side) + + + Missile Advance + (opposite side) +AIRCRAFT +SURVIVABILITY +EQUIPMENT (ASE) + + + + +AIRCRAFT SURVIVABILITY + EQUIPMENT (ASE) +AIRCRAFT SURVIVABILITY EQUIPMENT +The AH-64D features a comprehensive suite of active and passive defensive systems that are designed to ensure +the survival of the aircraft while operating at NOE (Nap-Of-the-Earth) altitudes in a high threat environment. The +various defensive systems installed on the aircraft are known collectively as Aircraft Survivability Equipment (ASE). + + + + +The ASE kit installed on the AH-64D includes a combined radar and laser warning receiver (RLWR), an electronic +radar jamming system (ECM), a missile warning system (CMWS), chaff and flare countermeasures dispensers, +infrared suppression integrated into the engine exhausts, and a Wire Strike Protection System (WSPS) installed +on the forward fuselage and underside. +NOTE: The ECM system is not implemented at this time. + + + ECM Receive Antenna WSPS Blade LWR Detector (both sides) RWR Antennas (2x) + + + ECM Transmit Antenna + CMWS Detector + (both sides) + WSPS Blade + Flare Dispenser + (both sides) + + + + + WSPS Blades + + + + CMWS Detector + (both sides) + + + RWR Antenna (both sides) LWR Detector (both sides) RWR Antenna Chaff Dispenser + + + + AH-64D Aircraft Survivability Equipment (ASE) +Aircraft Survivability Equipment (ASE) Page +The primary threat warning indications are integrated into the Tactical Situation Display’s ASE “footprint”; +however, the crew can also view the threat environment on a decluttered “footprint” on the ASE page. The ASE +page also allows the crew to initialize and configure individual ASE systems. + 1. Chaff Status 2. Aircraft Heading 3. Threat Warning Count + + + + + 4. Chaff Mode 5. ASE Autopage Setting + + + + + 6. Ownship 7. ASE Footprint + + + + + 8. Chaff Inventory + + + + + 9. Command Heading + +1. Chaff Status. Displays the state of the chaff dispenser. Pressing VAB T1 will toggle the state between SAFE + and ARM. + + - SAFE. Chaff dispensing is inhibited. The status will default to SAFE with aircraft weight-on-wheels and + inhibited from selection. + + - ARM. Chaff may be dispensed by either crewstation. +2. Aircraft Heading. Displays the current heading of the aircraft. +3. Threat Warning Count. Displays the total number of threats displayed around the ASE footprint. + + - RFI. Indicates the number of radar threats detected by the RFI and displayed on the outside of the + ASE footprint, up to a maximum of 10. This field will be blank if the FCR mast-mounted assembly is + not installed. + + - RLWR. Indicates the number of radar and/or laser threats detected by the RLWR and displayed on + the inside of the ASE footprint, up to a maximum of 7. +4. Chaff Mode. Displays the chaff dispense mode. Pressing VAB L1 will toggle the state between PROGRAM + and MANUAL. + + - PROGRAM. A single chaff program will be dispensed if the chaff dispenser is armed and the Chaff + button is pressed on the Cyclic Grip in either crewstation. The chaff program may be edited on the ASE + Utility page. + + - MANUAL. An individual chaff cartridge will be dispensed if the chaff dispenser is armed and the Chaff + button is pressed on the Cyclic Grip in either crewstation. +5. ASE Autopage Setting. Displays the ASE autopage setting for the crewstation. Pressing VAB R1 will display + an expanded selection of autopage options. + + - SEARCH. If a new threat is detected, the TSD will be autopaged if the ASE or TSD pages are not + already displayed within the crewstation. + + - ACQUISITION. If a detected threat elevates to ACQUISITION, the TSD will be autopaged if the ASE + or TSD pages are not already displayed within the crewstation. + + - TRACK. If a detected threat elevates to TRACK, the TSD will be autopaged if the ASE or TSD pages + are not already displayed within the crewstation. + + - OFF. ASE autopaging is disabled. +6. Ownship. Represents the present position of the aircraft. +7. ASE Footprint. Displays the relative bearings of detected radar and laser threats around the ownship. + Radar and/or laser threats detected by the RLWR are displayed around the inside of the ASE footprint. Radar + threats detected by the RFI (if the FCR mast-mounted assembly is installed) are displayed around the outside + of the ASE footprint. +8. Chaff Inventory. Indicates the number of remaining chaff cartridges onboard, up to a maximum of 30. +9. Heading to Waypoint. Displays the heading to the next point in the route. +ASE Utility (UTIL) Sub-page +The ASE Utility page allows the crew to initialize the RLWR, set the RLWR voice mode, and configure the chaff +dispenser settings. + 1. Chaff Status + + + + + 2. Chaff Mode + + + 3. Burst Count + + + 4. Burst Interval + + + 5. Salvo Count 8. RLWR Power + + + 6. Salvo Interval 9. RLWR Voice Mode + + + 7. Cartridges + Input + + + + +1. Chaff Status. Displays the state of the chaff dispenser. Pressing VAB T1 will toggle the state between SAFE + and ARM. + + - SAFE. Chaff dispensing is inhibited. The status will default to SAFE with aircraft weight-on-wheels and + will be inhibited from selection. + + - ARM. Chaff may be dispensed by either crewstation. +2. Chaff Mode. Displays the chaff dispense mode. Pressing VAB L1 will toggle the state between PROGRAM + and MANUAL. + + - PROGRAM. A single chaff program will be dispensed if the chaff dispenser is armed and the Chaff + button is pressed on the Cyclic Grip in either crewstation. + + - MANUAL. An individual chaff cartridge will be dispensed if the chaff dispenser is armed and the Chaff + button is pressed on the Cyclic Grip in either crewstation. +3. Burst Count. Sets the number of chaff cartridges dispensed within each salvo of the chaff program. + Pressing VAB L2 will display an expanded selection of burst count options of 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, and 8 cartridges. +4. Burst Interval. Sets the time interval between individual chaff cartridges dispensed within each salvo of + the chaff program. Pressing VAB L3 will display an expanded selection of burst interval options of 0.1, 0.2, + 0.3, and 0.4 seconds. +5. Salvo Count. Sets the number of salvos dispensed within each chaff program. Pressing VAB L4 will display + an expanded selection of salvo count options of 1, 2, 4, 8, and CONTINUOUS. When set to CONTINUOUS, + salvos will be dispensed in accordance with the remainder of the chaff program settings until the chaff + dispenser is depleted or the chaff is set to SAFE status. +6. Salvo Interval. Sets the time interval between each salvo dispensed within the chaff program. Pressing + VAB L5 will display an expanded selection of salvo interval options of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, and RANDOM. When + set to RANDOM, the interval between each salvo will be randomly selected. +7. Cartridges Input. Activates the KU for inputting the current chaff cartridge quantity, if necessary. +8. RLWR Power. Enables/Disables power to the Radar/Laser Warning System. +9. RLWR Voice Mode. Displays the voice warning mode of the Radar/Laser Warning System. Pressing VAB + L5 will toggle the mode between NORM and TERSE. + + - NORM. The RLWR will report radar and laser threats by threat classification, clock direction, and + lethality when initially detected. If any detected threat elevates in lethality, the RLWR will repeat the + audio report to include the current clock direction and increased lethality. + - Audio report of a laser threat: “Laser ranging, 1 o’clock.” + - Initial audio report of an SA-8 radar: “SA-8, 1 o’clock, searching.” + - Updated audio report of an SA-8 radar: “SA-8, 1 o’clock, tracking.” + + - TERSE. The RLWR will report radar and laser threats by threat type and lethality only when initially + detected. If any detected threat elevates in lethality, the RLWR will repeat the audio report to include + the increased lethality. + - Audio report of a laser threat: “Laser ranging.” + - Initial audio report of an SA-8 radar: “Radar searching.” + - Updated audio report of an SA-8 radar: “Radar tracking.” +RADAR & LASER SIGNAL DETECTING SETS +The AN/APR-39A(V)4 provides detection of threat radar emissions by using a series of external antennas to +passively detect and identify radar signals. The AN/AVR-2A provides detection of threat laser emissions by using +a series of external detectors to passively detect and classify laser sources. As the combined RLWR system, the +APR-39 and AVR-2 provide threat indications to the aircrew by displaying threat symbols on the TSD and ASE +pages. In addition, the RLWR generates audio voice warnings describing the type of threat, threat direction, and +what mode the radar or laser is operating, allowing the crew to remain focused outside for obstructions to flight +or searching for enemy targets. +Like the TSD, the ASE page provides a singular footprint for the combined indications of the RLWR and RFI (if +equipped with an FCR mast-mounted assembly). The display is an azimuth-only top-down display, with RLWR +threat symbols displayed within the inside of the ASE footprint. The nature of the threat is indicated by the type +of symbol and label, and the severity of the threat is indicated by enhancements placed around the symbol itself. + + + + F/A-18 airborne radar Laser Rangefinder SA-8 SAM radar Laser Designator + in Search mode in Track mode + + + + + Naval air defense SA-15 SAM radar ZSU-23-4 radar + radar in Search mode in Search mode in Track mode + + + + + MPD ASE Page (Left) and TSD Page (Right) + + + - New threat detected. A new radar or laser threat is displayed in a bolded symbol format for 3 + seconds following initial detection. + + - Radar in Search mode. A radar signal in + - Laser Rangefinder. A laser source + search mode. emitting in a range-finding mode. + + - Radar in Track mode. A radar signal in + - Laser Designator. A laser source + target tracking mode. emitting in a target designation mode. + + - Radar in Launch mode. A radar signal + - Laser Beam-Rider. A laser source + (Flashing) in missile guidance mode. (Flashing) emitting in a beam-riding guidance mode. + + - Fixed-Wing Radar. A radar signal + identified as an airborne platform. + + - Threat signal lost. A threat that is no longer detected will be displayed in partial intensity for 10 + seconds before being removed from the RLWR “footprint”. +COMMON MISSILE WARNING SYSTEM +The AN/AAR-57 Common Missile Warning System (CMWS) provides detection of threat missiles via a series of +external detectors to passively detect missiles after launch. The system displays the threat direction to the Pilot +via the Control Indicator Display, along with an audio threat alert to the crew. The AAR-57 is also capable of +automatically dispensing flare countermeasures without crew interaction; however, the crew retains the ability to +manually dispense flares by pressing the cyclic-mounted FLARE button in either crewstation. +As a post-production modification to the AH-64D, the CMWS utilizes the ADF audio channel to provide audio +threat alerts to each crewstation. As such, the ADF knob on the Communications Panel controls the volume of +CMWS threat alerts within the crewstation, independently of the RLWR volume. +The CMWS/NAV switch on the CMWS Control Panel in the Pilot crewstation is used to switch the ADF audio +channel between radio signals received by the AN/ARN-49 Automatic Direction Finder and the CMWS. The Pilot +should ensure this switch is set to the CMWS position if operating in a hostile area where missile threats are +expected. + + + 1. Control Indicator Display 3. No function + + + + + 2. Power/Test Knob 4. LAMP Knob + + + + + 5. ARM/SAFE Switch 7. JETTISON Switch + + + + 6. CMWS/NAV Switch 8. BYPASS/AUTO Switch + + + CMWS Control Panel (Pilot crewstation only) + +1. Control Indicator Display. Displays the current inventory of chaff and flare countermeasures onboard + the aircraft, direction of detected missile threats, and system status. +2. Power/Test Knob. Enables/disables power to the CMWS and initiates a Built-In-Test (BIT) sequence. + + - OFF. Disables power to the CMWS. + + - ON. Enables power to the CMWS. A BIT will automatically be performed after the CMWS initializes. + + - TEST. Manually initiates a BIT of the CMWS. +3. AUDIO Knob. No function. +4. LAMP Knob. Adjusts the brightness of the Control Indicator Display. +5. ARM/SAFE Switch. Arms flare dispensers for automatic or manual dispensing. Flare dispensing is inhibited + with aircraft weight-on-wheels regardless of the switch position. + + - SAFE. Flare dispensing is inhibited. + + - ARM. Flares may be automatically dispensed upon detection of a missile threat or manually dispensed + by either crewstation. +6. CMWS/NAV Switch. Sets the ADF audio channel in both crewstations to the CMWS or ADF receiver. + + - CMWS. The ADF audio channel will relay threat alert audio from the CMWS. While providing threat + alert audio, the crew will be unable to monitor radio signals received by the ADF. + + - NAV. The ADF audio channel will relay radio audio from the ADF receiver. While providing ADF radio + audio, the crew will be unable to receive threat alert audio from the CMWS. +7. JETTISON Switch (Guarded). Jettisons all flares from the tail-mounted flare dispensers in an emergency. + The CMWS does not need to be armed to initiate a jettison of flares. +8. BYPASS/AUTO Switch. Enables/disables automatic flare dispensing as commanded by the CMWS. Missile + threat alert audio is provided regardless of switch position. + + - BYPASS. Automatic dispensing commands by the CMWS are bypassed. Flares will only by dispensed + if the FLARE button on either Cyclic Grip is pressed. + + - AUTO. Automatic dispensing commands by the CMWS are enabled. Flares may be automatically + dispensed by the CMWS when missile threats are detected, or manually dispensed if the FLARE button + on either Cyclic Grip is pressed. + + + 11. Quadrant Arrows + 9. Flare Inventory + 12. Dispense Indicator + + 10. Chaff Inventory + 13. Ready Indicator + + + + + CMWS Control Panel Indicator + Display +9. Flare Inventory. Indicates the number of remaining flare cartridges onboard, up to a maximum of 60. + When all flares have been depleted, the flare inventory will alternate between “0” and “OUT”. +10. Chaff Inventory. Indicates the number of remaining chaff cartridges onboard, up to a maximum of 30. + When all chaff cartridges have been depleted, the flare inventory will alternate between “0” and “OUT. +11. Quadrant Arrows. When illuminated, indicates the direction of threat missile detection(s). +12. Dispense Indicator. When illuminated, indicates dispensing of flares or chaff is in progress. +13. Ready Indicator. When illuminated, indicates system is in a “ready” state for flare dispensing (CMWS + ARM/SAFE switch is in the ARM position and the aircraft is not weight-on-wheels). +COUNTERMEASURES DISPENSERS +The AH-64D is equipped with three expendable countermeasures dispensers: a single M-141 dispenser for chaff +and two Improved Countermeasure Dispensers (ICMD) for flares. Due to each dispenser’s mounted location and +orientation, the countermeasures loaded in each dispenser are not interchangeable between chaff and flares. + + + + +Chaff Dispenser +The M-141 chaff dispenser is mounted on the left side of the tail boom and can hold 30 chaff cartridges. Chaff +cartridges may be dispensed individually in MANUAL mode, or sequentially when in PROGRAM mode. The +dispenser mode is toggled between MANUAL and PROGRAM on the ASE or ASE UTIL pages, and the chaff program +may be edited on the ASE UTIL page as well. +The chaff dispenser can only be set to ARM when the aircraft is airborne. If the aircraft is weight-on-wheels, the +chaff dispenser is automatically set to SAFE and inhibited from dispensing. + + + Chaff Dispenser + + + + +Either crewmember may arm the chaff dispenser or configure the chaff settings, which are common between +each crewstation, and either crewmember may dispense chaff by pressing the Chaff button on the Cyclic Grip. +The chaff quantity and ARM/SAFE status is also indicated on the WPN page. +Flare Dispensers +A pair of Improved Countermeasures Dispensers (ICMD) are mounted on opposing sides of the tail boom and +each can hold 30 flare cartridges. Flares may be dispensed automatically by the CMWS itself or manually by either +crewmember when the CMWS BYPASS/AUTO switch on the CMWS Control Panel is set to the AUTO position. If +the switch is set to the BYPASS position, automatic flare dispensing is bypassed and may only be manually +dispensed by the aircrew by pressing the Flare button on the Cyclic Grip. +The flare dispensers are only armed when the aircraft is airborne. If the aircraft is weight-on-wheels, the flare +dispensers will be inhibited from dispensing, regardless of the position of the CMWS ARM/SAFE switch on the +CMWS Control Panel in the Pilot crewstation. + + + Flare dispensers (both sides) + + + + +The flare dispensers utilize a pre-set flare program, which can only be modified by an external panel by ground +support crews when the engines are off. Flares are dispensed using this program regardless of whether the +dispensing is commanded automatically by the CMWS or manually by the aircrew. +The flare program may be edited on the Aircraft Additional Properties tab within the Mission Editor, or from the +cockpit by utilizing the player kneeboard. The available program options include Burst Count, Burst Interval, Salvo +Count, Salvo Interval, and Minimum Time Between Programs. + + + + Aircraft Additional + Properties tab +ASE HAND CONTROLS +Either crewmember may manually dispense chaff and flares. Either crewmember may configure and arm the +chaff dispenser; however, only the Pilot has access to the CMWS Control Panel to arm the flare dispensers. + + +Cyclic & Collective Controls +The Pilot and Copilot/Gunner Cyclic Grips include buttons for dispensing chaff +and flares. + + + + + Chaff Dispense + + + Flare Dispense +“GEORGE” AI + + + + + “GEORGE” AI +“GEORGE” AI +The AH-64D is operated by two crewmembers: a Pilot (PLT) and a Copilot/Gunner (CPG). The DCS: AH-64D +module supports multicrew capability, where two players can occupy the two seats in a multiplayer session for +cooperative play. To accommodate a single-player experience, a player may utilize “George” AI, a virtual +crewmember that allows players to manage mission-critical items in the crewstation that the player is not +occupying. + + + + +Unless specifically disabled in the Mission Editor options, George AI will always be present in the opposite +crewstation from the player. When the player enters an AH-64D in DCS, they will be placed in the aft Pilot +crewstation while George AI occupies the front CPG crewstation. If the player moves to the CPG crewstation, +George will occupy the Pilot crewstation. +George may be directed by keyboard commands or a 4-way hat switch on the player’s joystick. As an AI +crewmember, George is more than simply a means of interacting with the controls and systems in the crewstation +that the player is not occupying. George is designed to mimic the real-life procedures used by AH-64D crew +members, which permits players to direct and coordinate the AI crewmember actions in a similar manner to +interacting with another person, albeit in a more limited capacity. When a player directs George AI via a command +or control input, they are directing George to perform “tasks” rather than simple “actions”. These tasks could be +as basic as toggling the laser designator on and off to begin/cease target designation, or they may be as complex +as following a sequence of waypoints to navigate a route at low altitude into a battle position. +As George is simulating a real crewmember, some commands may not result in an immediate or apparent reaction +from George. This simulates the time needed to communicate the command over the intercom and the +commanded action(s) to be performed by a real crewmember. Many commands carry several implied actions +beyond what the command itself entails. These will be described throughout this chapter. +NOTE: George will continue to be refined throughout the Early Access process and will receive new features on +a periodic basis. +AH-64D AI Controls Structure +The AI controls are divided into two categories: AI Helper Commands and AI Helper Controls. +AI Helper Commands. Simple but immediate commands that may be given to George at any time, such as +“Consent To Fire” or “Request Aircraft Control.” These commands do not require the George AI Helper Interface +to be displayed. +AI Helper Controls. Complex commands that are contextual based on the current mode of the George AI Helper +Interface, such as commanding George as the CPG to action a specific weapon or commanding George as the +Pilot to fly along the current route. These controls are only available when the AI Helper Interface is displayed. +The AI Helper Interface responds to short and long presses of the interface controls to perform different functions. +A short press is held down for less than 0.5 seconds, and a long press is held down for more than 0.5 seconds. +Under the AH-64D Pilot and AH-64D CPG aircraft control modes, the AH-64D George AI Helper input functions +category contains the input command entries for the AI Helper Commands that are available from each respective +AH-64D crewstation and the input command entry for displaying the George AI Helper Interface. + + Aircraft Control Mode Input Functions Input Command Entries + + + + +Under the AH-64D George AI Helper aircraft control mode, input command entries may be programmed to +navigate and utilize the George AI Helper Interface. These commands may be dual-bound to any command +entries that are already bound within the AH-64D Pilot or AH-64D CPG control modes; however, these commands +will take priority when the AI Helper Interface is displayed. +For example, if a 4-way hat switch is bound to the Sight Select switch under AH-64D Pilot and to the George AI +Helper Interface under AH-64D George AI Helper, the 4-way hat switch will perform its function as the Sight +Select switch when the AI Helper Interface is hidden, but will function as the AI Helper Controls switch when the +AI Helper Interface is shown. + + Aircraft Control Mode Input Functions Input Command Entries + + + + +To control George from either crewstation, the George AI Helper Interface Up/Down/Left/Right and +George AI Interface Hide commands will need to be bound under AH-64D George AI Helper aircraft control +mode; as will the George AI Helper Interface Show/Hide Menu command entry under AH-64D Pilot and +AH-64D CPG aircraft control modes. +AH-64D AI Helper Commands +The George AI Helper Interface is not required to be displayed to utilize the commands listed below. +Consent To Fire. If George (as the CPG) is tracking a target, this command will give George clearance to fire +his assigned weapon at that target, even if his ROE is set to Hold Fire. This command is only available when the +Player is occupying the Pilot seat. +George AI Helper Interface – Show/Hide. Displays the AI Helper Interface and enables the input command +entries within the AH-64D George AI Helper aircraft control mode. It is recommended that this command is bound +to the same button as George AI Helper Interface – Hide under AH-64D George AI Helper aircraft control +mode to allow the AI Helper Interface to be toggled between shown/hidden with the same input. +Request Aircraft Control. When flying without another player, this command transfers aircraft control to +George (as the Pilot) or returns it to the player (as the CPG). George cannot accept aircraft control when +performing CPG duties. This command is only available when the player is occupying the CPG seat. +When flying with another player in multi-crew, this command transfers the flight controls from the other player. +For example, if the Pilot is flying the helicopter and the Copilot/Gunner presses this button to request control; if +the Pilot accepts the handoff the CPG’s cyclic stick will un-stow, and the Pilot’s flight controls will become inactive. +NOTE: If George AI is disabled in the Mission Editor, the player will be required to fly the aircraft at all times, +regardless of which seat the player is occupying at any point in the mission. +TADS Store Target. If George (as the CPG) is tracking a target with the TADS, this command will direct George +to store a Target point (T##) using the STORE/UPDT switch on the TEDAC Left Handgrip. If George is not already +lasing, he will momentarily fire the LRFD to get accurate range data before storing the location as a Target point. +This command is only available when the Player is occupying the Pilot seat. +NOTE: This command may also be used while the Target List is displayed to store multiple Target points. + + +AH-64D AI Helper Controls +The commands listed below will only function when the George AI Helper Interface is displayed. +George AI Helper Interface – Hide. Hides the on-screen AI Helper Interface and disables the input command +entries within the AH-64D George AI Helper aircraft control mode. It is recommended that this command is bound +to the same button as George AI Helper Interface – Hide under AH-64D George AI Helper aircraft control +mode to allow the AI Helper Interface to be toggled between shown/hidden with the same input. +George AI Helper Interface – Down. Performs the function associated with the Down action, given the +current Interface mode. +George AI Helper Interface – Left. Performs the function associated with the Left action, given the current +Interface mode. +George AI Helper Interface – Right. Performs the function associated with the Right action, given the current +Interface mode. +George AI Helper Interface – Up. Performs the function associated with the Up action, given the current +Interface mode. +See the command list of AI Helper Controls in the Player-as-CPG or Player-as-PLT sections of this chapter for +more information. +PLAYER-AS-CPG “GEORGE” AI CONTROLS +When the player is in the Copilot/Gunner (CPG) crewstation, pressing the George AI Helper Interface – +Show/Hide command will display a horizontal situation indicator that can be used as a directional reference for +giving commands to George (as the Pilot). + + + 1. Desired Heading 3. Desired Heading + + + + 4. Radar/Barometric + 2. Desired Ground Speed + Altitude Indicator + + + 5. Ownship Heading + 6. Desired Heading Bug + + + 7. Bearing to + Navigation Fly-To Cue 8. Ownship + + + + + 9. Relative Bearing Scale + 10. Compass Wheel + + + + + 11. AI Interface Mode + + + + Player-as-CPG AI Interface + +1. Desired Heading. Displays the heading that George has been commanded to maintain. +2. Desired Ground Speed. Displays the ground speed that George has been commanded to maintain. +3. Desired Altitude. Displays the altitude that George has been commanded to maintain. +4. Radar/Barometric Altitude Indicator. Displays the altitude reference that George will use to maintain + the desired altitude. + + - R. George will maintain the desired radar altitude above ground level (AGL). + + - B. George will maintain the desired barometric altitude above mean sea level (MSL). +5. Ownship Heading. Displays the current heading of the ownship on the compass wheel. +6. Desired Heading Bug. Displays the heading that George has been commanded to maintain relative to the + ownship heading on the compass wheel. +7. Bearing to Navigation Fly-To Cue. Displays the bearing to the Navigation Fly-To Cue relative to the + ownship heading on the compass wheel. +8. Ownship. Indicates the aircraft orientation relative to the compass wheel and associated bearing indicators. +9. Relative Bearing Scale. Displays bearings relative to the desired heading bug at the 3 o’clock, 6 o’clock, + and 9 o’clock positions. +10. Compass Wheel. Displays the magnetic heading reference around the ownship. +11. AI Interface Mode. Displays the current mode of the George AI Helper Interface. + + - FLT. The AI Interface is set to “Flight” mode, which is used to direct specific flight parameters for + George to fly. + - Assign a ground speed to achieve and maintain. + - Assign a heading to turn toward and maintain. + - Assign an altitude to achieve and maintain. + - Turn the aircraft toward the direction the player (as the CPG) is looking. + + - H-B. The AI Interface is set to “Hover/Bob-up” mode, which is used to direct George to maneuver the + aircraft while in a stationary hover, such as when occupying a battle position. + - Translate the aircraft forward/backward/left/right across the surface at low speed. + - Assign a hover altitude to achieve and maintain. + - Turn the aircraft toward the direction the player (as the CPG) is looking. + NOTE: H-B mode is only available when the aircraft is below 30 knots ground speed. When above 30 + knots ground speed, this mode will be skipped, and the AI Interface Mode will proceed from FLT directly + to CMBT. + + - CMBT. The AI Interface is set to “Combat” mode, which is used to direct George in performing combat + mission-related tasks. + - Perform an immediate break turn to the 3 o’clock, 6 o’clock, or 9 o’clock directions. + - Align the aircraft heading to the azimuth of the TADS sensor turret. + - Navigate along the current route and come to a hover at the final waypoint. + + - CMWS. The AI Interface is set to “Common Missile Warning System” mode. This mode directs George + to change the settings on the CMWS control panel in the Pilot crewstation. + - Arm/Safe the flare dispensers. + - Enable/disable automatic dispensing of flares. +When CMWS mode is entered, an +additional circular interface element +will be displayed to the player as a +directional reference for giving +commands, showing the current + 12. ARM/SAFE Switch +settings of the CMWS control panel. +The text color of the AI Helper 13. BYPASS/AUTO Switch +Interface text corresponds with the +Arm/Safe status of the CMWS in the +same color pattern as the A/S button +on the Armament Panel. + + Player-as-CPG AI Interface - CMWS mode + +12. ARM/SAFE Switch. Displays the position of the ARM/SAFE switch on the CMWS control panel. + + - SAFE Flare dispensers are safed. + + - ARMED Flare dispensers are armed. +13. BYPASS/AUTO Switch. Displays the position of the BYPASS/AUTO switch on the CMWS control panel. + + - AUTO. Flares will be dispensed automatically when threats are detected by the CMWS. + + - BYPASS. Flares will not be dispensed when threats are detected by the CMWS. +Player-as-CPG AI Helper Controls +The AI Helper Controls are contextual based on the current mode of the AI Helper Interface. The actions listed +below correspond with the commands issued by the player when occupying the Copilot/Gunner crewstation. + MODE COMMAND ACTION + FLT Left Short If >30 knots, changes the AI Interface mode to CMBT. + FLIGHT If <30 knots, changes the AI Interface mode to H-B. + PARAMETERS + Long Moves desired heading bug left. After the button is released, + commands George to turn the helicopter to the new heading. + Right Short Commands George to turn the helicopter toward the direction you + are looking. + Long Moves desired heading bug right. After the button is released, + commands George to turn the helicopter to the new heading. + + Up Short Increases the desired speed in the GS window. After a short delay, + George will accelerate the helicopter to the new speed. + + Long Increases the desired altitude in the ALT window. After the button is + released, George will increase the helicopter’s altitude. If set to + <1,420 feet AGL, George will hold the radar altitude. If set ≥1,420 + feet AGL, George will hold the barometric altitude. + + Down Short Decreases the desired speed in the GS window. After a short delay, + George will decelerate the helicopter to the new speed. + (H-B Interface mode becomes available if speed decreases below 30 + knots.) + + Long Decreases the desired radar altitude in the ALT window. After the + button is released, George will decrease the helicopter’s altitude. If + set to <1,420 feet AGL, George will hold the radar altitude. If set + ≥1,420 feet AGL, George will hold the barometric altitude. + H-B Left Short Changes the AI Interface mode to CMBT. + HOVER/BOB-UP + MANEUVERS Long George translates the helicopter to the left while the button is held. + + Right Short Same function as FLT mode. + + Long George translates the helicopter to the right while the button is held. + Up Short George increases hover altitude by 10 feet. + + Long George translates the helicopter forward while the button is held. + + Down Short George decreases hover altitude by 10 feet. + + Long George translates the helicopter backward while the button is held. + CMBT Left Short Changes the AI Interface mode to CMWS. + COMBAT TASKS + Long Commands George to perform a 90° turn to the left to evade or + more quickly re-attack. + + Right Short Commands George to fly a direct path to the current Navigation + Direct-To Cue. If the point is part of a route, George will continue + along that route in sequence. If the point is not part of a route, or is + the final point in the route, George will come to a hover at that + location. + Long Commands George to perform a 90° turn to the right to evade or + more quickly re-attack. + + Up Short Commands George to turn the aircraft to the heading of the TADS + LOS reticle. This is useful for starting an attack run, bringing the + helicopter into Hellfire launch constraints, or aligning the Rocket + Steering Cursor. + Long No Function. + + Down Short No Function. + Long Commands George to perform a 180° turn to evade or turn away + after an attack. +CMWS Left Short Changes the AI Interface mode to FLT. +CMWS PANEL +SETTINGS Long No Function. + + Right Short No Function. + + Long No Function. + + Up Short Toggles flare dispensers arming state between ARM and SAFE. + + Long No Function. + + Down Short Toggles flare dispense mode between AUTO and BYPASS. + + Long No Function. +PLAYER-AS-PLT “GEORGE” AI CONTROLS +When the player is in the Pilot (PLT) crewstation, pressing the George AI Helper Interface – Show/Hide +command will display a circular interface element as a directional reference for giving commands to George (as +the Copilot/Gunner). The associated AI Helper Controls direct George where to search for targets and, when +appropriate, to assign a weapon with which George should engage the currently tracked target. Additional settings +will be displayed within the interface depending on which weapon, if any, has been assigned to George. +The text color of the AI Helper Interface corresponds with the Rules Of Engagement (ROE) setting that George +(as the CPG) has been commanded to adhere to. +Weapons Hold George will fire his assigned weapon at the target that he is currently tracking after the player +has pressed the “Consent To Fire” AI Helper Command. After firing one burst from the gun or one missile, George +will not fire again until a subsequent “Consent To Fire” command is given. +Weapons Free George will engage the target that he is currently tracking until the target is destroyed or his +assigned weapon is depleted. George will also fire rockets in COOP mode if the Rocket Steering Cursor is aligned. + 1. CPG’s Assigned Weapon 2. TADS LRFD State 3. TADS SLAVE State 4. CPG’s Gun BURST LIMIT Setting + + + + + Player-as-PLT AI Interface – NO WPN format Player-as-PLT AI Interface – GUN format + 5. CPG’s Missile 6. CPG’s SAL Missile 7. CPG’s SAL Missile 8. CPG’s Rocket 9. CPG’s Rocket + TYPE Setting Employment Method TRAJ Setting INVENTORY Setting QTY Setting + + + + + Player-as-PLT AI Interface – HELLFIRE format Player-as-PLT AI Interface – RKTS format +1. CPG’s Assigned Weapon. Displays the weapon that has been assigned to George (as the CPG). + + - NO WPN. George will de-action all weapons but will continue to track his assigned target. + + - GUN. George will action the 30mm gun and prepare to engage his assigned target. + + - HELLFIRE. George will action the AGM-114 missiles and prepare to engage his assigned target. + + - RKTS. George will action the 2.75-inch unguided rockets and prepare to engage his assigned target. +2. TADS LRFD State. Displays the commanded state of the TADS Laser Rangefinder/Designator. + + - NOT LASING. George has been commanded to stop firing the LRFD. + + - LASING. George has been commanded to designate his assigned target with the LRFD. +3. TADS SLAVE State. Displays the commanded state of the SLAVE button when George is using the TADS. + + - UNSLAVED. The TADS is not slaved to the CPG’s ACQ source. + + - SLAVED. The TADS is slaved to the CPG’s ACQ source. +4. CPG’s Gun BURST LIMIT Setting. Displays the CPG’s BURST LIMIT setting when the gun has been + assigned to George (as the CPG). (See Area Weapon System for more information.) + - Weapons Hold. George will wait for a Consent to Fire command from the player. Once consent + has been given by the player, he will fire a single burst from the gun when firing parameters have + been met. + - Weapons Free. George will begin firing the gun after being assigned a target to track when firing + parameters have been met. +5. CPG’s Missile TYPE Setting. Displays the CPG’s missile TYPE setting when the missiles have been assigned + to George (as the CPG). + + - SAL2. George will select semi-active laser-homing (SAL) AGM-114K missiles. + + - RF. George will select fire-and-forget radio frequency (RF) AGM-114L missiles. +6. CPG’s SAL Missile Employment Method. Displays the employment method that George will utilize when + commanded to select AGM-114K SAL missiles. (See Hellfire Modular Missile System for more information.) + + - LOBL. George will employ a Lock-On-Before-Launch method after being assigned a target to track. + - Weapons Hold. George will begin lasing immediately after being assigned a target to track and + wait for a Consent To Fire command from the player. Once consent has been given by the player, + he will launch a missile when acceptable launch parameters have been met. + - Weapons Free. George will begin lasing immediately after being assigned a target to track and + then fire a missile when acceptable launch parameters have been met. + + - LOAL. George will employ a Lock-On-After-Launch method after being assigned a target to track. + - Weapons Hold. George will wait for a Consent To Fire command from the player. Once consent + has been given by the player, he will launch a missile when acceptable launch parameters have + been met. After the missile has been launched, he will begin lasing his assigned target. + - Weapons Free. George will fire a missile after being assigned a target to track and when + acceptable launch parameters have been met. After the missile has been launched, he will begin + lasing his assigned target. + NOTE: This option is only available when George has been commanded to utilize DIR for his TRAJ setting. + If the TRAJ option is set to LO or HI, the employment method will remain in LOAL and cannot be changed. +7. CPG’s SAL Missile TRAJ Setting. Displays the CPG’s TRAJ setting when the missiles have been assigned + to George (as the CPG) and he has been commanded to select AGM-114K SAL missiles. + NOTE: This option is only available when George has been commanded to utilize LOAL for his SAL missile + employment method. If the employment method is to LOBL, the TRAJ option will remain in DIR and cannot + be changed. +8. CPG’s Rocket INVENTORY Setting. Displays the CPG’s rocket INVENTORY setting when the rockets have + been assigned to George (as the CPG). +9. CPG’s Rocket QTY Setting. Displays the CPG’s rocket QTY setting when the rockets have been assigned + to George (as the CPG). + + - HE. George will select M151 or M229 high explosive rockets. + + - ILL. George will select M257 battlefield illumination rockets. + + - SMK. George will select M274 target practice smoke rockets. + + +Player-as-PLT AI Helper Controls +The AI Helper Controls are contextual based on the current mode of the AI Helper Interface. The actions listed +below correspond with the commands issued by the player when occupying the Pilot crewstation. + MODE COMMAND ACTION + TARGET Left Short Cycles George’s weapon NO WPN→GUN→HELLFIRE→RKTS + DESIGNATION + /WEAPON Long HELLFIRE: toggles TYPE between SAL2 and RF. + CONTROL RKTS: cycles TYPE of HE→ILL→SMK. + (Only missile/rocket types that are loaded onboard will be displayed) + + Right Short NO WPN: toggles between NOT LASING and LASING the target. + GUN: cycles BURST LIMIT of 10→20→50→100→ALL. + HELLFIRE: toggles between LOBL and LOAL. (If DIR is selected) + RKTS: cycles QTY of 1→2→4→8→12→24→ALL. + + Long HELLFIRE: cycles TRAJ of DIR→LO→HI. (If LOAL is selected) + + Up Short Commands George to slave the TADS to Pilot Helmet Sight (PHS) + and search along designated line of sight for targets. + If potential targets are detected, a Target List will be displayed. + + Long Toggles George’s rules of engagement (ROE) between “Weapons + Hold” and “Weapons Free”. “Weapons Hold” is the default ROE + state. + + Down Short Commands George to stop tracking the current target. George will + slave the TADS to Fixed Forward (FXD). + + Long Commands George to repeat the previous search and regenerate the + Target List if applicable. + + TARGET LIST Left Short Cancels Target List selection without assigning a target to George. + SELECTION/ + TARGET ID Long Enables Target List filtering. + (Excludes friendlies if enemy or unknown contacts are detected) + + Right Short Commands George to track the current target within the Target List. + Long Disables Target List filtering. + (Displays all detected contacts, including friendlies.) + + Up Short Moves Target List selection up. + + Long Commands George to increase sensor magnification to the next + TADS Field-Of-View setting. + + Down Short Moves Target List selection down. + + Long Commands George to decrease sensor magnification to the previous + TADS Field-Of-View setting. + + + +AI Target Acquisition & Tracking +The player uses the HMD LOS Reticle within the IHADSS Flight Symbology to direct George to an area on the +battlefield to scan for potential targets. +After looking at the desired area, the player presses Up-Short while the AI Interface is displayed. George will set +his ACQ source to Pilot Helmet Sight (PHS) and press SLAVE to slew the TADS to the location. Once the TADS +has aligned to the Pilot Helmet Sight, George will press SLAVE a second time and announce that he has “de- +slaved” the TADS. At this point, the player may move their head away from the desired area as necessary. +This process may take several moments, during which time the player must maintain their HMD LOS Reticle on +the location they are intending for George to scan for potential targets. If the player moves the HMD LOS Reticle +elsewhere before George has confirmed the TADS has been de-slaved, George will begin scanning in a different +location than originally intended. If George detects any targets with the TADS, he will generate a Target List. +NOTE: Any time George is commanded to scan an area for potential targets via Up-Short while the A/S button +on the Armament Panel is set to SAFE, he will set the button to ARM, which will permit the TADS LRFD to fire for +gaining accurate range to target. When commanded to stop tracking his target and slave the TADS back to fixed +forward via Down-Short, he will set the A/S button back to SAFE. + + +Weapon Employment +If George is assigned a weapon and is tracking a target, George will prepare the weapon system for engagement +against that target, in accordance with the directed weapon settings, up to actually firing the weapon. When +George is ready to fire the weapon, he will either wait for a Consent To Fire AI Helper Command from the player +(if ROE is set to Weapons Hold), or he will immediately begin engaging the target if acceptable weapon release +parameters have been met (if ROE is set to Weapons Free). + + +Pilot-Commanded Laser Designation +When George is tracking a target with NO WPN assigned, the player may order him to designate the target with +the TADS LRFD by pressing Right-Short while the AI interface is displayed. This may be used if the player intends +to employ AGM-114K laser-guided missiles from the Pilot crewstation while George provides laser guidance. +AI Combat Identification (CID) +While occupying the Copilot/Gunner crewstation, George is capable of identifying military units and equipment +on the battlefield and whether they are friend or foe. This process is known as Combat Identification, or CID. +The speed and accuracy at which George performs CID may vary based on the DCS mission settings, the distance +to the target, the target aspect, and whether the type of equipment is exclusive to one or multiple coalitions. +As is the case with many gameplay options within DCS, George’s CID ability level may be forced to adhere to a +specific type of behavior within the AH-64D Additional Properties tab of the Mission Editor, or it may be configured +based on a combination of F10 View Options and Label settings. +AI IFF Detection Mode. Sets the level of +Identification-Friend-or-Foe (IFF) that George will +utilize when detecting and identifying potential +targets. + +- Auto. The ability of George to determine the type + of target and its coalition affiliation will be derived + from the combination of F10 View Options and + Labels settings. These settings themselves may + be enforced by the mission or may be determined + by the player’s personal preferences set on the + Gameplay tab within the DCS Options. + +- Simple. No factors affect George’s ability to + determine the type of target or its coalition + affiliation. Upon detection of a target, George will + instantly determine (without error) the type of + target and whether the target is friendly or + hostile. + +- Label Only. Identification logic factors affect + George’s ability to determine the type of target, Mission Editor – Additional Properties tab + but they do not affect his ability to determine the + coalition affiliation. Upon detection of a target, George will attempt to determine the type of target, which + is affected by the aspect and angular size of the target within the sensor field-of-view; and will then instantly + determine (without error) whether the target is friendly or hostile. + +- Realistic. Identification logic factors affect George’s ability to determine the type of target and the coalition + affiliation. Upon detection of a target, George will attempt to correctly determine the type of target, which + is affected by the aspect and angular size of the target within the sensor field-of-view; and will then attempt + to determine whether the target is friendly or hostile, with the potential for a false identification. +When the AI IFF Detection Mode is set to Auto, George will use Simple, Label Only, or Realistic IFF modes +based on the matrix logic shown below. + + F10 VIEW OPTIONS + + All / Allies Only / Fog of War My A/C / Map Only + + Full + Abbreviated Simple Simple + + LABELS Symbol Only + SETTINGS + Simple Label Only + + Dot Neutral + No Labels Simple Realistic +Combat Identification Process +George will perform the Combat Identification process in four steps. As each step is performed for a given contact, +the level of detail displayed within the Target List will be updated accordingly. +1. Contact Detection. A contact is detected and initially classified as either GROUND, + AIR, or NAVAL. +2. Unit Classification. A contact is further classified by the general type of unit, such as + ARMORED, AAA, HELICOPTER, etc. +3. Equipment Recognition. A contact is recognized by determining the type of + equipment, such as BMP-3, ZSU-23-4, Mi-24, etc. +4. Target Identification. The recognized type of equipment is compared to the list of + equipment used by each coalition to determine coalition affiliation. +If Simple IFF mode is used, all four steps are performed instantly and without error. +If Label Only IFF mode is used, identification factors will affect George’s ability in performing steps 1-3, but step +4 will be performed instantly and without error after steps 1-3 have been performed. +If Realistic IFF mode is used, identification factors will affect George’s ability in performing each step. + + +Combat Identification Factors +The following factors may affect George’s ability to identify a contact’s type or its coalition affiliation, depending +on the AI IFF Detection Mode. +Angular Size. Angular size of the contact is measured from the point of view of the CPG through the TADS. As +the range to the contact decreases, the greater the angular size of the contact within the TADS sensor, and the +easier it is for George to identify the equipment type. +Aspect. Angular size automatically includes aspect dependence. Vehicles that are head-on within the TADS +sensor will have a smaller angular size, hindering the ability for George to identify the contact compared to a +contact that is being viewed from the side at the same range. +Coalition Order Of Battle. When the type of equipment is determined (e.g., a BMP-3 vs an M2A1), the +equipment type is compared to the equipment known to be employed by either coalition, also known as the Order +Of Battle. If only one coalition uses the type of equipment, the contact is identified as friendly or enemy based +on the corresponding coaltion. If multiple coalitions use the type of equipment, there is a chance that the final +identification may be incorrectly identified as friendly or enemy. + + +Sensors +Currently, George will only use the TADS FLIR sensor, which carries no restrictions for target acquisition during +night missions. Any contacts of the required angular size within the TADS sensor video will be detected by George +when he is directed to scan an area for targets. +George AI will utilize multiple zoom levels as appropriate in an attempt to recognize each contact in the designated +area within a reasonable period of time. However, if there are enough contacts within the sensor field-of-view, +George may not be able to identify each of them before presenting the Target List to the player. +When the Target List is displayed, the player may select specific Target List entries to direct George to focus the +TADS at that contact. During this time, George will continue to perform Combat Identification and update the +Target List accordingly as he works through each step of the identification process, which may be further +enhanced by directing George to increase the TADS sensor magnification while focused on a given contact. +Target List +If George (as the CPG) detects any targets after being commanded to scan an area of the battlefield with the +TADS, he will generate a Target List. The list will be sorted according to target priority, with the highest priority +targets such as air defenses shown at the top of the list, and the lowest priority targets such as unarmed vehicles +and support equipment shown at the bottom. +As the player (as the Pilot) scrolls up or down through the +Target List, George will slew the TADS sensor turret to the +corresponding target location. If the target identification +process has not been completed for the target, George will +resume the process when the target is within the sensor +field-of-view. The player may monitor and even assist with +this process by commanding George to zoom in or out by +pressing Up-Long or Down-Long respectively via the AI +Helper Controls. +By default, the Target List will only display targets that have +been identified as enemies or as unknown types, or remove +unknown targets that are subsequently identified as friendly. +The player may display detected friendly units amongst the +list by pressing Right-Long via the AI Helper Controls while +the AI Interface is displayed; or may switch back to only +enemy/unknown targets by pressing Left-Long. If no +enemies or unknown targets are detected, friendlies will +automatically be displayed to aid in preventing fratricide +(friendly fire). +NOTE: The player may command George to engage a target that George has identified as friendly. Care should +be taken when operating areas near the frontline in which friendly and enemy positions are not well known, as +George has the potential to incorrectly identify a friendly unit as enemy or an enemy unit as a friendly. +When the Target List is presented to the player (as the Pilot), targets will be displayed using the AI Color Scheme +that is chosen on the Special tab within the DCS Options. + +- NATO. Targets will be colored based on their hostility status, regardless of their coalition color. + + + - Unit belongs to Hostile Coalition + + + - Unit belongs to Friendly Coalition + + + - Unit belongs to Neutral Coalition + + + - Coalition affiliation is unknown. + + +- Coalition color. The Target List will display all targets in accordance with their assigned coalition. + + + - Unit belongs to Red Coalition + + + - Unit belongs to Blue Coalition + + + - Unit belongs to Neutral Coalition + + + - Coalition affiliation is unknown. +ADDITIONAL “GEORGE” AI FEATURES +Some additional features and important notes regarding George are listed below. + +- During a cold start, George will close his cockpit canopy when the player closes theirs, or after the APU is + powered on, whichever comes first. George will also power on the TADS and boresight the CPG IHADSS. + +- George may be configured to automatically take over the flight controls when the player switches from the + Pilot seat to the Copilot/Gunner seat. (See the Special Tab in the DCS Fundamentals chapter for more + information.) + +- When George assumes control of the aircraft, he will attempt to maintain the current flight parameters until + ordered to do otherwise. + +- George will not ground taxi. When the player is occupying the Copilot/Gunner seat, George may be directed + to takeoff by increasing the Desired Altitude above zero, or order him to land by decreasing the Desired + Altitude to zero. Once airborne, the FLT and H-B modes may be used to direct George to fly, hover, or + translate in any direction. This can be useful to hover taxi around a FARP or airfield or maneuver the aircraft + within a battle position. + +- When the player is occupying the Pilot seat and George is tracking a target, he will automatically laser + designate the tracked target if required for his assigned weapon within the engagement parameters. + +- George is not immortal. If the player “dies”, George cannot occupy the player’s position to resume the + mission. + + +AI Mission Editor Options +Mission creators may configure several additional options that affect the behavior of George during a mission. +These options are displayed within the Aircraft Additional Properties tab for the AH-64D BLK.II. +AI IFF Detection Mode. Sets the level of Identification- +Friend-or-Foe that George will utilize when detecting, +acquiring, and identifying potential targets. Depending on Aircraft Additional + Properties tab +the selection, F10 View Options and Labels selections will +affect the level George is able to identify whether a contact +is friendly or enemy, and what type of target it is. (See AI +Combat Identification for more information) +Track Air Targets. When checked, George (as the CPG) will +include aircraft as potential targets when generating the +Target List. If this option is un-checked, George will ignore +helicopter and fixed-wing aircraft when performing sensor +scans of the battlefield. +AI Disabled. When checked, this option will disable all +George AI Interface functions. + +- As the CPG, George will not scan for targets, will not + use the TADS laser rangefinder/designator, and will not + action any weapons. + +- As the Pilot, George will not fly the aircraft. +If the player is flying the DCS AH-64D by himself or herself in single-player, they will need to perform all duties +as necessary, which will usually require switching between seats. +AI HELPER CONTROLS + + S Increase Airspeed S Slave TADS to ACQ PHS + L Increase Altitude L Toggle ROE Mode + + + + + W + + + + + W + S CMBT/H-B Mode* S Designate Turn S CPG WPN Cycle S WPN/Laser Setting + A + FLT D A D + L Turn Left L Turn Right L MSL/RKT Type L MSL TRAJ Select + + + + + S + S + + S Decrease Airspeed S Slave TADS to ACQ FXD + L Decrease Altitude L Repeat Previous Search + + + S Increase Altitude 10 ft S Target Select Up + L Translate Forward L Next TADS FOV + W + + + + + W + S CMBT Mode S Designate Turn S Cancel Target Target S Track Target + A + H-B D A D + L Translate Left L Translate Right L Filter Friendlies List L Show All Units + S + + + + + S + S Decrease Altitude 10 ft S Target Select Down + L Translate Backward L Previous TADS FOV + + + S Align Heading to TADS + W + + + + + S CMWS Mode S Fly DIR/Route + A + CMBT D + + L Break Left 90° L Break Right 90° + S + + + + + L 180° Evasion Turn + + + S CMWS Arm/Safe + W + + + + + S FLT Mode A + CMWS + S + + + + + S CMWS Auto/Bypass + + +S Short press (<0.5 sec) * H-B mode is not WEAPONS TIGHT (Default ROE; Player consent required) +L Long press (>0.5 sec) available >30 knots WEAPONS FREE (CPG will engage tracked target at will) +APPENDICES + + + + + APPENDICES +APPENDIX A – ABBREVIATED CHECKLISTS +Procedures +Abbreviated checklists for performing start-up, ground taxi, takeoff, landing, and shutdown procedures. + + +Aircraft Start +Once the interior checks are complete, perform the following: +1. PLT MSTR IGN switch – BATT (or EXT PWR if external power is to be used). +2. PLT TAIL WHEEL button – Verify locked; “UNLOCK” light is not illuminated. +3. PLT & CPG ICS system – Check to verify communications between crewstations. +4. PLT & CPG INTR LT PRESS-TO-TEST button – Press and hold; verify all signal lights illuminate. +5. PLT / CPG MSTR WARN, MSTR CAUT, and EUFD – Check for any malfunction indications. +6. PLT FIRE DET/EXTG TEST switch held to position 1 – Both crewmembers check for correct indications. +7. CPG FIRE DET/EXTG TEST switch held to position 2 – Both crewmembers check for correct indications. +8. PLT APU button – Press and release to initiate APU start sequence. + +9. PLT EUFD advisory column – Verify “APU ON” message is displayed. + +10. PLT MSTR IGN – BATT (if external power was used prior to APU start). +Once the APU has been started and the MPDs have initialized, perform the following: +11. PLT & CPG Canopy door – Close. +12. PLT / CPG DTU page – Select MASTER LOAD to upload DTC data to the aircraft systems. (N/I) +13. PLT & CPG Aircraft systems – Initialize and configure remaining options as appropriate for mission. +14. PLT Standby Attitude Indicator – Uncage. +15. PLT RTR BRK switch – OFF (or LOCK if performing a Rotor Lock start). +16. PLT EXT LT ANTI-COL switch – WHT for day, or RED for night. +17. PLT First engine – Start as follows: + + - ENG START switch – START. + + - POWER lever – IDLE, at first indication of NG increase and if TGT is less than 80° C. +18. PLT Second Engine – Repeat the steps above after first engine start sequence is complete. +19. PLT RTR BRK switch – OFF. +20. PLT POWER levers – Advance both POWER levers smoothly to FLY. +21. PLT NP and NR – Verify 101%. +22. PLT MSTR WARN, MSTR CAUT, and EUFD – Monitor for any malfunction indications. +23. PLT APU button – Press and release to initiate APU shutdown sequence. +Ground Taxi +Prior to initiating ground taxi, perform the following: +1. PLT / CPG Chocks removed – Verify. +2. PLT / CPG Bleed Air – On. +3. PLT / CPG ANTI-ICE – As required. +4. PLT EXT LT panel – As required. +5. PLT & CPG Searchlight – As required. +6. PLT PARK BRAKE – Release by applying wheel brake pressure; ensure PARK BRAKE handle is inward. +During ground taxi, perform the following: +7. PLT / CPG TAIL WHEEL button – Unlock; “UNLOCK” light is illuminated. +8. PLT & CPG Wheel brakes – Check in each crew station. +9. PLT / CPG ENG page – Check; ensure NP and NR 101%, all indications green. +10. PLT / CPG FLT page – Check; update altimeter if necessary. +11. PLT Pilot standby instruments – Check; update standby altimeter if necessary. + + +Before Takeoff +Perform the following prior to lifting up to a hover or initiating takeoff from the ground: +1. 1PLT & CPG Weapons systems – Check the following: + + - A/S button – “SAFE” light is illuminated. + + - GND ORIDE button – Off; “ON” light is not illuminated. + + - Weapons not actioned – Verify. +2. PLT / CPG TAIL WHEEL button – Verify locked; “UNLOCK” light is not illuminated. +3. PLT PARK BRAKE – As desired (Ensure released unless operating on uneven or sloped terrain). +4. PLT & CPG POWER levers – Ensure both POWER levers are set to FLY. +5. PLT / CPG Systems – Check as follows: + + - FUEL page – Verify options set as appropriate. + + - Fuel quantity – Check; verify sufficient fuel is onboard the aircraft for the mission. + + - EUFD – Check; clear of Warnings and Cautions. + + - Engine and flight instruments – Check. + + - ASE – As required. + + - Avionics – As desired (Transponder/Radios on COM page; Navigation on TSD page). +6. PLT Hover Power Check – Perform. (see Hover Power Check for more information.) +Before Landing +Prior to landing, perform the following: +1. PLT & CPG Weapons systems – Check the following: + + - A/S button – “SAFE” light is illuminated. + + - GND ORIDE button – Off; “ON” light is not illuminated. + + - Weapons not actioned – Verify. +2. PLT / CPG ASE – As required. +3. PLT / CPG TAIL WHEEL button – Verify locked; “UNLOCK” light is not illuminated. +4. PLT PARK BRAKE – Ensure brakes are released, PARK BRAKE handle is inward. + + +After Landing +After landing, perform the following: +1. PLT / CPG TAIL WHEEL button – Unlock as necessary for ground taxi. +2. PLT EXT LT – Set exterior lighting in accordance with local procedures. +3. PLT / CPG Avionics – As desired (COM/TSD pages). + + - Transponder – STBY. + + - Communications – As appropriate; verify on EUFD. + + +Aircraft Shutdown +Once stationary in designated parking location, perform the following: +1. PLT APU button – Press and release to initiate APU start sequence. + +2. PLT / CPG TAIL WHEEL button – Verify locked; “UNLOCK” light is not illuminated. +3. PLT PARK BRAKE – Brakes set; PARK BRAKE handle is pulled outward. +Prior to retarding the POWER levers to IDLE, verify the “APU ON” advisory message is displayed on the EUFD. +4. PLT POWER levers – Retard both POWER levers to IDLE; press EUFD Stopwatch button to start a timer for + a 2-minute engine cooldown. +5. PLT Standby Attitude Indicator – Cage. +6. PLT CMWS Power/Test knob – OFF. +7. PLT & CPG NVS Mode switch – OFF. +8. PLT ACM switch – OFF. +9. CPG ACM button – Disable ACM. +10. CPG TDU Mode knob – OFF. +11. PLT / CPG DMS SHUT DOWN page – MASTER OFF. +12. PLT POWER levers – OFF after 2 minutes have elapsed on EUFD stopwatch. +13. PLT RTR BRK switch – BRK after NR has decreased below 50%. +14. PLT Stabilator – Manually set the stabilator angle to 0°. +15. PLT Searchlight – STOW. +16. PLT RTR BRK switch – OFF after main rotor has stopped. +17. PLT EXT LT – All exterior lighting to OFF. +18. PLT & CPG INTR LT – All interior lighting to OFF. +19. PLT APU button – Press and release to initiate APU shutdown sequence. +20. PLT MSTR IGN – OFF. + + +Navigation +Abbreviated checklists for adding/editing/deleting/storing points, selecting a point for direct navigation, +selecting/editing/deleting a route, tuning the ADF to an NDB, or editing an NDB preset. + + +Adding a Point on the TSD +To quickly add a point using the “cursor drop” method, perform the following: +1. TSD Fixed Action Button – Press. +2. POINT (VAB B6) – Select. +3. ADD (VAB L2) – Select. +4. Point Type (VAB L3-L6) – Select WP, HZ, CM, or TG as desired. +5. MPD Cursor Controller/Enter – Slew to desired location on TSD. +6. MPD Cursor Controller/Enter – Press. + + +To add a point using the Keyboard Unit, perform the following: +1. TSD Fixed Action Button – Press. +2. POINT (VAB B6) – Select. +3. ADD (VAB L2) – Select. +4. ABR (T4) – Select, as required. +5. Point Type (VAB L3-L6) – Select WP, HZ, CM, or TG as desired. +6. IDENT> (VAB L1) – Select. +7. Input identifier data using the KU, and press ENTER on the KU. +8. Input free text data using the KU, and press ENTER on the KU. +9. Input location data using the KU, and press ENTER on the KU. +10. Input altitude data using the KU, and press ENTER on the KU. +Editing a Point on the TSD +To edit a point using the Keyboard Unit, perform the following: +1. TSD Fixed Action Button – Press. +2. POINT (VAB B6) – Select. +3. POINT> (VAB L1) – Select and input the point index of the point to be edited into the KU. + or +3. MPD Cursor Controller/Enter – Select the point to be edited on TSD. +4. EDIT (VAB L3) – Select. +5. FREE> (VAB L1) – Select. +6. If the existing free text is desired, simply press ENTER on the KU. If different free text data is desired, input + new free text, and press ENTER on the KU. +7. If the existing location is desired, simply press ENTER on the KU. If different location data is desired, input + new location, and press ENTER on the KU. +8. If the existing altitude is desired, simply press ENTER on the KU. If different altitude data is desired, input + new altitude, and press ENTER on the KU. + + +Deleting a Point on the TSD +To delete a point, perform the following: +1. TSD Fixed Action Button – Press. +2. POINT (VAB B6) – Select. +3. POINT> (VAB L1) – Select and input the point index of the point to be deleted into the KU. + or +3. MPD Cursor Controller/Enter – Select the point to be deleted on TSD. +4. DEL (VAB L4) – Select. +5. YES (VAB L3) – Select to confirm deletion. + or +5. NO (VAB L4) – Select to abort deletion. + + +Storing a Point on the TSD +To store a point at the current aircraft position, perform the following: +1. TSD Fixed Action Button – Press. +2. POINT (VAB B6) – Select. +3. STO (VAB L5) – Select. +4. TYPE (VAB L6) – Select WP or TG as desired. +5. NOW (VAB L1) - Select. +To store a point at the CPG’s HMD line-of-sight using an Automatic range, perform the following: +1. Sight Select switch – HMD. +2. WPN Fixed Action Button – Press. +3. MANRNG (VAB B6) – Select, enter “A” on the KU, and press ENTER. +4. TSD Fixed Action Button – Press. +5. POINT (VAB B6) – Select. +6. STO (VAB L5) – Select. +7. TYPE (VAB L6) – Select WP or TG as desired. +8. Position the HMD LOS Reticle over the desired location. +9. STORE/UPDT switch – STORE. + +To store a point at the CPG TADS line-of-sight using a laser range, perform the following: +1. NVS Mode switch – OFF, if applicable. +2. Sight Select switch – TADS. +3. Sight Manual Tracker – Position the TADS LOS Reticle over the desired location. +4. TSD Fixed Action Button – Press. +5. POINT (VAB B6) – Select. +6. STO (VAB L5) – Select. +7. TYPE (VAB L6) – Select WP or TG as desired. +8. ARM/SAFE button – ARM. +9. LRFD trigger – 1st detent for ranging. +10. STORE/UPDT switch – STORE. + +To store a point at the CPG TADS line-of-sight using an Automatic range, perform the following: +1. NVS Mode switch – OFF, if applicable. +2. Sight Select switch – TADS. +3. WPN Fixed Action Button – Press. +4. MANRNG (VAB B6) – Select, enter “A” on the KU, and press ENTER. +5. Sight Manual Tracker – Position the TADS LOS Reticle over the desired location. +6. TSD Fixed Action Button – Press. +7. POINT (VAB B6) – Select. +8. STO (VAB L5) – Select. +9. TYPE (VAB L6) – Select WP or TG as desired. +10. STORE/UPDT switch – STORE. +Creating a Route on the TSD +To add points to a new route, perform the following: +1. TSD Fixed Action Button – Press. +2. RTE (VAB B5) – Select. +3. ADD (VAB L2) – Select. +4. POINT> (VAB L1) – Select and input the point index of the point to be added into the KU (e.g., “W11”, + “H05”, “C51”, etc). + or +4. MPD Cursor Controller/Enter – Select the point to be added on TSD. +5. Route Point (VAB R5) – Select the button adjacent to the route “END” identifier to place the point at the + start of the route. +6. POINT> (VAB L1) – Select and input the point index of the next point to be added into the KU (e.g., “W11”, + “H05”, “C51”, etc). + or +6. MPD Cursor Controller/Enter – Select the next point to be added on TSD. +7. The Route Scroll buttons (VAB R1/R6) may be used as necessary to advance up (or down) within the route + sequence. +8. Route Point (VAB R2-R5) – Select the button adjacent to the route “END” identifier to place the next point + at the end of the route. + + +Creating a Direct Route on the TSD +To create a direct route to a point, perform the following: +1. TSD Fixed Action Button – Press. +2. RTE (VAB B5) – Select. +3. DIR (VAB L5) – Select. +4. POINT> (VAB L1) – Select and input the point index of the point to be added into the KU (e.g., “W11”, + “H05”, “C51”, etc). + or +4. MPD Cursor Controller/Enter – Select the point to be removed on TSD. + or, if the point is part of the current route +4. Route Scroll (VAB R1/R6) – Select, as necessary. +5. Route Points (VAB R2-R5) – Select the button that corresponds with the point desired for creating a direct + route. +Editing a Route on the TSD +To insert a point into the current route, perform the following: +1. TSD Fixed Action Button – Press. +2. RTE (VAB B5) – Select. +3. ADD (VAB L2) – Select. +4. POINT> (VAB L1) – Select and input the point index of the point to be inserted into the KU (e.g., “W11”, + “H05”, “C51”, etc). + or +4. MPD Cursor Controller/Enter – Select the point to be inserted on TSD. +5. Route Points (VAB R2-R5) – Select the button that corresponds with the desired location within the route to + which the point will be inserted. + +To remove a point from the current route, perform the following: +1. TSD Fixed Action Button – Press. +2. RTE (VAB B5) – Select. +3. DEL (VAB L4) – Select. +4. MPD Cursor Controller/Enter – Select the point to be removed on TSD. + or +4. Route Scroll (VAB R1/R6) – Select, as necessary. +5. Route Points (VAB R2-R5) – Select the button that corresponds with the point that to be removed. + + +Selecting a New Route +To select a new route for navigation, perform the following: +1. TSD Fixed Action Button – Press. +2. RTE (VAB B5) – Select. +3. RTM (VAB B6) – Select. +4. NEW (VAB L4) – Verify boxed. +5. Paging Controls (VAB B2/B3) – Select as necessary to view the available route sequences. +6. Route Select (VAB T1-T5) – Select the desired route sequence. +7. REVERSE ROUTE (VAB R5) – Select as necessary, depending on the direction the route is intended to be + flown. + + +Deleting a Route +To select a route for deletion, perform the following: +1. TSD Fixed Action Button – Press. +2. RTE (VAB B5) – Select. +3. RTM (VAB B6) – Select. +4. DEL (VAB L5) – Select +5. Paging Controls (VAB B2/B3) – Select as necessary to view the available route sequences. +6. Route Select (VAB T1-T5) – Select the route sequence that is intended for deletion. +7. YES (VAB L4) – Select to confirm deletion. + or +7. NO (VAB L5) – Select to abort deletion. + + +Tuning the ADF to a Manual Frequency +To tune the ADF to a manual frequency, perform the following: +1. TSD Fixed Action Button – Press. +2. INST (VAB L1) – Select. +4. FREQ> (VAB L3) – Select and input the manual frequency using the KU. + + +Tuning the ADF to a Preset Frequency +To tune the ADF to a preset frequency, perform the following: +1. TSD Fixed Action Button – Press. +2. INST (VAB L1) – Select. +3. UTIL (VAB T6) – Select. +4. Preset (VAB L2-L6, R2-R6) – Select as desired. +5. TUNE (VAB T5) – Select. + + +Editing an ADF Preset +To edit an ADF preset using the KU, perform the following: +1. TSD Fixed Action Button – Press. +2. INST (VAB L1) – Select. +3. UTIL (VAB T6) – Select. +4. Preset (VAB L2-L6, R2-R6) – Select as desired. +5. ID> (VAB B4) – Select and input the desired 3-character identifier on the KU. +6. FREQ> (VAB B5) – Select and input the desired preset frequency on the KU. +Radio Communications +Abbreviated checklists for tuning radios to preset or manual frequencies, via the EUFD or the MPD COM page. + + +Tuning a Radio to a Preset using an MPD +To assign a preset to a radio using an MPD, perform the following: +1. COM Fixed Action Button – Press. +2. Preset (VAB L1-L5, R1-R5) – Select as desired. +3. RADIO (VAB T1-T5) – Select as desired. +4. TUNE Mode (VAB B2) – Set as PRI or STBY as desired. +5. TUNE Select (VAB B6) – Select SC. + + +Tuning a Radio to a Preset using the EUFD +To assign a preset to a radio using the EUFD, perform the following: +1. EUFD Preset button – Press to display the preset list +2. RTS rocker switch – Select radio to tune. +3. WCA rocker switch – Select preset frequency from preset list. +4. EUFD Enter button – Press. + + +Manually Tuning a Radio using an MPD +To manually tune a VHF frequency, perform the following: +1. COM Fixed Action Button – Press. +2. MAN (VAB B2) – Select. +3. VHF> (VAB L1) – Select and input the frequency on the KU. + +To manually tune a UHF frequency, perform the following: +1. COM Fixed Action Button – Press. +2. MAN (VAB B2) – Select. +3. UHF> (VAB L2) – Select and input the frequency on the KU. + +To manually tune an FM frequency, perform the following: +1. COM Fixed Action Button – Press. +2. MAN (VAB B2) – Select. +3. FM1> (VAB L3) – Select and input the frequency on the KU. + or +3. FM2> (VAB L4) – Select and input the frequency on the KU. +To manually tune an HF frequency, perform the following: +1. COM Fixed Action Button – Press. +2. MAN (VAB B2) – Select. +3. HF RECV – FREQ> (VAB R1) – Select and input the receive frequency on the KU. +4. HF XMIT – FREQ> (VAB R3) – Select and input the transmit frequency on the KU. + + +Combat Employment +Abbreviated checklists for performing pre-combat checks, selecting acquisition sources, engaging targets with +each weapon system, and post-engagement procedures. + + +Performing Pre-Combat Checks +When approaching the Forward Edge of Battle Area (FEBA), the following should be considered: +1. Weapons – Set Armament panel to ARM and ensure weapons are properly configured for the mission. +2. ASE – Arm defensive systems on the ASE page and CMWS control panel. +3. IFF (N/I) – Ensure Identification Friend-or-Foe systems are configured. +4. Lights – Off (or set Formation lighting as appropriate). +5. Recorder (N/I) – Configure and set appropriately. +6. MPDs – Select TSD phase and pages as desired. + + +Selecting an Acquisition Source +To select an acquisition source from the ACQ expanded menu, perform the following: +1. TSD or WPN Fixed Action Button – Press. +2. ACQ (VAB R6) – Select. +3. Select desired ACQ source from expanded menu options. + +To select an existing point as an acquisition source directly from the TSD, perform the following: +1. TSD Fixed Action Button – Press. +2. CAQ (VAB R5) – Select. +3. MPD Cursor Controller/Enter – Select the desired point on TSD. + +To select an existing point as an acquisition source from the database, perform the following: +1. TSD or WPN Fixed Action Button – Press. +2. COORD (VAB T5) – Select. +3. WPTHZ (VAB T1) or CTRLM (VAB T2) – Select if necessary. +4. Use paging controls (VAB B2/B3) – Select. + or +4. SRCH> (VAB B4) – Select and enter data with KU. +5. Point select (VAB L1-L6) – Select the desired point. + + +Engaging a Target with 30mm Area Weapon System +To engage a target with the 30mm Area Weapon System (AWS) perform the following: +1. Sight select – TADS or HMD as desired and verify in HAD Sight Select Status field. +2. Weapon – Weapon Action Switch (WAS)-Forward to GUN. +3. A/S button – ARM (Performed by crewmember not on the controls). +4. Range – Set as desired or verify in the HAD Range/Range Source field. +5. Messages – Verify no inhibit messages are displayed. Verify “ROUNDS ####” is displayed in the HAD + Weapon Status field. +6. Fire – Squeeze weapon trigger to 1st detent (2nd detent to override performance inhibits). + + +Engaging a Target with 2.75-inch Unguided Rockets +To engage a target with independent (HMD) rockets perform the following: +1. Sight select – HMD and verify in HAD Sight Select Status field. +2. Weapon – Weapon Action Switch (WAS)-Left to RKT. +3. A/S button – ARM (Performed by crewmember not on the controls). +4. Range – Set as desired or verify in the HAD Range/Range Source field. +5. Messages – Verify no inhibit messages are displayed. Verify “RKT NORM” is displayed in the HAD Weapon + Status field. +6. Fire – Squeeze weapon trigger to 1st detent (2nd detent to override performance inhibits). + +To engage a target with cooperative (COOP) rockets perform the following: +1. PLT Sight select – HMD and verify in HAD Sight Select Status field. +2. CPG Sight select – TADS and verify in HAD Sight Select Status field. +3. PLT Weapon – Cyclic Weapon Action Switch (WAS)-Left to RKT. +4. CPG Weapon – TEDAC Left Handgrip Weapon Action Switch (WAS)-Left to RKT. +5. PLT / CPG A/S button – ARM (Performed by crewmember not on the controls). +6. CPG Range – Set as desired or verify in the HAD Range/Range Source field. +7. PLT & CPG Messages – Verify no inhibit messages are displayed. Verify “COOP” is displayed in HAD Weapon + Control field and “RKT NORM” is displayed in the HAD Weapon Status field. +8. PLT Fire – Squeeze cyclic weapon trigger to 1st detent (2nd detent to override performance inhibits). + + +Engaging a Target with AGM-114K Laser-Guided Hellfire Missile +To engage a target with a laser-guided Hellfire perform the following: +1. CPG Sight select – TADS and verify in HAD Sight Select Status field. +2. CPG Weapon – Weapon Action Switch (WAS)-Right to MSL and select SAL as missile TYPE. +3. CPG A/S button – ARM. +4. CPG Range – Set as desired or verify in the HAD Range/Range Source field. +5. CPG (If launching LOAL) Messages – Verify no inhibits are displayed. Verify trajectory and mode is displayed + as desired in HAD Weapon Status field. +6. CPG (If launching LOBL) Designate – Pull and hold LRFD trigger, 2nd detent. +7. CPG (If launching LOBL) Messages – Verify no inhibits are displayed. Verify “PRI CHAN TRK” is displayed in + the HAD Weapon Status field. +8. PLT Maneuver as necessary to ensure aircraft is within missile launch constraints. +9. CPG Fire – Pull weapon trigger to 1st detent (2nd detent to override performance inhibits). + + +Engaging a Target with AGM-114L Radar-Guided Hellfire Missile +To engage a target with a radar-guided Hellfire perform the following: +1. CPG Sight select – TADS and verify in HAD Sight Select Status field. +2. CPG Weapon – Weapon Action Switch (WAS)-Right to MSL and select RF as missile TYPE. +3. CPG A/S button – ARM. +4. CPG Range – Laser designate, 2nd detent, and verify in the HAD Range/Range Source field, until “TARGET + DATA?” is removed from HAD Sight Status field. +5. CPG (If launching LOBL) Messages – Verify no inhibits are displayed. Verify “RF MSL TRK” is displayed in + the HAD Weapon Status field. +6. CPG (If launching LOAL) Messages – Verify no inhibits are displayed. +7. PLT Maneuver as necessary to ensure aircraft is within missile launch constraints. +8. CPG Fire – Pull weapon trigger to 1st detent (2nd detent to override performance inhibits). + + +Performing Post-Engagement Procedures +Following an engagement, the crewmember should: +1. Ensure finger is off the weapon trigger. +2. Ensure weapon is de-actioned. +3. A/S button – SAFE, as desired (Performed by crewmember not on the controls). +APPENDIX B – ASE THREAT SYMBOLS +The Tactical Situation Display (TSD) and Aircraft Survivability Equipment (ASE) pages provide the crew with +warning indications of radar and laser threats in azimuth, accompanied by audio alerts. +The threat symbols under the “ASE” column correspond with how the radar or laser threat will appear on the +Tactical Situation Display (TSD) and Aircraft Survivability Equipment (ASE) pages. +The quoted words or phrases under the “AUDIO” column correspond with the associated audio alert that will be +heard over the ICS when the radar or laser threat is detected. +Air defense radar systems are further identified by their type in small font under the “RADAR SYSTEMS” column. +The table below lists the definition of each type abbreviation following the radar system’s designation/name to +identify the radar’s function within their respective air defense units. + + TYPE DESCRIPTION TYPE DESCRIPTION + CWAR Continuous-Wave Acquisition Radar STR Search and Tracking Radar + EWR Early Warning Radar TAR Target Acquisition Radar + FCR Fire Control Radar TI Target Illumination + RR Ranging Radar TTR Target Tracking Radar + SR Surveillance Radar + + + +Air Defense Radar Systems + ASE AUDIO THREAT TYPE AIR DEFENSE SYSTEM RADAR SYSTEMS + + 1L13 “BOX SPRING” SR/EWR + S R + “Radar” Surveillance radar 5G66 “TALL RACK” SR/EWR + AN/FPS-117 “SEEK IGLOO” SR/EWR + + S-75, S-125, S-200 P-19 “FLAT FACE B” SR/TAR + T R + “Radar” Target acquisition radar S-200, S-300 ST-68U “TIN SHIELD” TAR + PPRU-M1 9S80M1 “DOG EAR” TAR + + 2 SNR-75 “FAN SONG” TTR + “SA-2” SA-2 air defense battery S-75 + RD-75 Amazonka RR + 3 + “SA-3” SA-3 air defense battery S-125 SNR-125 “LOW BLOW” TTR + + 5 + “SA-5” SA-5 air defense battery S-200 5N62 “SQUARE PAIR” TTR/TI + + 6 + “SA-6” SA-6 air defense battery 2K12 Kub 1S91 “STRAIGHT FLUSH” TAR/TI + + 7 HQ-7 ACU TAR + “HQ-7” CSA-7/HQ-7B air defense unit Hóng Qí-7 + Type 345 TTR + 8 + “SA-8” SA-8 air defense unit 9K33 Osa “LAND ROLL” TAR/TTR + + 64N6E “BIG BIRD” TAR + 1 0 + “SA-10” SA-10 air defense battery S-300PS 5N66M “CLAM SHELL” TAR + 30N6E “FLAP LID” TTR + + 1 1 9S18M1 “SNOW DRIFT” TAR + “SA-11” SA-11 air defense battery 9K37M Buk-M1 + 9S35 “FIRE DOME” TTR + 1 3 + “SA-13” SA-13 air defense unit 9K35 Strela-10M3 9S86 “SNAP SHOT” RR + 1 5 + “SA-15” SA-15 air defense unit 9K331 Tor-M1 “SCRUM HALF” TAR/TTR + + S 6 + “2S6” SA-19 air defense unit 2S6M Tunguska 1RL144 “HOT SHOT” TAR/TTR + + Z U + “ZSU” ZSU-23-4 air defense gun unit ZSU-23-4 Shilka RPK-2 “GUN DISH” FCR + + A A + “Gun” Air defense gun battery S-60, KS-19 SON-9 “FIRE CAN” FCR + + G S Flakpanzer Gepard MPDR-12 TAR / Albis FCR + “Gun” Self-propelled air defense gun unit + M163 Vulcan ADS AN/VPS-2 RR + + R A Rapier PU SR + “Rapier” Rapier air defense unit Rapier FSA + DN 181 Blindfire TTR + + R O Roland TÜR MPDR-3002S SR + “Roland” Roland air defense unit + Marder Roland MPDR-16 TAR / DOMINO-30 TTR + AN/MPQ-50 TAR + H K + “Hawk” Hawk air defense battery MIM-23B I-Hawk AN/MPQ-46 TTR + AN/MPQ-55 CWAR + P T + “Patriot” Patriot air defense battery MIM-104C Patriot PAC-2 AN/MPQ-53 STR + S A + “SAM” NASAMS air defense battery NASAMS 2 AN/MPQ-64F1 Sentinel STR + + N V + “Radar” Naval air defense system + + + +Airborne Radar Systems +ASE AUDIO AIRCRAFT ASE AUDIO AIRCRAFT ASE AUDIO AIRCRAFT + 1 9 J F F 4 + “Fixed Wing” MiG-19 “Fixed Wing” JF-17 “Fixed Wing” F-4 + 2 1 2 9 F 5 + “Fixed Wing” MiG-21 “Fixed Wing” J-11 “Fixed Wing” F-5 + 2 3 5 0 1 4 + “Fixed Wing” MiG-23 “Fixed Wing” KJ-2000 “Fixed Wing” F-14 + 2 4 1 5 + “Fixed Wing” Su-24 “Fixed Wing” F-15 + 2 5 F 1 1 6 + “Fixed Wing” MiG-25 “Fixed Wing” Mirage F1 “Fixed Wing” F-16 + 2 9 M 2 1 8 + “Fixed Wing” MiG-29 “Fixed Wing” Mirage 2000 “Fixed Wing” F/A-18 + 2 9 F 2 E 2 + “Fixed Wing” Su-27 “Fixed Wing” Tornado GR4 “Fixed Wing” E-2 + 2 9 E 3 + “Fixed Wing” Su-33 “Fixed Wing” E-3 + 3 0 + “Fixed Wing” Su-30 + 3 1 + “Fixed Wing” MiG-31 + 3 4 + “Fixed Wing” Su-34 + 5 0 + “Fixed Wing” A-50 +Other Threat Symbols +ASE AUDIO TYPE THREATS + MM + “Fixed Wing, Launch” Air-to-air missile radar detected Active radar-homing (ARH) air-to-air missiles + “Laser Ranging” Laser rangefinder detected Tank/IFV guns, electro-optical fire control sensors + “Laser Designating” Laser designator detected ATGMs, electro-optical fire control sensors + “Laser Beaming” Laser beam-rider guidance detected ATGMs, electro-optical missile guidance sensors +APPENDIX C – ABR PAGE POINT TABLES +The Abbreviation (ABR) sub-page provides the crew a library of aircraft point symbols that can be added to the +TSD for the purposes of navigation, increasing situational awareness, or as a method of cueing sensors. This +page can be accessed via the TSD Point or TSD Utility sub-pages and can provide a quick look-up of required +IDENT codes for inputting new points. +In the tables below, icons with “AAA” associated with the point symbol will display the three-character free text +of that point directly on the TSD itself; whereas other points will only display the point’s index within the database. + + +Waypoints (WPTHZ) + SYMBOL IDENT NAME DESCRIPTION + CC Communications Check Point A radio message should be sent upon arrival/crossing + + LZ Landing Zone Helicopter landing or pickup location of ground troops + + PP Passage Point Passage across friendly front line positions + + RP Release Point Final point of navigation route + + SP Start Point First point of navigation route + + WP Waypoint Point used for navigation or routing + + + +Hazards (WPTHZ) + SYMBOL IDENT NAME DESCRIPTION + TO Tower, Over 1000’ Vertical tower hazard >1000 feet AGL + + TU Tower, Under 1000’ Vertical tower hazard <1000 feet AGL + + WL Wires, Power Tall linear wire hazard + + WS Wires, Telephone/Electric Short linear wire hazard + + + +General Control Measures (CTRLM) + SYMBOL IDENT NAME DESCRIPTION + AP Air Control Point Point used for control or timing of aircraft movement + + AG Airfield, General Large airfield without navigational aids + + AI Airfield, Instrumented Large airfield with navigational aids + + AL Lighted Airport Small lighted airfield + + F1 Artillery Firing Point 1 1st portion of Artillery Firing Point (i.e., AB1___) + + F2 Artillery Firing Point 2 2nd portion of Artillery Firing Point (i.e., ___234) + AA Assembly Area Rear area for assembly of friendly forces + + BN Battalion Battalion echelon, below Brigade but above Company + + BP Battle Position Position used for engaging enemy forces + + BR Bridge/Gap Bridge across an obstacle or a passable gap in terrain + + BD Brigade Brigade echelon, below Division but above Battalion + + CP Checkpoint Reference point used for maneuver and orientation + + CO Company Company echelon, below Battalion but above Platoon + + CR Corps Corps echelon, above Division but below U.S. Army + + DI Division Division echelon, above Brigade but below Corps + + FF FARP, Fuel only Forward Arming & Refueling Point with fuel + + FM FARP, Ammo only Forward Arming & Refueling Point with munitions + + FC FARP, Fuel and Ammo Forward Arming & Refueling Point with fuel/munitions + + FA Forward Assembly Area Forward area for assembly of friendly forces + + GL Ground Light/Small Town Visual reference point used for navigation/orientation + + HA Holding Area Brief holding area while enroute to/from mission area + + NB NBC Area Nuclear, Biological, or Chemical contaminated area + + ID Datalink Subscriber ID and position of datalink network subscriber + + BE NDB Symbol Non-Directional Beacon navigational aid + + RH Railhead Point Location for loading/unloading cargo from trains + + GP Regiment/Group Regiment echelon, above Battalion but below Division + + US U.S. Army U.S. Army echelon, above Corps + + + +Friendly Control Measures (CTRLM) +SYMBOL IDENT NAME DESCRIPTION + AD Friendly Air Defense Friendly air defense unit/command position + + AS Friendly Air Assault Friendly helicopter-borne infantry unit position + + AV Friendly Air Cavalry Friendly scout/cavalry helicopter position + + AB Friendly Airborne Friendly paratrooper unit position + + AM Friendly Armor Friendly armor unit position + + CA Friendly Armored Cavalry Friendly recon/cavalry ground unit position + MA Friendly Aviation Maintenance Friendly helicopter maintenance unit position + + CF Friendly Chemical Friendly chemical unit position + + DF Friendly Decontamination Friendly decontamination site + + EN Friendly Engineers Friendly engineer unit position + + FW Friendly Electronic Warfare Friendly electronic warfare unit position + + WF Friendly Fixed Wing Friendly fixed-wing airbase/staging area + + FL Friendly Field Artillery Friendly artillery/MLRS firing position + + AH Friendly Attack Helicopter Friendly attack helicopter position + + FG Friendly Helicopter, General Friendly cargo/utility helicopter position + + HO Friendly Hospital Friendly medical facility/trauma care station + + FI Friendly Infantry Friendly infantry unit position + + MI Friendly Mechanized Infantry Friendly mechanized infantry/motor rifle unit position + + MD Friendly Medical Friendly medical unit position/aid station + + TF Friendly Tactical Operations Center Friendly headquarters/command unit position + + FU Friendly Unit Generic friendly unit position/marker + + + +Enemy Control Measures (CTRLM) +SYMBOL IDENT NAME DESCRIPTION + ES Enemy Air Assault Enemy helicopter-borne infantry unit position + + EV Enemy Air Cavalry Enemy scout/cavalry helicopter position + + ED Enemy Air Defense Enemy air defense unit/command position + + EB Enemy Airborne Enemy paratrooper unit position + + EC Enemy Armored Cavalry Enemy recon/cavalry ground unit position + + AE Enemy Armor Enemy armor unit position + + ME Enemy Aviation Maintenance Enemy helicopter maintenance unit position + + CE Enemy Chemical Enemy chemical unit position + + DE Enemy Decontamination Enemy decontamination site + + EE Enemy Engineers Enemy engineer unit position + + WR Enemy Electronic Warfare Enemy electronic warfare unit position + + EF Enemy Field Artillery Enemy artillery/MLRS firing position + WE Enemy Fixed Wing Enemy fixed-wing airbase/staging area + + EK Enemy Attack Helicopter Enemy attack helicopter position + + HG Enemy Helicopter, General Enemy cargo/utility helicopter position + + EH Enemy Hospital Enemy medical facility/trauma care station + + EI Enemy Infantry Enemy infantry unit position + + EM Enemy Mechanized Infantry Enemy mechanized infantry/motor rifle unit position + + EX Enemy Medical Enemy medical unit position/aid station + + ET Enemy Tactical Operations Center Enemy headquarters/command unit position + + EU Enemy Unit Generic enemy unit position/marker + + + +Target (TGT/THRT) +SYMBOL IDENT NAME DESCRIPTION + TG Target Point Target reference point + + + +Threats (TGT/THRT) +SYMBOL IDENT NAME DESCRIPTION + AX AMX-13 Air Defense Gun + + AS Aspide SAM System + + AD Friendly Air Defense Unit Generic 8 km threat ring + + GP Gepard Air Defense Gun Flakpanzer Gepard 30mm SPAAA vehicle + + G1 Growth 1 Generic 1 km threat ring + + G2 Growth 2 Generic 2 km threat ring + + G3 Growth 3 Generic 3 km threat ring + + G4 Growth 4 Generic 4 km threat ring + + SD Spada SAM System + + 83 M1983 Air Defense Gun + + U Unknown Air Defense Unit Insurgent technical vehicle w/ 23mm AA gun + + S6 2S6/SA-19 Air Defense Unit 2S6M Tunguska SAM/SPAAA vehicle + + AA Air Defense Gun S-60 57mm AA battery w/ SON-9 fire control radar + + GU Generic Air Defense Unit Generic 5 km threat ring +MK Marksman Air Defense Gun + +SB Sabre Air Defense Gun + +GS Self-Propelled Air Defense Gun ZSU-57-2 57mm SPAAA vehicle + +GT Towed Air Defense Gun ZU-23-2 23mm AA emplacement + +ZU ZSU-23-4 Air Defense Gun ZSU-23-4 23mm SPAAA vehicle + +NV Naval Air Defense System + +SR Battlefield Surveillance Radar Early warning/search radar, 100km threat ring + +TR Target Acquisition Radar PPRU-M1 Sborka air defense coordination radar + +70 RBS-70 SAM System + +BP Blowpipe SAM System + +BH Bloodhound SAM System + +CH Chapparal SAM System M48 SAM vehicle + +CT Crotale SAM System HQ-7 SAM battery + +C2 CSA-2/1/X SAM System + +HK Hawk SAM System MIM-23B SAM battery + +JA Javelin SAM System + +PT Patriot SAM System MIM-104C SAM battery + +RE Redeye SAM System + +RA Rapier SAM System Rapier FSA SAM battery + +RO Roland SAM System Marder Roland SAM vehicle + +1 SA-1 SAM System + +2 SA-2 SAM System S-75 SAM battery + +3 SA-3 SAM System S-125 SAM battery + +4 SA-4 SAM System + +5 SA-5 SAM System S-200 SAM battery + +6 SA-6 SAM System 2K12 Kub SAM battery + +7 SA-7 SAM System + +8 SA-8 SAM System 9K33 Osa SAM vehicle + +9 SA-9 SAM System 9K31 Strela-1 SAM vehicle +10 SA-10 SAM System S-300PS SAM battery + +11 SA-11 SAM System 9K37M Buk-M1 battery + +12 SA-12 SAM System + +13 SA-13 SAM System 9K13 Strela-10M3 SAM vehicle + +14 SA-14 SAM System + +15 SA-15 SAM System 9K331 Tor-M1 SAM vehicle + +16 SA-16 SAM System Igla/Igla-S MANPADS position [used for SA-18 threat] + +17 SA-17 SAM System + +SM SAMP SAM System + +SC SATCP SAM System + +SP Self-Propelled SAM System + +SH Shahine/R440 SAM System + +SS Starstreak SAM System + +TC Tigercat SAM System + +ST Stinger SAM System Avenger SAM vehicle/Stinger MANPADS position + +SA Towed SAM System NASAMS 2 SAM battery + +VU Vulcan Air Defense Gun M163 Vulcan SPAAA vehicle +APPENDIX D – FREQUENTLY ASKED +QUESTIONS (FAQ) +What version of the AH-64D does the DCS: AH-64D simulate? +DCS: AH-64D simulates an AH-64D Block 2 in service with the United States Army between the years of 2005- +2010, with a specific equipment configuration that was common (but not exclusive) within that time period. The +specific avionics version that is being modeled is Lot 9.1, which was fielded to U.S. Army AH-64D Block 2 aircraft +in 2005, along with additional equipment that was fielded to the U.S Army fleet between 2005 and 2007. + + +What is the difference between an AH-64D equipped with a mast-mounted Fire Control +Radar and an AH-64D without the FCR? +There is very little difference between these aircraft configurations. The presence (or absence) of the FCR mast- +mounted assembly does not denote a different model of AH-64 but is simply a removeable sensor system (much +like a targeting pod on a strike fighter). When the FCR system is removed, the aircraft will still perform and +operate the same, albeit with less overall gross weight and more limited sensor/targeting options to the crew. +Further, while the U.S. Army has operated AH-64D's with a mixed fleet of FCR and non-FCR aircraft, some +countries have operated exclusively FCR-equipped AH-64D variants (such as the United Kingdom's Army Air +Corps), or exclusively non-FCR-equipped variants (such as the Royal Netherlands Air Force). + + +What is the difference between the Pilot Night Vision System (PNVS) and the Target +Acquisition Designation Sight (TADS)? +The PNVS is a FLIR-only steerable turret that is designed to aid the Pilot in the back seat while flying in total +darkness. The TADS is a multi-sensor steerable turret that allows the Copilot/Gunner in the front seat to target +and designate enemy locations and vehicles for the aircraft’s weapon systems. The TADS can also be used to fly +in total darkness and serves as a backup to the PNVS in this regard. Either crewmember can select either the +PNVS or the TADS FLIR sensors for flying, but neither sensor can be used by both crewmembers at the same +time. +(See Night Vision Systems for more information.) + + +Can the PNVS be used to aim weapons? +The PNVS is simply a Forward-Looking Infrared (FLIR) sensor that provides a video underlay to the crewmember +using it for flying at night; it is not a sight and it does not perform targeting nor aim any weapon systems. In +such an instance where the Pilot is using the PNVS, the Pilot can be sight-selected to HMD while using the PNVS, +and the HMD does aim weapon systems while the PNVS provides video imagery of the surroundings. + + +Can the TADS be used by the Pilot in the backseat? +The TADS can be used in one of two ways: as a sight for targeting or as a sensor for flying. In the case of the +former, only the Copilot/Gunner in the front seat can directly control the TADS for the purposes of targeting and +aiming of weapon systems. In the case of the latter, the TADS FLIR can also be used as a night-flying sensor +using the NVS Sensor Select switch on the Collective Flight Grip. Because of this, either crewmember can select +the TADS as their NVS sensor, but only the Copilot/Gunner can select the TADS as their sight for targeting. +(See Night Vision Systems for more information.) +What is the difference between the Pilot Night Vision System (PNVS) and night vision +goggles? +The PNVS is a steerable Forward-Looking Infrared (FLIR) turret that follows the helmet movements of the Pilot +and transmits a thermal-based video of the environment to the Pilot's Helmet Display Unit (HDU). This system +displays the thermal environment through various shades of brightness to distinguish varying levels of heat +emissions from objects within the FLIR's field of view. Night vision goggles on the other hand amplify light sources +and reflected light from the environment to allow a human eye to distinguish detail and contrast. + + +Why can I see IR pointers when using night vision goggles, but I cannot see them when +using the TADS or PNVS? +Typical night vision goggles (such as the AN/AVS-6 goggles simulated in the DCS: AH-64D) amplify visible and +near-infrared light to a level that can be used by the human eye to distinguish detail and contrast. Because of +this, devices that transmit light in the near-infrared spectrum (such as IR beacons or IR pointers) can be seen by +individuals wearing NVG's; whereas some FLIR systems that operate on different portions of the IR spectrum, +such as the AH-64D PNVS and TADS turrets, cannot. + + +Why can’t night vision goggles be used at the same time as the Helmet Display Unit +(HDU)? +The HDU itself physically interferes with the proper wear of the AN/AVS-6 night-vision goggles. However, more +importantly, the use of NVG’s and the HDU simultaneously can often present circumstances where the two devices +are not properly aligned and can incur aiming errors when employing the helicopter sensors or weapon systems. +For this reason, use of the two devices in such a manner is a prohibited practice for U.S. Army crewmembers. + + +Is an IR pointer and a laser designator the same? +No, an IR pointer is a tightly focused beam of light that continuously emits in the near-infrared spectrum, whereas +a laser designator employs a coded pulse of laser energy that can be detected by compatible sensors or weapon +systems that are scanning for that precise laser pulse sequence. + + +Why does the horizon line in the IHADSS symbology not coincide with the real horizon? +The IHADSS allows the crewmembers to maintain situational awareness of the majority of the AH-64D's flight +state, sensors, and weapon systems, regardless of where the crewmember is looking at any given time. Either +crewmember can look independently of the helicopter's flight path or nose direction without losing key pieces of +data necessary to fly and fight. This allows the Pilot on the controls to be looking back over his/her shoulder +while in a steep pitch-back turn and still have full awareness of the aircraft's attitude and flight state; or be +scanning out to either side for threats or obstacles while flying slowly at nap-of-the-earth altitudes just feet over +the treetops. +When viewing the horizon line (and/or pitch ladder in Cruise mode), the Line-Of-Sight (LOS) Reticle – or central +crosshairs – within the symbology represents the nose of the aircraft, much like the watermark on a cockpit +attitude indicator. If the artificial horizon line bisects the LOS reticle, the helicopter's pitch attitude is level with +the horizon. +(See Symbology Elements for more information.) +Why is the AH-64D’s gun called the Area Weapon System? +The AWS was designed primarily as a close-in defensive weapon system when directed by a crewmember’s +helmet sight to provide suppression against immediate threats to the aircraft or the team. However, the AWS can +also be effectively used as an offensive weapon against light armor, soft-skinned vehicles, or personnel; especially +when directed by the TADS as the sight. + + +Why does my range source keep switching to a Manual range when I action the gun? +As described above, the gun is designed to be used as a close-in defensive weapon system when employed by +the aircrew’s helmet sights. As such, when a crewmember’s selected sight is HMD (Helmet Mounted Display), the +range source will automatically revert to the Manual range (as set on the WPN page) whenever that crewmember +actions the gun. This prevents an un-intended ranging value from being used when hasty, close-in fires are +needed. As an example, if the crewmember had a Nav range to a target 4 kilometers away, the gun would +attempt to elevate for a ballistic solution of 4,000 meters, and the rounds would impact a location much further +than anticipated. For this reason, it is wise to set a Manual range value on the WPN page that you are proficient +with in engaging targets at close range. +However, this does not prevent the crewmember from setting a different range source such as an Automatic or +Navigation range after the gun is actioned. + + +Why does the Rocket Steering Cursor not behave as a conventional Continuously +Computed Impact Point (CCIP) reticle? +The Aerial Rocket Sub-system on the AH-64D was designed to be employed as "aerial rocket artillery", making a +team of AH-64D's akin to a hovering MLRS battery. Because unguided rockets can only be employed using ballistic +trajectories (like bullets), the accuracy of the weapon is heavily determined by what sighting method is used to +generate a targeting solution. With CCIP targeting methods, the target must not only be visible to the naked eye, +but any adjustments made to the aimpoint must also be precise enough and distinguishable to the crew in order +for such corrections to unguided munition trajectories to be effective. At longer ranges, the very thickness of any +symbology elements of a CCIP reticle itself on a HUD or helmet display may be the difference of several hundred +meters. For this reason, CCIP reticles are only effective at relatively close ranges, and within visual range of the +naked eye. +In order to engage ground targets with unguided rockets beyond normal visual ranges on the battlefield, and +with such aimpoint accuracy that can be distinguishable at such ranges, the Rocket Steering Cursor is employed +to enable the crew in aligning the helicopter with the required targeting solution for rocket delivery. While used +in Cooperative mode, a secondary advantage to the Rocket Steering Cursor is that the Pilot can use the symbology +to align the helicopter with the required targeting solution provided by the Copilot/Gunner while the Pilot +continues to scan the surrounding terrain for immediate threats, without ever looking in the direction the aircraft +nose is pointed for rocket delivery. Further, since the TADS itself can be slaved to a set of three-dimensional +coordinates, the Rocket Steering Cursor allows the crew to deliver rockets to an area target from behind cover +without having a direct line-of-sight (LOS) to the target. + + +Why doesn’t the DCS: AH-64D have Stinger or Sidewinder air-to-air missiles? +The DCS: AH-64D is simulating a U.S. Army AH-64D. U.S. Army AH-64’s have never been equipped or capable of +firing Stinger or Sidewinder missiles, despite a small number of weapons tests conducted with such missiles. +There are several “growth” provisions within the AH-64D cockpit controls (such as an Air-To-Air weapon select +position and a missile Cage button) to support future additions of such capability to the AH-64D, however the +avionics of AH-64D’s in U.S. Army service have never supported such weapon systems. +What is a “sight” and how do I determine which one I should use in a tactical situation? +There are three possible “sights” that can be selected to directly aim a weapon or generate a targeting solution +in the AH-64D. These selections are the Helmet-Mounted Display (HMD), the Target Acquisition Designation Sight +(TADS), or the optionally-mounted Fire Control Radar (FCR). Any of these three sight selections can be used by +the Copilot/Gunner, but only HMD and FCR are available to the Pilot. The sight currently selected by the +crewmember will be displayed in the bottom-left corner of the IHADSS symbology. +Each sight used by the AH-64D has both advantages and disadvantages that must be known and evaluated for +any given tactical situation. For example, the TADS is very useful for long-range target identification and +designation for Hellfire missiles, however it may not be the quickest method for engaging a target that is at close- +range. On the other hand, the HMD is very useful for rapidly engaging targets at close-range simply by using the +crewmember’s helmet-tracking capabilities, but the HMD is less accurate than the TADS and cannot designate +targets for missile engagement. +(See Sights and Sensors for more information.) + + +What is an “acquisition source” or “ACQ” and how do I determine which one I should use +in a tactical situation? +An acquisition source can quickly orient a crewmember’s selected sight to either a point in space relative to the +aircraft nose or a set of three-dimensional coordinates on the battlefield. The purpose of the acquisition source +is to reduce the time needed to manually search and acquire a target with any given sight. In the case of the +TADS or FCR, these sights will physically slew to the location of the selected acquisition source. In the case of +the HMD, the crewmember will receive cueing indications in their helmet symbology of where they should look +to point their head toward the selected acquisition source (in lieu of a robotic arm physically grabbing their head +and forcibly turning it in the correct direction). +As is the case with sight selections, choosing the best acquisition source in any given situation is key to reducing +the time it takes to search, acquire, and engage enemy targets. +(See Acquisition Sources for more information.) + + +How do I enter a set of MGRS coordinates if a JTAC or other ground unit gives me MGRS +in 4-, 6- or 10-digit formats? +The AH-64D will only accept MGRS coordinates in an 8-digit format. If coordinates are entered using a 4-, 6- or +10-digit MGRS format, the Keyboard Unit (KU) will not accept this entry and the KU display will simply flash to +indicate an invalid data entry. If given a 4-digit or 6-digit MGRS location, simply append zeros to the easting and +northing to achieve the number of required digits, such as 12001200 when given “1212” or 12301230 when given +“123123”. Conversely, when given a 10-digit MGRS coordinate, simply remove the 5th digit from both the easting +and northing to achieve the required 8-digit format, such as 12341234 when given “1234512345” +APPENDIX F – FORMULAS +Use these calculation and conversion formulas for pre-mission planning or while in flight. Desired resultants are +bolded. + + +Speed/Time/Distance Calculations +Ground Speed Required (knots) = (Distance ÷ Minutes) × 60 +Time of Flight (mins) = (Distance ÷ Ground Speed) × 60 + + +Fuel/Endurance Calculations +Bingo Fuel (lbs) = (Time of Flight ÷ 60) × Fuel LB/HR +Objective Time (mins) = ([Total Fuel − Bingo Fuel] ÷ Fuel LB/HR) × 60 + + +Fuel/Range Calculations +Specific Fuel Range (SFR) Factor = Ground Speed ÷ Fuel LB/HR +Flight Range (NM) = SFR × Total Fuel + + +Distance Conversion +km to NM = [km] ÷ 1.85 +NM to km = [NM] × 1.85 + + +Altitude/Elevation Conversion +Feet to Meters = [ft] ÷ 3.281 +Meters to Feet = [m] × 3.281 + + +Latitude/Longitude Conversion +DDD-MM-SS.SS to DDD-MM.MMM + + SS.SS ÷ 60 = .MMM +DDD-MM.MMM to DDD-MM-SS.SS + + .MMM × 60 = SS.SS +Good hunting! +The Eagle Dynamics SA team +EAGLE DYNAMICS SA © 2022 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/en/dev-docs/ah64d/36.tads-hands-controls.md b/en/dev-docs/ah64d/36.tads-hands-controls.md index 509eed2..256e75b 100644 --- a/en/dev-docs/ah64d/36.tads-hands-controls.md +++ b/en/dev-docs/ah64d/36.tads-hands-controls.md @@ -1,7964 +1,24 @@ # TADS HAND CONTROLS + The Copilot/Gunner is the only crewmember that may use the Target Acquisition Designation Sight for targeting and engagement of enemy targets. -Cyclic & Collective Controls + +## Cyclic & Collective Controls + The CPG may select TADS as his or her sight on the Collective Mission Grip, but controls for employing the TADS itself are only located on the TEDAC. - Sight Select - +![CPG crewstation only](img/img-339-1-screen.jpg) - CPG crewstation only +## TEDAC Controls -TEDAC Controls All TADS controls are located in the CPG cockpit on the TEDAC. TADS use by the Pilot is limited to using it as a backup NVS sensor. - Field-Of-View Select Laser Spot Tracker - Mode Select -Image Auto Sensor Select -Track/Offset Sight Select - - FLIR Polarity - FLIR Gain Adjust Toggle - - - - - FLIR Level Adjust Sight Slave - Toggle - - Store Target - Point Sight Manual - Range Focus Adjust Tracker - - - LRFD Trigger - (opposite side) - - MTT Track - Promote - - - -Linear Motion Compensation Image Auto Track - Toggle (opposite side) Automatic Contrast Mode Toggle Filter Cycle Polarity Select -DATALINK (DL) - - - - - DATALINK (DL) -DATALINK COMMUNICATIONS -The AH-64D utilizes a secure, modem-based datalink (SMDL) to send and receive targeting data, tactical reports, -text messages, and mission files amongst other AH-64D’s within the team. The modem traffic is relayed as -discreet microbursts of data across the helicopters’ radios, which allows multiple datalink networks to be tuned -simultaneously; one network across each radio. - - - - -As envisioned for use on the modern battlefield, AH-64D teams are employed as tactical maneuver units in a -combined arms scenario alongside friendly infantry, armor, and artillery echelons. In such scenarios, -communications are not only critical to the success of the mission but are also multi-tiered to coordinate with the -various other air and ground forces operating in the same area of operations. This can impose significant -command and control challenges on unit commanders when coordinating the movements and actions of large -formations of attack helicopters; the challenges of which are exacerbated when performed by aircrews that are -simultaneously operating at extremely low altitudes, especially at night. -These challenges in command and control can be mitigated by employing semi-automated and direct exchanges -of data between AH-64D team members to reduce voice traffic and increase the efficiency of distributing tactical -information. Several tactical report formats are available to AH-64D aircrews in exchanging targeting data, fires -distribution, battle damage assessments, position updates, and status of onboard fuel and munitions. In addition, -individual points or entire mission files may be transmitted across the datalink to synchronize information -displayed on the TSD of each AH-64D as battlefield conditions evolve or as changes in mission occur in real-time. -Datalink messages may be transmitted between AH-64D Team members and Primary members within a datalink -network. Up to 16 aircraft may be present within a network, with 15 network members in each aircraft’s network -list and the 16th aircraft being the ownship. -Team members. Team members receive text messages and mission files. These messages coordinate team -actions and movements and distribute mission updates across the entire team of AH-64D’s on a datalink network. -Primary members. Primary members receive tactical reports, targeting data, fires distribution, and individual -TSD points. These messages coordinate tactical actions of individual companies and platoons of AH-64D’s. -Secure Modem Datalink (SMDL) Network -A datalink network consists of multiple AH-64D network members transmitting and receiving data messages -between each aircraft by assigning unique identification numbers within each data message, one for the message -originator and one for the message subscriber. -When a data message is transmitted across the radio frequency that all network members are tuned, the modems -onboard each aircraft receive the data message and compare the message’s subscriber ID(s) with those that are -assigned to their aircraft. If the subscriber ID within the message matches their ownship ID number, the modem -stores the message within the modem buffer and notifies the crew via advisories on the EUFD. The originator ID -within the message is correlated with the matching ID number of a network member and the corresponding -callsign of the sender is displayed to the crew receiving the message. If the subscriber ID within the message -does not match their ownship ID number, the modem rejects the message without crewmember interaction. - - - - - Callsign: DH06 - Datalink ID: 1 - DATA MESSAGE - Originator ID: 1 - Subscriber ID(s): 2, 3 - - - - DH08 crew is notified DH09 crew is notified DH10 crew receives - that a message from that a message from no data message or - DH06 has been received. DH06 has been received. notification. - - - - - Callsign: DH08 Callsign: DH09 Callsign: DH10 - Datalink ID: 2 Datalink ID: 3 Datalink ID: 4 - - Datalink network between members of “Darkhorse” company - -Each network may consist of 16 network members, containing 15 subscribers in addition to the ownship. Any of -the 15 subscribers may be set as a Team member, a Primary member, or both; however, a maximum of 7 -subscribers within each network may be designated as a Primary member. The designation of a subscriber as -Team or Primary determines the type of data messages the member may receive from the ownship. - -Team Messages (COM page) Primary Messages (TSD and FCR pages) -Command and control, and mission updates. Targeting, fire control, and status reports. - -- TEXT Text messages - - BDA Battle Damage Assessment reports - -- CURRENT MISSION Mission files residing in - - TGT FCR Target reports - the aircraft memory - - PP Present Position reports - -- MISSION 1 Mission 1 files residing on the DTC - - FARM Fuel/Ammo/Rockets/Missiles reports - -- MISSION 2 Mission 2 files residing on the DTC - - PFZ/NFZ Priority Fire Zones/No Fire Zones - (Data Transfer Cartridge) - - POINT Individual TSD Point transmissions - - - RFHO FCR RF Target Handover -The designation of network subscribers as Team or Primary members are uniquely defined by each individual -network member, and only affect outgoing data messages from the ownship. For example, the aircrew in DH06 -may designate each of the remaining three aircraft as Team members within their cockpit for sending text -messages to the entire flight platoon, but each of the other three aircrews may have designated DH06 as the -sole Team member within each of their respective cockpits for sending text messages back to the flight leader. -Each Preset on the COM page may be configured with independent network and modem settings, to include -unique frequencies, network subscribers, and Team and Primary designations. If a preset has been configured -for network protocols, the network associated with that preset will be designated by a letter indicating the type -of protocol, and a number corresponding with the preset number. Only presets 1 through 8 may be configured -with DATALINK protocol on the MODEM sub-page, which is indicated by an “L” on the COM page and EUFD. -In the example below, Presets 1, 2, and 3 have been configured for DATALINK protocol, and the networks -associated with each preset have been configured with unique lists of network subscribers on the NET sub-page. -Preset 1 includes each aircraft within the entire flight platoon, while Presets 2 and 3 only include subscribers from -each individual Air Weapons Team (AWT) within the flight platoon; Red Team and White Team. - - Unit ID: DARKHRSE - Call Sign: DRKHR - Primary Freq: FM1 SC - Frequency: 41.150 “Darkhorse 06” “Darkhorse 08” “Darkhorse 09” “Darkhorse 10” - Network: L1 Callsign: DH06 Callsign: DH08 Callsign: DH09 Callsign: DH10 - - - - - Unit ID: RED TM - Call Sign: REDTM - Primary: FM2 SC - Frequency: 32.550 “Darkhorse 06” “Darkhorse 08” - Network: L2 Callsign: DH06 Callsign: DH08 - - - - - Unit ID: WHITE TM - Call Sign: WHTTM - Primary Freq: FM2 SC - Frequency: 37.750 “Darkhorse 09” “Darkhorse 10” - Network: L3 Callsign: DH09 Callsign: DH10 - - - Network configurations for Presets 1, 2, and 3 - -Since each preset can include a unique network configuration, and a different preset may be tuned to each radio, -it is possible to simultaneously tune different datalink networks for each echelon within the entire flight platoon, -with datalink messages being transmitted across the appropriate frequency for the echelon to which it pertains. -In the example below, each aircrew can communicate and exchange datalink messages with the entire flight -platoon using a common radio frequency and datalink network on the FM1 radio. However, Red Team and White -Team are using their FM2 radios to communicate and exchange datalink messages within their respective AWT’s; -with each AWT utilizing a separate radio frequency and datalink network. - “Darkhorse” - FM1 Frequency: 41.150 - Datalink Network: L1 - - - - - Darkhorse 06 Darkhorse 08 Darkhorse 09 Darkhorse 10 - Callsign: DH06 Callsign: DH08 Callsign: DH09 Callsign: DH10 - - - “Red Team” “White Team” - FM2 Frequency: 32.550 FM2 Frequency: 37.750 - Datalink Network: L2 Datalink Network: L3 - - Datalink structure across two Air Weapons Teams - (AWT) within a single flight platoon -Datalink Controls -The AH-64D’s datalink modem utilizes the same radio equipment that is used for voice communications to relay -data between other aircraft within the AH-64D team. As such, datalink networks are tuned in the same manner -as tuning a radio to a communications preset. However, unlike voice transmissions, the datalink can only function -when a radio has been tuned to a preset, which allows the modem to send and receive datalink messages across -the network associated with that preset. If a radio is manually tuned to a frequency, datalink messages cannot -be transmitted or received across that radio, even if tuned to the same frequency of an existing datalink network. -(See the Radio Communications chapter for more information regarding the tuning of presets.) - - -EUFD Controls -The Enhanced Up-Front Display (EUFD) provides the aircrew with a consolidated location for viewing the current -configuration and datalink settings of each radio. The modem can receive datalink messages from the VHF, UHF, -FM1, and FM2 radios simultaneously, but each crewmember may only transmit datalink messages across a single -radio at any given time. -The radio through which each crewmember transmits datalink messages is independent from the radio the -crewmember has selected for voice transmissions. The Datalink Transmit Select rocker is used to select a radio -for datalink transmissions while the Radio Transmit Select rocker is used to select a radio for voice transmissions. -In the example below, the current crewstation is configured to transmit voice over the VHF radio and datalink -over the FM2 radio. The opposite crewstation is configured to transmit voice over the UHF radio and datalink -over the FM1 radio. - - - Primary Network List Standby Network List - - - - - Datalink Transmit - Select Rocker - - Radio Tuning - Control Buttons - Radio Transmit - Select Rocker - - - Radio Status Area - - -The Primary Network List displays which radios are configured to transmit and receive datalink messages, and to -which datalink network the radio has been tuned. In the example above, the modem is monitoring the FM1 radio -for datalink messages from the network associated with Preset 1 and monitoring the FM2 radio for datalink -messages from the network associated with Preset 2. -The Standby Network List displays which datalink networks are associated with the radio presets residing in the -standby slots for each radio. When considering the standby slots of each radio, the number of networks that may -be readily accessible at any given time is as follows: - - - 8 datalink networks (two for each radio) may be loaded into the VHF, UHF, FM1, and FM2 radios. - - - 4 datalink networks (one for each radio) may be tuned and monitored for data communications. - - - 2 datalink networks (one for each crewmember) may be selected to transmit data communications, - independently of the radios selected by each crewmember for transmitting voice communications. -If generator power is lost, crewmembers may still use the radios and the EUFD interface for voice communications -while operating on battery power, but datalink communications will not be possible. -(See Enhanced Up-Front Display (EUFD) for more information.) -COM Originator Identification (ORIG ID) Sub-Page -The ORIG ID sub-page allows crewmembers to review or modify the ownship’s identification settings for sending -and receiving traffic across the datalink network(s). The ownship’s ID settings may be individually edited from -this page, or they may be replaced all at once using pre-planned network member data accessed through the -Originator Directory (ORIG DIR) sub-page. - 1. DL sub-page - - - - - 2. Ownship Callsign 3. Datalink Originator ID - - - - - 4. Digital ID Select 5. TACFIRE ID Settings - - - - - 7. Ownship - Status Window - 6. ORIG DIR sub-page - - - - - 8. MSG sub-pages - - -6. DL sub-page. Displays the Datalink sub-page. (N/I) -7. Ownship Callsign. Activates the KU for inputting the originator callsign for the ownship. A minimum of 3 - and a maximum of 5 alphanumeric characters may be entered. - NOTE: The originator callsign is for reference only and will not affect the function of the datalink networks. -8. Datalink Originator ID. Activates the KU for inputting the originator identification (ID) number which - identifies the ownship on the datalink network. The alphanumeric character ranges that are valid for entry - are 0-39 (with no leading zeros), A-Z, 1A-1Z, 2A-2Z, and 3A-3I; for a total of 127 unique network ID - numbers. - NOTE: Each network member, to include the ownship, must have a unique ID number. If two or more - members on the same datalink network are assigned the same identification number, erroneous behavior - may be observed when using the datalink, or when using functions within the cockpit that are associated - with the datalink. -9. Digital ID Select. Selects a page format for configuring digital ID settings for each type of protocol. - - - DATALINK/TACFIRE. Displays digital ID settings for DATALINK or TACFIRE protocols. - - - INTERNET. Not implemented. - - - FIRE SUPPORT. Not implemented. -10. TACFIRE ID Settings. Not implemented. -11. ORIG ID sub-page. Displays the Originator Directory sub-page. -12. Ownship Status Window. Displays the current digital ID settings of the ownship. -13. MSG sub-pages. Displays Message sub-pages for sending or receiving digital messages. - MSG – REC. Displays the Message Receive sub-page. If no messages are present on the receive list, - this sub-page option will not be displayed. - - - MSG – SEND. Displays the Message Send sub-page. - - -COM Originator Directory (ORIG DIR) Sub-Page -The ORIG DIR sub-page allows crewmembers to set their ownship identification settings to a pre-planned network -member entry. This directory facilitates efficient and rapid configuration of the ownship’s originator ID to -correspond to a pre-planned network identification. - 1. Replace Ownship - - - - - 2. Directory Members 2. Directory Members - - - - - 3. Directory Member - Status Window - - - - - 4. Paging Controls 5. Search Directory - - -1. Replace Ownship. Replaces the ownship’s digital ID settings with those of the directory member that has - been selected for review. -2. Directory Members. Selects a directory member for review within the Directory Member status window. -3. Directory Member Status Window. Displays the callsign and digital ID settings of the selected directory - member. -4. Paging Controls. Cycles forward and back through multiple pages of the directory. -5. Search Directory. Activates the KU for inputting alphanumeric characters to search for a specific member - within the directory. Displayed members will be filtered accordingly based on the results. -COM Network (NET) Sub-Page -The NET sub-page allows crewmembers to review or modify the callsign and identification settings of each -member within the datalink network of the selected preset. The callsign and subscriber ID settings for each -network member may be manually edited from this page, or they may be replaced altogether using pre-planned -network member data accessed through the Member Directory (MBR DIR) sub-page. - 1. SUFFIX sub-page 2. MEMBER EDIT - - - - - 3. Preset 4. Member - Status Window Status Window - - - - - 5. Network Members 5. Network Members - - - - - 6. MBR DIR sub-page 7. MODEM sub-page - - - - 8. Ownship - Status Window - - - - - 9. Paging Controls 10. PRESET EDIT sub-page - - -1. SUFFIX sub-page. Not implemented. -2. MEMBER EDIT. Displays options for editing the digital ID settings of the selected network member. - - - MEMBER EDIT – DEL. Deletes the network member from the preset. - - - MEMBER EDIT – TEAM. Designates the network member as a Team member. Any of the 15 members - within a network may be designated as a Team member. - - - MEMBER EDIT – PRI. Designates the network member as a Primary member. No more than 7 - members within a network may be designated as a Primary member. - - - MEMBER EDIT – C/S. Activates the KU for inputting the network callsign of the member. A minimum - of 3 and a maximum of 5 alphanumeric characters may be entered. - - - MEMBER EDIT – SUB. Activates the KU for inputting the subscriber identification (ID) number, which - identifies the member on the datalink network. The alphanumeric character ranges that are valid for - entry are 0-39 (with no leading zeros), A-Z, 1A-1Z, 2A-2Z, and 3A-3I; for a total of 127 unique network - ID numbers. - NOTE: Each network member, to include the ownship, must have a unique ID number. If two or more - members on the same datalink network are assigned the same identification number, erroneous - behavior may be observed when using the datalink, or when using functions within the cockpit that are - associated with the datalink. -3. Preset Status Window. Displays the unit ID and modem protocol of the preset network, along with the - callsign of the selected network member. -4. Member Status Window. Displays the digital ID settings of the selected network member. -5. Network Members. Selects a network member for review within the Member Status Window. -6. MBR DIR sub-page. Displays the Member Directory sub-page. -7. MODEM sub-page. Displays the Modem sub-page. -8. Ownship Status Window. Displays the digital ID settings of the ownship. -9. Paging Controls. Cycles forward and back through multiple pages of the network member list. -10. PRESET EDIT sub-page. Displays the Preset Edit sub-page. - - -COM Member Directory (MBR DIR) Sub-Page -The MBR DIR sub-page allows crewmembers to add new members to the network or replace existing member -entries in the network member list. This directory facilitates efficient and rapid configuration of the network -member list using pre-planned network identification data. - 1. STORE Method - - - - - 2. Directory Members 2. Directory Members - - - - - 3. Directory Member - Status Window - - - - - 4. Paging Controls 5. Search Directory - - -1. STORE Method. Inserts the selected directory member into the selected datalink network. - - - STORE – REPLACE. Displays the REPLACE format of the Member Directory sub-page. - - - STORE – ADD. Adds the selected directory member into the first network entry is that is available. If - the datalink network already contains 15 network members, this option will be disabled and “barriered” - unless an existing network member is deleted from the selected datalink network. -2. Directory Members. Selects a directory member for review within the Directory Member status window. -3. Directory Member Status Window. Displays the digital ID settings of the selected directory member. -4. Paging Controls. Cycles forward and back through multiple pages of the directory. -5. Search Directory. Activates the KU for inputting alphanumeric characters to search for a specific member - within the directory. Displayed members will be filtered accordingly based on the results. -Member Directory – Replace Format -That Replace format of the Member Directory sub-page allows crewmembers to select an existing network -member within the current datalink network to replace with the selected directory member. - - - - - 7. Preset 8. Directory Member - Status Window Status Window - - - - - 9. Network Members 9. Network Members - - - - -6. Preset Status Window. Displays the unit ID and modem protocol of the preset network, along with the - callsign of the selected directory member that will replace a selected network member. -7. Directory Member Status Window. Displays the digital ID settings of the selected directory member - that will replace a selected network member. -8. Network Members. Selects an existing network member for replacement by the directory member - displayed within the Preset Status Window, using the information displayed within the Directory Member - Status Window. -COM Modem (MODEM) Sub-Page -The MODEM sub-page allows crewmembers to configure the settings the modem will utilize when sending or -receiving data through any radios tuned to the selected preset. - - - - - 5. Preset - Status Window - 1. Modem Protocol - - - 2. Modem Automatic - Acknowledgement - - - 3. Modem Retries - - - 4. Modem Baud Rate - - - - - 6. NET Sub-page - - -1. Modem Protocol. Selects the type of protocol the modem will utilize for the selected preset. - - - DATALINK. DATALINK-protocol digital messages may be sent using any radio tuned to the selected - preset. The modem will monitor any radios tuned to the selected preset for incoming digital messages - compatible with AH-64D-only DATALINK protocols. - - - TACFIRE. Not implemented. - - - INTERNET. Not implemented. - - - FIRE SUPPORT. Not implemented. - - - NONE. Radios tuned to the selected preset cannot send digital messages. The modem will not monitor - any radios tuned to the selected preset. -2. Modem Automatic Acknowledgement. Enables/disables automatic acknowledgements by the modem. - If a digital message is received, the modem will transmit a discreet acknowledgement to the originator ID - of the sender that the digital message has been received by the ownship. - NOTE: When a request for data is transmitted to a network subscriber, an “acknowledgement” from the - subscriber’s modem only confirms the request for data was received. An acknowledgement does not contain - the requested data, which is transmitted within a “reply”. -3. Modem Retries. Selects the number of subsequent attempts the modem should transmit digital messages - if an acknowledgement of reception is not received from any intended message recipients. - If an acknowledgement is not received from all intended recipients following the number of selected retries, - a “XMIT NAK” (No acknowledgement to transmission) advisory message will be displayed on the EUFD, - indicating which radio through which the modem failed to receive all required acknowledgements. This - advisory will be removed if the modem successfully receives acknowledgements from all intended recipients - from a subsequent digital message transmission. - - - 0. The modem will not make additional attempts to transmit a digital message. - - - 1. The modem will make one additional attempt to transmit a digital message to any subscribers that - did not return an acknowledgement. - - - 2. The modem will make two additional attempts to transmit a digital message to any subscribers that - did not return an acknowledgement. -4. Modem Baud Rate. Not implemented. -5. Preset Status Window. Displays the unit ID, callsign, and modem protocol of the selected preset network. -6. NET sub-page. Displays the Network sub-page. -Datalink Mission Editor Options -Mission creators may configure the datalink settings for each -aircraft within the Mission Editor. These settings are located -on the Aircraft Additional Properties and Datalinks tabs. Aircraft Additional - Properties tab -Aircraft Additional Properties. Allows the mission creator -to configure any remaining properties that are unique to the -aircraft type. - -- Datalink Originator ID. The originator ID will be how - the datalink modems of other AH-64D’s within the - mission will recognize the aircraft when sending or - receiving datalink messages. The alphanumeric - character ranges that are valid for entry are 0-39 (with - no leading zeros), A-Z, 1A-1Z, 2A-2Z, and 3A-3I; for a - total of 127 unique network ID numbers. - NOTE: Each network member, to include the ownship, - must have a unique ID number. If two or more - members on the same datalink network are assigned - the same identification number, erroneous behavior - may be observed when using the datalink, or when - using functions within the cockpit that are associated - with the datalink. - -- Ownship Call Sign. This data field will determine how - the aircraft is annotated within the cockpit of other AH- - 64D’s within the mission when sending or receiving - datalink messages. A minimum of 3 and a maximum of - 5 alphanumeric characters may be entered. -(See ORIG ID sub-page for more information.) -Datalinks – SETTING tab. Allows the mission creator to Datalinks -configure the details of each preset on the COM page. - -- Unit ID. This data field determines how the preset is - displayed on the COM page and on the EUFD Preset list. - Up to 8 alphanumeric characters may be entered. - -- Call Sign. This data field determines how the preset is - displayed on the EUFD when assigned to a radio. Up to - 5 alphanumeric characters may be entered. - -- Primary Freq. Displays options for designating a - primary frequency and radio for the preset. The - corresponding entries on the COM Preset format will be - displayed in white to highlight the intended radio and - net with which the preset is intended to be utilized - during the mission. The primary designation does not - affect the function of any radio equipment or how the - preset is assigned to a specific radio. - -- DL Net. When checked, DATALINK protocols will be - enabled on the MODEM sub-page for the preset. -(See PRESET EDIT sub-page in the Radio Communications -chapter for more information.) -Datalinks – NETWORK tab. Allows the mission creator to -configure the network and modem settings for each preset -on the COM page. Datalinks - - -- Preset Buttons (1-10). Selects the corresponding - preset with which to edit the network and modem - settings in the table below. - -- Auto Acknowledgement. When checked, automatic - acknowledgements will be transmitted by the modem - when a digital message is received across the datalink - network associated with this preset. - -- No Acknowledgement Retries. Selects the number - of subsequent attempts the modem should transmit - digital messages if an acknowledgement of reception is - not received across the datalink network associated - with this preset. - -- MBR #. Displays the index of each network member - associated with this preset. A maximum of 16 members - may be present within each network. The ownship will - always occupy the first entry; entries 2-16 will - correspond with network subscribers. - -- PILOT NAME. Displays the name of each network - member, which corresponds to how their entries will be - annotated within the ORIG DIR and MBR DIR sub- - pages. - -- C/S. Displays the Call Sign of each network member. - -- ID. Displays the subscriber ID of each network - member. - -- PRI. When checked, the member will be designated as a Primary member within the datalink network - associated with this preset. A maximum of 8 Primary members may be present within each network, with - the ownship always included as the first entry. - -- TM. When checked, the member will be designated as a Team member within the datalink network - associated with this preset. A maximum of 16 Team members may be present within each network, with - the ownship always included as the first entry. - -- Del. When the red “trash can” icon within this column is selected, the member will be removed from the - datalink network associated with this preset. The ownship cannot be deleted from the network. - -- Groups Selection/ADD Button. Displays options for selecting other AH-64D BLK.II Helicopter Groups - within the mission. Only AH-64D BLK.II Helicopter Groups that are of the same coalition and not already - present within the displayed network will be available for selection. - When the ADD button is pressed, all AH-64D’s within that Helicopter Group will be added to the member list - of the displayed network. - -- Units Selection/ADD Button. Displays options for selecting individual AH-64D BLK.II helicopters within - the mission. Only AH-64D BLK.II helicopters that are of the same coalition and not already present within - the displayed network will be available for selection. - When the ADD button is pressed, the AH-64D will be added to the member list of the displayed network. -(See NET and MODEM sub-pages for more information.) -TEAM MESSAGES -Team messages are used to relay and distribute command and control information, mission updates, or -reconnaissance information among networks of AH-64D’s. These message types include individual text messages -and entire mission files. Any time a text message or mission file is transmitted across a datalink network, all -subscribers designated as a Team member within that network will receive them. -Although Team messages themselves cannot be selectively sent to individual aircraft within a datalink network, -the networks themselves may be configured to facilitate this. Team member designations within a network may -be altered from the NET sub-page, or separate datalink networks may be configured with unique Team member -designations. - - -COM Message Send (MSG SEND) Sub-Page -The Message Send sub-page presents several options for sending text messages or mission files. - 1. TEXT Sub-page - - - - - 4. CURRENT - 2. Mission 1 Select - MISSION Sub-page - - 3. Mission 2 Select - - - - - 5. ATHS Sub-page - - -1. TEXT sub-page. Displays the Text sub-page. -2. MISSION 1. Not implemented. -3. MISSION 2. Not implemented. -4. CURRENT MISSION sub-page. Displays the Current Mission sub-page. -5. ATHS sub-page. Not implemented. -Sending Text Messages -Text messages may contain up to 4 lines of text, with each line consisting of no more than 44 alphanumeric -characters (or spaces), for a maximum of 176 characters. - - -COM MSG-SEND Text (TEXT) Sub-Page -The TEXT sub-page allows aircrews to select a pre-composed text message for transmission across the datalink -network, or manually compose a text message themselves using the Keyboard Unit (KU). -Text Message - MPS Format -Ten text messages may be composed using Mission Planning Systems prior to the mission. These text messages -allow aircrews to rapidly send critical or time-sensitive messages between aircraft without needing to manually -input each message prior to transmission. - 1. Source Select 2. TEXT MSG Type - - - - - 4. Message - Preview Window - - - - - 3. Message Select 3. Message Select - - - - - 5. SEND Button - - - 6. Send Status Window - - - - -1. Source Select. Not implemented. -2. TEXT MSG Type. Selects a page format for sending pre-composed or manually entered text messages. - - - TEXT MSG – MPS. Displays up to 10 text messages that have been composed prior to the mission. - - - TEXT MSG – FREE. Displays options for manually composing a text message using the KU. -3. Message Select. Selects an MPS Text message for preview. -4. Message Preview Window. Displays the text message that will be transmitted if the SEND button is - pressed. -5. SEND Button. The SEND button is displayed when a MPS Text message is selected for preview, or at least - one character has been entered into one line of a Free Text message, and the Datalink Transmit Select - Indicator is set to a radio that has been configured for transmitting digital messages. - When the SEND button is pressed, the text message will be sent to all network subscribers that are - designated as Team members. -6. Send Status Window. Displays the radio and datalink network over which the text message will be - transmitted. -Text Message - Free Format -Free text messages may be composed in the cockpit using the Keyboard Unit (KU). This allows aircrews to send -text messages regarding unplanned events, contingencies, or reconnaissance information. - - - - - 7. Text Entries - - - - - 8. Clear Text Entries - -7. Text Entries. Activates the KU for inputting a line of text. Each line of text may contain a maximum of 44 - characters. -8. Clear Text Entries. Deletes all characters from each line of text. -Sending Mission Files -Mission files may be sent from the aircraft database across the datalink network, which will overwrite the -corresponding mission file when stored in the receiving aircraft. Each mission file may be individually selected for -transmission, or the entire mission database may be selected for transmission. - - -COM MSG-SEND Current Mission (CURRENT MISSION) Sub-Page -The CURRENT MISSION sub-page transmits mission files from the aircraft memory across the datalink network. -When stored, the mission files onboard the receiving aircraft will be replaced with the received mission file. This -allows commanders or team leaders to synchronize information displayed on the TSD of each AH-64D as changes -in mission occur in real-time. This may also be used to update the TSD database of subsequent teams entering -the battlespace from those already on-station performing reconnaissance or conducting a “battle handover”. - 1. DL Page 2. XPNDR Page 3. UHF Page 4. FM Page 5. HF Page - - - - - 6. Waypoint/ - Hazards File - - - 7. Areas File 11. Laser Codes File - - - 8. Lines File - - - - - 9. Target/Threat File - - - 10. Control 14. SEND Button - Measures File - - 15. Send Status Window - - - - - 12. Route Format 13. All Mission Files - - -1. DL Page. Displays the Datalink page. (N/I) -2. XPNDR Page. Displays the Transponder page. (N/I) -3. UHF Page. Displays the UHF Radio page. (N/I) -4. FM Page. Displays the FM Radio page. (N/I) -5. HF Page. Displays the HF Radio page. (N/I) -6. Waypoint/Hazards File. Selects the Waypoint/Hazards file (W01-W50) for transmission. -7. Areas File. Selects the Areas file for transmission. (N/I) -8. Lines File. Selects the Lines file for transmission. (N/I) -9. Target/Threat File. Selects the Target/Threat file (T01-T50) for transmission. -10. Control Measures File. Selects the Control Measures file (C51-C99) for transmission. -11. Laser Codes File. Selects the Laser Codes file (Codes A-R) for transmission. -12. Route Format. Displays the Route format. -13. All Mission Files. Selects all mission files residing within the aircraft memory for transmission. Each mission - file will be transmitted in rapid succession to each Team member. -14. SEND Button. The SEND button is displayed when a mission file is selected and the Datalink Transmit - Select Indicator is set to a radio that has been configured for transmitting digital messages. - When the SEND button is pressed, the selected mission file(s) will be sent to all network subscribers that - are designated as Team members. -15. Send Status Window. Displays the radio and datalink network over which the mission file will be - transmitted. -Route Format -The Route format allows each route to be individually selected for transmission, or the entire Route file may be -transmitted. -NOTE: If a route contains any points with different coordinates (or are simply not present) within the receiving -aircraft, the route sequence will appear differently within the receiving aircraft when stored. The corresponding -points within each route should be transmitted to, and stored within, the receiving aircraft before the routes -themselves are transmitted and stored. - - - - - 16. Route Select 16. Route Select - - - - - 17. Routes File - - -16. Route Select. Selects an individual route from within the Routes file for transmission. -17. Routes File. Selects the Routes file (Routes 1-10) for transmission. -Receiving Text Messages & Mission Files -Either crewmember may review, store, or delete any received text message, mission file, or other datalink -message. However, deleting or storing a datalink message will perform the action for both crewstations. - When a text message or mission file has been received through the datalink, the EUFD - will display a “DL MESSAGE” advisory, prompting the aircrew to access the MSG REC - sub-page to review (or store) the received datalink message. - - -COM Message Receive (MSG REC) Sub-Page -The MSG REC sub-page allows aircrews to view a list containing all datalink messages that have been received. - 1. Source Select 2. Store File 3. Store LOCATION 4. Delete Message - - - - - 5. Message Select 5. Message Select - - - - - 6. Paging Controls 7. ATHS Sub-page - - -1. Source Select. Not implemented. -2. Store File. Stores the selected mission file, TSD point, tactical report, or PF/NF zones. -3. Store LOCATION. Selects a location for storing the selected mission file, TSD point, or PF/NF zones. This - option is not available when a tactical report is selected from the message list. (N/I) - - - LOCATION – CURR. Stores the selected data within the database residing in the aircraft memory. - - - LOCATION – MSN1. Stores the selected data within the MISSION 1 database residing on the DTC. - - - LOCATION – MSN2. Stores the selected data within the MISSION 2 database residing on the DTC. -4. Delete Message. Deletes the selected message. -5. Message Select. Selects a received message for review, storing, or deletion. -6. Paging Controls. Cycles forward and back through multiple pages of the message list. -7. ATHS sub-page. Not implemented. - 8. Review Message - - - - -8. Review Message. Displays the Review format when a text message is selected from the message list. - This option will be displayed in white if the selected text message has not been reviewed by either - crewmember. Once the text message has been reviewed, the option will be displayed in green. -TSD POINTS -Any point residing within the TSD database may be transmitted across the datalink network. However, unlike -mission files which are transmitted to all Team members within the datalink network, TSD points may only be -transmitted to selected Primary members. This facilitates target handovers between individual aircraft by sending -Target points, it allows team leaders to develop hasty control measures during the mission, and permits a more -limited transfer of TSD points to specific aircraft in lieu of sending an entire file to all Team members. - - -Transmitting a Point -Points may be transmitted while the POINT sub-page is displayed in XMIT format. By default, no Primary members -are selected to receive a point transmission; each Primary member must be selected as a method of confirming -which subscribers should receive the selected point. - - -POINT Transmit (XMIT) format -Pressing the XMIT button (VAB L6) displays the POINT sub-page in Transmit format. Pressing the XMIT button a -second time returns the POINT sub-page to the original format. - - - 2. Primary Member Select - - - - - 1. Review Point - - - - - 3. SEND Button - - - 4. Send Status Window - - - - -1. Review Point. Activates the KU for inputting a point file for transmission. Alternatively, a point may be - selected for review directly from the TSD by using the MPD cursor. -2. Primary Member Select. Displays a list of Primary members within the selected datalink network that - may be selected to receive the selected point. Each entry within the list is generated from the Callsigns of - Primary members as displayed on the NET sub-page, truncated to the last three alphanumeric characters. - For example, “DH08” is displayed as “H08” within the Primary member list on the TSD page. - If the Datalink Transmit Select Indicator is moved to a different datalink network on the EUFD, the Primary - member list will update to reflect the Primary members within the selected datalink network. If the Datalink - Transmit Select Indicator is moved to a radio that has not been tuned to a preset with a datalink network, - or that network contains no Primary members, no callsigns will be displayed within the Primary member list. -3. SEND Button. The SEND button is displayed when a point is selected, the Datalink Transmit Select Indicator - is set to a radio that has been configured for transmitting digital messages, and at least one Primary member - has been selected to receive it. -4. Send Status Window. Displays the radio and datalink network over which the point will be transmitted. - - -Transmitting a Point -To transmit a point, ensure the EUFD Datalink -Transmit Select Indicator is set to the datalink -network over which the transmission is -intended, and then perform the following: 4. IDENT> (VAB L1) - -11. TSD Fixed Action Button – Press. -12. POINT (VAB B6) – Select. - 5. Primary Members - (VAB L3-L6) -13. XMIT (VAB L6) – Select. -14. POINT> (VAB L1) – Select and input the - point index of the point to be transmitted - into the KU (e.g., “W11”, “H05”, “C51”, - “T04”, etc). - 3. XMIT (VAB L6) - or 6. SEND (VAB R6) -4. MPD Cursor Controller/Enter – Select - the point to be transmitted on TSD. - - Cursor Controller/Enter - - - - - 1. TSD Fixed Action Button 2. POINT (VAB B6) - - - - -15. Primary Members (VAB T5, T6, R1-R5) – Select. -16. SEND (VAB R6) – Press. -Once SEND (VAB R6) is pressed, the SEND text label will be displayed in inverse video as the transmission is -performed to each Primary member that is selected to receive the point. When the transmission is complete, the -SEND text label will revert to normal video. -If an acknowledgement of receipt is not received from any Primary member selected to receive the point, a “XMIT -NAK” advisory will be displayed on the EUFD. -Receiving a Point - When a point has been received through the datalink, the EUFD will display an advisory - indicating the type of point received. The “TGT/THRT” advisory will also be - accompanied by an audio ring tone, prompting the aircrew to access the MSG REC sub- - page or the TSD Receive List to store the received Target/Threat point. -Any time a datalink message intended for -Primary members is received, the aircrew -within the receiving aircraft may store the -contents of the message by selecting the COM -page and then the MSG REC sub-page, or they -may store it directly from the TSD. A white 2. REC (VAB L2) -“REC” option will be displayed at VAB L2, -which will open the TSD Receive list. - - Type of point - received - - - Originator Datalink - Callsign Protocol - - - - - 1. TSD Fixed Action Button -The Receive list will display the four most -recent datalink messages that have not -already been stored (excluding text messages -and mission files). Each entry will include the -type of data that has been sent within the -message, the originator callsign that sent the -message, and the modem protocol through 3. Datalink message - (VAB L2-L5) -which it was received. -In the example on this page, a TGT/THRT -point was received from “DH09” through the -DATALINK protocol, indicated by an “L”. -To store a point within the database, perform -the following: -1. TSD Fixed Action Button – Press. -2. REC (VAB R2) – Select to display the - Receive list. -3. Datalink message (VAB L2-L5) – Select. - 3. NONE (VAB L6) - or -3. NONE (VAB L6) – Select to close the - Receive list without storing a message. -TACTICAL REPORTS -Tactical reports may be transmitted between AH-64D’s across the datalink network. These reports streamline and -digitize the distribution of tactical information between AH-64D’s during the mission, which facilitates a more -efficient use of the radios for voice communications. - - - - -Crewmembers may send reports to any AH-64D Primary member(s) within the selected datalink network, or they -may send a request for a report, also known as a “query”. In addition, crewmembers may configure the modem -to automatically send reports in response to queries without aircrew interaction; or they may disable this function, -which will require a manual reply to such report queries. -Battle Damage Assessment Report. BDA reports allow crewmembers to send missile engagement data to -their flight leaders, which can then forward that data across other datalink networks to AH-64D commanders. -Target Report. Target reports allow FCR-equipped AH-64D’s to distribute FCR-generated targeting or -reconnaissance data to other AH-64D’s across the datalink network, which can be used to maintain situational -awareness of the battlespace or aid in target acquisition within their own aircraft. -Present Position Report. Present Position reports update the positions of other AH-64D’s on the datalink -network and displays their positions as friendly helicopter symbols on the TSD. These reports may be used to -monitor the movements of each team of AH-64D’s, allowing flight leaders and commanders to synchronize tactical -movements and actions. -Fuel/Ammunition/Rockets/Missiles Report. Also known as FARM, these reports send the current state of -fuel, munitions, and expendable countermeasures remaining onboard, allowing flight leaders and commanders -to monitor the remaining time-on-station, ordnance, and defensive capabilities of the AH-64D’s at any point -during the mission. -All reports may be transmitted, requested, received, or reviewed through the TSD; or stored from the COM MSG -REC sub-page. -TSD Report (RPT) Sub-page -Sending or requesting tactical reports is performed through the RPT sub-page on the TSD. This sub-page allows -crewmembers to send Battle Damage Assessment (BDA) reports, FCR Target (TGT) reports, Present Position (PP) -reports, or report the status of their onboard fuel, munitions, and expendable countermeasures using FARM -reports. This page also allows crewmembers to disable the modem’s automatic replies to queries. - - - - - 1. BDA Report format 7. Status Message Select - - - 2. TGT Report format - - - 3. PP Report format - - - 4. FARM Report format - - - 5. SIT Report format - - - 6. SPOT Report format - - - - - 8. Automatic Reply Mode 9. ATHS sub-page 10. ARTY sub-page 11. AF sub-page - - -1. BDA Report format. Displays the Battle Damage Assessment Report format. -2. TGT Report format. Displays the FCR Target Report format. -3. PP Report format. Displays the Present Position Report format. -4. FARM Report format. Displays the Fuel/Ammunition/Rockets/Missiles Report format. -5. SIT Report format. Not implemented. -6. SPOT Report format. Not implemented. -7. Status Message Select. Not implemented. -8. Automatic Reply Mode. Enables/disables the automatic reply function of the datalink modem. - - - AUTO. The modem will automatically transmit reports in response to queries. - - - OFF. The aircrew will be notified of incoming queries and will be responsible for sending reports as - necessary. -9. ATHS sub-page. Not implemented. -10. ARTY sub-page. Not implemented. -11. AF sub-page. Not implemented. -Selected Report (BDA, TGT, PP, FARM) format -Pressing the BDA (VAB L1), TGT (VAB L2), PP (VAB L3), or FARM (VAB L4) buttons displays the RPT sub-page in -the selected report format. Pressing the corresponding report button a second time returns the RPT sub-page to -the original format. -Battle Damage Assessment (BDA) Report -BDA reports transmit the SHOT file stored within the onboard database, which stores the details of each missile -engagement performed by the ownship. The BDA report can also forward SHOT files that have already been -received from other AH-64D’s via the datalink. SHOT files may be reviewed on the TSD SHOT sub-page. - - - 4. Primary Member Select - - - - - 1. SHOT symbols - - - - - 2. All SHOT Files - - - 3. Ownship SHOT File - - - 5. SEND Button - - - 6. Send Status Window - - - - - 7. Message Type Select - - -1. SHOT Symbols. Missile engagement locations are stored to the ownship SHOT file and displayed on the - TSD and FCR pages as green X symbols. Missile engagement locations received via the datalink are displayed - as partial-intensity green X symbols on the TSD and FCR pages. -2. All SHOT Files (ALL). All SHOT file entries will be transmitted within the BDA report, which includes SHOT - files stored by the ownship and SHOT files received through the datalink from other AH-64D’s. -3. Ownship SHOT File (OWN). Ownship SHOT file entries will be transmitted within the BDA report. This is - the default selection. -4. Primary Member Select. Displays a list of Primary members within the selected datalink network that - may be selected to receive the report. Each entry within the list is generated from the Callsigns of Primary - members as displayed on the NET sub-page, truncated to the last three alphanumeric characters. For - example, “DH08” is displayed as “H08” within the Primary member list on the TSD page. - If the Datalink Transmit Select Indicator is moved to a different datalink network on the EUFD, the Primary - member list will update to reflect the Primary members within the selected datalink network. If the Datalink - Transmit Select Indicator is moved to a radio that has not been tuned to a preset with a datalink network, - or that network contains no Primary members, no callsigns will be displayed within the Primary member list. - When BDA is the selected report type, no members are selected by default. However, if TGT, PP, or FARM - are the selected report type, all members are selected by default. -5. SEND Button. The SEND button is displayed when a report is selected, the Datalink Transmit Select - Indicator is set to a radio that has been configured for transmitting digital messages, and at least one - Primary member has been selected to receive it. -6. Send Status Window. Displays the radio and datalink network over which the report will be transmitted. -7. Message Type Select. Toggles the type of message that will be sent to the selected Primary members. - This option is not displayed when the RPT sub-page is displayed in TGT format; FCR Target reports may be - sent, but they cannot be requested. - - - SEND. A report will be sent to each Primary member that has been selected. - - - RQST. A query will be sent to each Primary member that has been selected. -Present Position (PP) Report -PP reports transmit the ownship’s present position to other AH-64D’s, which will be displayed as Datalink -Subscriber control measure symbols on the TSD within the receiving aircraft. Each unique present position report -is stored as C93 through C99 within the TSD database, allowing a maximum of 7 present position points to be -displayed at any given time. If a PP report is received from a subscriber ID that corresponds with an existing -point within C93-C99, the coordinate data of the point is updated with the most recent position received. If each -point within C93-C99 is already occupied by present position data, each PP report that is subsequently received -from a unique subscriber ID will overwrite the data stored in C93, then C94, etc. in a cyclic manner. -NOTE: Present Position reports are only transmitted on demand. These points are static in nature and are not -automatically updated as each AH-64D within the datalink network moves across the battlefield. - - - - - 8. Present - Position Points - - - - -8. Present Position Points. Displays the positions of other AH-64D’s within the datalink network. The last - three alphanumeric characters within the corresponding subscriber’s callsign are entered as the point’s Free - Text, which allows the crewmembers to identify the positions of other AH-64D’s on the TSD. -Fuel/Ammo/Rockets/Missiles (FARM) Report -FARM reports transmit the fuel state, munitions inventory, and the quantity of expendable countermeasures -remaining onboard the aircraft. The FARM report also includes the present position and MSL altitude (above mean -sea level) of the originating aircraft, and the time at which the data was transmitted. FARM reports may be -reviewed on the TSD FARM sub-page. -Sending Tactical Reports -To send a report, ensure the EUFD Datalink -Transmit Select Indicator is set to the datalink 2. RPT (VAB T1) -network over which the transmission is -intended, and then perform the following: -1. TSD Fixed Action Button – Press. -2. RPT (VAB T1) – Select. -3. Report Type (VAB L1-L4) – Select the - desired report format. -4. MSG (VAB B2) – Set to SEND. -5. Report Options (VAB L4/L5) – Select as - necessary prior to transmitting a BDA or - TGT report. - 3. Report Type (VAB L1-L4) - or -5. MPD Cursor Controller/Enter – Select - individual FCR targets to be transmitted - within the TGT report. - - 4. MSG (VAB B2) - Cursor Controller/Enter - - - 1. TSD Fixed Action Button - - - - - 6. Primary Members - (VAB L3-L6) - - 5. Report Options (VAB L4/L5) -6. Primary Members (VAB T5, T6, R1-R5) – - Select. -7. SEND (VAB R6) – Press. -Once SEND (VAB R6) is pressed, the SEND - 7. SEND (VAB R6) -text label will be displayed in inverse video as -the transmission is performed to each Primary -member that is selected to receive the report. -When the transmission is complete, the SEND -text label will revert to normal video. -If an acknowledgement of receipt is not -received from any Primary member selected -to receive the report, a “XMIT NAK” advisory -will be displayed on the EUFD. -Requesting Tactical Reports -To request a report, ensure the EUFD Datalink -Transmit Select Indicator is set to the datalink 2. RPT (VAB T1) -network over which the transmission is -intended, and then perform the following: -1. TSD Fixed Action Button – Press. -2. RPT (VAB T1) – Select. -3. Report Type (VAB L1, L3, or L4) – Select - 3. Report Type (VAB L1, L3, L4) - the desired report format. - NOTE: FCR TGT Reports cannot be - requested. -4. MSG (VAB B2) – Set to RQST. -5. Primary Members (VAB T5, T6, R1-R5) – - Select. -6. SEND (VAB R6) – Press. -Once SEND (VAB R6) is pressed, the SEND -text label will be displayed in inverse video as -the transmission is performed to each Primary -member that is selected to receive the query. -When the transmission is complete, the SEND - 1. TSD Fixed Action Button -text label will revert to normal video. -If an acknowledgement of receipt is not -received from any Primary member selected -to receive the query, a “XMIT NAK” advisory -will be displayed on the EUFD. - - - - 5. Primary Members - (VAB L3-L6) - - - - - 6. SEND (VAB R6) - - - - - 4. MSG (VAB B2) -Receiving Tactical Reports - When a tactical report has been received through the datalink, the EUFD will display an - advisory indicating the type of report received. The “BDA REPORT” advisory will be - accompanied by an audio ring tone, prompting the aircrew to access the MSG REC sub- - page or the TSD Receive List to store the received report. -Any time a datalink message intended for -Primary members is received, the aircrew -within the receiving aircraft may store the -contents of the message by selecting the COM -page and then the MSG REC sub-page, or they -may store it directly from the TSD. A white 2. REC (VAB L2) -“REC” option will be displayed at VAB L2, -which will open the TSD Receive list. - - - Type of report - received - - - Originator Datalink - Callsign Protocol - - - - - 1. TSD Fixed Action Button -The Receive list will display the four most -recent datalink messages that have not -already been stored (excluding text messages -and mission files). Each entry will include the -type of data that has been sent within the -message, the originator callsign that sent the -message, and the modem protocol through 3. Datalink message - (VAB L2-L5) -which it was received. -In the example on this page, a BDA report was -received from “DH09” through the DATALINK -protocol, indicated by an “L”. -To store a tactical report within the database, -perform the following: -1. TSD Fixed Action Button – Press. -2. REC (VAB R2) – Select to display the - Receive list. -3. Datalink message (VAB L2-L5) – Select. - 3. NONE (VAB L6) - or -3. NONE (VAB L6) – Select to close the - Receive list without storing a message. -Reviewing Tactical Reports -After receiving BDA and FARM reports, the information contained within the reports is extracted and stored within -the aircraft database. The information from these reports may be reviewed from the TSD COORD sub-page. - - -TSD Shot (SHOT) Sub-page -The SHOT sub-page displays engagement data for every missile fired from the ownship and any BDA reports -received through the datalink. - - - - - 1. Missile - Engagement Data - - - - - 2. DEL Button - - - - - 3. Paging Controls - - -1. Missile Engagement Data. Every AGM-114 missile that is fired will generate a unique missile engagement - index within the ownship SHOT file. - - - Shot Index. The index for each ownship missile engagement is numbered 1 through 16. Any SHOT - files that are extracted from BDA reports received via the datalink will be stored in indexes 17-128, - allowing a total of 16 missile engagements from 7 other AH-64D’s within the network. - If the number of missile engagements from the ownship exceeds 16, which may occur after rearming - at a Forward Arming and Refueling Point (FARP), the 17th missile engagement that is recorded will - overwrite the data in index 1, the 18th missile engagement will overwrite the data in index 2, and so - on in a cyclic manner. - If the number of imported missile engagements extracted from BDA reports exceeds 112, missile - engagement data will begin overwriting the data in index 17, then 18, and so on in a cyclic manner. - - - Target Classification. If an RF missile engagement is conducted against an FCR-detected target, the - corresponding FCR target symbol will be displayed next to the Shot index. If an RF missile engagement - is conducted using the TADS to generate target data, an “Unknown” (square) target symbol will be - displayed. All SAL missile engagements will be displayed with an “Unknown” (square) target symbol. - - - Missile Type. “RF” will be displayed when an AGM-114L missile is employed, or “SAL” when an AGM- - 114K missile is employed. - - - Time of Engagement. The missile engagement is recorded at the moment that launch is commanded. - - - Ownship (OWN)/Datalink (DL). “OWN” will be displayed for missile engagements 1-16. “DL” will - be displayed for missile engagements 17-128 that have been received over the datalink network. - - - Location of Engagement. The MGRS coordinates of the target, to include the Earth Datum and - Datum Code, are displayed based on the location of the target handover data when employing an RF - missile, or the line-of-sight and range source of the selected sight at the moment of launch when - employing a SAL missile. -2. DEL button. Pressing the DEL button (VAB L3) replaces the DEL button with a two-button Grouped button - confirmation option. Pressing the NO button (VAB L3) will abort the deletion process. Pressing the YES - button (VAB L2) will delete all missile engagement data received over the datalink network. - Ownship (OWN) missile engagement data cannot be deleted. -3. Paging Controls. Cycles forward and back through multiple pages of the SHOT file. - - -TSD Fuel/Ammunition/Rockets/Missiles (FARM) Sub-page -The FARM sub-page displays onboard fuel, munitions, countermeasures, and present position coordinate data of -other AH-64D’s received through the datalink. - - - - - 1. TYPE Select - - -1. TYPE Select. Selects the type of FARM report data that is displayed. - - - BASIC. The Basic FARM report format displays the datalink subscriber’s callsign, the time the report - was received, the total fuel onboard (lbs.), remaining rounds of 30mm ammunition, remaining rockets - onboard (of any type), and the remaining missiles onboard, separated between RF and SAL variants. - -- MSL. The Missile (MSL) FARM report format displays the datalink subscriber’s callsign, the time the - report was received, and the remaining missiles onboard, separated between RF, SAL1, SAL2, and - Other missile variants. Only RF (AGM-114L) and SAL2 (AGM-114K) are simulated within DCS: AH-64D. - - - - - -- EXPEN. The Expendables (EXPEN) FARM report format displays the datalink subscriber’s callsign, the - time the report was received, and the remaining expendable countermeasures onboard, separated - between Flare, Chaff, and Other. Only flares and chaff are simulated within DCS: AH-64D. - -- PP. The Present Position (PP) FARM report format displays the datalink subscriber’s callsign, the time - the report was received, the subscriber’s present position in both MGRS and Latitude/Longitude - coordinate formats, and the subscriber’s altitude in feet above mean sea level (MSL). -BATTLE AREA MANAGEMENT -As attack helicopters, AH-64D’s are capable of engaging large numbers of enemy targets within a short time -span. When massing fires against enemy forces, proper distribution of fire should be used to ensure as many -targets are engaged as possible while maximizing the use of all munitions that are available within the team, all -while avoiding potential fratricide and collateral damage of non-military infrastructure. This is especially crucial -when employing “fire-and-forget” weapons such as the radar-guided AGM-114L missile. - - - - -Fire zones facilitate this distribution of firepower across the battlefield by assigning specific geographic zones for -engagement by individual AH-64D’s (Priority Fire Zones; PFZ) and other geographic zones that should not be -engaged (No Fire Zones; NFZ). Priority Fire Zones and No Fire Zones may be transmitted between selected -Primary members across the datalink network, which allows flight leaders and commanders to digitize the -distribution of fires during the mission. These fire zones may be created, deleted, transmitted, or received through -the TSD. In addition, received fire zones may also be stored from the MSG REC sub-page, which is accessed from -the COM page. -When drawing Priority Fire Zones or No Fire Zones, 4-sided zones may be created by either crewmember using -several methods, ranging from simple rectangles to irregular-shaped quadrilaterals. Once drawn, PFZ’s may then -be assigned to any Primary member(s) within the selected datalink network. -Fire zones may also be individually activated or deactivated, which will affect how any FCR-equipped AH-64D’s -prioritize ground targets that are detected within those zones. - -- All FCR targets detected within an activated PFZ will out-prioritize any FCR targets that are outside the PFZ. - -- All FCR targets detected within an activated NFZ will not be prioritized by the FCR, even if those targets are - also within an overlapping PFZ that is also activated. However, it should be noted that activating an NFZ will - not prevent any targets within the zone from being engaged; it will only affect the FCR’s target prioritization - process. -TSD Battle Area Management (BAM) Sub-page -All functions regarding Priority Fire and No Fire Zones are performed through the BAM sub-page on the TSD. This -sub-page allows crewmembers to create or delete fire zones, activate/deactivate fire zones, assign PFZ’s to -specific Primary members, or transmit fire zones to Primary members within the selected datalink network. - - -Priority Fire (PF) format -The BAM sub-page is displayed in PF format when the fire zone type (VAB L1) is set to PF. This format displays -options and controls for creating, deleting, assigning, or activating Priority Fire Zones. - 8. Assign Format - - - - 9. Primary Member Select - - - 1. Priority Fire Zone - - - - 2. Fire Zone TYPE Select - - - 3. Zone Option Select - - - 4. Zone Activation Select - - - 5. Delete PF Zones - - - 6. Zone Number Select - - - 7. Draw Method Select 10. SEND Button - - - 11. Send Status Window - - - - - 12. Transmit Both Zone Types - -1. Priority Fire Zone. Displays a geographic area in which weapons fire from the assigned Primary member - should be concentrated at the appropriate time in battle. Up to 8 PFZ’s may be present on the TSD at any - given time, with each zone identified with a number 1 through 8. -2. Fire Zone TYPE Select. Toggles the BAM page between PF and NF formats. -3. Zone Option Select (OPT). Selects the method of sub-dividing geographic areas between each Priority - Fire Zone. - - - AUTO. The geographic area to encompass all PFZ boundaries is selected using the MPD cursor, which - is automatically subdivided into individual PFZ’s based on the number of zones selected using VAB L5. - - - MAN. Each individual PFZ is manually drawn using the MPD cursor, the total number of which is - selected using VAB L5. - - - TRP. Four equally sized PFZ’s are placed on the TSD by the MPD cursor in a Target Reference Point - quadrant pattern, with the height and width of each PFZ based on the KM value selected using VAB - L5. The MPD cursor will be displayed in TRP format when positioned within the TSD footprint. -4. Zone Activation Select (ACT). Displays the PFZ activation menu, which allows the crewmember to - activate any PFZ from the displayed list. When a PFZ has been activated, the border lines of the zone will - marquee in a continuous pattern. Only one PFZ may be active at any given time. - NOTE: Activating a PFZ will remove all zone text labels within the boundaries of the zone. -5. Delete PF Zones (DEL). Deletes all Priority Fire Zones. -6. Zone Number Select (#Z). Displays the zone number selection menu, which allows the crewmember to - choose the number of PFZ’s that are drawn when OPT is set to AUTO or MAN. - When entering the BAM sub-page, this selection will default to the number of Primary members that are - present within the datalink network selected by the Datalink Transmit Select Indicator, plus one additional - zone for the ownship (e.g., if there are three Primary members within the selected datalink network, the - zone number selection will default to “4”). - If the Datalink Transmit Select Indicator is set to a radio that is not tuned to a datalink network, or the - selected datalink network has no subscribers designated as Primary members, the zone number selection - will default to 1. -7. Draw Method Select (DR). Selects the method of drawing Priority Fire Zones using the MPD cursor. - - - Box (BX). A rectangular-shaped zone will be drawn based on the alignment of the TSD. The first - Cursor-Enter command using the MPD cursor will establish the first corner, and the second Cursor- - Enter command will establish the opposing corner. - - - Line (LN). A custom quadrilateral-shaped zone may be drawn independent of the alignment of the - TSD. Each Cursor-Enter command using the MPD cursor establishes the next corner of the zone in - sequence. -8. Assign format (ASN). Displays the Priority Fire Assign format. -9. Primary Member Select. Displays a list of Primary members within the selected datalink network that - may be selected to receive the PF Zone file. Each entry within the list is generated from the Callsigns of - Primary members as displayed on the NET sub-page, truncated to the last three alphanumeric characters. - For example, “DH08” is displayed as “H08” within the Primary member list on the TSD page. - If the Datalink Transmit Select Indicator is moved to a different datalink network on the EUFD, the Primary - member list will update to reflect the Primary members within the selected datalink network. If the Datalink - Transmit Select Indicator is moved to a radio that has not been tuned to a preset with a datalink network, - or that network contains no Primary members, no callsigns will be displayed within the Primary member list. -10. SEND Button. The SEND button is displayed on the PF format when at least one PFZ is present on the - TSD, the Datalink Transmit Select Indicator is set to a radio that has been configured for transmitting digital - messages, and at least one Primary member has been selected to receive it. -11. Send Status Window. Displays the radio and datalink network over which the zone(s) will be - transmitted. -12. Transmit Both Zone Types (XMIT BOTH). The XMIT BOTH button is displayed on the BAM sub-page - when at least one PFZ and one NFZ is present on the TSD. When selected, pressing the SEND button will - simultaneously transmit the PF Zone and NF Zone files to the selected Primary member(s). -No Fire (NF) format -The BAM sub-page is displayed in NF format when the fire zone type (VAB L1) is set to NF. This format displays -options and controls for creating, deleting, or activating No Fire Zones. - 1. Active Select - - - - 8. Primary Member Select - - - 2. No Fire Zone - - - - 3. Fire Zone TYPE Select - - - 4. No Fire Zone Select - - - 5. Zone Activation Select - - - 6. Delete Selected NF Zone - - - - - 7. Draw Method Select 9. SEND Button - - - 10. Send Status Window - - - - - 11. Transmit Both Zone Types - - -1. Active Select. No function. -2. No Fire Zone. Displays a geographic area in which weapons fire is prohibited during the battle. Up to 8 - NFZ’s may be present on the TSD at any given time, with each zone identified with a number 1 through 8. -3. Fire Zone TYPE Select. Toggles the BAM page between PF and NF formats. -4. No Fire Zone Select (SEL). Displays the NFZ selection menu, which allows the crewmember to select - individual No Fire Zones for drawing, deleting, or activating/de-activating the selected zone. Any number of - NFZ’s may be active at any given time. -5. Zone Activation Select (ACT). Activates/Deactivates the NFZ selected using VAB L2. When a NFZ has - been activated, the border lines of the zone will marquee in a continuous pattern. -6. Delete Selected NF Zone (DEL). Deletes the NFZ selected using VAB L2. -7. Draw Method Select (DR). Selects the method of drawing No Fire Zones using the MPD cursor. - - - Box (BX). A rectangular-shaped zone will be drawn based on the alignment of the TSD. The first - Cursor-Enter command using the MPD cursor will establish the first corner, and the second Cursor- - Enter command will establish the opposing corner. - - - Line (LN). A custom quadrilateral-shaped zone may be drawn independent of the alignment of the - TSD. Each Cursor-Enter command using the MPD cursor establishes the next corner of the zone in - sequence. -8. Primary Member Select. Displays a list of Primary members within the selected datalink network that - may be selected to receive the NF Zone file. Each entry within the list is generated from the Callsigns of - Primary members as displayed on the NET sub-page, truncated to the last three alphanumeric characters. - For example, “DH08” is displayed as “H08” within the Primary member list on the TSD page. - If the Datalink Transmit Select Indicator is moved to a different datalink network on the EUFD, the Primary - member list will update to reflect the Primary members within the selected datalink network. If the Datalink - Transmit Select Indicator is moved to a radio that has not been tuned to a preset with a datalink network, - or that network contains no Primary members, no callsigns will be displayed within the Primary member list. -9. SEND Button. The SEND button is displayed on the NF format when at least one NFZ is present on the - TSD, the Datalink Transmit Select Indicator is set to a radio that has been configured for transmitting digital - messages, and at least one Primary member has been selected to receive it. -10. Send Status Window. Displays the radio and datalink network over which the zone(s) will be - transmitted. -11. Transmit Both Zone Types (XMIT BOTH). The XMIT BOTH button is displayed on the BAM sub-page - when at least one PFZ and one NFZ is present on the TSD. When selected, pressing the SEND button will - simultaneously transmit the PF Zone and NF Zone files to the selected Primary member(s). -Drawing Fire Zones -Fire zones may be placed on the TSD by either crewmember using several options and draw methods that are -selected from the BAM sub-page. The creation of Priority Fire Zones may be Automatic, Manual, or placed around -a central TRP, but each No Fire Zone must be individually selected and drawn. However, PFZ’s and NFZ’s may -both be drawn using either the Box (BX) or Line (LN) methods. -When using the Line method to draw PFZ’s or NFZ’s, a line will not be accepted if placed in such a way that it -crosses an existing line of the same zone. For example, an hourglass-shaped zone cannot be created. -AUTO PFZ Option. The geographic area to encompass all PFZ boundaries is selected using the MPD cursor, -which is automatically subdivided into individual PFZ’s based on the number of zones selected using VAB L5. -If the Box method is used to -draw the PFZ’s, the MPD -cursor designates the two -opposing corners of the PFZ -area. If the Line method is -used to draw the PFZ’s, the -MPD cursor designates each -corner in sequence, with the -total area sub-divided based -on the vector of the first line -drawn. - - -MAN PFZ Option. Each individual PFZ is manually drawn using the MPD cursor, the total number of which is -selected using VAB L5. -If the Box method is used to -draw the PFZ’s, the MPD -cursor designates the two -opposing corners of each PFZ. -If the Line method is used to -draw the PFZ’s, the MPD -cursor designates each corner -in sequence. The next zone is -then drawn in the same -manner until all zones are -drawn. - - -TRP PFZ Option. Four equally sized PFZ’s are placed on the TSD by the MPD cursor in a Target Reference Point -quadrant pattern, with the height and width of each PFZ based on the KM value selected using VAB L5. -The MPD cursor will be displayed in TRP format when -positioned within the TSD footprint. The size of the -MPD cursor’s TRP outline will be dynamically sized -based on the selected TRP size and the current TSD -scale. The MPD cursor designates the center of the -TRP, after which four equally sized square PFZ’s are -created. -Selected NFZ. Each individual NFZ is selected and manually drawn using the MPD cursor. -If the Box method is used to draw the NFZ, the -MPD cursor designates the two opposing corners -of the selected NFZ. If the Line method is used to -draw the NFZ, the MPD cursor designates each -corner in sequence. - - - - -Drawing Priority Fire Zones -To draw a Priority Fire Zone on the TSD, -perform the following: -1. TSD Fixed Action Button – Press. -2. BAM (VAB B3) – Select. 3. TYPE (VAB L1) - - -3. TYPE (VAB L1) – Select PF. 7. MPD Cursor Draw - -4. OPT (VAB L2) – Select AUTO, MAN, or - TRP as desired. -5. #Z (VAB L5) – Select desired number of 4. OPT (VAB L2) - zones if OPT is set to AUTO or MAN. - 5. #Z or KM (VAB L5) - or -5. KM (VAB L5) – Select zone size (in - kilometers) if OPT is set to TRP. -6. DR (VAB L6) – Select BX or LN as desired. - 6. DR (VAB L6) -7. MPD Cursor Controller/Enter – Draw each - zone in sequence as necessary. - - Cursor Controller/Enter - - 1. TSD Fixed Action Button 2. BAM (VAB B3) - - - - -If a zone is being drawn while the OPT is set to MAN or AUTO, and the crewmember wishes to undo any previous -cursor actions for the zone being drawn, CLR (VAB B2) may be pressed to remove each previous cursor action in -sequence. -Once the zone(s) are drawn, ASN (VAB T4), ACT (VAB L3), and DEL (VAB L4) will be displayed, allowing the -crewmember to assign or activate PFZ’s, or delete all PFZ’s from the TSD. -Drawing No Fire Zones -To draw a No Fire Zone on the TSD, perform -the following: -1. TSD Fixed Action Button – Press. -2. BAM (VAB B3) – Select. 3. TYPE (VAB L1) - - -3. TYPE (VAB L1) – Select NF. -4. SEL (VAB L2) – Select. -5. Select desired NF Zone from expanded - menu options (VAB T1, T2, L1-L6). 4. SEL (VAB L2) - - NOTE: Drawn NF Zones will be displayed - in green. NF Zones that have not been - drawn will be displayed in white. -6. DR (VAB L6) – Select BX or LN as desired. -7. MPD Cursor Controller/Enter – Draw the - zone as necessary. 6. DR (VAB L6) 7. MPD Cursor Draw - - - Cursor Controller/Enter - - - - - 1. TSD Fixed Action Button 2. BAM (VAB B3) - - - - - 8. ACT (VAB L3) -If a zone is being drawn and the crewmember -wishes to undo any previous cursor actions, -CLR (VAB B2) may be pressed to remove each -previous cursor action in sequence. -8. ACT (VAB L3) – Select to accept and - activate the NFZ. 8. ACCEPT (VAB L4) - - or -8. ACCEPT (VAB L4) – Select to accept but - not activate the NFZ. -Once the zone is accepted by pressing ACT or -ACCEPT, DEL (VAB L4) will be displayed, -allowing the crewmember to delete the -selected NFZ from the TSD. -Assigning Priority Fire Zones -Each Priority Fire Zone may have up to two Primary members within the selected datalink network assigned; -however, each Primary member may only be assigned to one zone. Once a Primary member is assigned to a PFZ, -the corresponding callsign will be removed from the Assign Primary Member options at VAB T5, T6, and R1-R5 -when any other PFZ is selected. Likewise, once the ownship is assigned to a PFZ, OWN will be removed from VAB -B6 when any other PFZ is selected. If the ownship or a Primary member is to be assigned to a different zone, the -PFZ to which they are already assigned must be selected and their callsign subsequently de-selected to remove -the assignment from that zone. This will return their callsign, or the ownship, to the list of Primary members that -may then be assigned to any PFZ. -When the PF Zone file is transmitted to the corresponding Primary members across the datalink, an aircrew’s -assigned PFZ will be annotated with “OWN” within their respective cockpit. - - -Priority Fire Assign (ASN) format -The BAM sub-page is displayed in ASN format when the Fire Zone TYPE (VAB L1) is set to PF and ASN (VAB T4) -is selected. This format displays options for assigning Priority Fire Zones to Primary members or the ownship. - - 1. Priority Fire 2. Assign Primary - Zone Select Member - - - - - 3. Assign Ownship - - -1. Priority Fire Zone Select. Selects the corresponding PFZ for assigning the ownship and/or a Primary - Member. The text label for the currently selected PFZ will be displayed in inverse video. When an assignment - has been made, the next PFZ will be automatically selected in sequence. -2. Assign Primary Member. Displays a list of Primary members within the selected datalink network that - may be assigned to the currently selected PFZ. -3. Assign Ownship (OWN). Assigns the ownship to the currently selected PFZ. -Sending Fire Zones -Sending fire zones across the datalink is performed through the BAM sub-page of the TSD. Crewmembers may -send Priority Fire Zones, No Fire Zones, or all fire zones to any Primary member(s) within the selected datalink -network. When transmitting the PF Zone file, all PFZ’s will be transmitted from the ownship to the selected -Primary members, which will overwrite all PFZ data on the receiving aircraft’s TSD. Likewise, when transmitting -the NF Zone file, all NFZ’s will be transmitted from the ownship to the selected Primary members, which will -overwrite all NFZ data on the receiving aircraft’s TSD. -When the PF or NF Zone data is overwritten in the receiving aircraft, all PFZ’s and/or NFZ’s will be synced to the -state of the BAM sub-page in the transmitting aircraft at the time the PF Zone or NF Zone files were transmitted, -to include the shape and location of each zone, whether each zone is active or inactive, and the assignments to -each PFZ. This data overwrite ensures that the fires distribution plan is updated across the entire AH-64D team -and that each aircraft shares the same fire zone state. -To transmit fire zones, ensure the EUFD -Datalink Transmit Select Indicator is set to the -datalink network over which the transmission -is intended, and then perform the following: 3. TYPE (VAB L1) - -1. TSD Fixed Action Button – Press. -2. BAM (VAB B3) – Select. 4. Primary Members - (VAB L3-L6) -3. TYPE (VAB L1) – Select PF or NF, if - intending to send only one type of zones. - or -3. XMIT BOTH (VAB B5) – Select, if - intending to send both types of zones. -4. Primary Members (VAB T5, T6, R1-R5) – 5. SEND (VAB R6) - - Select. -5. SEND (VAB R6) – Press. -Once SEND (VAB R6) is pressed, the SEND -text label will be displayed in inverse video as -the transmission is performed to each Primary -member that is selected to receive the -zones(s). When the transmission is complete, - 1. TSD Fixed Action Button 2. BAM (VAB B3) 3. XMIT BOTH (VAB B5) -the SEND text label will revert to normal video. -If an acknowledgement of receipt is not received from any Primary member selected to receive the zone(s), a -“XMIT NAK” advisory will be displayed on the EUFD. -Receiving Fire Zones - When fire zones have been received through the datalink, the EUFD will display an - advisory indicating the type of zone(s) received. These advisories will be accompanied - by an audio ring tone, prompting the aircrew to access the MSG REC sub-page or the - TSD Receive List to store the received fire zones. -Any time a datalink message intended for -Primary members is received, the aircrew -within the receiving aircraft may store the -contents of the message by selecting the COM -page and then the MSG REC sub-page, or they -may store it directly from the TSD. A white 2. REC (VAB L2) -“REC” option will be displayed at VAB L2, -which will open the TSD Receive list. - - - - - Type of fire - zone received - - - Originator Datalink - Callsign Protocol - - - - - 1. TSD Fixed Action Button -The Receive list will display the four most -recent datalink messages that have not -already been stored (excluding text messages -and mission files). Each entry will include the -type of data that has been sent within the -message, the originator callsign that sent the -message, and the modem protocol through 3. Datalink message - (VAB L2-L5) -which it was received. -In the example on this page, PF and NF Zones -were received from “DH09” through the -DATALINK protocol, indicated by an “L”. -To store fire zones within the database, -perform the following: -1. TSD Fixed Action Button – Press. -2. REC (VAB R2) – Select to display the - Receive list. -3. Datalink message (VAB L2-L5) – Select. - 3. NONE (VAB L6) - or -3. NONE (VAB L6) – Select to close the - Receive list without storing a message. -WEAPONS -EMPLOYMENT - - - - -WEAPONS EMPLOYMENT -It is recommended that the Tactical Employment chapter is reviewed prior to reading this chapter. This will -familiarize the reader with the roles that sights and acquisition sources play when employing weapons in a tactical -scenario. -Additionally, the Helmet-Mounted Display (HMD) and Target Acquisition Designation Sight (TADS) chapters should -be reviewed prior to reading through the weapon procedures within this chapter which rely on the corresponding -sights and their associated range sources. -When describing cockpit controls or specific tasks performed in each crewstation, the following symbols will be -used to denote each crewstation or cockpit control effects between the crewstations. - © - PLT Denotes a task that is performed by the Pilot. - © - CPG Denotes a task that is performed by the Copilot/Gunner. - © -PLT / CPG Denotes a task that may be performed by either crewmember. - © -PLT & CPG Denotes a task that is performed by both crewmembers. - © Denotes a cockpit control, option, or setting that is “common” between crewstations. A change - performed in one crewstation will affect both crewstations. Any item that does not have this symbol is - “independent” between crewstations. - “Pilot” Denotes the crewmember occupying the aft crewstation. - “pilot” Denotes the crewmember manipulating the aircraft flight controls in the conduct of performing a -specific flight maneuver. -WEAPONS EMPLOYMENT -Each weapon system of the AH-64D is fully integrated into the fire control system and automatically managed by -the Weapon Processors (WP). This integration increases the aircrew’s combat effectiveness by allowing each -crewmember to focus on the targeting of enemy positions using their selected sight. The WP’s generate weapon -solutions and command the positions of the gun turret and wing pylons in accordance with the selected -weapon(s), the calculated weapon aiming solution(s), and the specific weapon settings within each cockpit. - - - - -When a crewmember intends to employ a weapon system, the weapon is selected, or “actioned”, using the cyclic- -or TEDAC-mounted Weapon Action Switch (WAS); also known as “WASing” (pronounced “Wahz-ing”). When the -crewmember selects the same weapon that is already actioned, the weapon is “de-actioned”; also known as “de- -WASing”. -Neither crewstation has priority control of any weapon system over the other, allowing either crewmember to -action a weapon at any time, taking control away from the opposite crewmember using a “last actioned” logic. -As an exception to this logic, both crewmembers may action the rocket system in a Cooperative (COOP) mode. -The AH-64D’s three weapon systems are the AGM-114 missiles, 2.75-inch unguided rockets, and 30mm gun. - -- Hellfire Modular Missile System (HMMS). The AGM-114 missile is a highly accurate anti-armor - munition, capable of engaging point targets at long range across a wide variety of battlefield conditions. - The Hellfire is the primary weapon system of the AH-64D. - -- Aerial Rocket Sub-system (ARS). The 2.75-inch unguided rockets are an aerial rocket bombardment - system designed for engaging or suppressing area targets at close or long range and is effective against - groups of vehicles or personnel in the open. - -- Area Weapon System (AWS). The 30mm gun is designed for engaging or suppressing targets at close - range and is effective against lightly armored vehicles, unarmored vehicles, and personnel. -Both crewmembers may employ separate weapon systems independently and simultaneously, however only one -weapon system may be physically fired at any given time. If a weapon system is in the process of firing or is -already committed to launching a munition, the other weapon system will be inhibited from firing for two seconds -to prevent interference with the other. (See Weapon Inhibits on the following page for more information.) -Weapon Inhibits -If a condition exists that would prevent the safe employment of a weapon system (such as another weapon -system already firing), or a condition that could negatively impact a weapon’s effectiveness under the current -conditions, the Weapons Processors will present a “Weapon Inhibit” message to the crewmember(s) to which the -message pertains. Weapon inhibits are grouped into two categories: Performance Inhibits and Safety Inhibits. - -Performance Inhibits -Performance inhibits alert the crewmember(s) that the actioned weapon system cannot perform effectively under -the current flight or sighting conditions. The actioned weapon system will be inhibited from firing if the -crewmember pulls the weapon trigger to the first detent; but these inhibits may be overridden by pulling the -trigger to the second detent. - -Safety Inhibits -Safety inhibits alert the crewmember(s) that employment of the actioned weapon system under the current flight -or sighting conditions would present a potential safety hazard to the aircraft and aircrew, or friendly forces in the -vicinity. These inhibits cannot be overridden using the second detent of the weapons trigger. - -Performance and safety inhibits that are specific to the Area Weapon System, Aerial Rocket Sub-system, or Hellfire -Modular Missile System are described in their relevant sections. -Weapon Aiming Solution -The fire control system of the AH-64D is highly automated and only requires the crewmembers to perform -accurate sighting against the intended target. Factors such as aircraft speed, altitude above the target, range to -target, winds, or the ballistics of the weapon itself are automatically calculated to produce a weapon aiming -solution. - -The EGI supplies the Weapon Processors with aircraft inertial data such as attitude, linear velocities, and angular -rates. The Airspeed And Direction Sensor (AADS) probes mounted to the engine nacelles sense airspeed -magnitude, direction, and free airstream temperature, which is used by the High Integrated Air Data Computer -(HIADC) to compute air mass related data such as relative winds and local air density. The crewmember’s selected -sight is used to determine the targets relative position from the aircraft in azimuth, elevation, and range. - -The Weapon Processors use the supplied data along with crewmember’s selected weapon and cockpit settings to -calculate where the actioned weapon must be aimed in order to place rounds on target. This aiming solution -determines the commanded position of the gun turret, the commanded pylon angle of the rocket launchers, and -the vertical and lateral position of the rocket steering cursor within the crewmember(s) sight symbology. - - - - - Azimuth & Elevation - - Ballistics of - selected weapon - Range Sight supplies azimuth, - elevation, and range data - - - - - Wind - - - - - Helicopter Air Data System - calculates the state of the local - air mass around the aircraft - EGI measures aircraft - rates and velocities - - - - - Sources of Weapon Solution Data - -Crewmember actions that typically increase the accuracy of the weapon aiming solution are ensuring the selected -sight is stabilized on the intended target and ensuring precise ranging data is supplied throughout the -engagement. In addition, the Pilot should strive to maintain a stable attitude as much as possible to assist the -Copilot/Gunner in targeting and to provide a stable weapon platform when munitions are being fired or launched. -Pylon Articulation -Hydraulically-driven articulation mechanisms are integrated into each of the four wing pylons of the AH-64 which -facilitates the swivel of the weapon mounts in the vertical axis. The articulation of each pylon is independently -controlled by the AH-64D’s Weapons Processors, based on the state of the aircraft (in flight or on the ground), -the selected weapon system of either crewmember, the current weapon inventory onboard the pylon, and the -calculated ballistic solution of the weapon itself, if applicable. The operation of the wing pylons is fully automatic -and does not require management by the crewmembers. - -As any helicopter’s longitudinal airspeed is a function of its pitch attitude, the articulation of the wing pylons -allows the missile and rocket launchers to be “decoupled” from the pitch attitude of the helicopter. This mostly -eliminates the requirement to adjust the pitch attitude of the helicopter to align the weapon system with the -calculated weapon solution in the vertical axis. This in turn facilitates the employment of these weapons across -a wide range of airspeeds, while performing acceleration/deceleration maneuvers, or from a stationary hover. - - - - - Pylon Articulation - -However, the articulation range of each pylon is limited to +4° to -15°, relative to the aircraft datum line (ADL). -In the event the calculated weapon solution is beyond the articulation range of the pylon at the current aircraft -attitude, a corresponding weapon inhibit message will be presented to the crewmember within their sight -symbology. Under such circumstances, it may be necessary to adjust the pitch attitude of the aircraft to bring -the weapon solution within the articulation range of the applicable weapon system. - - - - - Rocket Steering Cursor is indicating a - positive pitch attitude is required to - raise the pylons high enough to align - with the weapon aiming solution - - - - - Weapon aiming solution to a “PYLON LIMIT” displayed in - target at a range of 7.1 km Weapon Inhibit data field - - - - -This should be expected when employing unguided rockets against targets at long ranges, in which case it is -unlikely the rocket launchers can elevate high enough without performing a positive pitch maneuver with the -aircraft. (See Aerial Rocket Sub-system for more information.) -Weapon employment tips and recommendations -The following points are recommended practices for employing weapons from the DCS: AH-64D. These -recommendations are not all-encompassing, nor do they reflect the best procedure for every situation, but will -typically increase the chances of successful weapon engagements. - -- The settings for each weapon system may be changed by manually selecting the corresponding weapon - along the bottom row of options on the Weapon (WPN) page. This permits the weapons to be configured - prior to being actioned by a crewmember. During start-up procedures, it is recommended that these settings - be configured as appropriate based on the anticipated tactical situation instead of waiting until the weapons - are actioned for employment; in some circumstances in which enemy contact has already occurred. - -- The MANRNG> value on the WPN page defaults to 1,500 meters for the Pilot and 3,000 meters for the - Copilot/Gunner (CPG). If the selected sight is set to HMD when the gun is actioned, the crewmember’s range - source will be automatically set to a Manual range value corresponding with the MANRNG> setting for the - purposes of hasty engagements against close-range targets (or threats). Therefore, during start-up - procedures, it is recommended that this value be set between 1000 and 1500 meters to ensure the range - setting corresponds with a range that will be most practical for HMD gun engagements. - -- Off-axis gun engagements are useful for hasty, close-range shots using the HMD; however, the gun will be - most accurate when employed in a deliberate manner by placing the target off the nose and using TADS for - targeting. - -- If intending to use TADS Linear Motion Compensation (LMC), an approximate range measurement of the - target area will assist the CPG in establishing an appropriate LMC slew rate prior to pulling the laser trigger - to the 2nd detent for designation, which will minimize large “range jumps” when the laser is fired. - - Switch to Automatic ranging by entering “A” as the MANRNG> value on the WPN page. This will - automatically adjust the range value based on the radar altitude and TADS look-down angle. - or - - Use the 1st detent of the laser trigger to fire a brief ranging pulse to measure the range to the - target area prior to enabling LMC. - -- If intending to autonomously employ laser-guided missiles (self-designating), ensure the Priority missile - channel is set to the same laser code as the TADS laser rangefinder/designator (LRFD). - - The TADS LRFD laser code is set on the WPN Code sub-page. - - The missile channels are set on the WPN Channel sub-page. - - The Priority missile channel is selected on the WPN page when set to MSL format. - -- If intending to autonomously employ laser-guided missiles in LOBL mode, ensure TRAJ (VAB R3) is set to - “DIR” on the WPN page MSL format. This will slave the AGM-114K missile seeker to the TADS line-of-sight - prior to the LRFD being fired, which will ensure the missile will detect the laser designation. - -- If the TADS LRFD is not firing when the laser trigger is pulled (indicated by the X pattern displayed around - the TADS LOS Reticle), verify the following within the CPG cockpit: - - The selected sight is TADS. - - The A/S button on the Armament Panel is set to ARM. - - The LT switch on the TEDAC Right Handgrip is set to the center Off position. If the LST is set to - Automatic or Manual mode, the LRFD is inhibited from firing. - - LASER (VAB L6) is powered on the WPN Utility sub-page. - -- When using a laser designator from a helicopter at low altitudes, precision is more critical when lasing at - shallow angles across the terrain than compared to a fixed-wing aircraft that is lasing from high-altitudes - with steep look-down angles. When using the TADS LRFD to measure range for the gun or rockets, being - precise with the laser will result in a more precise weapon aiming solution. When designating for laser- - guided missiles, it is even more important to ensure the missile actually impacts the target; versus hitting - the ground nearby or beyond it. - -- GND STOW (VAB R5) may be enabled on the WPN Utility sub-page from either crewstation. This will fix the - wing pylons to -5° relative to the Aircraft Datum Line (ADL), which will correspond with the Head Tracker - within the HMD symbology. - - This may be used as a “fixed” rocket mode, allowing the pilot to use the Head Tracker as an - aiming reticle for the rockets. However, ballistic compensation for range will not be provided, so - the Head Tracker will need to be elevated above the intended target to account for the trajectory - drop of the rockets as the range to target increases. - - When employing laser-guided missiles in a dive, GND STOW may be used to force the missile - launchers to align with the Head Tracker. This allows the pilot to use the Head Tracker as an - aiming reticle for the missiles. If the TADS is set as the Pilot’s ACQ, maneuvering the aircraft so - that the Head Tracker is pointed at the Cued LOS Reticle while the CPG is lasing will ensure the - missiles can maneuver toward the laser designation after they leave the launcher rail. - -- Performance inhibits may be overridden using the 2nd detent of the weapon trigger; but ensuring that no - weapon inhibit messages are displayed prior to pulling the trigger increases the chances of the desired - weapon effects. If tactically feasible, efforts should always be taken to improve the likelihood of a successful - engagement by correcting the conditions that are resulting in the display of performance inhibits. - -- The AH-64 aircrew consists of two crewmembers. Employing weapons accurately and effectively is just as - much the responsibility of the Pilot as it is the Copilot/Gunner (CPG). A Pilot that flies haphazardly makes - the CPG’s job more difficult, and a CPG that doesn’t coordinate with the Pilot prior to releasing munitions is - needlessly complicating his or her own tasks. -Weapon (WPN) Page -The WPN page presents a top-down overview of the aircraft weapons load along with relevant sight, sensor, and -countermeasure statuses. The WPN page will contextually change format to display additional weapon-specific -settings any time a weapon is actioned within the crewstation or manually selected along the bottom row of -Variable Action Buttons (VAB). -Other key settings that may be accessed from this page include changing the selected acquisition source (ACQ), -selecting a manual or automatic range source, changing the laser codes assigned to the TADS Laser -Rangefinder/Designator and Laser Spot Tracker, or boresighting the IHADSS. - 1. CHAN sub-page 2. ASE page 3. CODE sub-page 4. COORD sub-page - - - - - 6. ARM/SAFE Status 5. UTIL sub-page - - 7. Sight Select Status 8. Acquisition Select Status - - 9. LST Code Status 10. LRFD Code Status - - - 11. Gun Status 12. Missile Symbol - - 13. Rocket Symbol - - - 14. Chaff Dispenser Status 15. Training Mode - - - 16. BORESIGHT sub-page 18. LRFD Ranging Setting - - 17. HMD Grayscale Select 19. Acquisition Source - - - - - 20. GUN format 21. MSL format 22. RKT format 23. Manual Range Setting - -1. CHAN sub-page. Displays the WPN Channel sub-page. -2. ASE page. Displays the Aircraft Survivability Equipment (ASE) page. -3. CODE sub-page. Displays the WPN Code sub-page. -4. COORD sub-page. Displays the WPN Coordinates sub-page. (See TSD Coordinate sub-page for more - information.) -5. UTIL sub-page. Displays the WPN Utility sub-page. -6. ARM/SAFE Status. Displays the master armament state. - - - SAFE. No weapons are actioned. TADS - - SAFE. Actioned weapon(s) and TADS - LRFD is inhibited from firing. LRFD are inhibited from firing. - - - ARM. No weapons are actioned. TADS - - ARM. Actioned weapon(s) and TADS - LRFD may be fired. LRFD may be fired. -7. Sight Select Status. Indicates the sight currently selected within the crewstation. - - - HMD. Displayed when the crewmember’s selected sight is HMD. - - - TADS. Displayed when the crewmember’s selected sight is TADS (CPG only). - - - FCR. Displayed when the crewmember’s selected sight is FCR. -8. Acquisition Select Status. Indicates the acquisition source currently selected within the crewstation. - - - PHS. When slave is enabled, the currently selected sight will slave to the azimuth and elevation of the - Pilot’s Helmet Sight. - - - GHS. When slave is enabled, the currently selected sight will slave to the azimuth and elevation of the - Copilot/Gunner’s Helmet Sight. - - - SKR. If the next-to-shoot AGM-114 is tracking a laser designation or target in LOBL mode when slave - is enabled, the currently selected sight will slave to the azimuth and elevation of the missile seeker. - - - FCR. When slave is enabled, the currently selected sight will slave to the location of the Next-To-Shoot - (NTS) target detected by the Fire Control Radar. This option is only displayed if the FCR mast-mounted - assembly is installed and the FCR is powered. - - - FXD. When slave is enabled, the currently selected sight will slave to a fixed forward direction along - the Armament Datum Line (ADL, 0° in azimuth/-4.9° in elevation). - - - W##, H##, C##, T##. When slave is enabled, the currently selected sight will slave to the location - of the Waypoint, Hazard, Control Measure, or Target/Threat point set as the acquisition source within - the crewstation, and the range source will switch to a Navigation range equal to the slant range - between the aircraft and the selected point. ## indicates the specific point number to which the - Waypoint, Hazard, Control Measure, or Target/Threat point has been stored. - - - TRN. When slave is enabled, the currently selected sight will slave to the location of the terrain location - cursor-selected on the TSD within the crewstation, and the range source will switch to a Navigation - range equal to the slant range between the aircraft and the Terrain point. -9. LST Code Status. Displays the laser code that the TADS Laser Spot Tracker will scan for when enabled. - (See WPN Code sub-page for more information.) -10. LRFD sub-page. Displays the laser code that the TADS Laser Rangefinder/Designator will emit when fired. - (See WPN Code sub-page for more information.) -11. Gun Status/Symbol. Displays the status of the Area Weapon System and the remaining quantity of - ammunition onboard. If the gun system is powered off, the gun symbol will be removed from the page. - (See Area Weapon System for more information.) -12. Missile Symbol/Missile Launcher. Displayed when a missile is loaded onto the corresponding missile - launcher rail underneath the corresponding wing pylon, the type of missile that is loaded, and the missile’s - status. If the missile system is powered off, missile and launcher symbols will be removed from the page. - (See Hellfire Modular Missile System for more information.) - - - BIT. A built-in-test is - - SAFE. The missile - - ARM. The missile - being performed to launcher is in a SAFE launcher is in an - determine the status status. Missiles are ARM status. Missile - of any missiles that inhibited from being launch is permitted. - are detected onboard launched. - the launcher. -13. Rocket Launcher Symbol. Displayed when a rocket launcher is loaded underneath the corresponding - wing pylon, along with the rocket warhead type that is selected within the crewstation. If the rocket - system is powered off, any rocket launcher symbols will be removed from the page. (See Aerial Rocket - Sub-system for more information.) -14. Chaff Dispenser Status. Displays the arming state of the chaff dispenser and the remaining quantity of - individual chaff cartridges. - - - SAFE. 30 chaff cartridges remain on - - ARM. 30 chaff cartridges remain on - board. Chaff is inhibited from being board. Chaff may be dispensed. - dispensed. -15. Training Mode. Not implemented. -16. BORESIGHT sub-page. Displays the WPN Boresight sub-page. (See IHADSS Boresight for more - information.) -17. HMD Grayscale Select. Selects a grayscale pattern for display within the HDU. The grayscale pattern is - used to set the appropriate brightness and contrast levels for the HDU video output. -18. LRFD Ranging Setting. Selects which laser return is utilized by the LRFD when fired using the 1 st detent - of the LRFD trigger on the TEDAC Right Handgrip. This setting is common between crewstations. - - - FIRST. The first laser return that is received by the LRFD is utilized for range. - - - LAST. The last laser return that is received by the LRFD is utilized for range. -19. Acquisition Source (ACQ). Displays the acquisition source selection menu. (See Acquisition Sources in - the Tactical Employment chapter for more information.) -20. GUN format. Displays the WPN Gun format. -21. MSL format. Displays the WPN Missile format. -22. RKT format. Displays the WPN Rocket format. -23. Manual Range Setting. Activates the KU for inputting a manual or automatic range as the range source - for that crewstation. - - - Manual Range. May be entered in 1-meter increments between 100 and 50,000 meters, and then - pressing ENTER on the KU. If a range value is not entered prior to pressing ENTER on the KU, the - manual range value already displayed on the WPN page will be entered as the range source. - - - Automatic Range. May be enabled by entering a value of “A”, and then pressing ENTER on the KU. -WPN Channel (CHAN) Sub-page -The CHAN sub-page allows either crewmember to change the laser code assigned to each of the four missile -channels. When the WPN page is displayed in MSL format and the missile TYPE is set to SAL, any of these four -missile channels may be selected as either the Priority or Alternate channel. - 1. Channel Selection - - - - - 2. Channel Status 3. Code Ranges Status - - - - - 4. Code Selection 4. Code Selection - - - - - 4. Code Selection - - -1. Channel Selection. Selects the missile channel for laser code assignment. -2. Channel Status. Displays the missile channel that is currently selected for laser code assignment. -3. Code Ranges Status. Displays the pulse repetition frequencies that may be entered into any of the 16 - preset laser codes. -4. Code Selection. Assigns the corresponding laser code to the selected missile channel. The laser code - currently assigned to the selected missile channel will be boxed. - Laser codes are assigned using one of 16 presets labeled “A” through “R”, excluding I and O to prevent - confusion with one and zero respectively. -WPN Code (CODE) Sub-page -The CODE sub-page allows either crewmember to change the laser code assigned to the TADS Laser -Rangfinder/Designator (LRFD) and Laser Spot Tracker (LST). -The FREQ sub-page may also be accessed from this sub-page, permitting either crewmember to modify the -specific pulse repetition frequency (PRF) value used by each laser code. - 1. CHAN sub-page 2. LRFD/LST Setting 3. FREQ sub-page - - - - - 4. LRFD/LST Status 5. Code Ranges Status - - - - - 6. Code Selection 6. Code Selection - - - - - 6. Code Selection - - -1. CHAN sub-page. Displays the WPN Channel sub-page. -2. LRFD/LST Setting. Toggles the selected TADS sensor (LRFD or LST) for laser code assignment. -3. FREQ sub-page. Displays the WPN Frequency sub-page. -4. LRFD/LST Status. Displays the TADS sensor (LRFD or LST) that is selected for laser code assignment. - - - LRFD. The TADS LRFD will emit the selected laser code when fired. - - - LST. The TADS LST will search for an offboard laser designation source that matches the selected laser - code when set to Automatic or Manual mode. (See Laser Spot Track for more information.) -5. Code Ranges Status. Displays the pulse repetition frequencies that may be entered into any of the 16 - preset laser codes. -6. Code Selection. Assigns the corresponding laser code to the selected TADS sensor (LRFD or LST). The - laser code currently assigned to the selected TADS sensor will be boxed. - Laser codes are assigned using one of 16 presets labeled “A” through “R”, excluding I and O to prevent - confusion with one and zero respectively. -WPN Frequency (FREQ) Sub-page -The FREQ sub-page allows either crewmember to modify the specific pulse repetition frequency (PRF) value used -by each laser code using the Keyboard Unit (KU). - 1. CHAN sub-page - - - - - 2. Code Ranges Status - - - - - 3. Code Frequency 3. Code Frequency - - - - - 3. Code Frequency - - -1. CHAN sub-page. Displays the WPN Channel sub-page. -2. Code Ranges Status. Displays the pulse repetition frequencies that may be entered into any of the 16 - preset laser codes. -3. Code Frequency. Activates the KU for inputting a pulse repetition frequency into the corresponding laser - code. -WPN Utility (UTIL) Sub-page -The UTIL sub-page allows either crewmember to enable/disable power to specific sight, sensor, or weapon -systems, or modify the settings of such systems. The format of this page is contextual depending on which -crewstation is viewing the sub-page, and will only present options that are relevant to that crewstation; although -some options are available in both crewstations. -The LOAD sub-page may also be accessed from this sub-page, permitting either crewmember to modify the -quantity of rounds loaded into the ammunition handling system or change the warhead ballistic values assigned -per rocket launcher zone. -Pilot Crewstation Options -The format of the UTIL sub-page when displayed within the Pilot crewstation is shown below. - - - - - 1. IHADSS Power 4. ACQ Cueing - - - 5. Launcher Arm - - - - - 2. PNVS Power - - - 3. EOCCM Filter 6. Pylon Ground Stow - Power - - - - - 7. Gun System Power 8. Missile System Power 9. Rocket System Power 10. LOAD Sub-page - - -1. IHADSS Power. Enables/disables the Integrated Helmet And Display Sighting System. This setting is - common between crewstations. -2. PNVS Power. Enables/disables the Pilot Night Vision System. If either crewmember is using the PNVS as - their NVS sensor, this option will be “barriered” and unavailable for selection. -3. EOCCM Filter. Selects the electro-optical counter-countermeasure filter setting in use - by the NVS sensor assigned to the Pilot crewstation, as protection against optical - countermeasures. (N/I) - - - FILTER 1. Selects EOCCM Filter 1. - - - CLEAR. No filter is applied. - - - FILTER 2. Selects EOCCM Filter 2. -4. ACQ Cueing. Enables/disables cueing symbology to the Pilot’s acquisition source. When - disabled, the Cued LOS Reticle and Cueing Dots will be removed from the Pilot’s HMD symbology. -5. Launcher Arm. Manually commands the external ARM/SAFE switches on all M299 - missile launchers to rotate to the ARM position. - This command will not permit AGM-114 missiles to be launched if the A/S button on - the Armament Panel is set to SAFE. However, if the external ARM/SAFE switches on - the missile launchers themselves are set to SAFE, missiles cannot be launched even - if the A/S button is set to ARM. - NOTE: When ground personnel are rearming the aircraft, they will set the external - ARM/SAFE switches on each M299 missile launcher to the SAFE position. Launcher Arm - - Each time the master armament state is toggled from SAFE to ARM via the A/S button, this arming command - is automatically sent to the missile launchers. -6. Pylon Ground Stow. Manually commands each wing pylon to the Ground Stow position (-5° relative to - the Aircraft Datum Line), which corresponds to the position of the Head Tracker. This will ensure the wing - pylons remain level with the surface when the aircraft is landed and facilitates easier loading of munitions - by ground personnel. - NOTE: When the aircraft is weight-on-wheels, the wing pylons are automatically commanded to the Ground - Stow position. Four seconds after the weight-on-wheels switch detects the aircraft is airborne, the wing - pylons are automatically commanded to the Flight Stow position (+4° relative to the Aircraft Datum Line). -7. Gun System Power. Enables/disables the Area Weapon System. -8. Missile System Power. Enables/disables the Hellfire Modular Missile System. -9. Rocket System Power. Enables/disables the Aerial Rocket Sub-system. -10. LOAD sub-page. Displays the WPN Load sub-page. -Copilot/Gunner Crewstation Options -The format of the UTIL sub-page when displayed within the Copilot/Gunner crewstation is shown below. - - - - - 11. TADS Power 14. TADS Stow - - 12. FLIR Power - - 13. Laser Power -11. TADS Power. Enables/disables the Target Acquisition Designation Sight. If either crewmember is using the - TADS as their NVS sensor, or if the CPG is using the TADS as a sight, this option will be “barriered” and - unavailable for selection. -12. FLIR Power. Enables/disables the TADS FLIR sensor. If either crewmember is using the TADS as their NVS - sensor, this option will be “barriered” and unavailable for selection. - When disabled, a “FLIR OFF” message will be displayed within the Sight Status field of the High Action - Display when the CPG’s selected sight is TADS. -13. Laser Power. Enables/disables the TADS Laser Rangefinder/Designator (LRFD). -14. TADS Stow. Manually commands the TADS turret to the stow position, rotating the sensor turret 180° - toward the rear, facing inwards. If either crewmember is using the TADS as their NVS sensor, or if the CPG - is using the TADS as a sight, this option will be “barriered” and unavailable for selection. If the crewmember - that is assigned TADS as their NVS sensor sets their NVS Mode switch to the NORM or FIXED positions, this - option will be automatically de-selected. - - -WPN Utility, Load (LOAD) Sub-page -The LOAD sub-page is not implemented. -AREA WEAPON SYSTEM (AWS) -The Area Weapon System is designed for engaging or suppressing targets at close range and is effective against -lightly armored vehicles, unarmored vehicles, and personnel. Although the entire M139 AWS also includes the -hydraulically-steered turret, ammunition magazine, and ammo handling system that transports ammunition from -the magazine to the turret, the most noticeable component of the AWS is the M230E1 30mm gun (also called the -“thirty” or simply the “gun”). - - - - -The gun may be employed by either crewmember when using the HMD or FCR as the selected sight; or by the -CPG when using the TADS. When employed using the HMD as the selected sight, gun engagements are typically -performed with the intent to engage or suppress close-range threats to the aircraft, in which the speed of placing -“rounds on target” is of greater importance over accuracy and precision. When employed using the TADS as the -selected sight, gun engagements may be performed in a more offensive manner in which accuracy and precision -is desired. -The gun may be used in the normal “flex gun” mode (NORM mode) in which the gun turret is articulated to match -the ballistic solution against the target location as calculated by the Weapon Processors; or in a forward-firing -“fixed gun” mode (FXD mode) in which the gun is fixed to a ballistic solution of 1,575 meters directly in front of -the aircraft, regardless of the selected sight or computed target location. -During major combat operations, the ammunition capacity of the Area Weapon System can hold up to 1,200 -rounds if necessary. However, the ammunition magazine may be replaced with an Internal Auxiliary Fuel System -(IAFS), which includes a reduced-size 30mm ammunition magazine but extends the range and endurance of the -aircraft with an additional 100 gallons of fuel. The IAFS reduces the ammunition storage to just 25% of its full -capacity, limiting the total rounds that may be carried to 300. -M230E1 30mm Automatic Gun -The M230 is a single-barrel, automatic chain gun which fires 30x113mm link-less ammunition. The M230 is -designed as an anti-material and anti-personnel weapon, employing a high-explosive dual-purpose (HEDP) round -that is capable of penetrating light armor while simultaneously producing fragmentation effects against -unarmored vehicles or personnel. -As a chain gun, the weapon uses a rotating chain within the receiver assembly to cycle the internal action in -loading the next round for firing and clearing the empty casing from the chamber after firing. This contrasts with -other weapons which use the expanding gases from the round’s explosive charge or the recoil of the round itself -to cycle the internal action. The gun action is powered by an external drive motor which is supplied with aircraft -electrical power. - - - Elevation Actuator Utility Hydraulic Supply - to Elevation Actuator - - WSPS Blade - - Flexible Ammunition - Chute & Carrier Drive - - - - Flash Suppressor - Recoil Dampeners (both sides) - - - - - WSPS Deflector Assembly - - - Gun Drive Motor Chamber Access Door Gun Cradle - - -The gun turret itself is steered using hydraulic pressure from the Utility hydraulic system and includes Wire Strike -Protection System (WSPS) components. The WSPS is intended to divert or sever high-tension wires that may be -inadvertently encountered by the aircraft during low-level operations, especially during hours of darkness. The -M230 is intended as a “low-signature weapon”, in which tracer rounds are not utilized and the gun barrel is -equipped with a flash suppressor to reduce visual detection during operations at night. -The M230 has an approximate rate of fire of 625 (±25) rounds per minute, but this may vary slightly between -individual aircraft. Two types of ammunition may be employed, each with identical ballistic characteristics. - M789 High-Explosive Dual-Purpose (HEDP). The M789 round uses a shaped - charge surrounded by a steel case to provide armor penetration and fragmentation - effects. - - - US Army photo by MAJ Enrique Vasquez - - M788 Training/Practice (TP). The M788 round uses an inert round casing with - an aluminum tip to simulate the ballistic characteristics of the M789 during live-fire - training and exercises. - - - US Army photo by SGT Sarah Sangster - - -The M789 and M788 rounds have a relatively low muzzle velocity. As such, they are ill-suited for long-range -precision engagements, with an effective range of approximately 1,500 meters; although the AH-64 fire control -system will calculate a ballistic solution for the M230 out to 4,200 meters. -Gun Articulation Limits -The AWS turret can articulate through a maximum range of ±86° in azimuth and +11°/-60° in elevation. -However, additional limitations are automatically applied to the turret based on specific conditions. - -- If the gun azimuth is within ±10° of the aircraft centerline, the elevation is limited to +9°. This limitation - does not apply when the gun is de-actioned and the gun is stowed at +11° in elevation. - -- If the aircraft is on the ground (weight-on-wheels), the elevation is limited to -6.45°. - - - - - Gun Articulation Limits - - -- If the gun is actioned while the missiles are also actioned, and the next-to-launch missile is on an inboard - launcher rail of an inboard pylon, the gun azimuth will be limited to 52° on the corresponding side of the - aircraft to prevent the missile from colliding with the gun barrel. - -- If the gun is actioned while the rockets are also actioned, and rocket launchers are installed on the inboard - pylons, the gun azimuth will be limited to ±60° to either side to prevent the rockets from colliding with the - gun barrel. - - Next-to-launch missile - - - - - Azimuth limitation applied Azimuth limitation - to corresponding side applied to both sides - - - - Gun Articulation Limits with Missiles/Rockets on Inboard Pylons -Gun Weapon Inhibits -The following conditions will inhibit the gun from being fired or interrupt the firing of the gun if already in in -progress. Performance inhibits may be overridden by pulling the trigger to the 2 nd detent. Safety inhibits cannot -be overridden. -Performance Inhibits - INHIBIT CONDITION CORRECTIVE ACTION - The required weapon aiming - If tactically feasible, engage the target at a closer - BAL LIMIT solution exceeds the ballistics - range. - processing capability. - - -Safety Inhibits - INHIBIT CONDITION CORRECTIVE ACTION - A missile launch or a rocket The gun may be fired 2 seconds after the missile - ALT LAUNCH - salvo is already in progress. launch or rocket salvo is complete. - The gun turret is at an azimuth Adjust the aircraft heading as necessary to bring the - AZ LIMIT limit and cannot reach the weapon aiming solution within the azimuth limits of - weapon aiming solution. the gun turret. - The gun is out of coincidence Wait for the gun to reach the weapon aiming solution. - COINCIDENCE from the weapon aiming If inhibit message remains, the gun may have - solution. experienced a failure and should be de-actioned. - Adjust the aircraft pitch attitude as necessary to bring - The gun turret is at an elevation - the weapon aiming solution within the elevation limits - EL LIMIT limit and cannot reach the - of the gun turret (e.g., pitch the nose up when - weapon aiming solution. - engaging a target at long range). - - The line-of-sight of the selected Select a different sight for engagement. - sight is invalid or has failed; If using HMD as the sight and the LOS Reticle is - LOS INVALID - and cannot provide a weapon flashing, adjust the helmet position to within the slew - aiming solution to the gun. limits of the assigned NVS sensor (PNVS or TADS). - The master armament state is - SAFE currently set to SAFE; weapons Set the A/S button on the Armament Panel to ARM. - cannot be fired. -WPN Gun (GUN) Format -When the gun is selected for employment within the crewstation, the WPN page will be set to GUN format. - - - - - 2. Mode Select - - - 1. Burst Limit Select - - - - 3. Gun Status - Icon - - - 4. Harmonize Mode - - - - -1. Burst Limit Select. Displays the quantity of 30mm rounds that will be fired each time the weapon trigger - is pulled and held. When the burst limit is reached, a subsequent trigger pull is required to fire a subsequent - burst. This setting is independent between crewstations. - - - 10. Gun burst is limited to 10 rounds of ammunition. - - - 20. Gun burst is limited to 20 rounds of ammunition. - - - 50. Gun burst is limited to 50 rounds of ammunition. - - - 100. Gun burst is limited to 100 rounds of ammunition. - - - ALL. The gun will continuously fire until the ammunition is depleted. -2. Mode Select. Displays the selected firing mode of the gun. This setting is independent between - crewstations. - - - NORM. The gun turret is articulated to match the weapon aiming solution derived from the - crewmember’s selected sight and range source, as calculated by the Weapon Processors. - - - FXD. The gun turret is fixed forward to a weapon aiming solution directly in front of the aircraft at a - range of 1,575 meters, regardless of the selected sight or range source. -3. Gun Status. Displays the status of the gun and the remaining quantity of ammunition on board the aircraft. -4. Harmonize Mode (CPG Only). Not implemented. -Gun Weapon Status Messages -The following messages will be displayed in the High Action Display based on current gun status or weapon page -settings when the gun is actioned. - - WEAPON - CONDITION - STATUS - ROUNDS #### The gun is actioned and the number of remaining rounds onboard is displayed. - WEAPON? The weapon trigger has been pulled but no weapon has been actioned. -Gun Engagement using TADS (NORM Mode) -When employing the AWS with the TADS, ballistic compensation for aircraft linear velocities and environmental -factors is automatically calculated. If the target is moving, continuous laser designation via the 2 nd detent of the -laser trigger should be used to incorporate the Target State Estimator (TSE) for lead-angle compensation. TADS -LMC and/or IAT may also be used to assist the CPG in stabilizing the TADS LOS Reticle on the target. -To engage a target from the CPG crewstation while using the TADS as the selected sight: -1. CPG Sight Select switch – TADS. (TEDAC - Right Handgrip) -2. CPG WPN Fixed Action Button – Press. 7. BURST LIMIT 8. ARM Status - (VAB L1-L5) -3. CPG (Optional) Determine the - appropriate acquisition source (ACQ) for 7. MODE (VAB R2) - acquiring the target. - - - If the target is visually acquired by - either crewmember, set ACQ to PHS - or GHS. - - - If the target is stored as a point - within the navigational database, - set ACQ to the corresponding point. 3. ACQ Select (VAB R6) - -4. CPG (Optional) SLAVE button – Press, - and then press again to de-slave when - 2. WPN Fixed Action Button - the TADS has finished slewing. -5. CPG Weapon Action Switch (WAS) – - Forward. (TEDAC Left Handgrip) -6. CPG Weapon Status – Verify “ROUNDS - ####”. (High Action Display) -7. CPG Weapon settings – Verify or select. - (WPN page) - - - BURST LIMIT (VAB L1-L5) – Select - as desired. - - - MODE (VAB R2) – Select NORM. -8. CPG A/S button – Verified in ARM. 10. LMC or IAT - (Armament Panel) -9. CPG Range source – Verify or select: - Laser, Navigation, Auto, or Manual. - (TADS Acquisition and Ranging) -10. CPG If the target or aircraft are moving, - engage TADS targeting modes to - stabilize the TADS on target. 3. ACQ Select - - - - Manual tracking - Engage LMC and - employ the Sight Manual Tracker. - - - Automatic tracking - Engage IAT. - 1. Sight Select TADS 9. Range Source 6. Verify “ROUNDS ####” -11. CPG LRFD Trigger – Pull, if laser ranging - is desired. (TEDAC Right Handgrip) - - - Target and aircraft are stationary – - LRFD trigger, 1st detent, may be - pulled momentarily (ranging). - - - Target or aircraft are moving – - LRFD trigger, 2nd detent, should be 11. Fire LRFD - pulled and held (designation). -12. CPG Weapon Inhibit messages – Verify - no Safety or Performance inhibit - messages are displayed: - - - COINCIDENCE - - - AZ LIMIT - - - EL LIMIT 12. Weapon Inhibits - - - BAL LIMIT -13. CPG Weapon Trigger – Pull and hold for - duration of burst. (TEDAC Left Handgrip) -14. CPG Observe for round impacts – Adjust the TADS LOS Reticle aimpoint and repeat bursts on target as - necessary until target effects are achieved. -Gun Engagement using HMD (NORM Mode) -When employing the AWS with the HMD, the gun can be used to rapidly suppress close-in threats to the aircraft. -However, unlike the TADS, the HMD does not provide any ballistic compensation for the gun with the exception -of range compensation. Lead angle and other linear velocity compensations must be manually provided by the -crewmember by adjusting the LOS Reticle of the HMD accordingly. -To engage a target from either crewstation while using the HMD as the selected sight: -1. Sight Select switch – HMD. (Cyclic Grip or - TEDAC Right Handgrip) -2. Weapon Action Switch (WAS) – Forward. 5. BURST LIMIT 6. ARM Status - (Cyclic Grip or TEDAC Left Handgrip) (VAB L1-L5) - - NOTE: The range source will be - 5. MODE (VAB R2) - automatically set to Manual range based - on the WPN page MANRNG> value. -3. Weapon Status – Verify “ROUNDS - ####”. (High Action Display) -4. WPN Fixed Action Button – Press. -5. Weapon settings – Verify or select. - - - BURST LIMIT (VAB L1-L5) – Select - as desired. - 4. WPN Fixed Action Button - - - MODE (VAB R2) – Select NORM. -6. A/S button – Verify ARM is illuminated. - (Armament Panel) -7. Range source – Verify or select: - Navigation, Auto, or Manual. (HMD - Acquisition and Ranging) -8. Weapon Inhibit messages – Verify no - Safety or Performance inhibit messages - are displayed: - - - COINCIDENCE - - - AZ LIMIT - - - EL LIMIT - - - BAL LIMIT -9. Weapon Trigger – Pull and hold for - duration of burst. (Cyclic Grip or TEDAC - Left Handgrip) - NOTE: If the CPG actions the gun from - the Cyclic Grip, the cyclic weapon trigger - must be used. If the CPG actions the gun - from the TEDAC Left Handgrip, the - 8. Weapon Inhibits - TEDAC weapon trigger must be used. -10. Observe for round impacts – Adjust the - HMD LOS Reticle aimpoint and repeat - bursts on target as necessary until target 1. Sight Select HMD 7. Range source 3. Verify “ROUNDS ####” - effects are achieved. -Gun Engagement using HMD (FXD Mode) -When employing the AWS in Fixed mode, the gun is fixed forward at a ballistic solution of 1,575 meters, requiring -the pilot to maneuver the aircraft to aim the gun at the target. The Fixed Gun Reticle is identical to the Cued LOS -Reticle of the acquisition source (ACQ) and represents the virtual location in front of the aircraft that coincides -with the 1,575-meter ballistic solution. -To engage a target from either crewstation while using the gun in Fixed mode and the HMD as the selected sight: -1. Sight Select switch – HMD. (Cyclic Grip) -2. Weapon Action Switch (WAS) – Forward. - (Cyclic Grip) 5. BURST LIMIT 6. ARM Status - (VAB L1-L5) -3. Weapon Status – Verify “ROUNDS - ####”. (High Action Display) - 5. MODE (VAB R2) -4. WPN Fixed Action Button – Press. -5. Weapon settings – Verify or select. (WPN - page) - - - BURST LIMIT (VAB L1-L5) – Select - as desired. - - - MODE (VAB R2) – Select FXD. -6. A/S button – Verify ARM is illuminated. - (Armament Panel) 4. WPN Fixed Action Button - -7. Weapon Inhibit messages – Verify no - Safety or Performance inhibit messages - are displayed: - - - COINCIDENCE -8. Maneuver aircraft to adjust the HMD - Fixed Gun Reticle aimpoint as necessary. -9. Weapon Trigger – Pull and hold for - duration of burst. (Cyclic Grip) -10. Observe for round impacts – Maneuver - aircraft to adjust the HMD Fixed Gun - Reticle aimpoint and repeat bursts on - target as necessary until target effects 8. Fixed Gun Reticle - are achieved. - - - - - 7. Weapon Inhibits - - - - - 1. Sight Select HMD 3. Verify “ROUNDS ####” -AERIAL ROCKET SUB-SYSTEM (ARS) -The Aerial Rocket Sub-system is an aerial rocket bombardment system designed for engaging or suppressing -area targets at long range and is effective against groups of vehicles or personnel in the open. - - - - -The ARS consists of up to four M261 rocket launchers (also called “rocket pods”), which are capable of firing -2.75-inch unguided rockets of the Hydra-70 rocket family. Each 19-tube pod is “zoned”, which permits the -carriage of up to three different warhead types when a single pair of launchers are used, or up to five different -warhead types when two pairs of launchers are used. Single rocket pods may also be loaded if desired, in the -case of reducing overall gross weight as necessary. -Rockets may be employed “independently” by either crewmember when using the HMD or FCR as the selected -sight; or by both crewmembers in a “cooperative” manner in which the Pilot aligns the aircraft with the ballistic -solution calculated by the CPG’s selected sight (usually the TADS). -When employed using the HMD as the selected sight, rocket engagements are typically performed at speeds -above effective translational lift (ETL), using forward airspeed to increase the stability of the aircraft. These -engagements are performed using weapon delivery techniques known as “running fire” or “diving fire”, which -improves the accuracy of unguided munitions such as rockets. (See Weapon Delivery Techniques for more -information.) -When employed using the TADS or FCR as the selected sight, rocket engagements may be performed using a -third weapon delivery technique known as “hover fire”, in which the aircraft remains stationary while employing -unguided rockets against area targets. These engagements may be used in either a “direct fire” mode, in which -the target location is directly sighted by the TADS when making aiming adjustments; or an “indirect fire” mode, -in which the TADS is slaved to a 3-dimensional target location previously stored using the TADS, detected by the -FCR, received via the datalink, or manually input by the aircrew, and the rockets are launched from behind cover -without having a direct line-of-sight to the target area. -Hydra-70 2.75-inch Unguided Rockets -Unguided rockets have been in use by military helicopters for decades, with the first large-scale use by UH-1 and -AH-1 helicopters during the Vietnam War of the 1960’s and early 1970’s. Although fire control systems in various -military fixed-wing aircraft and helicopters have advanced in accuracy and sophistication, the overall design of -the rockets themselves has remained comparatively simple with few changes. -The most commonly used rocket motor by the U.S. Army during the Vietnam War was the Mk40 FFAR (Folding -Fin Aerial Rocket), itself derived from the World War 2-era “Mighty Mouse” aerial rocket. The Mk40 was a tube- -launched, solid-propellant rocket motor 2.75 inches (70mm) in diameter, with four stabilizing fins that would -deploy once the rocket had been expelled from its launcher. The Mk40 rocket motor could be fitted with a variety -of compatible warheads, including high-explosives, white phosphorus for target marking, or even flechette- -dispensing warheads for anti-personnel. - - - - - Spiral-fluted Nozzle - - Spring-loaded Wrap- - around Folding Fins - Mk66 Rocket Motor - - - - M151 High-Explosive Warhead - - - M423 Point-detonating Fuze - - -The Mk66 rocket motor was later developed and gradually replaced the Mk40 as the principal rocket motor for -Hydra-70 rocket systems in the U.S. military. The Mk66 included a revised “wrap-around folding fin” design and -a more powerful rocket motor with an increased propellant load, allowing it to be employed against targets as -far as 7,500 meters. The rocket propellant is expelled through a spiral-fluted nozzle that generates a spinning -motion to increase the ballistic stability and accuracy of the rocket after launch. Like the previous Mk40 rocket -motors, the Mk66 is compatible with a large number of the same 2.75-inch diameter warheads. -Weapon designations of the Hydra family of rockets are typically denoted by the installed warheads, despite being -composed of three distinct components to include the Mk66 rocket motor, warhead, and fuze. Depending on the -specific warhead that is installed on the rocket, some fuzes are integrated within the warhead itself while others -may be fitted with an external fuze option. -Compatible fuzes are grouped into three categories, based on their method of function. Rocket warheads that -may employ these types of fuzes are listed below within each applicable fuze category. -Point-Detonating Fuze Variable Delay Fuze Fixed Delay Fuze -Initiates upon impact. Initiates based on target range or Initiates based on a fixed time - a variable time delay after impact. delay after launch. - -- M151 High Explosive - - M151 High Explosive - - M257 Illumination - -- M229 High Explosive - - M229 High Explosive - - M258 IR Illumination - -- M274 Training Smoke - - M255A1 Flechette - -- M156 WP Smoke - - M261 MP Sub-Munition - - - M264 RP Smoke -M423 Point-Detonating (PD) Fuze. The M423 fuze initiates the warhead charge immediately upon impact -with any solid surface. This fuze is the most commonly used by M151 and M229 high-explosive warheads, but is -also used by the M156 white phosphorus smoke rocket for target marking and by the M274 training rocket. -M433 Resistance Capacitance (RC) Fuze. The M433 is a variable-time delay fuze that uses an electrical -charge delivered by the launching aircraft to set the desired time delay based on the specific cockpit selection. -The fuze is activated upon impact with a solid surface and initiates the warhead charge after a brief delay, -allowing the warhead to penetrate obstructions prior to detonation. This fuze is not commonly used but could be -employed to increase the penetration of high-explosive warheads through dense foliage or defensive fortifications. -M439 Air Burst Fuze. The M439 is a variable-time delay fuze that uses an electrical charge delivered by the -launching aircraft to set the desired time delay based on the specific cockpit selection. The fuze is activated upon -launch and initiates the warhead charge after a delay, allowing the warhead to reach a pre-determined range -along its trajectory prior to detonation or delivery of the warhead contents. This fuze is integrated into the M255A1 -Flechette, M261 Multi-Purpose Sub-Munition (MPSM), and M264 red phosphorus smoke rockets. -M442 Cargo Fuze. The M442 is a fixed-time delay fuze that initiates the warhead charge approximately 9 -seconds following rocket motor burnout. The combined flight time of the rocket motor burn and the subsequent -fuze delay deploys the warhead contents approximately 3,500 meters from the launch point and is integrated -into the M257 and M278 battlefield illumination rockets. - M442 - - M439 - M433 - M423 - - 0.5 3.5 Target Range (km) 7.5 - - Rocket Fuze Functions - - - -Rocket Launcher Zones -The AH-64 is capable of employing up to five unique rocket warhead types when loaded with four M261 rocket -launchers. Each of the 19 individual rocket tubes of each M261 launcher is equipped with independent firing and -fuzing circuits, which allow the rockets to be selectively fired based on which tube is physically occupied by a -rocket and which warhead “zone” the tube is assigned. -Each zone is permanently allocated to each of the four wing pylons, meaning that zones A and B will only be -assigned to M261 launchers mounted under the outboard wing pylons, and zones C and D will only be assigned -to launchers mounted under the inboard wing pylons. However, zone E will always be assigned to the center -three tubes of any installed launchers. - Left Outboard Left Inboard Right Inboard Right Outboard - - - - - Zone Zone Zone Zone Zone - - Rocket Launcher Zones -Rocket Steering Cursor -The Aerial Rocket Sub-system (ARS) enables accurate delivery of massed fires against area targets and provides -an AH-64 team with a direct and indirect fire capability akin to a light rocket artillery battery. The fire control -system of the AH-64 calculates ballistic trajectories of 2.75-inch unguided rockets out to a range of 7,500 meters, -and at such distances most vehicle-sized targets would be difficult to visually acquire, depending on the nature -of the terrain. If a target could be seen at such a distance, direct aiming devices would be inadequate in providing -the level of aiming precision that would be necessary to ensure unguided munitions, even an area effect weapon -such as unguided rockets, could be delivered in the vicinity of the target. This would preclude the use of direct -sighting methods such as a Continuously Computed Impact Point (CCIP) or any other reticle that would require -adjustments to an aimpoint toward distant target locations. - The key piece of symbology associated with employing rockets is - the Rocket Steering Cursor, an I-beam shaped symbol displayed - LOS Reticle must be aligned within within the crewmembers’ sight symbology. The Rocket Steering - the boxed region by turning left - Cursor is a steering cue which indicates the required position that - the nose of the aircraft must be placed in azimuth and elevation, - taking into account the limited articulation range of the pylons. - When the symbology LOS Reticle is aligned along the “I-beam” - between the upper and lower limits of the Rocket Steering Cursor, - LOS Reticle - the aircraft is positioned in which the calculated weapon aiming - solution against the intended target is within the articulation range -Rocket Steering - Cursor of the wing pylons. - The Rocket Steering Cursor is longitudinally-scaled and is not a - virtual symbology element; its displayed location does not - correspond with a real-world location that is observed “out-the- -window” like the Head Tracker or Flight Path Vector. This removes the limitations of direct sighting against long- -range targets and allows the AH-64 to employ unguided rockets from behind cover when the aircraft may not -have a direct line-of-sight to the target location. This capability facilitates indirect fire against target locations that -have been handed off to the AH-64 aircrew from another platform such as another AH-64 team member, a scout -helicopter, or friendly ground forces. -To aid the aircrew in aligning the rocket launchers with the calculated weapon aiming solution, the weapon pylons -themselves articulate in the vertical axis to account for target range and the pitch attitude of the helicopter at a -given airspeed. The pylons have an articulation range of +4° to -15° relative to the Aircraft Datum Line (ADL), -which represents the longitudinal axis of the fuselage. - - - - +4° - - 0° - - - -4.9° - Head Tracker - - - - - -15° - - - - Pylon Articulation Limits - -The Head Tracker symbol within the IHADSS Flight symbology is displayed at -4.9° relative to the ADL. In a stable -hover with no winds, or when landed, the Head Tracker will be level with the horizon; and is at an approximate -mid-point between the upper and lower articulation limits of the pylons. -Rocket Steering Cursor Alignment -The Rocket Steering Cursor is longitudinally positioned within the symbology based on the position of the weapon -aiming solution relative to the nose of the aircraft, which is represented by the LOS Reticle. If the Rocket Steering -Cursor is displayed to the left of the LOS Reticle, the heading of the aircraft should be adjusted to the left until -the Rocket Steering Cursor is aligned with the LOS Reticle, and vice versa if the Rocket Steering Cursor is to the -right of the LOS Reticle. -In the example below, the sight’s LOS Reticle has been placed over a group of vehicles approximately 3 kilometers -away. The LOS Reticle is being used to designate the target location and is also being used to represent the nose -of the aircraft as a reference point from which the Rocket Steering Cursor is being displayed. While the Head -Tracker is a virtual symbology element representing the real-world position of the aircraft nose, the Rocket -Steering Cursor is a longitudinally-scaled symbology element that is displayed relative to the LOS Reticle. As a -result, the Rocket Steering Cursor is indicating to the Pilot that the nose of the aircraft must be steered to the -left to align the rocket launchers with the weapon aiming solution. - - - - - Rocket launcher elevation - within articulation range of - the wing pylon - - - Weapon Aiming - Solution - - - Head - Rocket Tracker - Steering - Cursor - LOS - Reticle - - Rocket Steering Cursor indicates Rockets impact to the right - that the nose must be turned left of the target if LOS Reticle - to align the rocket launchers with is misaligned to the right of - the weapon aiming solution the Rocket Steering Cursor - - - - Rocket Steering Cursor – Lateral Misalignment - -In this scenario, the LOS Reticle is vertically aligned between the upper and lower limits of the Rocket Steering -Cursor, indicating that the weapon aiming solution is within the articulation range of the wing pylons. However, -the LOS Reticle is laterally misaligned to the right from the Rocket Steering Cursor, indicating the rockets will -impact to the right of the intended target. If the rockets were fired under these conditions, they would impact to -the right of the target but would be at the correct range (assuming the ranging data being used by the selected -sight is accurate). -To correct lateral misalignment of the Rocket Steering Cursor, the Pilot should turn in the direction of the Rocket -Steering Cursor until the LOS Reticle is aligned along the vertical axis of the “I-beam”. If in a hover or at low -speeds near hover, the Pilot should use the pedals to yaw the aircraft in the direction of the Rocket Steering -Cursor. If in forward flight, the Pilot should use the cyclic to bank the aircraft in the direction of the Rocket -Steering Cursor while adjusting the pedals to keep the skid/slip indicator (“trim ball”) centered. -In the next example below, the sight’s LOS Reticle has been placed over a group of vehicles approximately 6 -kilometers away, and the aircraft nose is correctly aligned with the weapon aiming solution. However, due to the -range between the aircraft and the targets, the weapon aiming solution is beyond the articulation range of the -wing pylons. As a result, the Rocket Steering Cursor is indicating to the Pilot that the nose of the aircraft must -be elevated to align the rocket launchers with the weapon aiming solution. -In addition, the Rocket Steering Cursor itself is dashed to indicate that a weapon inhibit exists, in this case a -performance inhibit, accompanied by the “PYLON LIMIT” inhibit message displayed within the symbology. (See -Rocket Steering Cursor Format on the following page for more information.) - - - Weapon aiming solution is - beyond the articulation - range of the wing pylons - Weapon Aiming - Solution - Rocket launcher elevation - is limited by the wing pylon - upper articulation limit - - - - Rocket - Steering - Cursor - - Head - Tracker LOS - Reticle - - - Rocket Steering Cursor - indicates the nose must be - Rockets will impact short of the pitched up to bring the - calculated target location if the LOS weapon aiming solution - Reticle isn’t aligned within the limits into the articulation range - of the Rocket Steering Cursor of the wing pylons - - - Rocket Steering Cursor – Vertical Misalignment - -In this scenario, the LOS Reticle is laterally aligned with the Rocket Steering Cursor, indicating that the aircraft is -on the correct heading for an accurate rocket delivery. However, the LOS Reticle is vertically misaligned below -the Rocket Steering Cursor. If the rockets were fired under these conditions, their ballistic trajectory would be -insufficient to achieve the required range and would impact the ground prior to reaching the target. -To correct vertical misalignment of the Rocket Steering Cursor, the Pilot should use the cyclic to adjust the pitch -attitude of the aircraft in the direction of the Rocket Steering Cursor until the LOS Reticle is aligned between the -upper and lower limits of the “I-beam”. This technique uses the pitch attitude of the helicopter to augment the -elevation of the rocket launchers and is called “super-elevating”. -If in a hover or at low speeds near hover, the Pilot should use caution when super-elevating the nose near -obstacles as the pitch-up attitude will induce a backwards acceleration. If sufficient maneuver area is available, -it may be advisable to gain some forward speed prior to performing a “super-elevation maneuver” for long-range -rocket delivery. Forward airspeeds also increase airflow over the tail, providing the added benefit of improving -the helicopter’s stability, which will enhance the accuracy of unguided munitions. -Rocket Steering Cursor Format -The Rocket Steering Cursor is displayed in four formats to indicate whether the weapon aiming solution is within -the articulation range of the wing pylons (Valid or Invalid) and the current pylon state (Normal or Ground Stow). - If the weapon aiming solution is within the articulation range of the wing - pylons and no Weapon Inhibit messages are displayed within the High Action - Display, the Rocket Steering Cursor will be displayed as Valid. - If the weapon aiming solution is beyond the articulation range of the wing - Valid Rocket Invalid Rocket - Steering Cursor Steering Cursor pylons or any Weapon Inhibit messages are displayed within the High Action - (NORM) (NORM) Display, the Rocket Steering Cursor will be displayed as Invalid. - If Ground Stow (GND STOW) is disabled on the WPN Utility sub-page, enabling - normal articulation functions of the wing pylons, the Rocket Steering Cursor - will be displayed as a continuous “I-beam” symbol. - If Ground Stow (GND STOW) is enabled on the WPN Utility sub-page, disabling - the normal articulation functions of the wing pylons and setting the pylons to - Valid Rocket Invalid Rocket - Steering Cursor Steering Cursor -5° relative to the Aircraft Datum Line (coincident with the Head Tracker - (GND STOW) (GND STOW) symbol within the HMD Flight symbology), the Rocket Steering Cursor will be - displayed as a broken “I-beam” symbol. -NOTE: When the Rocket Steering Cursor is displayed in the GND STOW format, the broken “I-beam” symbol will -remain referenced from the LOS Reticle based on the calculated weapon aiming solution. - - -Rocket Weapon Inhibits -The following conditions will inhibit the rockets from being fired or interrupt the firing of the rockets if already in -in progress. Performance inhibits may be overridden by pulling the trigger to the 2nd detent. Safety inhibits cannot -be overridden. -Performance Inhibits - INHIBIT CONDITION CORRECTIVE ACTION - The required weapon aiming - If tactically feasible, engage the target at a closer - BAL LIMIT solution exceeds the ballistics - range. - processing capability. - The commanded position of the Adjust the aircraft pitch attitude as necessary to bring - PYLON LIMIT rocket launcher(s) exceeds the the weapon aiming solution within the articulation - (IN FLIGHT) pylon articulation limits. range of the wing pylons (e.g., pitch the nose toward - (+4° to -15°). the Rocket Steering Cursor). - - -Safety Inhibits - INHIBIT CONDITION CORRECTIVE ACTION - Vertical acceleration is <0.5 G; - the main rotor blades may Reduce the severity of the current maneuver to - ACCEL LIMIT - obstruct the trajectory of the increase the positive G load on the aircraft. - rockets when fired. - A missile launch is already in The rockets may be fired 2 seconds after the missile - ALT LAUNCH - progress. launch is complete. - The gun is out of coincidence - from the weapon aiming If tactically feasible, instruct the crewmember that has -GUN OBSTRUCT solution and may obstruct the actioned the gun to de-action in order to permit the - trajectory of rockets fired from firing of rockets. - the inboard wing pylons. - - The line-of-sight of the selected Select a different sight for engagement. - sight is invalid or has failed; If using HMD as the sight and the LOS Reticle is - LOS INVALID - and cannot provide a weapon flashing, adjust the helmet position to within the slew - aiming solution to the gun. limits of the assigned NVS sensor (PNVS or TADS). - - Indicates that the pylon position If inhibit message remains, the corresponding wing - is not equal to the commanded pylons may have experienced a failure. -PYLON ERROR pylon position or the rocket A different rocket warhead selection may be made (if - launcher positions are available) on a different set of wing pylons; otherwise - unknown. the rockets should be de-actioned. - The commanded position of the - Adjust the weapon aiming solution as necessary to - PYLON LIMIT rocket launcher(s) exceeds the - that which may be utilized within the articulation range - (ON GROUND) pylon articulation limits. - of the wing pylons. - (+4° to -5°). - The master armament state is - SAFE currently set to SAFE; weapons Set the A/S button on the Armament Panel to ARM. - cannot be fired. -WPN Rocket (RKT) Format -When rockets are selected for employment within the crewstation, the WPN page will be set to RKT format. - - - - - 2. Quantity Select - - - - - 1. Inventory Select - - - - 3. Rocket Status - Icon - - - - -1. Inventory Select. Displays the available rocket warhead types and the remaining quantity onboard for - each type. A rocket warhead type may be selected for employment using VAB L1-L5, with the current - selection boxed. This setting is independent between crewstations unless COOP mode is entered. - NOTE: All rocket zones that are loaded with the same warhead type are consolidated into a single selection. -2. Quantity Select. Displays the selected quantity of rockets that will be fired within a salvo. Selection of VAB - R1 will display the Quantity Select menu that permits a different quantity to be selected. Available options - are 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 24 or ALL. -3. Rocket Status. Indicates a rocket launcher is installed onto the corresponding wing pylon. The launcher - icon appearance and text label indicate the status and warhead inventory selection of the launcher. -Rocket Weapon Status Messages -The following messages will be displayed in the High Action Display based on current rocket status or weapon -page settings when rockets are actioned. - - WEAPON - CONDITION - STATUS - LIMITS The commanded position of the rocket launcher(s) exceeds the pylon articulation limits. - NO ROCKETS Rockets are actioned but no rockets are available. - Rockets are actioned. Ground stow is enabled on the WPN Utility sub-page and rocket - RKT G-S - launchers are not articulating. - RKT NORM Rockets are actioned. Rocket launchers are articulating to the weapon aiming solution. - The remaining time of flight (in seconds) for the most recent rocket salvo that has been - RKT TOF=## - fired. - Rockets are actioned but a rocket type has not been selected from the INVENTORY on - TYPE? the WPN page; or the previous type has been depleted and another rocket type must be - selected. - WEAPON? The weapon trigger has been pulled but no weapon has been actioned. -Rocket Engagement using TADS (Direct Fire in COOP Mode) -When employing unguided rockets in Cooperative (COOP) mode, the TADS is used by the CPG to calculate the -weapon aiming solution while the Pilot maneuvers the aircraft to align the Rocket Steering Cursor. If the target -is moving, continuous laser designation via the 2nd detent of the laser trigger should be used to incorporate the -Target State Estimator (TSE) for lead-angle compensation. TADS LMC and/or IAT may also be used to assist the -CPG in stabilizing the TADS LOS Reticle on the target. -Cooperative mode can only be entered when the CPG actions rockets on the TEDAC Left Handgrip and the Pilot -actions rockets on the Cyclic Grip. -When COOP mode is entered, the Pilot’s WPN page settings in the RKT format will default to the setting s of the -CPG. However, when in COOP mode, these settings are common between crewstations in that changing the -INVENTORY (VAB L1-L5) or QTY (VAB R1) settings in one crewstation will change them in the other. -To engage a target with Direct Fire rockets in Cooperative mode, using the TADS as the selected sight: -1. PLT Sight Select switch – HMD. - (Collective Mission Grip) -2. CPG Sight Select switch – TADS. (TEDAC 10. INVENTORY 11. ARM Status - Right Handgrip) (VAB L1-L5) 10. QTY (VAB R1) - -3. CPG WPN Fixed Action Button – Press. -4. CPG (Optional) Determine the - appropriate acquisition source (ACQ) for - acquiring the target. - - - If the target is visually acquired by - either crewmember, set ACQ to PHS - or GHS. - 4. ACQ Select (VAB R6) - - - If the target is stored as a point - within the navigational database, - set ACQ to the corresponding point. - 3. WPN Fixed Action Button -5. CPG (Optional) SLAVE button – Press, - and then press again to de-slave when - the TADS has finished slewing. -6. PLT Weapon Action switch (WAS) – Left. - (Cyclic Grip) -7. CPG Weapon Action Switch (WAS) – Left. - (TEDAC Left Handgrip) -8. PLT & CPG Weapon Control Status – Verify - “COOP”. (High Action Display) -9. PLT & CPG Weapon Status – Verify “RKT - 8. Verify “COOP” 9. Verify “RKT NORM” - NORM”. (High Action Display) -10. PLT / CPG Weapon settings – Verify or - select. (WPN page) - - - © TYPE (VAB L1-L5) – Select as - desired. - - - © QTY (VAB R1) – Select as - desired. -11. CPG © A/S button – Verified in ARM. - (Armament Panel) -12. CPG Range source – Verify or select: - Laser, Navigation, Auto, or Manual. - (TADS Acquisition and Ranging) -13. CPG If the target or aircraft are moving, - 14. Fire LRFD - engage TADS targeting modes to - stabilize the TADS on target. - - - Manual tracking - Engage LMC and - employ the Sight Manual Tracker. - - - Automatic tracking - Engage IAT. -14. CPG LRFD Trigger – Pull, if laser ranging - is desired. (TEDAC Right Handgrip) 17. Weapon Inhibits - - - Target and aircraft are stationary – - LRFD trigger, 1st detent, may be - pulled momentarily (ranging). - - - Target or aircraft are moving – 12. Range Source - LRFD trigger, 2nd detent, should be - pulled and held (designation). -15. CPG Instruct the Pilot to align the aircraft - with the Rocket Steering Cursor and fire - – “Match and Shoot.” -16. PLT Rocket Steering Cursor – Align with 16. Align Rocket Steering - Cursor to LOS Reticle - the HMD LOS Reticle. - - - Running/Diving Fire – Apply cyclic - inputs in the direction of the Rocket - Steering Cursor while applying - pedal inputs to maintain - aerodynamic trim. - - - Hover Fire – Apply pedal inputs in - the direction of the Rocket Steering - Cursor. -17. PLT & CPG Weapon Inhibit messages – - 17. Weapon Inhibits - Verify no Safety or Performance inhibit - messages are displayed: - - - ACCEL LIMIT - - - ALT LAUNCH - - - GUN OBSTRUCT - - - PYLON ERROR - - - BAL LIMIT - - - PYLON LIMIT -18. PLT Weapon Trigger – Pull and hold for duration of salvo. (Cyclic Grip) -19. CPG TADS Field-Of-View (FOV) - Decrease by one level. (e.g., switch FLIR from Narrow to Medium FOV) -20. Observe for rocket impacts – Adjust the TADS LOS Reticle aimpoint and repeat rocket salvo as - PLT & CPG - necessary until target effects are achieved. -Rocket Engagement using TADS (Indirect Fire in COOP Mode) -When employing unguided rockets in Cooperative (COOP) mode, the TADS is used by the CPG to calculate the -weapon aiming solution while the Pilot maneuvers the aircraft to align the Rocket Steering Cursor. When -employed in an indirect fire manner in which the target cannot be directly observed by the aircraft sensors, the -TADS is slaved to a point within the navigational database corresponding with the target’s 3-dimensional location. -This point may be stored using the TADS, manually input by the crew, or received from another team member. -Cooperative mode can only be entered when the CPG actions rockets on the TEDAC Left Handgrip and the Pilot -actions rockets on the Cyclic Grip. When COOP mode is entered, the Pilot’s WPN page settings in the RKT format -will default to the settings of the CPG. However, when in COOP mode, these settings are common between -crewstations in that changing the INVENTORY (VAB L1-L5) or QTY (VAB R1) settings in one crewstation will -change them in the other. -To engage a target with Indirect Fire rockets in Cooperative mode, using the TADS as the selected sight: -1. PLT Sight Select switch – HMD. - (Collective Mission Grip) -2. CPG Sight Select switch – TADS. (TEDAC 10. INVENTORY 11. ARM Status - Right Handgrip) (VAB L1-L5) 10. QTY (VAB R1) - -3. CPG WPN Fixed Action Button – Press. -4. CPG Determine the appropriate - acquisition source (ACQ) for acquiring - the target. - - - COORD (VAB T5) – Select. - - - Point (VAB L1-L6) – Select; or use - paging controls to locate target 4. ACQ Select (VAB R6) - point within the database. - NOTE: If the target location is not - already present in the navigational 3. WPN Fixed Action Button - database, the target point must be - received via the datalink or manually - input on the POINT sub-page. (See the - Datalink chapter or TSD Point sub-page - for more information.) -5. CPG SLAVE button – Press. -6. PLT Weapon Action switch (WAS) – Left. - (Cyclic Grip) -7. CPG Weapon Action Switch (WAS) – Left. - (TEDAC Left Handgrip) - 8. Verify “COOP” 9. Verify “RKT NORM” -8. PLT & CPG Weapon Control Status – Verify - “COOP”. (High Action Display) -9. PLT & CPG Weapon Status – Verify “RKT - NORM”. (High Action Display) -10. PLT / CPG Weapon settings – Verify or - select. (WPN page) - - - © TYPE (VAB L1-L5) – Select as - desired. - - - © QTY (VAB R1) – Select as - desired. -11. CPG A/S button – Verified in ARM. - (Armament Panel) -12. CPG Range source – Verify Navigation. - (TADS Acquisition and Ranging) -13. CPG Instruct the Pilot to align the aircraft - with the Rocket Steering Cursor and fire - – “Match and Shoot.” - 15. Weapon Inhibits 4. ACQ Select -14. PLT Rocket Steering Cursor – Align with - the HMD LOS Reticle. - - - Running Fire – Apply cyclic inputs in - the direction of the Rocket Steering 12. Range Source - Cursor while applying pedal inputs - to maintain aerodynamic trim. - - - Hover Fire – Apply pedal inputs in - the direction of the Rocket Steering - Cursor. -15. PLT & CPG Weapon Inhibit messages – 14. Align Rocket Steering - Verify no Safety or Performance inhibit Cursor to LOS Reticle - - messages are displayed: - - - ACCEL LIMIT - - - ALT LAUNCH - - - GUN OBSTRUCT - - - PYLON ERROR - - - BAL LIMIT - - - PYLON LIMIT -16. PLT Weapon Trigger – Pull and hold for - duration of salvo. (Cyclic Grip) - 15. Weapon Inhibits -17. PLT & CPGIf no observers are able to - provide a damage assessment after - rockets are fired, it may be necessary to - un-mask and observe the target area to - determine if the desired target effects are - achieved. -Rocket Engagement using HMD (Direct Fire) -When employing unguided rockets independently from either crewstation, the crewmember uses the HMD to -calculate the weapon aiming solution while maneuvering the aircraft to align the Rocket Steering Cursor. Since -the HMD LOS Reticle designates the target location, the helmet position must be maintained on the target to -provide continuous and accurate steering cues via the Rocket Steering Cursor. -To engage a target with Direct Fire rockets, using the HMD as the selected sight: -1. Sight Select switch – HMD. (Collective - Mission Grip) -2. WPN Fixed Action Button – Press. 5. INVENTORY 6. ARM Status - (VAB L1-L5) 5. QTY (VAB R1) -3. Weapon Action switch (WAS) – Left. - (Cyclic Grip) -4. Weapon Status – Verify “RKT NORM”. - (High Action Display) -5. Weapon settings – Verify or select. (WPN - page) - - - TYPE (VAB L1-L5) – Select as - desired. - - - QTY (VAB R1) – Select as desired. -6. A/S button – Verified in ARM. (Armament 2. WPN Fixed Action Button - Panel) -7. Range source – Verify or select: - Navigation, Auto, or Manual. (HMD - Acquisition and Ranging) - -8. HMD LOS Reticle – Designate the target. -9. Rocket Steering Cursor – Align with the - HMD LOS Reticle while maintaining the - HMD LOS Reticle on the target. - - - Running/Diving Fire – Apply cyclic - inputs in the direction of the Rocket - Steering Cursor while applying 9. Turn toward 8. Place HMD LOS Reticle - pedal inputs to maintain Rocket Steering Cursor over target location - - aerodynamic trim. - - - Hover Fire – Apply pedal inputs in - the direction of the Rocket Steering - Cursor. -10. Weapon Inhibit messages – Verify no - Safety or Performance inhibit messages - are displayed: - - - ACCEL LIMIT 10. Weapon Inhibits - - - ALT LAUNCH - - - GUN OBSTRUCT - - - PYLON ERROR - - - BAL LIMIT 1. Sight Select HMD 7. Range source 4. Verify “RKT NORM” - - - PYLON LIMIT -11. Weapon Trigger – Pull and hold for - duration of salvo. (Cyclic Grip) -12. Observe for rocket impacts – Adjust the - HMD LOS Reticle aimpoint and repeat - rocket salvo as necessary until target - effects are achieved. -HELLFIRE MODULAR MISSILE SYSTEM -(HMMS) -The Hellfire Modular Missile System is the primary weapon system of the AH-64D, capable of employing any -variant of the AGM-114 Hellfire missile family. The AGM-114 was designed as a highly accurate anti-armor -munition, capable of engaging point targets at long range across a wide variety of battlefield conditions. - - - - -The HMMS consists of up to four M299 Hellfire missile launchers (also called “HML’s”), which can carry up to four -AGM-114 missiles of any model. Each individual launcher rail is processed by the aircraft electronics independently -of the others, essentially equipping the AH-64 with up to 16 individual missile stations. Any combination of M299 -missile launchers may be used in conjunction with the M261 rocket pods, to include such possibilities of three -missile launchers and one rocket pod, or a single missile launcher and a single rocket pod in the case of reducing -overall gross weight. -The HMMS provides various levels of automation for managing the missile inventory, allowing the crew to focus -on targeting and engagement of ground targets while minimizing the duration the AH-64D is un-masked and -exposed to enemy detection and weapons fire. AGM-114 missiles may be employed by either crewmember when -using the HMD or FCR as the selected sight, or by the CPG when using the TADS. However, only specific missile -types (SAL or RF) may be employed depending on the selected sight within the crewstation. - -- HMD. When the selected sight is HMD, only Semi-Active Laser (SAL) AGM-114 missiles may be selected and - fired from the crewstation. When employed by the CPG, an offboard source of laser designation is required. - When employed by the Pilot, an offboard laser designation is required or the CPG may provide designation - using the TADS. - -- FCR. When the selected sight is FCR, only Radio Frequency (RF) AGM-114 missiles may be selected and - fired from the crewstation. - -- TADS. When the CPG’s selected sight is TADS, either SAL or RF missiles may be selected and fired, - depending on the CPG’s Weapon (WPN) page settings. -AGM-114K Semi-Active Laser-homing (SAL) Missile -The AGM-114 family of anti-tank missiles entered service in the early 1980’s alongside the AH-64A. The laser- -guided Hellfire missiles were proven to be much more capable compared to the wire-guided BGM-71 TOW missiles -which they were to replace, with the ability to be guided to a target by the launching platform or by any other -target designation system capable of emitting a matching laser code. In addition, the AGM-114’s increased range, -speed, and its ability to employ one of several post-launch trajectories added to its versatility on the battlefield. -The first generation of missiles, commonly referred to as “Basic Hellfire” variants, included the A-, B-, C- and F- -models, and were used to a high degree of success during Operation Desert Storm in 1991. -Although the early variants of the AGM-114 missile were quite successful in combat, development of a second -generation of AGM-114 missiles, commonly referred to as “Hellfire II” variants, entered service in the late 1990’s. -These new AGM-114 variants featured numerous improvements and enhancements over the first generation, -including a new digital autopilot to replace the original analog electronics, an electronic arming fuze, -countermeasure hardening, and an integrated tandem warhead for defeating reactive armor. As a side note, the -AGM-114F did include a second warhead for defeating reactive armor, giving it a noticeable increase in length -compared to other AGM-114 variants, leading to the F-model being referred to as “Interim Hellfire”. - - - - - Moving Control - Surfaces - Fixed Control - Surfaces - Digital Autopilot, - Control Gyros, - Tandem, & Battery - Shaped-charge - Warhead Warhead - Fuze - Fixed Control - Launcher Surfaces - Gimbaled Umbilical - Laser Seeker - AGM-114K Hellfire missile - -The AGM-114K was the first model of “Hellfire II” variants produced. Like the initial “Basic Hellfire”, the laser -frequency and post-launch trajectory are selectable from the cockpit and are immediately uploaded through the -missile’s umbilical, giving the aircrew the ability to rapidly configure the missile as needed. This flexibility, along -with the AGM-114K’s tandem shaped-charge warhead, which is capable of defeating any known armor on the -battlefield, makes the “Kilo” a versatile precision-strike weapon. -The AGM-114K may be employed in either a Lock-On-Before-Launch (LOBL) or a Lock-On-After-Launch (LOAL) -mode. If the missile’s laser seeker detects a laser designation that matches its assigned laser code prior to launch, -regardless of whether that laser designation is provided by the launching aircraft or by an offboard source such -as another aircraft or a ground-based designator, the missile will be launched in LOBL mode. -When tracking a laser designation in LOBL mode the acceptable launch envelope, referred to as the “missile -launch constraints”, is significantly more permissive when compared to LOAL. However, LOBL requires the -launching aircraft have a direct line-of-sight to the target prior to launch, which may expose the aircraft to enemy -detection and weapons fire. -SAL Post-Launch Trajectories -The acceptable launch envelope when firing the missile in LOAL is more restrictive than LOBL to ensure the -missile is fired into the general vicinity of the intended target prior to designation. However, this allows the -launching aircraft to fire the missile while remaining behind cover and hidden from enemy detection. When a SAL -missile is launched while using LOAL, the crew may select one of three trajectories for the missile to utilize while -enroute to the target, depending on the range and any obstructions between the aircraft and the target. - -- High (HI) Trajectory. When employed using a High trajectory, the missile will use a maximum loft climb - after launch, ascending approximately 1,300 feet above the aircraft within 2,000 meters before leveling off - and continuing along a level altitude. The High trajectory should be utilized when the missile needs to clear - significant terrain obstructions between the launching aircraft and the intended target, or to maximize the - missile’s kinematic range. - -- Low (LO) Trajectory. When employed using a Low trajectory, the missile will use a moderate loft climb - after launch, ascending approximately 500 feet above the aircraft within 1,000 meters before leveling off - and continuing along a level altitude. The Low trajectory should be utilized when the missile needs to clear - low terrain obstructions between the launching aircraft and the intended target, or to increase the missile’s - kinematic range. - -- Direct (DIR) Trajectory. When employed using a Direct trajectory, the missile will use a minimum loft - climb after launch, ascending approximately 50 feet above the aircraft within 500 meters, but will continue - along its launch azimuth in a very slight climb, reaching a peak altitude of 250 feet within 5 kilometers. The - Direct trajectory should be utilized when there are no terrain obstructions between the launching aircraft - and the intended target, or if the target is at a relatively close range. - NOTE: The trajectory option on the WPN page should be set to Direct (DIR) if the missile is intended to be - employed in a Lock-On-Before-Launch mode. (See Missile Constraints Box for more information.) - - - - - 1,300 ft - - - - - 750 ft - - - 500 ft - - - 300 ft - 300 ft - - - - 50 ft - - LOAL-HI - - LOAL-LO - - LOAL-DIR - - - SAL Post-Launch Trajectories - -Regardless of which trajectory is selected, the AGM-114K will continue along the same azimuth following launch -until it detects a laser designation with a matching laser code, at which point it will dive onto the designated -target. If no laser designation is detected, the missile will gradually lose altitude as its kinematic energy is depleted -and it impacts the ground. -Laser Codes & Missile Channels -The AH-64D allocates laser frequencies using a combination of alphabetical laser codes and preset missile -channels to increase cockpit efficiency. Up to 16 distinct laser frequencies may be programmed and assigned to -laser codes “A” through “R”, excluding I and O to prevent confusion with one and zero respectively. These laser -codes are then allocated amongst other team members to ensure each AH-64D can designate targets -independently of one other, enabling simultaneous laser-guided missile engagements without mutual -interference. (See WPN Code sub-page for more information.) -The pre-programmed laser codes also allow rapid switching of the TADS Laser Rangefinder/Designator (LRFD) -and Laser Spot Tracker (LST) coding, without needing to manually input a 4-digit pulse repetition frequency using -the Keyboard Unit each time a change is required. Although it is rare that an AH-64D crew will need to change -their LRFD code from that which was assigned to their aircraft during a mission, the LST code may be changed -several times throughout the mission, depending on the nature of any target handovers received from other -laser-capable platforms within the battlespace. -Once the laser codes have been programmed and assigned to the TADS LRFD and LST sensors, the appropriate -laser codes must be assigned to the missile channels. Missile channels permit rapid re-coding of SAL missiles -directly from the main WPN page, independently of the ownship’s TADS LRFD and LST code assignments, and -determine which laser designations SAL missiles will scan for and track. (See WPN Channel sub-page for more -information.) - - - - - Laser Frequencies (WPN Frequency sub-page) - - -Code A Code C Code E Code G Code J Code L Code N Code Q - - Code B Code D Code F Code H Code K Code M Code P Code R - Laser Codes (WPN Code sub-page) - - - - - Missile Channels assigned on - WPN Missile Channel (CHAN) sub-page - TADS Codes assigned on - WPN Code (CODE) sub-page - - - - LRFD A LST B Channel 1 A Channel 2 B Channel 3 C Channel 4 D - LRFD LT Priority Alternate - Trigger Switch Channel Channel - TADS Codes Missile Channels (PRI & ALT assigned on WPN page, MSL format) - - Laser Coding & Missile Channels - -If the WPN page is displayed in MSL format, any of the four missile channels may be selected as the Priority or -Alternate channels for SAL missile coding. The Priority missile channel determines how the next launched SAL -missile will be coded, as in which laser pulse repetition frequency it will scan for and track. The Alternate missile -channel is only used when the missile mode is set to Ripple (RIPL) and determines how the subsequently launched -SAL missile will be coded. (See WPN Missile format and Missile Modes on the following page for more information.) -Missile Modes -The AH-64’s missile management mode may be set to either Normal, Ripple, or Manual, which dictates the -manner in which the next and subsequent missiles are selected and coded for laser designations. For more -information regarding Manual mode, see WPN Missile format. -In Normal mode, each missile that is launched is coded to a single missile channel (set as the Priority channel on -the WPN page), meaning each missile searches for and tracks laser designations of a single laser pulse frequency. - - 1st Missile 2nd Missile 3rd Missile 4th Missile - - - Code A Code A Code A Code A - - - Normal (NORM) Missile Mode - -When set to Ripple mode, each missile that is launched is coded to one of two missile channels (set as the Priority -and Alternate channels on the WPN page), which automatically cycles between the two channels every time a -missile is fired. This allows missiles to be employed against two separate laser pulse frequencies that are providing -simultaneous target designations without needing to manually switch the Priority missile channel between each -pull of the weapon trigger. - - 1st Missile 2nd Missile 3rd Missile 4th Missile - - - Code A Code B Code A Code B - - Ripple (RIPL) Missile Mode - -It should be noted that the selected missile mode only provides a means of managing how each subsequent -missile is coded prior to launch, and does not directly correlate with how targets are designated, or whether the -target is designated by the launching aircraft, another aircraft in the vicinity, or a ground-based designator. In -the figure below, the aircraft launching in NORM mode may or may not be the source of laser designation against -the intended target. NORM mode simply results in each missile being coded to the Priority missile channel. - - A - A - A - B - A - - - B - - - - NORM - - - Each missile is fired on the The Priority and Alternate missile - Priority missile channel RIPL channels automatically swap after - each pull of the weapon trigger - - - - - Normal (NORM) and Ripple (RIPL) Modes - -Likewise, the aircraft launching in RIPL mode may or may not be one of the sources of laser designation against -the intended targets. Either of the designation sources could be provided by the launching aircraft, another -aircraft in the vicinity, or a ground-based designator. RIPL mode simply results in the cycling of the Priority and -Alternate channels following each launch to permit engagement of multiple targets using two designation sources. -SAL Missile Constraints Box -The key piece of symbology associated with employing the AGM-114K is the Missile Constraints Box displayed -within the crewmember’s sight symbology. The Missile Constraints Box is a steering cue and launch mode indicator -which indicates the launch mode of the missile and whether the missile is within acceptable launch constraints. - The Missile Constraints Box is longitudinally-scaled and is not a - virtual symbology element; its displayed location does not - Aircraft should be turned to the left correspond with a real-world location that is observed “out-the- - to launch missile within constraints - window” like the Head Tracker or Flight Path Vector. The position - of the Missile Constraints Box is referenced from the LOS Reticle, - which corresponds to the Missile Datum Line (0° in azimuth and - elevation from the longitudinal axis of the missile body). However, - the referenced position of which the Missile Constraints Box - represents is dependent on whether the missile is in LOBL or LOAL - LOS Reticle - mode; and when in LOAL mode, which post-launch trajectory has - been selected by the crewmember. - Missile -Constraints Box To augment the missiles’ post-launch trajectory and to ensure the - missiles do not strike the ground, the wing pylons articulate in the - vertical axis to maintain the pylon angle of each missile launcher -4° above the inertial horizon when the missiles are actioned. This results in the Missile Datum Line of each missile -being stabilized 4° above the horizon regardless of the aircraft pitch attitude. -Lock-On-Before-Launch Mode (LOBL) -When the missile seeker detects a laser designation that matches its assigned laser code, the missile enters LOBL -mode. When in LOBL mode, the Missile Constraints Box corresponds with the position of the missile’s seeker, in -azimuth and elevation, relative to the Missile Datum Line. -The maximum allowable offset angle when the missile is in LOBL mode is 20°, ensuring the missile will be able -to maintain track on the laser designation after launch; otherwise, the Constraints Box will be displayed as invalid, -indicating the missile is outside of launch constraints. (See Missile Constraints Box Format for more information.) - - - - - Wing pylons articulate to maintain missile - launchers 4° above the inertial horizon - - - - - 4° - - - Head - Tracker - - TADS - LOS Reticle - - - - The position of the Missile Constraints - Box within the sight symbology is Missile - displayed relative to the LOS Reticle, Missile seeker’s position relative - Constraints Box - which represents the Missile Datum Line to the Missile Datum Line - - - - SAL Missile Constraints Box – LOBL -Lock-On-After-Launch Mode, Direct Trajectory (LOAL-DIR) -When the missile seeker is not detecting a laser designation that matches its assigned laser code, the missile is -in LOAL mode. If the post-launch trajectory is set to DIR, the missile seeker is slaved to the crewmember’s -selected sight and the Missile Constraints Box corresponds with the position of the selected sight (HMD or TADS), -in azimuth and elevation, relative to the Missile Datum Line. -When the CPG pulls the LRFD trigger on the TEDAC Right Handgrip to the 2nd detent to designate the target, the -seeker is de-slaved, allowing the missile to track the laser designation from the launching aircraft. When the LRFD -trigger is released, the missile seeker is once again slaved to the crewmember’s selected sight. -The maximum allowable offset angle when the missile is in LOAL mode is 7.5°. This ensures the missile is fired -in the vicinity of the target location and that the missile’s flight path will carry it close enough for the seeker to -detect a laser designation after launch. Otherwise, the Constraints Box will be displayed as invalid, indicating the -missile is outside of launch constraints. (See Missile Constraints Box Format for more information.) - - - - - Wing pylons articulate to maintain missile - launchers 4° above the inertial horizon - - - - - 4° - - - Head - Tracker - - TADS - LOS Reticle - - - - The position of the Missile Constraints Missile - Box within the sight symbology is Constraints Box - displayed relative to the LOS Reticle, Position of the selected sight - which represents the Missile Datum Line relative to the Missile Datum Line - - - - SAL Missile Constraints Box – LOAL-DIR - -Lock-On-After-Launch Mode, Low/High Trajectory (LOAL-LO or LOAL-HI) -When the missile seeker is not detecting a laser designation that matches its assigned laser code, the missile is -in LOAL mode. If the post-launch trajectory is set to LO or HI, the missile seeker is caged directly ahead and the -Missile Constraints Box corresponds with the position of the acquisition source (ACQ), in azimuth and elevation, -relative to the Missile Datum Line when the ACQ is set to a point within the navigational database. If the ACQ is -not set to a point from the database, the Constraints Box will be displayed as invalid and be positioned at the -LOS Reticle, indicating the launch constraints are unknown. -The Missile Constraints Box indicates the azimuth to which the aircraft should be aligned to launch the missile -toward the point set as the crewmember’s ACQ. These trajectories are typically used when launching a laser- -guided AGM-114 toward a target that will be designated by an offboard designation source; in which the target -coordinates have been relayed to the launching aircraft in advance. (See Remote Fire for more information.) -The maximum allowable offset angle when the missile is in LOAL mode is 7.5°. This ensures the missile is fired -in the vicinity of the target location and that the missile’s flight path will carry it close enough for the seeker to -detect a laser designation after launch. Otherwise, the Constraints Box will be displayed as invalid, indicating the -missile is outside of launch constraints. (See Missile Constraints Box Format for more information.) - Missile Seeker is caged straight Position of the point set as ACQ - ahead along Missile Datum Line relative to the Missile Datum Line - - - - - 4° - - - Head - Target - Tracker - Point - TADS - LOS Reticle - - Missile - The position of the Missile Constraints Constraints Box - Box within the sight symbology is - displayed relative to the LOS Reticle, Missile Constraints Box - which represents the Missile Datum Line provides steering toward ACQ - - - - SAL Missile Constraints Box – LOAL-LO or LOAL-HI - - - -SAL Missile Constraints Box Format -The Missile Constraints Box is displayed in four formats to indicate the missile’s launch mode (LOBL or LOAL) and -whether the missile is within acceptable launch constraints (Valid or Invalid). - If the missile seeker is not tracking a laser designation that matches its assigned - laser code, the missile will launch in Lock-On-After-Launch (LOAL) mode. - LOAL Mode LOAL Mode - Valid Launch Invalid Launch If the missile seeker is tracking a laser designation that matches its assigned - Constraints Constraints laser code, the missile will launch in Lock-On-Before-Launch (LOBL) mode. - If the missile is within acceptable launch constraints and no Weapon Inhibit - messages are displayed within the High Action Display, the Missile Constraints - Box will be displayed as Valid. - - LOBL Mode LOBL Mode If the missile is outside acceptable launch constraints or any Weapon Inhibit - Valid Launch Invalid Launch messages are displayed within the High Action Display, the Missile Constraints - Constraints Constraints - Box will be displayed as Invalid. -The acceptable launch constraints for SAL missiles are dependent on the launch mode and the selected LOAL -trajectory (if applicable). - -- LOBL Constraints. Missile seeker LOS is offset ≤ 20° Missile Datum Line. - -- LOAL-DIR Constraints. Selected sight (HMD or TADS LOS) is offset ≤ 7.5° from Missile Datum Line. - -- LOAL-LO or LOAL-HI Constraints. Line-of-sight (LOS) to the location of the point currently set as the - acquisition source (ACQ) is offset ≤ 7.5° from Missile Datum Line. -SAL Missile Weapon Inhibits -The following conditions will inhibit the SAL missiles from being fired. Performance inhibits may be overridden by -pulling the trigger to the 2nd detent. Safety inhibits cannot be overridden. -Performance Inhibits - INHIBIT CONDITION CORRECTIVE ACTION - The required weapon aiming - If tactically feasible, engage the target at a closer - BAL LIMIT solution exceeds the ballistics - range. - processing capability. - Wait for the missile launchers to reach the optimum - The position of the missile launch position. - launcher(s) is ≥10° from the If inhibit message remains, missiles may still be fired - PYLON ANGLE - optimum launch position or the but the missile launcher positions should be visually - pylon position is unknown. confirmed to ensure the appropriate considerations - may be made for a successful engagement. - The commanded position of the - Adjust the aircraft pitch attitude as necessary to bring - PYLON LIMIT missile launcher(s) exceeds the - the articulation range of the wing pylons to +4° above - (IN FLIGHT) pylon articulation limits. - the inertial horizon. - (+4° to -15°). - The pitch, roll, and/or yaw rates - RATE LIMIT Stabilize the aircraft attitude prior to launch. - are excessive. - The roll angle of the aircraft is - ROLL LIMIT Reduce the roll attitude of the aircraft prior to launch. - excessive. - - When the missile is in LOBL Adjust the heading or pitch attitude of the aircraft to - SKR LIMIT mode, the missile seeker has bring the target within the missile seeker field-of-view. - reached a gimbal limit. (e.g., turn toward the Missile Constraints box). - When the missile is in LOAL Adjust the heading of the aircraft to bring the target - mode, the target position position closer to the aircraft centerline. - YAW LIMIT - relative to the aircraft heading - is excessive. (e.g., turn toward the Missile Constraints box). - - -Safety Inhibits - INHIBIT CONDITION CORRECTIVE ACTION - Vertical acceleration is <0.5 G; - the main rotor blades may Reduce the severity of the current maneuver to - ACCEL LIMIT - obstruct the trajectory of the increase the positive G load on the aircraft. - missile when fired. - The firing of a rocket salvo is The missile may be fired 2 seconds after the rocket - ALT LAUNCH - already in progress. salvo is complete. - The missile is not tracking the TADS laser designation, - The TADS LRFD is firing and the possibly due to atmospheric obscurance between the - difference between the SAL aircraft and the target such as dust or smoke. - BACK SCATTER - missile seeker line-of-sight and Release the laser trigger to slave the missile seeker - the TADS line-of-sight is >2°. back to the TADS line-of-sight and attempt to - designate again. - If tactically feasible, instruct the crewmember that has - The gun is out of coincidence actioned the gun to de-action in order to permit the - from the weapon aiming firing of missiles. -GUN OBSTRUCT solution and may obstruct the - trajectory of missiles fired from A different missile may be manually selected by setting - the inboard wing pylons. the Mode to MAN and pressing the Missile Advance - button. - The line-of-sight of the selected - LOS INVALID Select a different sight for engagement. - sight is invalid or has failed. - The SAL priority missile channel - is set to NONE in NORM or RIPL Select a priority missile channel for SAL engagement. - MSL NOT RDY mode. Press the Missile Advance button to select the next - A missile has not been selected missile in MAN mode. - in MAN mode. - The aircraft is on the ground - If inhibit message remains, the corresponding wing - (weight-on-wheels) and the -PYLON ERROR pylons may have experienced a failure and the missiles - missile launcher positions are - should be de-actioned. - unknown. - The commanded position of the - PYLON LIMIT missile launcher(s) exceeds the - The missiles should be de-actioned. - (ON GROUND) pylon articulation limits. - (+4° to -5°). - The master armament state is - SAFE currently set to SAFE; weapons Set the A/S button on the Armament Panel to ARM. - cannot be fired. -WPN Missile (MSL) Format – SAL Missile Settings -When SAL missiles are selected for employment within the crewstation, the WPN page will display SAL missile -settings when set to MSL format. -NOTE: The only SAL missile variant of the AGM-114 missile family that is simulated in DCS: AH-64D is the AGM- -114K, which is of the Hellfire II series of sub-variants. As a result, only SAL2 missile icons will be displayed and -available for employment. - - - - - 1. Priority Channel 5. Type Select - - - 2. Alternate Channel 6. Mode Select - - - 3. SAL Select 7. Trajectory Select - - - - 4. Missile Channels Status 8. RF Missile Icon - - - 9. SAL Missile Icon - 10. Missile Counter- - Countermeasures Mode - - - - -1. Priority Channel. Displays the missile channel selection menu for selecting one of the four missile channels - as the Priority channel, with the current channel selection boxed and displayed as “PRI”. This setting is - common between crewstations. - - - Channel 1. Missile channel 1 will be selected as the Priority channel. - The next SAL missile to be fired will be coded to the laser code assigned - to channel 1. - - - Channel 2. Missile channel 2 will be selected as the Priority channel. - The next SAL missile to be fired will be coded to the laser code assigned - to channel 2. - - - Channel 3. Missile channel 3 will be selected as the Priority channel. - The next SAL missile to be fired will be coded to the laser code assigned - to channel 3. - - - Channel 4. Missile channel 4 will be selected as the Priority channel. - The next SAL missile to be fired will be coded to the laser code assigned - to channel 4. - - - NONE. No missile channels will be selected as the Priority channel. SAL missiles will not be coded and - are inhibited from launch. ALT channel selection (VAB L2) is inhibited and automatically set to NONE. - NOTE: A missile channel cannot be selected as both the Priority and Alternate channels simultaneously. If - the Alternate channel is selected as Priority, the Priority and Alternate channels will simply be swapped. -2. Alternate Channel. Displays the missile channel selection menu for selecting one of the four missile - channels as the Alternate channel, with the current channel selection boxed and displayed as “ALT”. This - setting is common between crewstations. - When the Mode is set to RIPL, SAL missiles will be coded in an alternating - sequence between the two missile channels designated as Priority and - Alternate. - - - Channel 1. Missile channel 1 will be selected as the Alternate channel. - - - Channel 2. Missile channel 2 will be selected as the Alternate channel. - - - Channel 3. Missile channel 3 will be selected as the Alternate channel. - - - Channel 4. Missile channel 4 will be selected as the Alternate channel. - - - NONE. No missile channels will be selected as the Alternate channel. - RIPL mode is inhibited from selection within the MODE selection menu - (VAB R2). - NOTE: A missile channel cannot be selected as both the Priority and Alternate - channels simultaneously. If the Priority channel is selected as Alternate, the Priority and Alternate channels - will simply be swapped. -3. SAL Select. Selects the sub-variant of SAL missiles to be employed, between Basic Hellfire (SAL1), Hellfire - II (SAL2), or automatic selection between the two sub-variants. (N/I) -4. Missile Channels Status. Displays the laser code assignments to each of the four missile channels and - which channels are designated as Priority (PRI, white box) and Alternate (ALT, green box). -5. Type Select. Displays the selected missile type for employment. This setting is independent between - crewstations and is contextually dependent on the selected sight within the crewstation. - - - SAL. SAL missiles are selected for employment from the crewstation. The High Action Display will - display relevant symbology for SAL missile employment and the WPN page will display SAL missile - settings when set to MSL format. - - - If the selected sight is set to HMD, SAL is automatically selected as the missile type and - crewmember selection will be inhibited. - - - RF. RF missiles are selected for employment from the crewstation. The High Action Display will display - relevant symbology for RF missile employment and the WPN page will display RF missile settings when - set to MSL format. - - - If the selected sight is set to FCR, RF is automatically selected as the missile type and crewmember - selection will be inhibited. -6. Mode Select. Selects the mode of missile inventory management. This setting is common between - crewstations. - - - RIPL. Missile inventory, coding, and launch sequencing is managed automatically. Missile launches will - be alternated between each wing station to maintain center-of-gravity, as appropriate. - - - The first three missiles that are designated for launch will be coded in an alternating sequence, - with the first and third missiles coded to the Priority channel and the second missile coded to the - Alternate channel. As each missile is fired, subsequent missiles are progressively coded in the - same alternating sequence. - - - NORM. Missile inventory, coding, and launch sequencing is managed automatically. Missile launches - will be alternated between each wing station to maintain center-of-gravity, as appropriate. - - - The first three missiles that are designated for launch will be coded to the Priority channel. As - each missile is fired, subsequent missiles are progressively coded to the Priority channel. - - - MAN. Missile inventory, coding, and launch sequencing is managed manually by the aircrew. Missile - launches may lead to asymmetric loading and may cause center-of-gravity issues. - - - A single missile is selected and coded. The Missile Advance button on the Collective Mission Grip - or the TEDAC Right Handgrip may be used to select the next missile for launch. As each missile - is fired, the Missile Advance button must be used to select and code the next missile. -7. Trajectory Select. Selects the post-launch trajectory that will be employed by the SAL missile when fired - in Lock-On After Launch (LOAL) mode. This setting is independent between crewstations. - - - HI. If the missile seeker does not detect a laser designation, the missile will employ a high-altitude loft - trajectory along its launch azimuth. - - - LO. If the missile seeker does not detect a laser designation, the missile will employ a low-altitude loft - trajectory along its launch azimuth. - - - DIR. If the missile seeker does not detect a laser designation, the missile will employ a direct trajectory - with minimal loft along its launch azimuth. -8. RF Missile Icon. Indicates an AGM-114L missile is loaded onto the corresponding missile launcher rail. The - missile icon appearance and text label indicate the operational state and status of the missile. (See RF Missile - Type Settings for more information.) -9. SAL Missile Icon. Indicates an AGM-114K missile is loaded onto the corresponding missile launcher rail. - The missile icon appearance and text label indicate the operational state and status of the missile. - - - A SAL2 missile is loaded - - A solid missile icon is - - A hollow, white, flashing - onto the corresponding displayed when the WPN missile icon indicates the - missile launcher rail. page is in MSL format. next missile to be fired. - - - No laser code is - - Laser code “A” is - - Laser code “A” is - assigned. Missile is in a assigned. Missile is in a assigned. Missile is in a - Standby status. Ready status. Tracking status. - -10. Missile Counter-Countermeasures Mode. Not implemented. -SAL Missile Weapon Status Messages -The following messages will be displayed in the High Action Display based on current missile status or weapon -page settings when missiles are actioned and the missile type is set to SAL. - - WEAPON - CONDITION - STATUS - Missiles coded to the Priority and Alternate missile channels are tracking corresponding - 2 CHAN TRK - laser designations in RIPL mode. Missiles are in LOBL mode. - A missile coded to the Alternate missile channel is tracking a corresponding laser - ALT CHAN TRK - designation in RIPL mode. Missile is in LOBL mode. - DIR MAN LOAL trajectory is set to DIR. Missile management mode is set to MAN. - DIR NORM LOAL trajectory is set to DIR. Missile management mode is set to NORM. - DIR RIPL LOAL trajectory is set to DIR. Missile management mode is set to RIPL. - 8 seconds has elapsed since the last launch of a SAL missile and one or more SAL - FIRE MSLS missiles are remaining onboard the aircraft and set to the Priority missile channel that - matches the laser code set to the TADS LRFD. - The remaining time of flight (in seconds) for the next SAL missile that was set to a - HF TOF=## - Priority channel that matches the laser code set to the TADS LRFD. - HI MAN LOAL trajectory is set to HI. Missile management mode is set to MAN. - HI NORM LOAL trajectory is set to HI. Missile management mode is set to NORM. - HI RIPL LOAL trajectory is set to HI. Missile management mode is set to RIPL. - 12 seconds time of flight remains for the next SAL missile that was set to a Priority - LASE ## TRGT channel that matches the laser code set to the TADS LRFD, requiring terminal guidance - be provided by the TADS LRFD. - LO MAN LOAL trajectory is set to LO. Missile management mode is set to MAN. - LO NORM LOAL trajectory is set to LO. Missile management mode is set to NORM. - LO RIPL LOAL trajectory is set to LO. Missile management mode is set to RIPL. - A launch has been commanded of the next SAL missile that was set to a Priority channel - MSL LAUNCH - that matches the laser code set to the TADS LRFD. - MSL SELECT Missiles are actioned but the Priority missile channel is set to NONE. - MSL TYPE? Missiles are actioned but no missiles of the selected type (SAL or RF) are available. - NO MISSILES Missiles are actioned but no SAL or RF missiles are available. - A missile coded to the Priority missile channel is tracking a corresponding laser - PRI CHAN TRK - designation in MAN, NORM, or RIPL mode. Missile is in LOBL mode. - WEAPON? The weapon trigger has been pulled but no weapon has been actioned. -Laser-guided Hellfire Engagement (LOBL) -When employing a SAL missile in Lock-On-Before-Launch (LOBL) mode, the TADS LRFD is used by the CPG to -continuously designate the target prior to missile launch and throughout the missile’s flight until it impacts the -target. TADS LMC and/or IAT targeting modes may be used to assist the CPG in stabilizing the TADS LOS Reticle -on the target. When missiles are actioned in the CPG crewstation, the Missile Constraints Box will also be displayed -in the Pilot crewstation to ensure the aircraft is maneuvered to within acceptable launch constraints. -To engage a target with a SAL missile in LOBL mode, using the TADS as the selected sight to self-designate: -1. CPG Sight Select switch – TADS. (TEDAC - Right Handgrip) - 6. TYPE (VAB R1) -2. CPG WPN Fixed Action Button – Press. 9. ARM Status MODE (VAB R2) - 6. PRI (VAB L1) TRAJ (VAB R3) -3. CPG (Optional) Determine the - appropriate acquisition source (ACQ) for - acquiring the target. - - - If the target is visually acquired by - either crewmember, set ACQ to PHS - or GHS. - - - If the target is stored as a point - within the navigational database, - set ACQ to the corresponding point. 3. ACQ Select (VAB R6) - -4. CPG (Optional) SLAVE button – Press, - and then press again to de-slave when - 2. WPN Fixed Action Button - the TADS has finished slewing. -5. CPG Weapon Action Switch (WAS) – - Right. (TEDAC Left Handgrip) -6. CPG Weapon settings – Verify or select. - (WPN page) - - - TYPE (VAB R1) – SAL. - - - © MODE (VAB R2) – NORM or MAN. - - - TRAJ (VAB R3) – DIR. - - - © PRI (VAB L1) – Verify Priority - 10. LMC or IAT - missile channel is set to the same - laser code as the LRFD. -7. CPG Weapon Status – Verify “DIR - NORM” or “DIR MAN”. (High Action - Display) -8. CPG Sight Status – Verify “REMOTE” is - not displayed. (High Action Display) -9. CPG A/S button – Verified in ARM. - (Armament Panel) 3. ACQ Select - - - - - 1. Sight Select TADS 8. “REMOTE” not displayed 7. Verify “DIR NORM” -10. CPG If the target or aircraft are moving, - engage TADS targeting modes to - stabilize the TADS on target. - - - Manual tracking - Engage LMC and - employ the Sight Manual Tracker. - 14. Align Missile Constraints - 11. Fire LRFD Box within parameters - - - Automatic tracking - Engage IAT. -11. CPG LRFD Trigger – Pull and hold, 2nd - detent. (TEDAC Right Handgrip) -12. CPG Weapon Status – Verify “PRI CHAN - TRK”. (High Action Display) -13. CPG Instruct the Pilot to align the aircraft - with the Missile Constraints Box – - “Constraints.” - 15. Weapon Inhibits -14. PLT Missile Constraints Box – Align - toward the HMD LOS Reticle. - - - Running/Diving Fire – Apply cyclic - inputs in the direction of the Missile 12. Verify “PRI CHAN TRK” - Constraints Box. - - - Hover Fire – Apply pedal inputs in - the direction of the Missile - Constraints Box. -15. CPG Weapon Inhibit messages – Verify - no Safety or Performance inhibit - messages are displayed: - - - ACCEL LIMIT - - - ALT LAUNCH - - - BACK SCATTER - - - GUN OBSTRUCT - - - MSL NOT RDY - - - PYLON ERROR - - - BAL LIMIT - - - PYLON ANGLE - - - PYLON LIMIT - - - RATE LIMIT - - - ROLL LIMIT - - - SKR LIMIT -16. CPG Weapon Trigger – Pull. (TEDAC Left - Handgrip) -17. CPG Weapon Status – Verify “MSL LAUNCH”. (High Action Display) -18. CPG LRFD Trigger – Maintain designation, 2nd detent, until the missile impacts the target. (TEDAC Right - Handgrip) -Laser-guided Hellfire Engagement (LOAL, DIR Trajectory) -When employing a SAL missile in Lock-On-After-Launch (LOAL) mode, the TADS LRFD is used by the CPG to -designate the target after missile launch and throughout the remainder of the missile’s flight until it impacts the -target. TADS LMC and/or IAT targeting modes may be used to assist the CPG in stabilizing the TADS LOS Reticle -on the target. When missiles are actioned in the CPG crewstation, the Missile Constraints Box will also be displayed -in the Pilot crewstation to ensure the aircraft is maneuvered to within acceptable launch constraints. -To engage a target with a SAL missile in LOAL-DIR mode, using the TADS as the selected sight to self-designate: -1. CPG Sight Select switch – TADS. (TEDAC - Right Handgrip) - 6. TYPE (VAB R1) -2. CPG WPN Fixed Action Button – Press. 9. ARM Status MODE (VAB R2) - 6. PRI (VAB L1) TRAJ (VAB R3) -3. CPG (Optional) Determine the - appropriate acquisition source (ACQ) for - acquiring the target. - - - If the target is visually acquired by - either crewmember, set ACQ to PHS - or GHS. - - - If the target is stored as a point - within the navigational database, - set ACQ to the corresponding point. 3. ACQ Select (VAB R6) - -4. CPG (Optional) SLAVE button – Press, - and then press again to de-slave when - 2. WPN Fixed Action Button - the TADS has finished slewing. -5. CPG Weapon Action Switch (WAS) – - Right. (TEDAC Left Handgrip) -6. CPG Weapon settings – Verify or select. - (WPN page) - - - TYPE (VAB R1) – SAL. - - - © MODE (VAB R2) – NORM or MAN. - - - TRAJ (VAB R3) – DIR. - - - © PRI (VAB L1) – Verify Priority 10. LMC or IAT 12. Align Missile Constraints - missile channel is set to the same Box within parameters - laser code as the LRFD. -7. CPG Weapon Status – Verify “DIR - NORM” or “DIR MAN”. (High Action - Display) -8. CPG Sight Status – Verify “REMOTE” is - not displayed. (High Action Display) -9. CPG A/S button – Verified in ARM. - 13. Weapon Inhibits 3. ACQ Select - (Armament Panel) - - - - - 1. Sight Select TADS 8. “REMOTE” not displayed 7. Verify “DIR NORM” -10. CPG If the target or aircraft are moving, - engage TADS targeting modes to - stabilize the TADS on target. - - - Manual tracking - Engage LMC and - employ the Sight Manual Tracker. 16. Fire LRFD to designate - the target no later than - - - Automatic tracking - Engage IAT. “LASE # TRGT” is displayed - -11. CPG Instruct the Pilot to align the aircraft - with the Missile Constraints Box – - “Constraints.” -12. PLT Missile Constraints Box – Align - toward the HMD LOS Reticle. - - - Running/Diving Fire – Apply cyclic - inputs in the direction of the Missile - Constraints Box. - - - Hover Fire – Apply pedal inputs in - the direction of the Missile - Constraints Box. -13. CPG Weapon Inhibit messages – Verify - no Safety or Performance inhibit - messages are displayed: - - - ACCEL LIMIT - - - ALT LAUNCH - - - BACK SCATTER - - - GUN OBSTRUCT - - - MSL NOT RDY - - - PYLON ERROR - - - BAL LIMIT - - - PYLON ANGLE - - - PYLON LIMIT - - - RATE LIMIT - - - ROLL LIMIT - - - YAW LIMIT -14. CPG Weapon Trigger – Pull. (TEDAC Left - Handgrip) -15. CPG Weapon Status – Verify “MSL - LAUNCH”. (High Action Display) -16. CPG LRFD Trigger – Pull, 2nd detent, after the missile clears the missile rail but no later than “LASE # TRGT” - is displayed in the Weapon Status field, and hold until the missile impacts the target. (TEDAC Right Handgrip) -Laser-guided Hellfire Engagement (Rapid Fire) -When employing SAL missiles using Rapid Fire against multiple targets, the TADS LRFD is used by the CPG to -designate each target in sequence while multiple missiles are in flight simultaneously. After the first missile -impacts its target, the laser designation is shifted to the next target, which will divert the next missile while in -flight. The TADS Multi-Target Tracker may be used to assist the CPG in shifting the TADS LOS Reticle to each -subsequent target. (See TADS Targeting Modes for more information) -To rapidly engage multiple targets with SAL missiles, using the TADS as the selected sight to self-designate: -1. CPG Sight Select switch – TADS. (TEDAC - Right Handgrip) - 6. TYPE (VAB R1) -2. CPG WPN Fixed Action Button – Press. 9. ARM Status MODE (VAB R2) - 6. PRI (VAB L1) TRAJ (VAB R3) -3. CPG (Optional) Determine the - appropriate acquisition source (ACQ) for - acquiring the target. - - - If the target is visually acquired by - either crewmember, set ACQ to PHS - or GHS. - - - If the target is stored as a point - within the navigational database, - set ACQ to the corresponding point. 3. ACQ Select (VAB R6) - -4. CPG (Optional) SLAVE button – Press, - and then press again to de-slave when - 2. WPN Fixed Action Button - the TADS has finished slewing. -5. CPG Weapon Action Switch (WAS) – - Right. (TEDAC Left Handgrip) -6. CPG Weapon settings – Verify or select. - (WPN page) - - - TYPE (VAB R1) – SAL. - - - © MODE (VAB R2) – NORM or MAN. - - - TRAJ (VAB R3) – DIR. - - - © PRI (VAB L1) – Verify Priority 10. IAT on next target 14. Align Missile Constraints - missile channel is set to the same Box within parameters - laser code as the LRFD. -7. CPG Weapon Status – Verify “DIR - NORM” or “DIR MAN”. (High Action - Display) -8. CPG Sight Status – Verify “REMOTE” is - not displayed. (High Action Display) -9. CPG A/S button – Verified in ARM. - (Armament Panel) 15. Weapon Inhibits 3. ACQ Select - - - - - 1. Sight Select TADS 8. “REMOTE” not displayed 7. Verify “DIR NORM” -10. CPG If the targets or aircraft are moving, - engage TADS targeting modes to - stabilize the TADS on target. - - - Manual tracking - Engage LMC and - employ the Sight Manual Tracker. - - - Automatic tracking - Engage IAT on - subsequent targets using MTT. -11. CPG LRFD Trigger – Pull and hold, 2nd - detent, if engaging in LOBL mode. - (TEDAC Right Handgrip) -12. CPG Weapon Status – Verify “PRI CHAN 20. Fire next missile no - earlier than “FIRE MSLS” - TRK” if engaging in LOBL mode. (High - Action Display) -13. CPG Instruct the Pilot to align the aircraft - with the Missile Constraints Box – - “Constraints.” -14. PLT Missile Constraints Box – Align - toward the HMD LOS Reticle. - - - Running/Diving Fire – Apply cyclic - inputs in the direction of the Missile - Constraints Box. - - - Hover Fire – Apply pedal inputs in - 22. Shift LRFD - the direction of the Missile designation to - Constraints Box. next target - -15. CPG Weapon Inhibit messages – Verify - no Safety or Performance inhibit - messages are displayed: - - - ACCEL LIMIT - - - ALT LAUNCH - - - BACK SCATTER - - - GUN OBSTRUCT - - - MSL NOT RDY - - - PYLON ERROR - - - BAL LIMIT - - - PYLON ANGLE - - - PYLON LIMIT - - - RATE LIMIT - - - ROLL LIMIT - - - SKR LIMIT - - - YAW LIMIT -16. CPG Weapon Trigger – Pull. (TEDAC Left Handgrip) -17. CPG Weapon Status – Verify “MSL LAUNCH”. (High Action Display) -18. CPG LRFD Trigger – Pull and hold after the missile clears the missile rail and hold, 2nd detent, if not already - lasing in LOBL mode. (TEDAC Right Handgrip) -19. CPG Weapon Status – Verify “FIRE MSLS” 8 seconds after the first missile launch. (High Action Display) -20. CPG Weapon Trigger – Pull. (TEDAC Left Handgrip) -21. CPG Weapon Status – Verify “MSL - LAUNCH”. (High Action Display) -22. CPG When the first missile impacts the - first target, shift the TADS LOS Reticle to - the next target while continuing to hold - the LRFD Trigger. (TEDAC Right - Handgrip) - - - Manual tracking – Use Sight Manual - Tracker to shift TADS LOS Reticle to - next target. - - - Automatic tracking – Use IAT/OFS - switch to shift TADS LOS Reticle to - next target. (See Image Auto-Track - for more information.) -23. CPG LRFD Trigger – Maintain - designation, 2nd detent, until the second - missile impacts the second target. - (TEDAC Right Handgrip) -NOTE: A minimum of 8 seconds is required between missile launches to ensure the TADS LOS Reticle may be -shifted to the next target with sufficient time to guide the next missile to its intended target. However, this is -based on the assumption that each target is relatively close to the next. If the targets are widely spaced, the CPG -should increase the interval between missile launches to ensure there is sufficient time to shift the laser -designation to the next target before the missile reaches the designation. -A good rule of thumb is to only use the Rapid Fire technique if each target is simultaneously visible within the -same TADS field-of-view that will be used for laser designation, and to ensure that each subsequent target is at -the same range or further than the previous target. -Laser-guided Hellfire Engagement (Remote Fire, LO or HI Trajectory) -When employing a SAL missile using Remote Fire, the missile is fired in Lock-On-After-Launch (LOAL) mode -toward a target location, after which an offboard source of laser designation provides terminal guidance onto the -intended target. Remote Fire is conducted in similar fashion to an artillery fire mission, in which the designating -platform relays the target location to which the munition should be delivered and the designator’s laser code. -To engage a target with a SAL missile in LOAL-LO or LOAL-HI mode, with another platform remotely providing -terminal guidance to the missile: -1. CPG Sight Select switch – TADS. (TEDAC - Right Handgrip) - 7. TYPE (VAB R1) -2. CPG WPN Fixed Action Button – Press. 10. ARM Status MODE (VAB R2) - 5. CHAN (VAB T1) TRAJ (VAB R3) -3. CPG Determine the appropriate - acquisition source (ACQ) for acquiring - the target. - - - COORD (VAB T5) – Select. - 7. PRI (VAB L1) - - - Point (VAB L1-L6) – Select; or use - paging controls to locate target - point within the database. - NOTE: If the target location is not 3. ACQ Select (VAB R6) - already present in the navigational - database, the target point must be - received via the datalink or manually - 2. WPN Fixed Action Button - input on the POINT sub-page. (See the - Datalink chapter or TSD Point sub-page - for more information.) -4. CPG SLAVE button – Press, and evaluate - Navigation range to target. - NOTE: If range to target exceeds 8 - kilometers, instruct the Pilot to re- - position the aircraft as necessary prior to - launch. -5. CPG CHAN (VAB T1) – Select. (WPN - page) - - - © CHANNEL (VAB T2-T5) – Select - any un-used missile channel. - - - © Code Selection – Select the laser - code that corresponds with the - designating platform. - NOTE: If the designating platform is - using a laser code that is not already - present on the CHAN sub-page, the code - must be manually input on the FREQ sub- 4. Range Source 3. ACQ Select - - page. (See WPN Frequency sub-page for - more information.) -6. CPG Weapon Action Switch (WAS) – - Right. (TEDAC Left Handgrip) 1. Sight Select TADS 9. “REMOTE” is displayed 8. Verify “HI NORM” -7. CPG Weapon settings – Verify or select. - (WPN page) - - - TYPE (VAB R1) – SAL. - - - © MODE (VAB R2) – NORM or MAN. - 12. Align Missile Constraints - - - TRAJ (VAB R3) – LO or HI. Box within parameters - - - - © PRI (VAB L1) – Select, and set - the missile channel corresponding - with the designating platform as - Priority. -8. CPG Weapon Status – Verify “LO NORM” - or “LO MAN”; or “HI NORM” or “HI MAN”. - (High Action Display) -9. CPG Sight Status – Verify “REMOTE” is 13. Weapon Inhibits - - displayed. (High Action Display) -10. CPG A/S button – Verified in ARM. - (Armament Panel) - 17. Verify “HF TOF=##” -11. CPG Instruct the Pilot to align the aircraft - with the Missile Constraints Box – - “Constraints.” -12. PLT Missile Constraints Box – Align - toward the HMD LOS Reticle. - - - Running/Diving Fire – Apply cyclic - inputs in the direction of the Missile - Constraints Box. - - - Hover Fire – Apply pedal inputs in - the direction of the Missile - Constraints Box. -13. CPG Weapon Inhibit messages – Verify - no Safety or Performance inhibit 19. Verify the designating - platform is lasing the target - messages are displayed: for terminal guidance - - - - ACCEL LIMIT - - - ALT LAUNCH - - - GUN OBSTRUCT - - - MSL NOT RDY - - - PYLON ERROR - - - BAL LIMIT - - - PYLON ANGLE - - - PYLON LIMIT - - - RATE LIMIT - - - ROLL LIMIT - - - YAW LIMIT -14. PLT / CPG Verify the designating platform is ready to designate the target. -15. CPG Weapon Trigger – Pull. (TEDAC Left Handgrip) -16. CPG Sight Status – Verify “MSL LAUNCH”. (High Action Display) -17. PLT / CPG Notify designating platform that the missile has been launched and the approximate time of flight. -18. CPG Sight Status – Observe “LASE # TRGT”. (High Action Display) -19. PLT / CPG Verify the designating platform is lasing the target for terminal guidance. -Laser-guided Hellfire Engagement (Ripple Fire) -When employing SAL missiles using Ripple (RIPL) mode against multiple targets, the missile management logic -will automatically cycle the Priority and Alternate channels each time a missile is launched, allowing each missile -to be guided by two separate sources of laser designation. Ripple Fire may conducted using a combination of -several missile engagement techniques: - -- Lock-On-Before-Launch (LOBL). One or both laser designators are lasing prior to launch. - -- Lock-On-After-Launch (LOAL). One or both laser designators begin lasing after launch. - -- Remote Fire. One or both missiles are being remotely guided by an offboard source of laser designation. - -- Rapid Fire. Multiple missiles may be guided by each source of laser designation, with the designating - platforms shifting laser designations to subsequent targets following each preceding missile impact. -In each case, the launching aircraft may or may not be providing one of the sources of laser designation. However, -regardless of which platforms are providing terminal guidance to the SAL missiles, it is critical that the Priority -and Alternate channels correspond with the correct laser codes, and that sufficient coordination between the -launching platform and designating platform(s) is performed for a successful engagement. As an example in the -procedure below, the launching aircraft will designate for the first missile while a second AH-64D team member -will designate for the second missile. Both aircraft will begin designation prior to launch in LOBL mode to ensure -each missile is tracking their corresponding laser codes. -To rapidly engage multiple targets with SAL missiles, using the TADS as the selected sight to self-designate for -the first missile while another platform designates for the second missile: -1. CPG Sight Select switch – TADS. (TEDAC - Right Handgrip) - 6. TYPE (VAB R1) -2. CPG WPN Fixed Action Button – Press. 8. ARM Status MODE (VAB R2) - 6. PRI (VAB L1) TRAJ (VAB R3) -3. CPG (Optional) Determine the - appropriate acquisition source (ACQ) for - acquiring the target. - - - If the target is visually acquired by - either crewmember, set ACQ to PHS - or GHS. - 6. ALT (VAB L2) - - - If the target is stored as a point - within the navigational database, - set ACQ to the corresponding point. 3. ACQ Select (VAB R6) - -4. CPG (Optional) SLAVE button – Press, - and then press again to de-slave when - 2. WPN Fixed Action Button - the TADS has finished slewing. -5. CPG Weapon Action Switch (WAS) – - Right. (TEDAC Left Handgrip) -6. CPG Weapon settings – Verify or select. - (WPN page) - - - TYPE (VAB R1) – SAL. - - - © MODE (VAB R2) – RIPL. - - - TRAJ (VAB R3) – DIR. - - - © PRI (VAB L1) – Verify Priority missile channel is set to the same laser code as the LRFD. - - - © ALT (VAB L2) – Verify Alternate - missile channel is set to the same - laser code as the team member that - will be designating the second - target. -7. CPG Weapon Status – Verify “DIR RIPL”. 9. LMC or IAT - - (High Action Display) -8. CPG A/S button – Verified in ARM. - (Armament Panel) -9. CPG If the targets or aircraft are moving, - engage TADS targeting modes to - stabilize the TADS on target. - - - Manual tracking - Engage LMC and - employ the Sight Manual Tracker. 3. ACQ Select - - - - Automatic tracking - Engage IAT on - each target using MTT. -10. PLT / CPG Instruct the team member to - begin designating their target. 1. Sight Select TADS 8. “REMOTE” not displayed 7. Verify “DIR RIPL” - -11. CPG Weapon Status – Verify “ALT CHAN - TRK” is displayed after team member - begins designating. (High Action Display) -12. CPG LRFD Trigger – Pull and hold, 2nd - detent. (TEDAC Right Handgrip) - 15. Align Missile Constraints -13. CPG Weapon Status – Verify “2 CHAN 12. Fire LRFD Box within parameters - TRACK”. (High Action Display) - NOTE: If “PRI CHAN TRK” is displayed in - the Weapon Status field of the High - Action Display, the first missile to be - launched is tracking a source of laser - designation. If “ALT CHAN TRK” is - displayed, the second missile to be - launched is tracking a source of laser - designation. If “2 CHAN TRACK” is 16. Weapon Inhibits - displayed, both sources of laser - designation are being tracked by the - corresponding missiles. -14. CPG Instruct the Pilot to align the aircraft - 13. Verify “2 CHAN TRACK” - with the Missile Constraints Box – - “Constraints.” -15. PLT Missile Constraints Box – Align toward the HMD LOS Reticle. - - - Running/Diving Fire – Apply cyclic inputs in the direction of the Missile Constraints Box. - - - Hover Fire – Apply pedal inputs in the direction of the Missile Constraints Box. -16. CPG Weapon Inhibit messages – Verify - no Safety or Performance inhibit - messages are displayed: - - - ACCEL LIMIT - - - ALT LAUNCH - - - BACK SCATTER - - - GUN OBSTRUCT - - - MSL NOT RDY - - - PYLON ERROR - - - BAL LIMIT - - - PYLON ANGLE - - - PYLON LIMIT - - - RATE LIMIT - - - ROLL LIMIT - - - SKR LIMIT - - - YAW LIMIT -17. CPG Weapon Trigger – Pull to launch first - missile. (TEDAC Left Handgrip) -18. CPG Weapon Status – Verify “MSL - LAUNCH”. (High Action Display) -19. CPG Weapon Trigger – Pull to launch - second missile. (TEDAC Left Handgrip) -20. CPG Weapon Status – Verify “MSL - LAUNCH”. (High Action Display) -21. PLT / CPG Notify the designating team - member that the missiles have been - launched. -22. CPG LRFD Trigger – Maintain - designation, 2nd detent, until the first - missile impacts the target being - designated by the ownship’s TADS. - (TEDAC Right Handgrip) -AGM-114L Radio Frequency (RF) Missile -The AGM-114L was the first and only model of Hellfire missile that was designed to utilize radar-based guidance -in lieu of laser guidance. The missile itself utilizes the same components and features of the AGM-114K, including -the digital autopilot and integrated tandem warhead for defeating reactive armor, but replaced the forward nose -section with a millimeter-wave radar seeker and its associated electronics. Like the “Kilo”, the “Lima” was designed -to destroy 21st century main battle tanks and other heavy armor. But unlike the “Kilo”, the “Lima” was specifically -developed to be used in conjunction with the newly fielded AH-64D. - - - - - Moving Control - Surfaces - Fixed Control - Surfaces - Digital Autopilot, - Control gyros, - Tandem, & Battery - Shaped-charge - Warhead Warhead - Fuze - Fixed Control - Launcher Surfaces - Gimbaled Umbilical - Radar Seeker - - -The forward section of the “Lima” is occupied by an active-radar seeker that can detect and track moving or -stationary ground targets, with a limited capacity to engage slow-moving air targets such as other helicopters. -Although the missile is most effective when employed using the AN/APG-78 Fire Control Radar (FCR), the AGM- -114L may also be employed when using the AN/ASQ-170 Target Acquisition Designation Sight (TADS). Prior to -launch, the missile receives a handover of the target location, whether the target location data was generated by -the FCR or the TADS, at which time it utilizes inertial guidance to navigate to its target. -When initially powered, the AGM-114L requires an alignment of its inertial guidance system to ensure it can -properly navigate to its target. An “inertial handover” of attitude and linear velocity is provided by the AH-64D’s -INU to the RF missiles as a means of rapid alignment, after which the missile is ready to receive a target handover. -However, due to the increased amount of electronics within the “Lima” compared to the “Kilo”, the missiles may -potentially overheat if the missile remains powered for extended periods of time. To mitigate this risk, the AH- -64D automatically manages the missile power amongst all RF missiles loaded on the weapon stations. The -automatic missile power logic will only keep a portion of the RF missile inventory powered at any given time; and -will cycle power to the next sub-set of the missile inventory every 10 minutes to permit the remaining missiles to -cool while keeping a number of RF missiles ready for immediate engagement. -(See WPN Missile format for more information regarding missile power management.) -Just as in the case of the AGM-114K, the AGM-114L may be employed in either a Lock-On-Before-Launch (LOBL) -mode or a Lock-On-After-Launch (LOAL) mode. However, the electronics within the AGM-114L missile itself -performs an automatic determination of which mode it should utilize, based on the nature of the target handover -it receives. The aircrew does not have any direct control over which mode the missile defaults to, but it is possible -to inhibit the RF missiles from utilizing LOBL mode, if necessary. -RF LOBL/LOAL Selection Logic -Unlike the SAL missile variants, the RF missile performs its own determination of which launch mode (LOBL or -LOAL) is optimal for target acquisition, based on the nature of the target handover it receives. -Lock-On-Before-Launch (LOBL). LOBL is used to increase the likelihood of a successful engagement if the -target is moving or is at a close range to the aircraft (<2.5 km). If the missile determines the optimal mode is -LOBL, which will be indicated by “LOBL” being displayed in the Weapon Status field of the crewmember’s High -Action Display, it will immediately activate its onboard radar seeker and scan the vicinity of the target location in -an attempt to acquire and track its target. If a target is successfully acquired, “RF MSL TRACK” will be displayed -in the High Action Display. - -- If the target is stationary but less than 1 km in range, there is insufficient time to acquire the target after - launch and LOBL is necessary for a successful engagement. If target acquisition is unsuccessful, “NO - ACQUIRE” will be displayed in the High Action Display, and engagement should not be attempted. - -- If the target is stationary and between 1 and 2.5 km in range, there may be insufficient time to acquire the - target after launch and LOBL increases the likelihood of a successful engagement. If target acquisition is - unsuccessful, “LOAL” will be displayed in the High Action Display to indicate that LOAL is acceptable. - -- If the target is moving at any range, LOBL is necessary for a successful engagement. If target acquisition is - unsuccessful, “NO ACQUIRE” will be displayed in the High Action Display, and engagement should not be - attempted. -If target acquisition has failed and it is desired to make another attempt to acquire the target prior to launch, the -crewmember should de-action the missile system, which will erase the target handover data from the missile. -The missiles may then be actioned once more and another target handover may be attempted. However, if -ambient temperatures are high, multiple and repeated attempts to force the missile to activate its onboard radar -and acquire a target may increase the likelihood of the missile overheating. -NOTE: The “LOBL” or “LOAL” messages displayed in the Weapon Status field of the High Action Display indicate -the launch mode that the missile has entered; “LOBL” does not indicate the missile has acquired its target when -in a LOBL state. If “LOBL” is still displayed when the RF missile is launched, prior to “RF MSL TRACK” being -displayed and accompanied by a large Missile Constraints Box, the missile will launch in a LOAL state and may -not successfully acquire the target after launch. (See RF Missile Constraints Box for more information) - Moving target LOBL - - Stationary target LOBL LOBL or LOAL LOAL - - - - - 0.5 1.0 2.5 Target Range (km) 8.0 - - LOBL & LOAL Selection Logic - -Lock-On-After-Launch (LOAL). LOAL is used if LOBL is not required to ensure a successful engagement, if -the target cannot be acquired prior to launch and there is sufficient time to acquire the target after launch, or if -LOBL INHIBIT is enabled on the WPN page. If the missile determines the optimal mode is LOAL, which will be -indicated by “LOAL” being displayed in the Weapon Status field of the crewmember’s High Action Display, it -should be launched as soon as the target handover is complete to ensure a successful engagement. - -- If the target is stationary and between 1 and 2.5 km in range, and LOBL is unsuccessful, “LOAL” will be - displayed in the High Action Display to indicate that LOAL is acceptable. - -- If the target is stationary and greater than 2.5 km in range, “LOAL” will be displayed in the High Action - Display to indicate that LOAL is acceptable. -RF Post-Launch Trajectories -When an RF missile is launched, the missile will utilize one of two trajectories based on the missiles ability to -acquire and track the target. If the missile cannot acquire or maintain a track on the target, it will utilize an off- -axis flight profile to increase its radar resolution of the target amongst the ground clutter. Otherwise, the missile -will use a direct flight profile toward the target. - -- Doppler Beam Sharpening (DBS) Trajectory. When employing an off-axis flight profile, the RF missile - leverages a radar processing principle known as Dopper beam sharpening to increase the radar processing - resolution in order to acquire or maintain track of its target. A DBS trajectory is more likely to occur when - the target is at sufficient range in which such a maneuver is possible, or when the missile is employed in - LOAL launch mode. (See Doppler Beam Sharpening on the following page for more information.) - -- Direct Trajectory. When employed against targets that are easily acquired and tracked, or against targets - that are at close range with insufficient maneuver space to perform a DBS trajectory, the missile will use a - direct trajectory toward the target. - - - - - RF Post-Launch Trajectories - -NOTE: The RF missile may impact obstructions when utilizing a DBS trajectory after launch, such as when -employed near high terrain or tall urban structures. If necessary, the nose of the aircraft may be offset to either -side of the target azimuth to force the missile to execute a DBS trajectory in the corresponding direction. - Target Target Target - Azimuth Azimuth Azimuth - - - - Missile will Missile will - continue DBS continue DBS - to the left to the right - - Missile may DBS to - either direction - - Aircraft nose Aircraft nose - offset to the left offset to the right - of target azimuth of target azimuth - - - - - DBS Trajectory Direction -Doppler Beam Sharpening (DBS) -Doppler beam sharpening is a method of processing received radar returns to produce a higher resolution radar -map and is used in many applications in the world today, even outside of military aviation. Typical real-beam -radar mapping is limited in resolution, whereas Doppler beam sharpening uses differences in radial velocity to -achieve a more detailed radar image. However, Doppler beam sharpening is limited by the relative aspect angle -of the radar returns in relation to the movement of the transmitting radar antenna across the surface. -As the radar antenna moves across the -surface, whether it is mounted to an aircraft -like the F-16 or a missile like the AGM-114L, -radar returns are received from terrain and -objects such as vegetation, structures, or -vehicles. Even if all detected objects are -stationary, the velocity of the missile itself -generates a measurable shift in the frequency -of the electromagnetic radar energy reflected -back toward the missile seeker; a Doppler Doppler beam sharpening is - ineffective directly within -effect. However, radar reflections that are the missile’s flight path -received from either side of the missile’s track -across the surface will generate a lower -Doppler shift due to their lower radial velocity Radial velocities from Doppler -compared to those directly in front of the returns will vary relative to -missile. The greater the angular offset from the the missile flight path - -missile’s flight path, the lower the measured -radial velocity. -As the radar returns are processed for these -small differences in Doppler shift, the returns Velocity Components - -from any location within the radar image can Relative Velocity - -be calculated and further separated into Angular Velocity -distinct points to account for the deviations in Radial Velocity -radial velocity. This results in a more refined -and higher resolution radar image. Doppler Beam Sharpening Processing Method -Since Doppler beam sharpening relies on a -sufficient difference in Doppler frequency within a measurable area, such calculations cannot be performed when -the radar is scanning an area directly in front of the missile’s flight path (nor directly abeam). As a result, Doppler -beam sharpening is rendered ineffective unless the scanned area is sufficiently offset to either side of the missile’s -flight path. When Doppler beam sharpening is necessary to acquire and track a given target, the AGM-114L will -fly an off-axis DBS trajectory to permit this processing method. -RF Missile Constraints Box -The key piece of symbology associated with employing the AGM-114L is the Missile Constraints Box displayed -within the crewmember’s sight symbology. The Missile Constraints Box is a steering cue and launch mode indicator -which indicates the launch mode of the missile and whether the missile is within acceptable launch constraints. - The Missile Constraints Box is longitudinally-scaled and is not a - virtual symbology element; its displayed location does not - Aircraft should be turned to the left correspond with a real-world location that is observed “out-the- - to launch missile within constraints - window” like the Head Tracker or Flight Path Vector. The position - of the Missile Constraints Box is referenced from the LOS Reticle, - which corresponds to the Missile Datum Line (0° in azimuth and - elevation from the longitudinal axis of the missile body). However, - the referenced position of which the Missile Constraints Box - represents is either the target location relative to the Missile - LOS Reticle - Datum Line; or ,specifically in the case when TADS is the selected - sight and a target handover has not yet been performed, the - Missile Missile Constraints Box is derived from the position of the TADS -Constraints Box turret relative to the Missile Datum Line. - To augment the missiles’ post-launch trajectory and to ensure the -missiles do not strike the ground, the wing pylons articulate in the vertical axis to maintain the pylon angle of -each missile launcher 4° above the inertial horizon when the missiles are actioned. This results in the Missile -Datum Line of each missile being stabilized 4° above the horizon regardless of the aircraft pitch attitude. -Lock-On-Before-Launch Mode (LOBL), Missile Tracking (RF MSL TRACK) -If the missile is in LOBL mode and is tracking a target with its onboard seeker, the Missile Constraints Box -corresponds with the position of the missile’s seeker, in azimuth and elevation, relative to the Missile Datum Line. -The maximum allowable offset angle for the RF missile in LOBL mode is 20° for targets at a range of 1 km or -greater, or 5° for targets at ranges less than 1 km; otherwise, the Constraints Box will be displayed as invalid, -indicating the missile is outside of launch constraints. (See Missile Constraints Box Format for more information.) - - - - - Wing pylons articulate to keep missile - launchers 4° above the inertial horizon - - - - - 4° - - - - Missile Seeker Head - Tracker - - TADS - LOS Reticle - - The position of the Missile Constraints - Box within the sight symbology is - displayed relative to the LOS Reticle, Missile seeker’s position relative - Missile - which represents the Missile Datum Line to the Missile Datum Line - Constraints Box - - - - RF Missile Constraints Box – LOBL and tracking a target -Lock-On-After-Launch Mode (LOAL), Target Handover Complete -If the missile has received a target handover and is in LOAL mode, the Missile Constraints Box corresponds with -the location of the target, in azimuth and elevation, relative to the Missile Datum Line. -The maximum allowable offset angle for the RF missile in LOAL mode is 20° for targets at a range of 1 kilometer -or greater; otherwise, the Constraints Box will be displayed as invalid, indicating the missile is outside of launch -constraints. (See Missile Constraints Box Format for more information.) - - - - - Target handover from Wing pylons articulate to keep missile - TADS has been completed launchers 4° above the inertial horizon - - - - - 4° - - - - Head - Tracker - - TADS - LOS Reticle - - The position of the Missile Constraints - Box within the sight symbology is Missile - displayed relative to the LOS Reticle, Target location relative to - Constraints Box - which represents the Missile Datum Line the Missile Datum Line - - - - RF Missile Constraints Box – LOAL with a successful target handover - - - -RF Missile Constraints Box Format -The Missile Constraints Box is displayed in four formats to indicate the missile’s launch mode (LOBL or LOAL) and -whether the missile is within acceptable launch constraints (Valid or Invalid). - If the missile seeker is not tracking a target after receiving a target handover, - the missile will be launched in Lock-On-After-Launch (LOAL) mode. - LOAL Mode LOAL Mode - Valid Launch Invalid Launch If the missile seeker acquired and is tracking a target, the missile will be - Constraints Constraints launched in Lock-On-Before-Launch (LOBL) mode. - If the missile is within acceptable launch constraints and no Weapon Inhibit - messages are displayed within the High Action Display, the Missile Constraints - Box will be displayed as Valid. - LOBL Mode LOBL Mode If the missile is outside acceptable launch constraints or any Weapon Inhibit - Valid Launch Invalid Launch messages are displayed within the High Action Display, the Missile Constraints - Constraints Constraints - Box will be displayed as Invalid. - -- LOBL Constraints (< 1 km). Missile seeker LOS is offset ≤ 5° from the Missile Datum Line. - -- LOBL Constraints (≥ 1 km). Missile seeker LOS is offset ≤ 20° from the Missile Datum Line. - -- LOAL Constraints (≥ 1 km). Line-of-sight (LOS) to the target is offset ≤ 20° from the Missile Datum Line. -RF Missile Weapon Inhibits -The following conditions will inhibit the RF missiles from being fired. Performance inhibits may be overridden by -pulling the trigger to the 2nd detent. Safety inhibits cannot be overridden. -Performance Inhibits - INHIBIT CONDITION CORRECTIVE ACTION - The required weapon aiming - If tactically feasible, engage the target at a closer - BAL LIMIT solution exceeds the ballistics - range. - processing capability. - Wait for the missile launchers to reach the optimum - The position of the missile launch position. - launcher(s) is ≥10° from the If inhibit message remains, missiles may still be fired - PYLON ANGLE - optimum launch position or the but the missile launcher positions should be visually - pylon position is unknown. confirmed to ensure the appropriate considerations - may be made for a successful engagement. - The commanded position of the - Adjust the aircraft pitch attitude as necessary to bring - PYLON LIMIT missile launcher(s) exceeds the - the articulation range of the wing pylons to +4° above - (IN FLIGHT) pylon articulation limits. - the inertial horizon. - (+4° to -15°). - The pitch, roll, and/or yaw rates - RATE LIMIT Stabilize the aircraft attitude prior to launch. - are excessive. - The roll angle of the aircraft is - ROLL LIMIT Reduce the roll attitude of the aircraft prior to launch. - excessive. - Adjust the heading or pitch attitude of the aircraft to - The missile seeker has reached bring the target within the missile seeker field-of-view. - SKR LIMIT - a gimbal limit. - (e.g., turn toward the Missile Constraints box). - When the missile is in LOAL Adjust the heading of the aircraft to bring the target - mode, the target position position closer to the aircraft centerline. - YAW LIMIT - relative to the aircraft heading - is excessive. (e.g., turn toward the Missile Constraints box). - - -Safety Inhibits - INHIBIT CONDITION CORRECTIVE ACTION - Vertical acceleration is <0.5 G; - the main rotor blades may Reduce the severity of the current maneuver to - ACCEL LIMIT - obstruct the trajectory of the increase the positive G load on the aircraft. - missile when fired. - The firing of a rocket salvo is The missile may be fired 2 seconds after the rocket - ALT LAUNCH - already in progress. salvo is complete. - If tactically feasible, instruct the crewmember that has - The gun is out of coincidence actioned the gun to de-action in order to permit the - from the weapon aiming firing of missiles. - GUN OBSTRUCT solution and may obstruct the - trajectory of missiles fired from A different missile may be manually selected by setting - the inboard wing pylons. the Mode to MAN and pressing the Missile Advance - button. - The line-of-sight of the selected -LOS INVALID Select a different sight for engagement. - sight is invalid or has failed. - No RF missiles have received an - Ensure MSL PWR is set to ALL or AUTO to permit RF - inertial alignment from the - missiles to receive inertial alignment. -MSL NOT RDY aircraft. - Press the Missile Advance button to select the next - A missile has not been selected - missile in MAN mode. - in MAN mode. - The aircraft is on the ground - If inhibit message remains, the corresponding wing - (weight-on-wheels) and the -PYLON ERROR pylons may have experienced a failure and the missiles - missile launcher positions are - should be de-actioned. - unknown. - The commanded position of the -PYLON LIMIT missile launcher(s) exceeds the - The missiles should be de-actioned. -(ON GROUND) pylon articulation limits. - (+4° to -5°). - The master armament state is - SAFE currently set to SAFE; weapons Set the A/S button on the Armament Panel to ARM. - cannot be fired. -WPN Missile (MSL) Format – RF Missile Settings -When RF missiles are selected for employment within the crewstation, the WPN page will display RF missile -settings when set to MSL format. - - - - - 4. Type Select - - 1. Missile Power - 5. Mode Select - Management Mode - - - - - 6. RF Missile Icon - 2. LOBL Inhibit - 7. SAL Missile Icon - 3. 2nd Target Inhibit - - - - -1. Missile Power Management Mode. When the Mode is set to NORM, selects the power management - setting for all AGM-114L missiles loaded on the aircraft. This setting is common between crewstations. - - - ALL. All RF missiles are powered on. All RF missiles perform an inertial alignment and self-test, and - are ready to receive target handovers, but may overheat if left in this state for an extended period. - - - AUTO. Power to RF missiles is automatically managed based on missile inventory quantity. Sub-sets - of the missile inventory are powered and aligned in 10-minute intervals. After 10 minutes have elapsed, - the missiles are powered off and the next sub-set of the inventory is powered and aligned. This ensures - that a portion of the inventory is ready to receive target handovers while mitigating the risk of missiles - overheating. - - If 8 or more RF missiles are loaded, 4 missiles are kept in a “Ready” state. - - If 4 to 7 RF missiles are loaded, 2 missiles are kept in a “Ready” state. - - If 2 or 3 RF missiles are loaded, 1 missile is kept in a “Ready” state. - - If 1 RF missile is loaded, the missile will be powered on to a “Ready” state when either crewstation - actions missiles with TYPE (VAB R1) set to RF. If the missiles are de-actioned or if the TYPE is set - to SAL, the singular RF missile will be powered off. - - - NONE. All RF missiles are powered off. All RF missiles remain unaligned and are unable to receive - target handovers, but are prevented from overheating. -2. LOBL Inhibit. RF missiles are inhibited from emitting radar signals prior to launch. This will prevent AGM- - 114L missiles from entering LOBL mode or tracking assigned targets prior to launch. -3. 2nd Target Inhibit. Not implemented. -4. Type Select. Displays the selected missile type for employment. This setting is independent between - crewstations and is contextually dependent on the selected sight within the crewstation. - - - SAL. SAL missiles are selected for employment from the crewstation. The High Action Display will - display relevant symbology for SAL missile employment and the WPN page will display SAL missile - settings when set to MSL format. - - - If the selected sight is set to HMD, SAL is automatically selected as the missile type and - crewmember selection will be inhibited. - - - RF. RF missiles are selected for employment from the crewstation. The High Action Display will display - relevant symbology for RF missile employment and the WPN page will display RF missile settings when - set to MSL format. - - - If the selected sight is set to FCR, RF is automatically selected as the missile type and crewmember - selection will be inhibited. -5. Mode Select. Selects the mode of missile inventory management. This setting is common between - crewstations. - - - NORM. Missile inventory, power management, and launch sequencing is managed automatically. - Missile launches will be alternated between each wing station to maintain center-of-gravity, as - appropriate. - - - Missile power management will be in accordance with the MSL PWR selection (VAB L1-L3). - - - MAN. Missile inventory, power management, and launch sequencing is managed manually by the - aircrew. Missile launches may lead to asymmetric loading and may cause center-of-gravity issues. - Improper power management may lead to missile over-temperature conditions. - - - A single missile is selected and powered. The Missile Advance button on the Collective Mission - Grip or the TEDAC Right Handgrip may be used to select the next missile for launch. As each - missile is fired, the Missile Advance button must be used to select and power the next missile. -6. RF Missile Icon. Indicates an AGM-114L missile is loaded onto the corresponding missile launcher rail. The - missile icon appearance and text label indicate the operational state and status of the missile. - - - An RF missile is loaded - - A solid missile icon is - - A hollow, white, flashing - onto the corresponding displayed when the WPN missile icon indicates the - missile launcher rail. page is in MSL format. next missile to be fired. - - - Missile is in a Standby - - Missile is powered and in - - Next missile to be fired is - status while a built-in- a Ready status. in a Tracking status. - test is performed. - - - Missile is powered and - indicating it is in an over- - temperature status. - -7. SAL Missile Icon. Indicates an AGM-114K missile is loaded onto the corresponding missile launcher rail. - The missile icon appearance and text label indicate the operational state and status of the missile. (See SAL - Missile Type Settings for more information.) -RF Missile Weapon Status Messages -The following messages will be displayed in the High Action Display based on current missile status or weapon -page settings when missiles are actioned and the missile type is set to RF. - - INHIBIT CONDITION - HF TOF=## The remaining time of flight (in seconds) for the next RF missile. - LOAL MAN The next-to-launch RF missile is in LOAL mode. Missile management mode is set to MAN. - The next-to-launch RF missile is in LOAL mode. Missile management mode is set to - LOAL NORM - NORM. - LOBL INHIBIT has been enabled on the WPN page. The next-to-launch RF missile is - LOBL INHIBIT - forced to LOAL mode. - The next-to-launch RF missile is in LOBL mode and attempting to acquire a target. Missile - LOBL MAN - management mode is set to MAN. - The next-to-launch RF missile is in LOBL mode and attempting to acquire a target. Missile - LOBL NORM - management mode is set to NORM. - MSL LAUNCH A launch has been commanded of the next RF missile. - MSL TYPE? Missiles are actioned but no missiles of the selected type (SAL or RF) are available. - The next-to-launch missile requires LOBL for a successful engagement but has failed to - NO ACQUIRE - acquire at target. Launch should not be attempted. - NO MISSILES Missiles are actioned but no SAL or RF missiles are available. - RF MSL TRACK The next-to-launch missile is in LOBL mode and is tracking a target. - WEAPON? The weapon trigger has been pulled but no weapon has been actioned. -Radar-guided Hellfire Engagement (TADS) -When employing an RF missile while using the TADS to generate targeting data, the target is designated by the -TADS LRFD for 3 seconds prior to missile launch. TADS LMC and/or IAT targeting modes should be used to assist -the CPG in stabilizing the TADS LOS Reticle on the target, which will increase the accuracy of the target data sent -to the missile. When missiles are actioned in the CPG crewstation, the Missile Constraints Box will also be displayed -in the Pilot crewstation to ensure the aircraft is maneuvered to within acceptable launch constraints. -To engage a target with an RF missile while using the TADS to generate a target handover: -1. CPG Sight Select switch – TADS. (TEDAC - Right Handgrip) -2. CPG WPN Fixed Action Button – Press. 6. MSL PWR 8. ARM Status 6. TYPE (VAB R1) - (VAB L1 or L2) MODE (VAB R2) -3. CPG (Optional) Determine the - appropriate acquisition source (ACQ) for - acquiring the target. - - - If the target is visually acquired by - either crewmember, set ACQ to PHS - or GHS. - - - If the target is stored as a point - within the navigational database, - set ACQ to the corresponding point. 3. ACQ Select (VAB R6) - -4. CPG (Optional) SLAVE button – Press, - and then press again to de-slave when - 2. WPN Fixed Action Button - the TADS has finished slewing. -5. CPG Weapon Action Switch (WAS) – - Right. (TEDAC Left Handgrip) -6. CPG Weapon settings – Verify or select. - (WPN page) - - - TYPE (VAB R1) – RF. - - - © MODE (VAB R2) – NORM or MAN. - - - © MSL PWR (VAB R1 or R2) – ALL - or AUTO. -7. CPG Sight Status – Verify “TARGET - 10. Fire LRFD 9. IAT on target - DATA?” is displayed. (High Action - Display) -8. CPG A/S button – Verified in ARM. - (Armament Panel) -9. CPG If the target or aircraft are moving, - engage TADS targeting modes to - stabilize the TADS on target. - - - Manual tracking - Engage LMC and 1. Sight Select TADS 3. ACQ Select - - employ the Sight Manual Tracker. - - - Automatic tracking - Engage IAT. - - 7. “TARGET DATA?” is displayed -10. CPG LRFD Trigger – Pull and hold for 3 - seconds, 2nd detent, until “TARGET - DATA?” is removed from the Sight Status - field. (TEDAC Right Handgrip) - NOTE: When “TARGET DATA?” is - removed from the Sight Status field, the - LRFD trigger may be released. -Launch Mode Selection (LOBL/LOAL) -After the target data has been received, the -RF missile will automatically select LOBL or -LOAL mode based on the nature of the target -data itself. (See RF LOBL/LOAL Selection Logic -for more information.) -If the missile is attempting to lock on to a -target, “LOBL NORM” or “LOBL MAN” will be -displayed within the Weapon Status field of -the High Action Display. -If the missile successfully acquires a target in -LOBL mode, “RF MSL TRACK” will be displayed 10. “TARGET DATA?” not displayed 10. “LOBL NORM” when scanning -in the Weapon Status field. -If the missile fails to acquire a target that is -moving or is less 1 kilometer in range, “NO -ACQUIRE” will be displayed in the Weapon -Status field. The missile may still be fired in -LOAL mode, but the missile may not hit the 11. Missile Constraints Box -target. The missiles should be de-actioned to shown in LOBL format when 13. Align Missile Constraints -erase the target handover and re-actioned to a target has been acquired Box within parameters -attempt another target handover. -If the missile is not attempting to lock on to a -target or has failed to acquire a stationary -target between 1 and 2.5 kilometers in range, -“LOAL NORM” or “LOAL MAN” will be displayed -within the Weapon Status field. -11. CPG Weapon Status – Verify “RF MSL - 14. Weapon Inhibits - TRACK”, “LOAL NORM”, or “LOAL MAN”. - (High Action Display) - NOTE: “LOBL INHIBIT” may also be - displayed if enabled on the WPN page. - 11. Verify “RF MSL TRACK” prior to launch in LOBL -12. CPG Instruct the Pilot to align the aircraft - with the Missile Constraints Box – “Constraints.” -13. PLT Missile Constraints Box – Align toward the HMD LOS Reticle. - - - Running/Diving Fire – Apply cyclic inputs in the direction of the Missile Constraints Box. - - - Hover Fire – Apply pedal inputs in the direction of the Missile Constraints Box. -14. CPG Weapon Inhibit messages – Verify - no Safety or Performance inhibit - messages are displayed: - - - ACCEL LIMIT - - - ALT LAUNCH - - - BACK SCATTER - - - GUN OBSTRUCT - - - MSL NOT RDY - - - PYLON ERROR - - - BAL LIMIT - - - PYLON ANGLE - - - PYLON LIMIT - - - RATE LIMIT - - - ROLL LIMIT - - - SKR LIMIT - - - YAW LIMIT -15. CPG Weapon Trigger – Pull. (TEDAC Left - Handgrip) -16. CPG Weapon Status – Verify “MSL - LAUNCH”. (High Action Display) - NOTE: When engaging a target with an - RF missile in LOAL mode, the Pilot should - align the aircraft within launch - constraints and the CPG should fire the - missile as soon as possible after the - target handover is complete, signified by - “TARGET DATA?” being removed from - the Sight Status field of the High Action - Display. -WEAPON HAND CONTROLS -Either crewmember may employ any aircraft weapon system independently of the other crewstation. However, -only the Copilot/Gunner can use the TADS to provide laser guidance for the AGM-114K Hellfire missile. - - -Cyclic & Collective Controls -The Pilot and Copilot/Gunner Cyclic and Collective Mission Grips include identical controls for weapons -employment. However, the CPG’s cyclic weapon trigger is only activated if the CPG actions a weapon using the -Weapon Action Switch on the cyclic. - - - - - Weapon Action - Switch (WAS) - - - - - Weapon Trigger - (Guarded) - - - - - Missile Advance - - - - -TEDAC Controls -The CPG’s TEDAC weapon trigger is only activated if the CPG actions a weapon using the Weapon Action Switch -on the TEDAC Left Handgrip. - - Weapon Action Switch (WAS) - - - - -Weapon Trigger -(opposite side) - - - Missile Advance - (opposite side) -AIRCRAFT -SURVIVABILITY -EQUIPMENT (ASE) - - - - -AIRCRAFT SURVIVABILITY - EQUIPMENT (ASE) -AIRCRAFT SURVIVABILITY EQUIPMENT -The AH-64D features a comprehensive suite of active and passive defensive systems that are designed to ensure -the survival of the aircraft while operating at NOE (Nap-Of-the-Earth) altitudes in a high threat environment. The -various defensive systems installed on the aircraft are known collectively as Aircraft Survivability Equipment (ASE). - - - - -The ASE kit installed on the AH-64D includes a combined radar and laser warning receiver (RLWR), an electronic -radar jamming system (ECM), a missile warning system (CMWS), chaff and flare countermeasures dispensers, -infrared suppression integrated into the engine exhausts, and a Wire Strike Protection System (WSPS) installed -on the forward fuselage and underside. -NOTE: The ECM system is not implemented at this time. - - - ECM Receive Antenna WSPS Blade LWR Detector (both sides) RWR Antennas (2x) - - - ECM Transmit Antenna - CMWS Detector - (both sides) - WSPS Blade - Flare Dispenser - (both sides) - - - - - WSPS Blades - - - - CMWS Detector - (both sides) - - - RWR Antenna (both sides) LWR Detector (both sides) RWR Antenna Chaff Dispenser - - - - AH-64D Aircraft Survivability Equipment (ASE) -Aircraft Survivability Equipment (ASE) Page -The primary threat warning indications are integrated into the Tactical Situation Display’s ASE “footprint”; -however, the crew can also view the threat environment on a decluttered “footprint” on the ASE page. The ASE -page also allows the crew to initialize and configure individual ASE systems. - 1. Chaff Status 2. Aircraft Heading 3. Threat Warning Count - - - - - 4. Chaff Mode 5. ASE Autopage Setting - - - - - 6. Ownship 7. ASE Footprint - - - - - 8. Chaff Inventory - - - - - 9. Command Heading - -1. Chaff Status. Displays the state of the chaff dispenser. Pressing VAB T1 will toggle the state between SAFE - and ARM. - - - SAFE. Chaff dispensing is inhibited. The status will default to SAFE with aircraft weight-on-wheels and - inhibited from selection. - - - ARM. Chaff may be dispensed by either crewstation. -2. Aircraft Heading. Displays the current heading of the aircraft. -3. Threat Warning Count. Displays the total number of threats displayed around the ASE footprint. - - - RFI. Indicates the number of radar threats detected by the RFI and displayed on the outside of the - ASE footprint, up to a maximum of 10. This field will be blank if the FCR mast-mounted assembly is - not installed. - - - RLWR. Indicates the number of radar and/or laser threats detected by the RLWR and displayed on - the inside of the ASE footprint, up to a maximum of 7. -4. Chaff Mode. Displays the chaff dispense mode. Pressing VAB L1 will toggle the state between PROGRAM - and MANUAL. - - - PROGRAM. A single chaff program will be dispensed if the chaff dispenser is armed and the Chaff - button is pressed on the Cyclic Grip in either crewstation. The chaff program may be edited on the ASE - Utility page. - - - MANUAL. An individual chaff cartridge will be dispensed if the chaff dispenser is armed and the Chaff - button is pressed on the Cyclic Grip in either crewstation. -5. ASE Autopage Setting. Displays the ASE autopage setting for the crewstation. Pressing VAB R1 will display - an expanded selection of autopage options. - - - SEARCH. If a new threat is detected, the TSD will be autopaged if the ASE or TSD pages are not - already displayed within the crewstation. - - - ACQUISITION. If a detected threat elevates to ACQUISITION, the TSD will be autopaged if the ASE - or TSD pages are not already displayed within the crewstation. - - - TRACK. If a detected threat elevates to TRACK, the TSD will be autopaged if the ASE or TSD pages - are not already displayed within the crewstation. - - - OFF. ASE autopaging is disabled. -6. Ownship. Represents the present position of the aircraft. -7. ASE Footprint. Displays the relative bearings of detected radar and laser threats around the ownship. - Radar and/or laser threats detected by the RLWR are displayed around the inside of the ASE footprint. Radar - threats detected by the RFI (if the FCR mast-mounted assembly is installed) are displayed around the outside - of the ASE footprint. -8. Chaff Inventory. Indicates the number of remaining chaff cartridges onboard, up to a maximum of 30. -9. Heading to Waypoint. Displays the heading to the next point in the route. -ASE Utility (UTIL) Sub-page -The ASE Utility page allows the crew to initialize the RLWR, set the RLWR voice mode, and configure the chaff -dispenser settings. - 1. Chaff Status - - - - - 2. Chaff Mode - - - 3. Burst Count - - - 4. Burst Interval - - - 5. Salvo Count 8. RLWR Power - - - 6. Salvo Interval 9. RLWR Voice Mode - - - 7. Cartridges - Input - - - - -1. Chaff Status. Displays the state of the chaff dispenser. Pressing VAB T1 will toggle the state between SAFE - and ARM. - - - SAFE. Chaff dispensing is inhibited. The status will default to SAFE with aircraft weight-on-wheels and - will be inhibited from selection. - - - ARM. Chaff may be dispensed by either crewstation. -2. Chaff Mode. Displays the chaff dispense mode. Pressing VAB L1 will toggle the state between PROGRAM - and MANUAL. - - - PROGRAM. A single chaff program will be dispensed if the chaff dispenser is armed and the Chaff - button is pressed on the Cyclic Grip in either crewstation. - - - MANUAL. An individual chaff cartridge will be dispensed if the chaff dispenser is armed and the Chaff - button is pressed on the Cyclic Grip in either crewstation. -3. Burst Count. Sets the number of chaff cartridges dispensed within each salvo of the chaff program. - Pressing VAB L2 will display an expanded selection of burst count options of 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, and 8 cartridges. -4. Burst Interval. Sets the time interval between individual chaff cartridges dispensed within each salvo of - the chaff program. Pressing VAB L3 will display an expanded selection of burst interval options of 0.1, 0.2, - 0.3, and 0.4 seconds. -5. Salvo Count. Sets the number of salvos dispensed within each chaff program. Pressing VAB L4 will display - an expanded selection of salvo count options of 1, 2, 4, 8, and CONTINUOUS. When set to CONTINUOUS, - salvos will be dispensed in accordance with the remainder of the chaff program settings until the chaff - dispenser is depleted or the chaff is set to SAFE status. -6. Salvo Interval. Sets the time interval between each salvo dispensed within the chaff program. Pressing - VAB L5 will display an expanded selection of salvo interval options of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, and RANDOM. When - set to RANDOM, the interval between each salvo will be randomly selected. -7. Cartridges Input. Activates the KU for inputting the current chaff cartridge quantity, if necessary. -8. RLWR Power. Enables/Disables power to the Radar/Laser Warning System. -9. RLWR Voice Mode. Displays the voice warning mode of the Radar/Laser Warning System. Pressing VAB - L5 will toggle the mode between NORM and TERSE. - - - NORM. The RLWR will report radar and laser threats by threat classification, clock direction, and - lethality when initially detected. If any detected threat elevates in lethality, the RLWR will repeat the - audio report to include the current clock direction and increased lethality. - - Audio report of a laser threat: “Laser ranging, 1 o’clock.” - - Initial audio report of an SA-8 radar: “SA-8, 1 o’clock, searching.” - - Updated audio report of an SA-8 radar: “SA-8, 1 o’clock, tracking.” - - - TERSE. The RLWR will report radar and laser threats by threat type and lethality only when initially - detected. If any detected threat elevates in lethality, the RLWR will repeat the audio report to include - the increased lethality. - - Audio report of a laser threat: “Laser ranging.” - - Initial audio report of an SA-8 radar: “Radar searching.” - - Updated audio report of an SA-8 radar: “Radar tracking.” -RADAR & LASER SIGNAL DETECTING SETS -The AN/APR-39A(V)4 provides detection of threat radar emissions by using a series of external antennas to -passively detect and identify radar signals. The AN/AVR-2A provides detection of threat laser emissions by using -a series of external detectors to passively detect and classify laser sources. As the combined RLWR system, the -APR-39 and AVR-2 provide threat indications to the aircrew by displaying threat symbols on the TSD and ASE -pages. In addition, the RLWR generates audio voice warnings describing the type of threat, threat direction, and -what mode the radar or laser is operating, allowing the crew to remain focused outside for obstructions to flight -or searching for enemy targets. -Like the TSD, the ASE page provides a singular footprint for the combined indications of the RLWR and RFI (if -equipped with an FCR mast-mounted assembly). The display is an azimuth-only top-down display, with RLWR -threat symbols displayed within the inside of the ASE footprint. The nature of the threat is indicated by the type -of symbol and label, and the severity of the threat is indicated by enhancements placed around the symbol itself. - - - - F/A-18 airborne radar Laser Rangefinder SA-8 SAM radar Laser Designator - in Search mode in Track mode - - - - - Naval air defense SA-15 SAM radar ZSU-23-4 radar - radar in Search mode in Search mode in Track mode - - - - - MPD ASE Page (Left) and TSD Page (Right) - - - - New threat detected. A new radar or laser threat is displayed in a bolded symbol format for 3 - seconds following initial detection. - - - Radar in Search mode. A radar signal in - - Laser Rangefinder. A laser source - search mode. emitting in a range-finding mode. - - - Radar in Track mode. A radar signal in - - Laser Designator. A laser source - target tracking mode. emitting in a target designation mode. - - - Radar in Launch mode. A radar signal - - Laser Beam-Rider. A laser source - (Flashing) in missile guidance mode. (Flashing) emitting in a beam-riding guidance mode. - - - Fixed-Wing Radar. A radar signal - identified as an airborne platform. - - - Threat signal lost. A threat that is no longer detected will be displayed in partial intensity for 10 - seconds before being removed from the RLWR “footprint”. -COMMON MISSILE WARNING SYSTEM -The AN/AAR-57 Common Missile Warning System (CMWS) provides detection of threat missiles via a series of -external detectors to passively detect missiles after launch. The system displays the threat direction to the Pilot -via the Control Indicator Display, along with an audio threat alert to the crew. The AAR-57 is also capable of -automatically dispensing flare countermeasures without crew interaction; however, the crew retains the ability to -manually dispense flares by pressing the cyclic-mounted FLARE button in either crewstation. -As a post-production modification to the AH-64D, the CMWS utilizes the ADF audio channel to provide audio -threat alerts to each crewstation. As such, the ADF knob on the Communications Panel controls the volume of -CMWS threat alerts within the crewstation, independently of the RLWR volume. -The CMWS/NAV switch on the CMWS Control Panel in the Pilot crewstation is used to switch the ADF audio -channel between radio signals received by the AN/ARN-49 Automatic Direction Finder and the CMWS. The Pilot -should ensure this switch is set to the CMWS position if operating in a hostile area where missile threats are -expected. - - - 1. Control Indicator Display 3. No function - - - - - 2. Power/Test Knob 4. LAMP Knob - - - - - 5. ARM/SAFE Switch 7. JETTISON Switch - - - - 6. CMWS/NAV Switch 8. BYPASS/AUTO Switch - - - CMWS Control Panel (Pilot crewstation only) - -1. Control Indicator Display. Displays the current inventory of chaff and flare countermeasures onboard - the aircraft, direction of detected missile threats, and system status. -2. Power/Test Knob. Enables/disables power to the CMWS and initiates a Built-In-Test (BIT) sequence. - - - OFF. Disables power to the CMWS. - - - ON. Enables power to the CMWS. A BIT will automatically be performed after the CMWS initializes. - - - TEST. Manually initiates a BIT of the CMWS. -3. AUDIO Knob. No function. -4. LAMP Knob. Adjusts the brightness of the Control Indicator Display. -5. ARM/SAFE Switch. Arms flare dispensers for automatic or manual dispensing. Flare dispensing is inhibited - with aircraft weight-on-wheels regardless of the switch position. - - - SAFE. Flare dispensing is inhibited. - - - ARM. Flares may be automatically dispensed upon detection of a missile threat or manually dispensed - by either crewstation. -6. CMWS/NAV Switch. Sets the ADF audio channel in both crewstations to the CMWS or ADF receiver. - - - CMWS. The ADF audio channel will relay threat alert audio from the CMWS. While providing threat - alert audio, the crew will be unable to monitor radio signals received by the ADF. - - - NAV. The ADF audio channel will relay radio audio from the ADF receiver. While providing ADF radio - audio, the crew will be unable to receive threat alert audio from the CMWS. -7. JETTISON Switch (Guarded). Jettisons all flares from the tail-mounted flare dispensers in an emergency. - The CMWS does not need to be armed to initiate a jettison of flares. -8. BYPASS/AUTO Switch. Enables/disables automatic flare dispensing as commanded by the CMWS. Missile - threat alert audio is provided regardless of switch position. - - - BYPASS. Automatic dispensing commands by the CMWS are bypassed. Flares will only by dispensed - if the FLARE button on either Cyclic Grip is pressed. - - - AUTO. Automatic dispensing commands by the CMWS are enabled. Flares may be automatically - dispensed by the CMWS when missile threats are detected, or manually dispensed if the FLARE button - on either Cyclic Grip is pressed. - - - 11. Quadrant Arrows - 9. Flare Inventory - 12. Dispense Indicator - - 10. Chaff Inventory - 13. Ready Indicator - - - - - CMWS Control Panel Indicator - Display -9. Flare Inventory. Indicates the number of remaining flare cartridges onboard, up to a maximum of 60. - When all flares have been depleted, the flare inventory will alternate between “0” and “OUT”. -10. Chaff Inventory. Indicates the number of remaining chaff cartridges onboard, up to a maximum of 30. - When all chaff cartridges have been depleted, the flare inventory will alternate between “0” and “OUT. -11. Quadrant Arrows. When illuminated, indicates the direction of threat missile detection(s). -12. Dispense Indicator. When illuminated, indicates dispensing of flares or chaff is in progress. -13. Ready Indicator. When illuminated, indicates system is in a “ready” state for flare dispensing (CMWS - ARM/SAFE switch is in the ARM position and the aircraft is not weight-on-wheels). -COUNTERMEASURES DISPENSERS -The AH-64D is equipped with three expendable countermeasures dispensers: a single M-141 dispenser for chaff -and two Improved Countermeasure Dispensers (ICMD) for flares. Due to each dispenser’s mounted location and -orientation, the countermeasures loaded in each dispenser are not interchangeable between chaff and flares. - - - - -Chaff Dispenser -The M-141 chaff dispenser is mounted on the left side of the tail boom and can hold 30 chaff cartridges. Chaff -cartridges may be dispensed individually in MANUAL mode, or sequentially when in PROGRAM mode. The -dispenser mode is toggled between MANUAL and PROGRAM on the ASE or ASE UTIL pages, and the chaff program -may be edited on the ASE UTIL page as well. -The chaff dispenser can only be set to ARM when the aircraft is airborne. If the aircraft is weight-on-wheels, the -chaff dispenser is automatically set to SAFE and inhibited from dispensing. - - - Chaff Dispenser - - - - -Either crewmember may arm the chaff dispenser or configure the chaff settings, which are common between -each crewstation, and either crewmember may dispense chaff by pressing the Chaff button on the Cyclic Grip. -The chaff quantity and ARM/SAFE status is also indicated on the WPN page. -Flare Dispensers -A pair of Improved Countermeasures Dispensers (ICMD) are mounted on opposing sides of the tail boom and -each can hold 30 flare cartridges. Flares may be dispensed automatically by the CMWS itself or manually by either -crewmember when the CMWS BYPASS/AUTO switch on the CMWS Control Panel is set to the AUTO position. If -the switch is set to the BYPASS position, automatic flare dispensing is bypassed and may only be manually -dispensed by the aircrew by pressing the Flare button on the Cyclic Grip. -The flare dispensers are only armed when the aircraft is airborne. If the aircraft is weight-on-wheels, the flare -dispensers will be inhibited from dispensing, regardless of the position of the CMWS ARM/SAFE switch on the -CMWS Control Panel in the Pilot crewstation. - - - Flare dispensers (both sides) - - - - -The flare dispensers utilize a pre-set flare program, which can only be modified by an external panel by ground -support crews when the engines are off. Flares are dispensed using this program regardless of whether the -dispensing is commanded automatically by the CMWS or manually by the aircrew. -The flare program may be edited on the Aircraft Additional Properties tab within the Mission Editor, or from the -cockpit by utilizing the player kneeboard. The available program options include Burst Count, Burst Interval, Salvo -Count, Salvo Interval, and Minimum Time Between Programs. - - - - Aircraft Additional - Properties tab -ASE HAND CONTROLS -Either crewmember may manually dispense chaff and flares. Either crewmember may configure and arm the -chaff dispenser; however, only the Pilot has access to the CMWS Control Panel to arm the flare dispensers. - - -Cyclic & Collective Controls -The Pilot and Copilot/Gunner Cyclic Grips include buttons for dispensing chaff -and flares. - - - - - Chaff Dispense - - - Flare Dispense -“GEORGE” AI - - - - - “GEORGE” AI -“GEORGE” AI -The AH-64D is operated by two crewmembers: a Pilot (PLT) and a Copilot/Gunner (CPG). The DCS: AH-64D -module supports multicrew capability, where two players can occupy the two seats in a multiplayer session for -cooperative play. To accommodate a single-player experience, a player may utilize “George” AI, a virtual -crewmember that allows players to manage mission-critical items in the crewstation that the player is not -occupying. - - - - -Unless specifically disabled in the Mission Editor options, George AI will always be present in the opposite -crewstation from the player. When the player enters an AH-64D in DCS, they will be placed in the aft Pilot -crewstation while George AI occupies the front CPG crewstation. If the player moves to the CPG crewstation, -George will occupy the Pilot crewstation. -George may be directed by keyboard commands or a 4-way hat switch on the player’s joystick. As an AI -crewmember, George is more than simply a means of interacting with the controls and systems in the crewstation -that the player is not occupying. George is designed to mimic the real-life procedures used by AH-64D crew -members, which permits players to direct and coordinate the AI crewmember actions in a similar manner to -interacting with another person, albeit in a more limited capacity. When a player directs George AI via a command -or control input, they are directing George to perform “tasks” rather than simple “actions”. These tasks could be -as basic as toggling the laser designator on and off to begin/cease target designation, or they may be as complex -as following a sequence of waypoints to navigate a route at low altitude into a battle position. -As George is simulating a real crewmember, some commands may not result in an immediate or apparent reaction -from George. This simulates the time needed to communicate the command over the intercom and the -commanded action(s) to be performed by a real crewmember. Many commands carry several implied actions -beyond what the command itself entails. These will be described throughout this chapter. -NOTE: George will continue to be refined throughout the Early Access process and will receive new features on -a periodic basis. -AH-64D AI Controls Structure -The AI controls are divided into two categories: AI Helper Commands and AI Helper Controls. -AI Helper Commands. Simple but immediate commands that may be given to George at any time, such as -“Consent To Fire” or “Request Aircraft Control.” These commands do not require the George AI Helper Interface -to be displayed. -AI Helper Controls. Complex commands that are contextual based on the current mode of the George AI Helper -Interface, such as commanding George as the CPG to action a specific weapon or commanding George as the -Pilot to fly along the current route. These controls are only available when the AI Helper Interface is displayed. -The AI Helper Interface responds to short and long presses of the interface controls to perform different functions. -A short press is held down for less than 0.5 seconds, and a long press is held down for more than 0.5 seconds. -Under the AH-64D Pilot and AH-64D CPG aircraft control modes, the AH-64D George AI Helper input functions -category contains the input command entries for the AI Helper Commands that are available from each respective -AH-64D crewstation and the input command entry for displaying the George AI Helper Interface. - - Aircraft Control Mode Input Functions Input Command Entries - - - - -Under the AH-64D George AI Helper aircraft control mode, input command entries may be programmed to -navigate and utilize the George AI Helper Interface. These commands may be dual-bound to any command -entries that are already bound within the AH-64D Pilot or AH-64D CPG control modes; however, these commands -will take priority when the AI Helper Interface is displayed. -For example, if a 4-way hat switch is bound to the Sight Select switch under AH-64D Pilot and to the George AI -Helper Interface under AH-64D George AI Helper, the 4-way hat switch will perform its function as the Sight -Select switch when the AI Helper Interface is hidden, but will function as the AI Helper Controls switch when the -AI Helper Interface is shown. - - Aircraft Control Mode Input Functions Input Command Entries - - - - -To control George from either crewstation, the George AI Helper Interface Up/Down/Left/Right and -George AI Interface Hide commands will need to be bound under AH-64D George AI Helper aircraft control -mode; as will the George AI Helper Interface Show/Hide Menu command entry under AH-64D Pilot and -AH-64D CPG aircraft control modes. -AH-64D AI Helper Commands -The George AI Helper Interface is not required to be displayed to utilize the commands listed below. -Consent To Fire. If George (as the CPG) is tracking a target, this command will give George clearance to fire -his assigned weapon at that target, even if his ROE is set to Hold Fire. This command is only available when the -Player is occupying the Pilot seat. -George AI Helper Interface – Show/Hide. Displays the AI Helper Interface and enables the input command -entries within the AH-64D George AI Helper aircraft control mode. It is recommended that this command is bound -to the same button as George AI Helper Interface – Hide under AH-64D George AI Helper aircraft control -mode to allow the AI Helper Interface to be toggled between shown/hidden with the same input. -Request Aircraft Control. When flying without another player, this command transfers aircraft control to -George (as the Pilot) or returns it to the player (as the CPG). George cannot accept aircraft control when -performing CPG duties. This command is only available when the player is occupying the CPG seat. -When flying with another player in multi-crew, this command transfers the flight controls from the other player. -For example, if the Pilot is flying the helicopter and the Copilot/Gunner presses this button to request control; if -the Pilot accepts the handoff the CPG’s cyclic stick will un-stow, and the Pilot’s flight controls will become inactive. -NOTE: If George AI is disabled in the Mission Editor, the player will be required to fly the aircraft at all times, -regardless of which seat the player is occupying at any point in the mission. -TADS Store Target. If George (as the CPG) is tracking a target with the TADS, this command will direct George -to store a Target point (T##) using the STORE/UPDT switch on the TEDAC Left Handgrip. If George is not already -lasing, he will momentarily fire the LRFD to get accurate range data before storing the location as a Target point. -This command is only available when the Player is occupying the Pilot seat. -NOTE: This command may also be used while the Target List is displayed to store multiple Target points. - - -AH-64D AI Helper Controls -The commands listed below will only function when the George AI Helper Interface is displayed. -George AI Helper Interface – Hide. Hides the on-screen AI Helper Interface and disables the input command -entries within the AH-64D George AI Helper aircraft control mode. It is recommended that this command is bound -to the same button as George AI Helper Interface – Hide under AH-64D George AI Helper aircraft control -mode to allow the AI Helper Interface to be toggled between shown/hidden with the same input. -George AI Helper Interface – Down. Performs the function associated with the Down action, given the -current Interface mode. -George AI Helper Interface – Left. Performs the function associated with the Left action, given the current -Interface mode. -George AI Helper Interface – Right. Performs the function associated with the Right action, given the current -Interface mode. -George AI Helper Interface – Up. Performs the function associated with the Up action, given the current -Interface mode. -See the command list of AI Helper Controls in the Player-as-CPG or Player-as-PLT sections of this chapter for -more information. -PLAYER-AS-CPG “GEORGE” AI CONTROLS -When the player is in the Copilot/Gunner (CPG) crewstation, pressing the George AI Helper Interface – -Show/Hide command will display a horizontal situation indicator that can be used as a directional reference for -giving commands to George (as the Pilot). - - - 1. Desired Heading 3. Desired Heading - - - - 4. Radar/Barometric - 2. Desired Ground Speed - Altitude Indicator - - - 5. Ownship Heading - 6. Desired Heading Bug - - - 7. Bearing to - Navigation Fly-To Cue 8. Ownship - - - - - 9. Relative Bearing Scale - 10. Compass Wheel - - - - - 11. AI Interface Mode - - - - Player-as-CPG AI Interface - -1. Desired Heading. Displays the heading that George has been commanded to maintain. -2. Desired Ground Speed. Displays the ground speed that George has been commanded to maintain. -3. Desired Altitude. Displays the altitude that George has been commanded to maintain. -4. Radar/Barometric Altitude Indicator. Displays the altitude reference that George will use to maintain - the desired altitude. - - - R. George will maintain the desired radar altitude above ground level (AGL). - - - B. George will maintain the desired barometric altitude above mean sea level (MSL). -5. Ownship Heading. Displays the current heading of the ownship on the compass wheel. -6. Desired Heading Bug. Displays the heading that George has been commanded to maintain relative to the - ownship heading on the compass wheel. -7. Bearing to Navigation Fly-To Cue. Displays the bearing to the Navigation Fly-To Cue relative to the - ownship heading on the compass wheel. -8. Ownship. Indicates the aircraft orientation relative to the compass wheel and associated bearing indicators. -9. Relative Bearing Scale. Displays bearings relative to the desired heading bug at the 3 o’clock, 6 o’clock, - and 9 o’clock positions. -10. Compass Wheel. Displays the magnetic heading reference around the ownship. -11. AI Interface Mode. Displays the current mode of the George AI Helper Interface. - - - FLT. The AI Interface is set to “Flight” mode, which is used to direct specific flight parameters for - George to fly. - - Assign a ground speed to achieve and maintain. - - Assign a heading to turn toward and maintain. - - Assign an altitude to achieve and maintain. - - Turn the aircraft toward the direction the player (as the CPG) is looking. - - - H-B. The AI Interface is set to “Hover/Bob-up” mode, which is used to direct George to maneuver the - aircraft while in a stationary hover, such as when occupying a battle position. - - Translate the aircraft forward/backward/left/right across the surface at low speed. - - Assign a hover altitude to achieve and maintain. - - Turn the aircraft toward the direction the player (as the CPG) is looking. - NOTE: H-B mode is only available when the aircraft is below 30 knots ground speed. When above 30 - knots ground speed, this mode will be skipped, and the AI Interface Mode will proceed from FLT directly - to CMBT. - - - CMBT. The AI Interface is set to “Combat” mode, which is used to direct George in performing combat - mission-related tasks. - - Perform an immediate break turn to the 3 o’clock, 6 o’clock, or 9 o’clock directions. - - Align the aircraft heading to the azimuth of the TADS sensor turret. - - Navigate along the current route and come to a hover at the final waypoint. - - - CMWS. The AI Interface is set to “Common Missile Warning System” mode. This mode directs George - to change the settings on the CMWS control panel in the Pilot crewstation. - - Arm/Safe the flare dispensers. - - Enable/disable automatic dispensing of flares. -When CMWS mode is entered, an -additional circular interface element -will be displayed to the player as a -directional reference for giving -commands, showing the current - 12. ARM/SAFE Switch -settings of the CMWS control panel. -The text color of the AI Helper 13. BYPASS/AUTO Switch -Interface text corresponds with the -Arm/Safe status of the CMWS in the -same color pattern as the A/S button -on the Armament Panel. - - Player-as-CPG AI Interface - CMWS mode - -12. ARM/SAFE Switch. Displays the position of the ARM/SAFE switch on the CMWS control panel. - - - SAFE Flare dispensers are safed. - - - ARMED Flare dispensers are armed. -13. BYPASS/AUTO Switch. Displays the position of the BYPASS/AUTO switch on the CMWS control panel. - - - AUTO. Flares will be dispensed automatically when threats are detected by the CMWS. - - - BYPASS. Flares will not be dispensed when threats are detected by the CMWS. -Player-as-CPG AI Helper Controls -The AI Helper Controls are contextual based on the current mode of the AI Helper Interface. The actions listed -below correspond with the commands issued by the player when occupying the Copilot/Gunner crewstation. - MODE COMMAND ACTION - FLT Left Short If >30 knots, changes the AI Interface mode to CMBT. - FLIGHT If <30 knots, changes the AI Interface mode to H-B. - PARAMETERS - Long Moves desired heading bug left. After the button is released, - commands George to turn the helicopter to the new heading. - Right Short Commands George to turn the helicopter toward the direction you - are looking. - Long Moves desired heading bug right. After the button is released, - commands George to turn the helicopter to the new heading. - - Up Short Increases the desired speed in the GS window. After a short delay, - George will accelerate the helicopter to the new speed. - - Long Increases the desired altitude in the ALT window. After the button is - released, George will increase the helicopter’s altitude. If set to - <1,420 feet AGL, George will hold the radar altitude. If set ≥1,420 - feet AGL, George will hold the barometric altitude. - - Down Short Decreases the desired speed in the GS window. After a short delay, - George will decelerate the helicopter to the new speed. - (H-B Interface mode becomes available if speed decreases below 30 - knots.) - - Long Decreases the desired radar altitude in the ALT window. After the - button is released, George will decrease the helicopter’s altitude. If - set to <1,420 feet AGL, George will hold the radar altitude. If set - ≥1,420 feet AGL, George will hold the barometric altitude. - H-B Left Short Changes the AI Interface mode to CMBT. - HOVER/BOB-UP - MANEUVERS Long George translates the helicopter to the left while the button is held. - - Right Short Same function as FLT mode. - - Long George translates the helicopter to the right while the button is held. - Up Short George increases hover altitude by 10 feet. - - Long George translates the helicopter forward while the button is held. - - Down Short George decreases hover altitude by 10 feet. - - Long George translates the helicopter backward while the button is held. - CMBT Left Short Changes the AI Interface mode to CMWS. - COMBAT TASKS - Long Commands George to perform a 90° turn to the left to evade or - more quickly re-attack. - - Right Short Commands George to fly a direct path to the current Navigation - Direct-To Cue. If the point is part of a route, George will continue - along that route in sequence. If the point is not part of a route, or is - the final point in the route, George will come to a hover at that - location. - Long Commands George to perform a 90° turn to the right to evade or - more quickly re-attack. - - Up Short Commands George to turn the aircraft to the heading of the TADS - LOS reticle. This is useful for starting an attack run, bringing the - helicopter into Hellfire launch constraints, or aligning the Rocket - Steering Cursor. - Long No Function. - - Down Short No Function. - Long Commands George to perform a 180° turn to evade or turn away - after an attack. -CMWS Left Short Changes the AI Interface mode to FLT. -CMWS PANEL -SETTINGS Long No Function. - - Right Short No Function. - - Long No Function. - - Up Short Toggles flare dispensers arming state between ARM and SAFE. - - Long No Function. - - Down Short Toggles flare dispense mode between AUTO and BYPASS. - - Long No Function. -PLAYER-AS-PLT “GEORGE” AI CONTROLS -When the player is in the Pilot (PLT) crewstation, pressing the George AI Helper Interface – Show/Hide -command will display a circular interface element as a directional reference for giving commands to George (as -the Copilot/Gunner). The associated AI Helper Controls direct George where to search for targets and, when -appropriate, to assign a weapon with which George should engage the currently tracked target. Additional settings -will be displayed within the interface depending on which weapon, if any, has been assigned to George. -The text color of the AI Helper Interface corresponds with the Rules Of Engagement (ROE) setting that George -(as the CPG) has been commanded to adhere to. -Weapons Hold George will fire his assigned weapon at the target that he is currently tracking after the player -has pressed the “Consent To Fire” AI Helper Command. After firing one burst from the gun or one missile, George -will not fire again until a subsequent “Consent To Fire” command is given. -Weapons Free George will engage the target that he is currently tracking until the target is destroyed or his -assigned weapon is depleted. George will also fire rockets in COOP mode if the Rocket Steering Cursor is aligned. - 1. CPG’s Assigned Weapon 2. TADS LRFD State 3. TADS SLAVE State 4. CPG’s Gun BURST LIMIT Setting - - - - - Player-as-PLT AI Interface – NO WPN format Player-as-PLT AI Interface – GUN format - 5. CPG’s Missile 6. CPG’s SAL Missile 7. CPG’s SAL Missile 8. CPG’s Rocket 9. CPG’s Rocket - TYPE Setting Employment Method TRAJ Setting INVENTORY Setting QTY Setting - - - - - Player-as-PLT AI Interface – HELLFIRE format Player-as-PLT AI Interface – RKTS format -1. CPG’s Assigned Weapon. Displays the weapon that has been assigned to George (as the CPG). - - - NO WPN. George will de-action all weapons but will continue to track his assigned target. - - - GUN. George will action the 30mm gun and prepare to engage his assigned target. - - - HELLFIRE. George will action the AGM-114 missiles and prepare to engage his assigned target. - - - RKTS. George will action the 2.75-inch unguided rockets and prepare to engage his assigned target. -2. TADS LRFD State. Displays the commanded state of the TADS Laser Rangefinder/Designator. - - - NOT LASING. George has been commanded to stop firing the LRFD. - - - LASING. George has been commanded to designate his assigned target with the LRFD. -3. TADS SLAVE State. Displays the commanded state of the SLAVE button when George is using the TADS. - - - UNSLAVED. The TADS is not slaved to the CPG’s ACQ source. - - - SLAVED. The TADS is slaved to the CPG’s ACQ source. -4. CPG’s Gun BURST LIMIT Setting. Displays the CPG’s BURST LIMIT setting when the gun has been - assigned to George (as the CPG). (See Area Weapon System for more information.) - - Weapons Hold. George will wait for a Consent to Fire command from the player. Once consent - has been given by the player, he will fire a single burst from the gun when firing parameters have - been met. - - Weapons Free. George will begin firing the gun after being assigned a target to track when firing - parameters have been met. -5. CPG’s Missile TYPE Setting. Displays the CPG’s missile TYPE setting when the missiles have been assigned - to George (as the CPG). - - - SAL2. George will select semi-active laser-homing (SAL) AGM-114K missiles. - - - RF. George will select fire-and-forget radio frequency (RF) AGM-114L missiles. -6. CPG’s SAL Missile Employment Method. Displays the employment method that George will utilize when - commanded to select AGM-114K SAL missiles. (See Hellfire Modular Missile System for more information.) - - - LOBL. George will employ a Lock-On-Before-Launch method after being assigned a target to track. - - Weapons Hold. George will begin lasing immediately after being assigned a target to track and - wait for a Consent To Fire command from the player. Once consent has been given by the player, - he will launch a missile when acceptable launch parameters have been met. - - Weapons Free. George will begin lasing immediately after being assigned a target to track and - then fire a missile when acceptable launch parameters have been met. - - - LOAL. George will employ a Lock-On-After-Launch method after being assigned a target to track. - - Weapons Hold. George will wait for a Consent To Fire command from the player. Once consent - has been given by the player, he will launch a missile when acceptable launch parameters have - been met. After the missile has been launched, he will begin lasing his assigned target. - - Weapons Free. George will fire a missile after being assigned a target to track and when - acceptable launch parameters have been met. After the missile has been launched, he will begin - lasing his assigned target. - NOTE: This option is only available when George has been commanded to utilize DIR for his TRAJ setting. - If the TRAJ option is set to LO or HI, the employment method will remain in LOAL and cannot be changed. -7. CPG’s SAL Missile TRAJ Setting. Displays the CPG’s TRAJ setting when the missiles have been assigned - to George (as the CPG) and he has been commanded to select AGM-114K SAL missiles. - NOTE: This option is only available when George has been commanded to utilize LOAL for his SAL missile - employment method. If the employment method is to LOBL, the TRAJ option will remain in DIR and cannot - be changed. -8. CPG’s Rocket INVENTORY Setting. Displays the CPG’s rocket INVENTORY setting when the rockets have - been assigned to George (as the CPG). -9. CPG’s Rocket QTY Setting. Displays the CPG’s rocket QTY setting when the rockets have been assigned - to George (as the CPG). - - - HE. George will select M151 or M229 high explosive rockets. - - - ILL. George will select M257 battlefield illumination rockets. - - - SMK. George will select M274 target practice smoke rockets. - - -Player-as-PLT AI Helper Controls -The AI Helper Controls are contextual based on the current mode of the AI Helper Interface. The actions listed -below correspond with the commands issued by the player when occupying the Pilot crewstation. - MODE COMMAND ACTION - TARGET Left Short Cycles George’s weapon NO WPN→GUN→HELLFIRE→RKTS - DESIGNATION - /WEAPON Long HELLFIRE: toggles TYPE between SAL2 and RF. - CONTROL RKTS: cycles TYPE of HE→ILL→SMK. - (Only missile/rocket types that are loaded onboard will be displayed) - - Right Short NO WPN: toggles between NOT LASING and LASING the target. - GUN: cycles BURST LIMIT of 10→20→50→100→ALL. - HELLFIRE: toggles between LOBL and LOAL. (If DIR is selected) - RKTS: cycles QTY of 1→2→4→8→12→24→ALL. - - Long HELLFIRE: cycles TRAJ of DIR→LO→HI. (If LOAL is selected) - - Up Short Commands George to slave the TADS to Pilot Helmet Sight (PHS) - and search along designated line of sight for targets. - If potential targets are detected, a Target List will be displayed. - - Long Toggles George’s rules of engagement (ROE) between “Weapons - Hold” and “Weapons Free”. “Weapons Hold” is the default ROE - state. - - Down Short Commands George to stop tracking the current target. George will - slave the TADS to Fixed Forward (FXD). - - Long Commands George to repeat the previous search and regenerate the - Target List if applicable. - - TARGET LIST Left Short Cancels Target List selection without assigning a target to George. - SELECTION/ - TARGET ID Long Enables Target List filtering. - (Excludes friendlies if enemy or unknown contacts are detected) - - Right Short Commands George to track the current target within the Target List. - Long Disables Target List filtering. - (Displays all detected contacts, including friendlies.) - - Up Short Moves Target List selection up. - - Long Commands George to increase sensor magnification to the next - TADS Field-Of-View setting. - - Down Short Moves Target List selection down. - - Long Commands George to decrease sensor magnification to the previous - TADS Field-Of-View setting. - - - -AI Target Acquisition & Tracking -The player uses the HMD LOS Reticle within the IHADSS Flight Symbology to direct George to an area on the -battlefield to scan for potential targets. -After looking at the desired area, the player presses Up-Short while the AI Interface is displayed. George will set -his ACQ source to Pilot Helmet Sight (PHS) and press SLAVE to slew the TADS to the location. Once the TADS -has aligned to the Pilot Helmet Sight, George will press SLAVE a second time and announce that he has “de- -slaved” the TADS. At this point, the player may move their head away from the desired area as necessary. -This process may take several moments, during which time the player must maintain their HMD LOS Reticle on -the location they are intending for George to scan for potential targets. If the player moves the HMD LOS Reticle -elsewhere before George has confirmed the TADS has been de-slaved, George will begin scanning in a different -location than originally intended. If George detects any targets with the TADS, he will generate a Target List. -NOTE: Any time George is commanded to scan an area for potential targets via Up-Short while the A/S button -on the Armament Panel is set to SAFE, he will set the button to ARM, which will permit the TADS LRFD to fire for -gaining accurate range to target. When commanded to stop tracking his target and slave the TADS back to fixed -forward via Down-Short, he will set the A/S button back to SAFE. - - -Weapon Employment -If George is assigned a weapon and is tracking a target, George will prepare the weapon system for engagement -against that target, in accordance with the directed weapon settings, up to actually firing the weapon. When -George is ready to fire the weapon, he will either wait for a Consent To Fire AI Helper Command from the player -(if ROE is set to Weapons Hold), or he will immediately begin engaging the target if acceptable weapon release -parameters have been met (if ROE is set to Weapons Free). - - -Pilot-Commanded Laser Designation -When George is tracking a target with NO WPN assigned, the player may order him to designate the target with -the TADS LRFD by pressing Right-Short while the AI interface is displayed. This may be used if the player intends -to employ AGM-114K laser-guided missiles from the Pilot crewstation while George provides laser guidance. -AI Combat Identification (CID) -While occupying the Copilot/Gunner crewstation, George is capable of identifying military units and equipment -on the battlefield and whether they are friend or foe. This process is known as Combat Identification, or CID. -The speed and accuracy at which George performs CID may vary based on the DCS mission settings, the distance -to the target, the target aspect, and whether the type of equipment is exclusive to one or multiple coalitions. -As is the case with many gameplay options within DCS, George’s CID ability level may be forced to adhere to a -specific type of behavior within the AH-64D Additional Properties tab of the Mission Editor, or it may be configured -based on a combination of F10 View Options and Label settings. -AI IFF Detection Mode. Sets the level of -Identification-Friend-or-Foe (IFF) that George will -utilize when detecting and identifying potential -targets. - -- Auto. The ability of George to determine the type - of target and its coalition affiliation will be derived - from the combination of F10 View Options and - Labels settings. These settings themselves may - be enforced by the mission or may be determined - by the player’s personal preferences set on the - Gameplay tab within the DCS Options. - -- Simple. No factors affect George’s ability to - determine the type of target or its coalition - affiliation. Upon detection of a target, George will - instantly determine (without error) the type of - target and whether the target is friendly or - hostile. - -- Label Only. Identification logic factors affect - George’s ability to determine the type of target, Mission Editor – Additional Properties tab - but they do not affect his ability to determine the - coalition affiliation. Upon detection of a target, George will attempt to determine the type of target, which - is affected by the aspect and angular size of the target within the sensor field-of-view; and will then instantly - determine (without error) whether the target is friendly or hostile. - -- Realistic. Identification logic factors affect George’s ability to determine the type of target and the coalition - affiliation. Upon detection of a target, George will attempt to correctly determine the type of target, which - is affected by the aspect and angular size of the target within the sensor field-of-view; and will then attempt - to determine whether the target is friendly or hostile, with the potential for a false identification. -When the AI IFF Detection Mode is set to Auto, George will use Simple, Label Only, or Realistic IFF modes -based on the matrix logic shown below. - - F10 VIEW OPTIONS - - All / Allies Only / Fog of War My A/C / Map Only - - Full - Abbreviated Simple Simple - - LABELS Symbol Only - SETTINGS - Simple Label Only - - Dot Neutral - No Labels Simple Realistic -Combat Identification Process -George will perform the Combat Identification process in four steps. As each step is performed for a given contact, -the level of detail displayed within the Target List will be updated accordingly. -1. Contact Detection. A contact is detected and initially classified as either GROUND, - AIR, or NAVAL. -2. Unit Classification. A contact is further classified by the general type of unit, such as - ARMORED, AAA, HELICOPTER, etc. -3. Equipment Recognition. A contact is recognized by determining the type of - equipment, such as BMP-3, ZSU-23-4, Mi-24, etc. -4. Target Identification. The recognized type of equipment is compared to the list of - equipment used by each coalition to determine coalition affiliation. -If Simple IFF mode is used, all four steps are performed instantly and without error. -If Label Only IFF mode is used, identification factors will affect George’s ability in performing steps 1-3, but step -4 will be performed instantly and without error after steps 1-3 have been performed. -If Realistic IFF mode is used, identification factors will affect George’s ability in performing each step. - - -Combat Identification Factors -The following factors may affect George’s ability to identify a contact’s type or its coalition affiliation, depending -on the AI IFF Detection Mode. -Angular Size. Angular size of the contact is measured from the point of view of the CPG through the TADS. As -the range to the contact decreases, the greater the angular size of the contact within the TADS sensor, and the -easier it is for George to identify the equipment type. -Aspect. Angular size automatically includes aspect dependence. Vehicles that are head-on within the TADS -sensor will have a smaller angular size, hindering the ability for George to identify the contact compared to a -contact that is being viewed from the side at the same range. -Coalition Order Of Battle. When the type of equipment is determined (e.g., a BMP-3 vs an M2A1), the -equipment type is compared to the equipment known to be employed by either coalition, also known as the Order -Of Battle. If only one coalition uses the type of equipment, the contact is identified as friendly or enemy based -on the corresponding coaltion. If multiple coalitions use the type of equipment, there is a chance that the final -identification may be incorrectly identified as friendly or enemy. - - -Sensors -Currently, George will only use the TADS FLIR sensor, which carries no restrictions for target acquisition during -night missions. Any contacts of the required angular size within the TADS sensor video will be detected by George -when he is directed to scan an area for targets. -George AI will utilize multiple zoom levels as appropriate in an attempt to recognize each contact in the designated -area within a reasonable period of time. However, if there are enough contacts within the sensor field-of-view, -George may not be able to identify each of them before presenting the Target List to the player. -When the Target List is displayed, the player may select specific Target List entries to direct George to focus the -TADS at that contact. During this time, George will continue to perform Combat Identification and update the -Target List accordingly as he works through each step of the identification process, which may be further -enhanced by directing George to increase the TADS sensor magnification while focused on a given contact. -Target List -If George (as the CPG) detects any targets after being commanded to scan an area of the battlefield with the -TADS, he will generate a Target List. The list will be sorted according to target priority, with the highest priority -targets such as air defenses shown at the top of the list, and the lowest priority targets such as unarmed vehicles -and support equipment shown at the bottom. -As the player (as the Pilot) scrolls up or down through the -Target List, George will slew the TADS sensor turret to the -corresponding target location. If the target identification -process has not been completed for the target, George will -resume the process when the target is within the sensor -field-of-view. The player may monitor and even assist with -this process by commanding George to zoom in or out by -pressing Up-Long or Down-Long respectively via the AI -Helper Controls. -By default, the Target List will only display targets that have -been identified as enemies or as unknown types, or remove -unknown targets that are subsequently identified as friendly. -The player may display detected friendly units amongst the -list by pressing Right-Long via the AI Helper Controls while -the AI Interface is displayed; or may switch back to only -enemy/unknown targets by pressing Left-Long. If no -enemies or unknown targets are detected, friendlies will -automatically be displayed to aid in preventing fratricide -(friendly fire). -NOTE: The player may command George to engage a target that George has identified as friendly. Care should -be taken when operating areas near the frontline in which friendly and enemy positions are not well known, as -George has the potential to incorrectly identify a friendly unit as enemy or an enemy unit as a friendly. -When the Target List is presented to the player (as the Pilot), targets will be displayed using the AI Color Scheme -that is chosen on the Special tab within the DCS Options. - -- NATO. Targets will be colored based on their hostility status, regardless of their coalition color. - - - - Unit belongs to Hostile Coalition - - - - Unit belongs to Friendly Coalition - - - - Unit belongs to Neutral Coalition - - - - Coalition affiliation is unknown. - - -- Coalition color. The Target List will display all targets in accordance with their assigned coalition. - - - - Unit belongs to Red Coalition - - - - Unit belongs to Blue Coalition - - - - Unit belongs to Neutral Coalition - - - - Coalition affiliation is unknown. -ADDITIONAL “GEORGE” AI FEATURES -Some additional features and important notes regarding George are listed below. - -- During a cold start, George will close his cockpit canopy when the player closes theirs, or after the APU is - powered on, whichever comes first. George will also power on the TADS and boresight the CPG IHADSS. - -- George may be configured to automatically take over the flight controls when the player switches from the - Pilot seat to the Copilot/Gunner seat. (See the Special Tab in the DCS Fundamentals chapter for more - information.) - -- When George assumes control of the aircraft, he will attempt to maintain the current flight parameters until - ordered to do otherwise. - -- George will not ground taxi. When the player is occupying the Copilot/Gunner seat, George may be directed - to takeoff by increasing the Desired Altitude above zero, or order him to land by decreasing the Desired - Altitude to zero. Once airborne, the FLT and H-B modes may be used to direct George to fly, hover, or - translate in any direction. This can be useful to hover taxi around a FARP or airfield or maneuver the aircraft - within a battle position. - -- When the player is occupying the Pilot seat and George is tracking a target, he will automatically laser - designate the tracked target if required for his assigned weapon within the engagement parameters. - -- George is not immortal. If the player “dies”, George cannot occupy the player’s position to resume the - mission. - - -AI Mission Editor Options -Mission creators may configure several additional options that affect the behavior of George during a mission. -These options are displayed within the Aircraft Additional Properties tab for the AH-64D BLK.II. -AI IFF Detection Mode. Sets the level of Identification- -Friend-or-Foe that George will utilize when detecting, -acquiring, and identifying potential targets. Depending on Aircraft Additional - Properties tab -the selection, F10 View Options and Labels selections will -affect the level George is able to identify whether a contact -is friendly or enemy, and what type of target it is. (See AI -Combat Identification for more information) -Track Air Targets. When checked, George (as the CPG) will -include aircraft as potential targets when generating the -Target List. If this option is un-checked, George will ignore -helicopter and fixed-wing aircraft when performing sensor -scans of the battlefield. -AI Disabled. When checked, this option will disable all -George AI Interface functions. - -- As the CPG, George will not scan for targets, will not - use the TADS laser rangefinder/designator, and will not - action any weapons. - -- As the Pilot, George will not fly the aircraft. -If the player is flying the DCS AH-64D by himself or herself in single-player, they will need to perform all duties -as necessary, which will usually require switching between seats. -AI HELPER CONTROLS - - S Increase Airspeed S Slave TADS to ACQ PHS - L Increase Altitude L Toggle ROE Mode - - - - - W - - - - - W - S CMBT/H-B Mode* S Designate Turn S CPG WPN Cycle S WPN/Laser Setting - A - FLT D A D - L Turn Left L Turn Right L MSL/RKT Type L MSL TRAJ Select - - - - - S - S - - S Decrease Airspeed S Slave TADS to ACQ FXD - L Decrease Altitude L Repeat Previous Search - - - S Increase Altitude 10 ft S Target Select Up - L Translate Forward L Next TADS FOV - W - - - - - W - S CMBT Mode S Designate Turn S Cancel Target Target S Track Target - A - H-B D A D - L Translate Left L Translate Right L Filter Friendlies List L Show All Units - S - - - - - S - S Decrease Altitude 10 ft S Target Select Down - L Translate Backward L Previous TADS FOV - - - S Align Heading to TADS - W - - - - - S CMWS Mode S Fly DIR/Route - A - CMBT D - - L Break Left 90° L Break Right 90° - S - - - - - L 180° Evasion Turn - - - S CMWS Arm/Safe - W - - - - - S FLT Mode A - CMWS - S - - - - - S CMWS Auto/Bypass - - -S Short press (<0.5 sec) * H-B mode is not WEAPONS TIGHT (Default ROE; Player consent required) -L Long press (>0.5 sec) available >30 knots WEAPONS FREE (CPG will engage tracked target at will) -APPENDICES - - - - - APPENDICES -APPENDIX A – ABBREVIATED CHECKLISTS -Procedures -Abbreviated checklists for performing start-up, ground taxi, takeoff, landing, and shutdown procedures. - - -Aircraft Start -Once the interior checks are complete, perform the following: -1. PLT MSTR IGN switch – BATT (or EXT PWR if external power is to be used). -2. PLT TAIL WHEEL button – Verify locked; “UNLOCK” light is not illuminated. -3. PLT & CPG ICS system – Check to verify communications between crewstations. -4. PLT & CPG INTR LT PRESS-TO-TEST button – Press and hold; verify all signal lights illuminate. -5. PLT / CPG MSTR WARN, MSTR CAUT, and EUFD – Check for any malfunction indications. -6. PLT FIRE DET/EXTG TEST switch held to position 1 – Both crewmembers check for correct indications. -7. CPG FIRE DET/EXTG TEST switch held to position 2 – Both crewmembers check for correct indications. -8. PLT APU button – Press and release to initiate APU start sequence. - -9. PLT EUFD advisory column – Verify “APU ON” message is displayed. - -10. PLT MSTR IGN – BATT (if external power was used prior to APU start). -Once the APU has been started and the MPDs have initialized, perform the following: -11. PLT & CPG Canopy door – Close. -12. PLT / CPG DTU page – Select MASTER LOAD to upload DTC data to the aircraft systems. (N/I) -13. PLT & CPG Aircraft systems – Initialize and configure remaining options as appropriate for mission. -14. PLT Standby Attitude Indicator – Uncage. -15. PLT RTR BRK switch – OFF (or LOCK if performing a Rotor Lock start). -16. PLT EXT LT ANTI-COL switch – WHT for day, or RED for night. -17. PLT First engine – Start as follows: - - - ENG START switch – START. - - - POWER lever – IDLE, at first indication of NG increase and if TGT is less than 80° C. -18. PLT Second Engine – Repeat the steps above after first engine start sequence is complete. -19. PLT RTR BRK switch – OFF. -20. PLT POWER levers – Advance both POWER levers smoothly to FLY. -21. PLT NP and NR – Verify 101%. -22. PLT MSTR WARN, MSTR CAUT, and EUFD – Monitor for any malfunction indications. -23. PLT APU button – Press and release to initiate APU shutdown sequence. -Ground Taxi -Prior to initiating ground taxi, perform the following: -1. PLT / CPG Chocks removed – Verify. -2. PLT / CPG Bleed Air – On. -3. PLT / CPG ANTI-ICE – As required. -4. PLT EXT LT panel – As required. -5. PLT & CPG Searchlight – As required. -6. PLT PARK BRAKE – Release by applying wheel brake pressure; ensure PARK BRAKE handle is inward. -During ground taxi, perform the following: -7. PLT / CPG TAIL WHEEL button – Unlock; “UNLOCK” light is illuminated. -8. PLT & CPG Wheel brakes – Check in each crew station. -9. PLT / CPG ENG page – Check; ensure NP and NR 101%, all indications green. -10. PLT / CPG FLT page – Check; update altimeter if necessary. -11. PLT Pilot standby instruments – Check; update standby altimeter if necessary. - - -Before Takeoff -Perform the following prior to lifting up to a hover or initiating takeoff from the ground: -1. 1PLT & CPG Weapons systems – Check the following: - - - A/S button – “SAFE” light is illuminated. - - - GND ORIDE button – Off; “ON” light is not illuminated. - - - Weapons not actioned – Verify. -2. PLT / CPG TAIL WHEEL button – Verify locked; “UNLOCK” light is not illuminated. -3. PLT PARK BRAKE – As desired (Ensure released unless operating on uneven or sloped terrain). -4. PLT & CPG POWER levers – Ensure both POWER levers are set to FLY. -5. PLT / CPG Systems – Check as follows: - - - FUEL page – Verify options set as appropriate. - - - Fuel quantity – Check; verify sufficient fuel is onboard the aircraft for the mission. - - - EUFD – Check; clear of Warnings and Cautions. - - - Engine and flight instruments – Check. - - - ASE – As required. - - - Avionics – As desired (Transponder/Radios on COM page; Navigation on TSD page). -6. PLT Hover Power Check – Perform. (see Hover Power Check for more information.) -Before Landing -Prior to landing, perform the following: -1. PLT & CPG Weapons systems – Check the following: - - - A/S button – “SAFE” light is illuminated. - - - GND ORIDE button – Off; “ON” light is not illuminated. - - - Weapons not actioned – Verify. -2. PLT / CPG ASE – As required. -3. PLT / CPG TAIL WHEEL button – Verify locked; “UNLOCK” light is not illuminated. -4. PLT PARK BRAKE – Ensure brakes are released, PARK BRAKE handle is inward. - - -After Landing -After landing, perform the following: -1. PLT / CPG TAIL WHEEL button – Unlock as necessary for ground taxi. -2. PLT EXT LT – Set exterior lighting in accordance with local procedures. -3. PLT / CPG Avionics – As desired (COM/TSD pages). - - - Transponder – STBY. - - - Communications – As appropriate; verify on EUFD. - - -Aircraft Shutdown -Once stationary in designated parking location, perform the following: -1. PLT APU button – Press and release to initiate APU start sequence. - -2. PLT / CPG TAIL WHEEL button – Verify locked; “UNLOCK” light is not illuminated. -3. PLT PARK BRAKE – Brakes set; PARK BRAKE handle is pulled outward. -Prior to retarding the POWER levers to IDLE, verify the “APU ON” advisory message is displayed on the EUFD. -4. PLT POWER levers – Retard both POWER levers to IDLE; press EUFD Stopwatch button to start a timer for - a 2-minute engine cooldown. -5. PLT Standby Attitude Indicator – Cage. -6. PLT CMWS Power/Test knob – OFF. -7. PLT & CPG NVS Mode switch – OFF. -8. PLT ACM switch – OFF. -9. CPG ACM button – Disable ACM. -10. CPG TDU Mode knob – OFF. -11. PLT / CPG DMS SHUT DOWN page – MASTER OFF. -12. PLT POWER levers – OFF after 2 minutes have elapsed on EUFD stopwatch. -13. PLT RTR BRK switch – BRK after NR has decreased below 50%. -14. PLT Stabilator – Manually set the stabilator angle to 0°. -15. PLT Searchlight – STOW. -16. PLT RTR BRK switch – OFF after main rotor has stopped. -17. PLT EXT LT – All exterior lighting to OFF. -18. PLT & CPG INTR LT – All interior lighting to OFF. -19. PLT APU button – Press and release to initiate APU shutdown sequence. -20. PLT MSTR IGN – OFF. - - -Navigation -Abbreviated checklists for adding/editing/deleting/storing points, selecting a point for direct navigation, -selecting/editing/deleting a route, tuning the ADF to an NDB, or editing an NDB preset. - - -Adding a Point on the TSD -To quickly add a point using the “cursor drop” method, perform the following: -1. TSD Fixed Action Button – Press. -2. POINT (VAB B6) – Select. -3. ADD (VAB L2) – Select. -4. Point Type (VAB L3-L6) – Select WP, HZ, CM, or TG as desired. -5. MPD Cursor Controller/Enter – Slew to desired location on TSD. -6. MPD Cursor Controller/Enter – Press. - - -To add a point using the Keyboard Unit, perform the following: -1. TSD Fixed Action Button – Press. -2. POINT (VAB B6) – Select. -3. ADD (VAB L2) – Select. -4. ABR (T4) – Select, as required. -5. Point Type (VAB L3-L6) – Select WP, HZ, CM, or TG as desired. -6. IDENT> (VAB L1) – Select. -7. Input identifier data using the KU, and press ENTER on the KU. -8. Input free text data using the KU, and press ENTER on the KU. -9. Input location data using the KU, and press ENTER on the KU. -10. Input altitude data using the KU, and press ENTER on the KU. -Editing a Point on the TSD -To edit a point using the Keyboard Unit, perform the following: -1. TSD Fixed Action Button – Press. -2. POINT (VAB B6) – Select. -3. POINT> (VAB L1) – Select and input the point index of the point to be edited into the KU. - or -3. MPD Cursor Controller/Enter – Select the point to be edited on TSD. -4. EDIT (VAB L3) – Select. -5. FREE> (VAB L1) – Select. -6. If the existing free text is desired, simply press ENTER on the KU. If different free text data is desired, input - new free text, and press ENTER on the KU. -7. If the existing location is desired, simply press ENTER on the KU. If different location data is desired, input - new location, and press ENTER on the KU. -8. If the existing altitude is desired, simply press ENTER on the KU. If different altitude data is desired, input - new altitude, and press ENTER on the KU. - - -Deleting a Point on the TSD -To delete a point, perform the following: -1. TSD Fixed Action Button – Press. -2. POINT (VAB B6) – Select. -3. POINT> (VAB L1) – Select and input the point index of the point to be deleted into the KU. - or -3. MPD Cursor Controller/Enter – Select the point to be deleted on TSD. -4. DEL (VAB L4) – Select. -5. YES (VAB L3) – Select to confirm deletion. - or -5. NO (VAB L4) – Select to abort deletion. - - -Storing a Point on the TSD -To store a point at the current aircraft position, perform the following: -1. TSD Fixed Action Button – Press. -2. POINT (VAB B6) – Select. -3. STO (VAB L5) – Select. -4. TYPE (VAB L6) – Select WP or TG as desired. -5. NOW (VAB L1) - Select. -To store a point at the CPG’s HMD line-of-sight using an Automatic range, perform the following: -1. Sight Select switch – HMD. -2. WPN Fixed Action Button – Press. -3. MANRNG (VAB B6) – Select, enter “A” on the KU, and press ENTER. -4. TSD Fixed Action Button – Press. -5. POINT (VAB B6) – Select. -6. STO (VAB L5) – Select. -7. TYPE (VAB L6) – Select WP or TG as desired. -8. Position the HMD LOS Reticle over the desired location. -9. STORE/UPDT switch – STORE. - -To store a point at the CPG TADS line-of-sight using a laser range, perform the following: -1. NVS Mode switch – OFF, if applicable. -2. Sight Select switch – TADS. -3. Sight Manual Tracker – Position the TADS LOS Reticle over the desired location. -4. TSD Fixed Action Button – Press. -5. POINT (VAB B6) – Select. -6. STO (VAB L5) – Select. -7. TYPE (VAB L6) – Select WP or TG as desired. -8. ARM/SAFE button – ARM. -9. LRFD trigger – 1st detent for ranging. -10. STORE/UPDT switch – STORE. - -To store a point at the CPG TADS line-of-sight using an Automatic range, perform the following: -1. NVS Mode switch – OFF, if applicable. -2. Sight Select switch – TADS. -3. WPN Fixed Action Button – Press. -4. MANRNG (VAB B6) – Select, enter “A” on the KU, and press ENTER. -5. Sight Manual Tracker – Position the TADS LOS Reticle over the desired location. -6. TSD Fixed Action Button – Press. -7. POINT (VAB B6) – Select. -8. STO (VAB L5) – Select. -9. TYPE (VAB L6) – Select WP or TG as desired. -10. STORE/UPDT switch – STORE. -Creating a Route on the TSD -To add points to a new route, perform the following: -1. TSD Fixed Action Button – Press. -2. RTE (VAB B5) – Select. -3. ADD (VAB L2) – Select. -4. POINT> (VAB L1) – Select and input the point index of the point to be added into the KU (e.g., “W11”, - “H05”, “C51”, etc). - or -4. MPD Cursor Controller/Enter – Select the point to be added on TSD. -5. Route Point (VAB R5) – Select the button adjacent to the route “END” identifier to place the point at the - start of the route. -6. POINT> (VAB L1) – Select and input the point index of the next point to be added into the KU (e.g., “W11”, - “H05”, “C51”, etc). - or -6. MPD Cursor Controller/Enter – Select the next point to be added on TSD. -7. The Route Scroll buttons (VAB R1/R6) may be used as necessary to advance up (or down) within the route - sequence. -8. Route Point (VAB R2-R5) – Select the button adjacent to the route “END” identifier to place the next point - at the end of the route. - - -Creating a Direct Route on the TSD -To create a direct route to a point, perform the following: -1. TSD Fixed Action Button – Press. -2. RTE (VAB B5) – Select. -3. DIR (VAB L5) – Select. -4. POINT> (VAB L1) – Select and input the point index of the point to be added into the KU (e.g., “W11”, - “H05”, “C51”, etc). - or -4. MPD Cursor Controller/Enter – Select the point to be removed on TSD. - or, if the point is part of the current route -4. Route Scroll (VAB R1/R6) – Select, as necessary. -5. Route Points (VAB R2-R5) – Select the button that corresponds with the point desired for creating a direct - route. -Editing a Route on the TSD -To insert a point into the current route, perform the following: -1. TSD Fixed Action Button – Press. -2. RTE (VAB B5) – Select. -3. ADD (VAB L2) – Select. -4. POINT> (VAB L1) – Select and input the point index of the point to be inserted into the KU (e.g., “W11”, - “H05”, “C51”, etc). - or -4. MPD Cursor Controller/Enter – Select the point to be inserted on TSD. -5. Route Points (VAB R2-R5) – Select the button that corresponds with the desired location within the route to - which the point will be inserted. - -To remove a point from the current route, perform the following: -1. TSD Fixed Action Button – Press. -2. RTE (VAB B5) – Select. -3. DEL (VAB L4) – Select. -4. MPD Cursor Controller/Enter – Select the point to be removed on TSD. - or -4. Route Scroll (VAB R1/R6) – Select, as necessary. -5. Route Points (VAB R2-R5) – Select the button that corresponds with the point that to be removed. - - -Selecting a New Route -To select a new route for navigation, perform the following: -1. TSD Fixed Action Button – Press. -2. RTE (VAB B5) – Select. -3. RTM (VAB B6) – Select. -4. NEW (VAB L4) – Verify boxed. -5. Paging Controls (VAB B2/B3) – Select as necessary to view the available route sequences. -6. Route Select (VAB T1-T5) – Select the desired route sequence. -7. REVERSE ROUTE (VAB R5) – Select as necessary, depending on the direction the route is intended to be - flown. - - -Deleting a Route -To select a route for deletion, perform the following: -1. TSD Fixed Action Button – Press. -2. RTE (VAB B5) – Select. -3. RTM (VAB B6) – Select. -4. DEL (VAB L5) – Select -5. Paging Controls (VAB B2/B3) – Select as necessary to view the available route sequences. -6. Route Select (VAB T1-T5) – Select the route sequence that is intended for deletion. -7. YES (VAB L4) – Select to confirm deletion. - or -7. NO (VAB L5) – Select to abort deletion. - - -Tuning the ADF to a Manual Frequency -To tune the ADF to a manual frequency, perform the following: -1. TSD Fixed Action Button – Press. -2. INST (VAB L1) – Select. -4. FREQ> (VAB L3) – Select and input the manual frequency using the KU. - - -Tuning the ADF to a Preset Frequency -To tune the ADF to a preset frequency, perform the following: -1. TSD Fixed Action Button – Press. -2. INST (VAB L1) – Select. -3. UTIL (VAB T6) – Select. -4. Preset (VAB L2-L6, R2-R6) – Select as desired. -5. TUNE (VAB T5) – Select. - - -Editing an ADF Preset -To edit an ADF preset using the KU, perform the following: -1. TSD Fixed Action Button – Press. -2. INST (VAB L1) – Select. -3. UTIL (VAB T6) – Select. -4. Preset (VAB L2-L6, R2-R6) – Select as desired. -5. ID> (VAB B4) – Select and input the desired 3-character identifier on the KU. -6. FREQ> (VAB B5) – Select and input the desired preset frequency on the KU. -Radio Communications -Abbreviated checklists for tuning radios to preset or manual frequencies, via the EUFD or the MPD COM page. - - -Tuning a Radio to a Preset using an MPD -To assign a preset to a radio using an MPD, perform the following: -1. COM Fixed Action Button – Press. -2. Preset (VAB L1-L5, R1-R5) – Select as desired. -3. RADIO (VAB T1-T5) – Select as desired. -4. TUNE Mode (VAB B2) – Set as PRI or STBY as desired. -5. TUNE Select (VAB B6) – Select SC. - - -Tuning a Radio to a Preset using the EUFD -To assign a preset to a radio using the EUFD, perform the following: -1. EUFD Preset button – Press to display the preset list -2. RTS rocker switch – Select radio to tune. -3. WCA rocker switch – Select preset frequency from preset list. -4. EUFD Enter button – Press. - - -Manually Tuning a Radio using an MPD -To manually tune a VHF frequency, perform the following: -1. COM Fixed Action Button – Press. -2. MAN (VAB B2) – Select. -3. VHF> (VAB L1) – Select and input the frequency on the KU. - -To manually tune a UHF frequency, perform the following: -1. COM Fixed Action Button – Press. -2. MAN (VAB B2) – Select. -3. UHF> (VAB L2) – Select and input the frequency on the KU. - -To manually tune an FM frequency, perform the following: -1. COM Fixed Action Button – Press. -2. MAN (VAB B2) – Select. -3. FM1> (VAB L3) – Select and input the frequency on the KU. - or -3. FM2> (VAB L4) – Select and input the frequency on the KU. -To manually tune an HF frequency, perform the following: -1. COM Fixed Action Button – Press. -2. MAN (VAB B2) – Select. -3. HF RECV – FREQ> (VAB R1) – Select and input the receive frequency on the KU. -4. HF XMIT – FREQ> (VAB R3) – Select and input the transmit frequency on the KU. - - -Combat Employment -Abbreviated checklists for performing pre-combat checks, selecting acquisition sources, engaging targets with -each weapon system, and post-engagement procedures. - - -Performing Pre-Combat Checks -When approaching the Forward Edge of Battle Area (FEBA), the following should be considered: -1. Weapons – Set Armament panel to ARM and ensure weapons are properly configured for the mission. -2. ASE – Arm defensive systems on the ASE page and CMWS control panel. -3. IFF (N/I) – Ensure Identification Friend-or-Foe systems are configured. -4. Lights – Off (or set Formation lighting as appropriate). -5. Recorder (N/I) – Configure and set appropriately. -6. MPDs – Select TSD phase and pages as desired. - - -Selecting an Acquisition Source -To select an acquisition source from the ACQ expanded menu, perform the following: -1. TSD or WPN Fixed Action Button – Press. -2. ACQ (VAB R6) – Select. -3. Select desired ACQ source from expanded menu options. - -To select an existing point as an acquisition source directly from the TSD, perform the following: -1. TSD Fixed Action Button – Press. -2. CAQ (VAB R5) – Select. -3. MPD Cursor Controller/Enter – Select the desired point on TSD. - -To select an existing point as an acquisition source from the database, perform the following: -1. TSD or WPN Fixed Action Button – Press. -2. COORD (VAB T5) – Select. -3. WPTHZ (VAB T1) or CTRLM (VAB T2) – Select if necessary. -4. Use paging controls (VAB B2/B3) – Select. - or -4. SRCH> (VAB B4) – Select and enter data with KU. -5. Point select (VAB L1-L6) – Select the desired point. - - -Engaging a Target with 30mm Area Weapon System -To engage a target with the 30mm Area Weapon System (AWS) perform the following: -1. Sight select – TADS or HMD as desired and verify in HAD Sight Select Status field. -2. Weapon – Weapon Action Switch (WAS)-Forward to GUN. -3. A/S button – ARM (Performed by crewmember not on the controls). -4. Range – Set as desired or verify in the HAD Range/Range Source field. -5. Messages – Verify no inhibit messages are displayed. Verify “ROUNDS ####” is displayed in the HAD - Weapon Status field. -6. Fire – Squeeze weapon trigger to 1st detent (2nd detent to override performance inhibits). - - -Engaging a Target with 2.75-inch Unguided Rockets -To engage a target with independent (HMD) rockets perform the following: -1. Sight select – HMD and verify in HAD Sight Select Status field. -2. Weapon – Weapon Action Switch (WAS)-Left to RKT. -3. A/S button – ARM (Performed by crewmember not on the controls). -4. Range – Set as desired or verify in the HAD Range/Range Source field. -5. Messages – Verify no inhibit messages are displayed. Verify “RKT NORM” is displayed in the HAD Weapon - Status field. -6. Fire – Squeeze weapon trigger to 1st detent (2nd detent to override performance inhibits). - -To engage a target with cooperative (COOP) rockets perform the following: -1. PLT Sight select – HMD and verify in HAD Sight Select Status field. -2. CPG Sight select – TADS and verify in HAD Sight Select Status field. -3. PLT Weapon – Cyclic Weapon Action Switch (WAS)-Left to RKT. -4. CPG Weapon – TEDAC Left Handgrip Weapon Action Switch (WAS)-Left to RKT. -5. PLT / CPG A/S button – ARM (Performed by crewmember not on the controls). -6. CPG Range – Set as desired or verify in the HAD Range/Range Source field. -7. PLT & CPG Messages – Verify no inhibit messages are displayed. Verify “COOP” is displayed in HAD Weapon - Control field and “RKT NORM” is displayed in the HAD Weapon Status field. -8. PLT Fire – Squeeze cyclic weapon trigger to 1st detent (2nd detent to override performance inhibits). - - -Engaging a Target with AGM-114K Laser-Guided Hellfire Missile -To engage a target with a laser-guided Hellfire perform the following: -1. CPG Sight select – TADS and verify in HAD Sight Select Status field. -2. CPG Weapon – Weapon Action Switch (WAS)-Right to MSL and select SAL as missile TYPE. -3. CPG A/S button – ARM. -4. CPG Range – Set as desired or verify in the HAD Range/Range Source field. -5. CPG (If launching LOAL) Messages – Verify no inhibits are displayed. Verify trajectory and mode is displayed - as desired in HAD Weapon Status field. -6. CPG (If launching LOBL) Designate – Pull and hold LRFD trigger, 2nd detent. -7. CPG (If launching LOBL) Messages – Verify no inhibits are displayed. Verify “PRI CHAN TRK” is displayed in - the HAD Weapon Status field. -8. PLT Maneuver as necessary to ensure aircraft is within missile launch constraints. -9. CPG Fire – Pull weapon trigger to 1st detent (2nd detent to override performance inhibits). - - -Engaging a Target with AGM-114L Radar-Guided Hellfire Missile -To engage a target with a radar-guided Hellfire perform the following: -1. CPG Sight select – TADS and verify in HAD Sight Select Status field. -2. CPG Weapon – Weapon Action Switch (WAS)-Right to MSL and select RF as missile TYPE. -3. CPG A/S button – ARM. -4. CPG Range – Laser designate, 2nd detent, and verify in the HAD Range/Range Source field, until “TARGET - DATA?” is removed from HAD Sight Status field. -5. CPG (If launching LOBL) Messages – Verify no inhibits are displayed. Verify “RF MSL TRK” is displayed in - the HAD Weapon Status field. -6. CPG (If launching LOAL) Messages – Verify no inhibits are displayed. -7. PLT Maneuver as necessary to ensure aircraft is within missile launch constraints. -8. CPG Fire – Pull weapon trigger to 1st detent (2nd detent to override performance inhibits). - - -Performing Post-Engagement Procedures -Following an engagement, the crewmember should: -1. Ensure finger is off the weapon trigger. -2. Ensure weapon is de-actioned. -3. A/S button – SAFE, as desired (Performed by crewmember not on the controls). -APPENDIX B – ASE THREAT SYMBOLS -The Tactical Situation Display (TSD) and Aircraft Survivability Equipment (ASE) pages provide the crew with -warning indications of radar and laser threats in azimuth, accompanied by audio alerts. -The threat symbols under the “ASE” column correspond with how the radar or laser threat will appear on the -Tactical Situation Display (TSD) and Aircraft Survivability Equipment (ASE) pages. -The quoted words or phrases under the “AUDIO” column correspond with the associated audio alert that will be -heard over the ICS when the radar or laser threat is detected. -Air defense radar systems are further identified by their type in small font under the “RADAR SYSTEMS” column. -The table below lists the definition of each type abbreviation following the radar system’s designation/name to -identify the radar’s function within their respective air defense units. - - TYPE DESCRIPTION TYPE DESCRIPTION - CWAR Continuous-Wave Acquisition Radar STR Search and Tracking Radar - EWR Early Warning Radar TAR Target Acquisition Radar - FCR Fire Control Radar TI Target Illumination - RR Ranging Radar TTR Target Tracking Radar - SR Surveillance Radar - - - -Air Defense Radar Systems - ASE AUDIO THREAT TYPE AIR DEFENSE SYSTEM RADAR SYSTEMS - - 1L13 “BOX SPRING” SR/EWR - S R - “Radar” Surveillance radar 5G66 “TALL RACK” SR/EWR - AN/FPS-117 “SEEK IGLOO” SR/EWR - - S-75, S-125, S-200 P-19 “FLAT FACE B” SR/TAR - T R - “Radar” Target acquisition radar S-200, S-300 ST-68U “TIN SHIELD” TAR - PPRU-M1 9S80M1 “DOG EAR” TAR - - 2 SNR-75 “FAN SONG” TTR - “SA-2” SA-2 air defense battery S-75 - RD-75 Amazonka RR - 3 - “SA-3” SA-3 air defense battery S-125 SNR-125 “LOW BLOW” TTR - - 5 - “SA-5” SA-5 air defense battery S-200 5N62 “SQUARE PAIR” TTR/TI - - 6 - “SA-6” SA-6 air defense battery 2K12 Kub 1S91 “STRAIGHT FLUSH” TAR/TI - - 7 HQ-7 ACU TAR - “HQ-7” CSA-7/HQ-7B air defense unit Hóng Qí-7 - Type 345 TTR - 8 - “SA-8” SA-8 air defense unit 9K33 Osa “LAND ROLL” TAR/TTR - - 64N6E “BIG BIRD” TAR - 1 0 - “SA-10” SA-10 air defense battery S-300PS 5N66M “CLAM SHELL” TAR - 30N6E “FLAP LID” TTR - - 1 1 9S18M1 “SNOW DRIFT” TAR - “SA-11” SA-11 air defense battery 9K37M Buk-M1 - 9S35 “FIRE DOME” TTR - 1 3 - “SA-13” SA-13 air defense unit 9K35 Strela-10M3 9S86 “SNAP SHOT” RR - 1 5 - “SA-15” SA-15 air defense unit 9K331 Tor-M1 “SCRUM HALF” TAR/TTR - - S 6 - “2S6” SA-19 air defense unit 2S6M Tunguska 1RL144 “HOT SHOT” TAR/TTR - - Z U - “ZSU” ZSU-23-4 air defense gun unit ZSU-23-4 Shilka RPK-2 “GUN DISH” FCR - - A A - “Gun” Air defense gun battery S-60, KS-19 SON-9 “FIRE CAN” FCR - - G S Flakpanzer Gepard MPDR-12 TAR / Albis FCR - “Gun” Self-propelled air defense gun unit - M163 Vulcan ADS AN/VPS-2 RR - - R A Rapier PU SR - “Rapier” Rapier air defense unit Rapier FSA - DN 181 Blindfire TTR - - R O Roland TÜR MPDR-3002S SR - “Roland” Roland air defense unit - Marder Roland MPDR-16 TAR / DOMINO-30 TTR - AN/MPQ-50 TAR - H K - “Hawk” Hawk air defense battery MIM-23B I-Hawk AN/MPQ-46 TTR - AN/MPQ-55 CWAR - P T - “Patriot” Patriot air defense battery MIM-104C Patriot PAC-2 AN/MPQ-53 STR - S A - “SAM” NASAMS air defense battery NASAMS 2 AN/MPQ-64F1 Sentinel STR - - N V - “Radar” Naval air defense system - - - -Airborne Radar Systems -ASE AUDIO AIRCRAFT ASE AUDIO AIRCRAFT ASE AUDIO AIRCRAFT - 1 9 J F F 4 - “Fixed Wing” MiG-19 “Fixed Wing” JF-17 “Fixed Wing” F-4 - 2 1 2 9 F 5 - “Fixed Wing” MiG-21 “Fixed Wing” J-11 “Fixed Wing” F-5 - 2 3 5 0 1 4 - “Fixed Wing” MiG-23 “Fixed Wing” KJ-2000 “Fixed Wing” F-14 - 2 4 1 5 - “Fixed Wing” Su-24 “Fixed Wing” F-15 - 2 5 F 1 1 6 - “Fixed Wing” MiG-25 “Fixed Wing” Mirage F1 “Fixed Wing” F-16 - 2 9 M 2 1 8 - “Fixed Wing” MiG-29 “Fixed Wing” Mirage 2000 “Fixed Wing” F/A-18 - 2 9 F 2 E 2 - “Fixed Wing” Su-27 “Fixed Wing” Tornado GR4 “Fixed Wing” E-2 - 2 9 E 3 - “Fixed Wing” Su-33 “Fixed Wing” E-3 - 3 0 - “Fixed Wing” Su-30 - 3 1 - “Fixed Wing” MiG-31 - 3 4 - “Fixed Wing” Su-34 - 5 0 - “Fixed Wing” A-50 -Other Threat Symbols -ASE AUDIO TYPE THREATS - MM - “Fixed Wing, Launch” Air-to-air missile radar detected Active radar-homing (ARH) air-to-air missiles - “Laser Ranging” Laser rangefinder detected Tank/IFV guns, electro-optical fire control sensors - “Laser Designating” Laser designator detected ATGMs, electro-optical fire control sensors - “Laser Beaming” Laser beam-rider guidance detected ATGMs, electro-optical missile guidance sensors -APPENDIX C – ABR PAGE POINT TABLES -The Abbreviation (ABR) sub-page provides the crew a library of aircraft point symbols that can be added to the -TSD for the purposes of navigation, increasing situational awareness, or as a method of cueing sensors. This -page can be accessed via the TSD Point or TSD Utility sub-pages and can provide a quick look-up of required -IDENT codes for inputting new points. -In the tables below, icons with “AAA” associated with the point symbol will display the three-character free text -of that point directly on the TSD itself; whereas other points will only display the point’s index within the database. - - -Waypoints (WPTHZ) - SYMBOL IDENT NAME DESCRIPTION - CC Communications Check Point A radio message should be sent upon arrival/crossing - - LZ Landing Zone Helicopter landing or pickup location of ground troops - - PP Passage Point Passage across friendly front line positions - - RP Release Point Final point of navigation route - - SP Start Point First point of navigation route - - WP Waypoint Point used for navigation or routing - - - -Hazards (WPTHZ) - SYMBOL IDENT NAME DESCRIPTION - TO Tower, Over 1000’ Vertical tower hazard >1000 feet AGL - - TU Tower, Under 1000’ Vertical tower hazard <1000 feet AGL - - WL Wires, Power Tall linear wire hazard - - WS Wires, Telephone/Electric Short linear wire hazard - - - -General Control Measures (CTRLM) - SYMBOL IDENT NAME DESCRIPTION - AP Air Control Point Point used for control or timing of aircraft movement - - AG Airfield, General Large airfield without navigational aids - - AI Airfield, Instrumented Large airfield with navigational aids - - AL Lighted Airport Small lighted airfield - - F1 Artillery Firing Point 1 1st portion of Artillery Firing Point (i.e., AB1___) - - F2 Artillery Firing Point 2 2nd portion of Artillery Firing Point (i.e., ___234) - AA Assembly Area Rear area for assembly of friendly forces - - BN Battalion Battalion echelon, below Brigade but above Company - - BP Battle Position Position used for engaging enemy forces - - BR Bridge/Gap Bridge across an obstacle or a passable gap in terrain - - BD Brigade Brigade echelon, below Division but above Battalion - - CP Checkpoint Reference point used for maneuver and orientation - - CO Company Company echelon, below Battalion but above Platoon - - CR Corps Corps echelon, above Division but below U.S. Army - - DI Division Division echelon, above Brigade but below Corps - - FF FARP, Fuel only Forward Arming & Refueling Point with fuel - - FM FARP, Ammo only Forward Arming & Refueling Point with munitions - - FC FARP, Fuel and Ammo Forward Arming & Refueling Point with fuel/munitions - - FA Forward Assembly Area Forward area for assembly of friendly forces - - GL Ground Light/Small Town Visual reference point used for navigation/orientation - - HA Holding Area Brief holding area while enroute to/from mission area - - NB NBC Area Nuclear, Biological, or Chemical contaminated area - - ID Datalink Subscriber ID and position of datalink network subscriber - - BE NDB Symbol Non-Directional Beacon navigational aid - - RH Railhead Point Location for loading/unloading cargo from trains - - GP Regiment/Group Regiment echelon, above Battalion but below Division - - US U.S. Army U.S. Army echelon, above Corps - - - -Friendly Control Measures (CTRLM) -SYMBOL IDENT NAME DESCRIPTION - AD Friendly Air Defense Friendly air defense unit/command position - - AS Friendly Air Assault Friendly helicopter-borne infantry unit position - - AV Friendly Air Cavalry Friendly scout/cavalry helicopter position - - AB Friendly Airborne Friendly paratrooper unit position - - AM Friendly Armor Friendly armor unit position - - CA Friendly Armored Cavalry Friendly recon/cavalry ground unit position - MA Friendly Aviation Maintenance Friendly helicopter maintenance unit position - - CF Friendly Chemical Friendly chemical unit position - - DF Friendly Decontamination Friendly decontamination site - - EN Friendly Engineers Friendly engineer unit position - - FW Friendly Electronic Warfare Friendly electronic warfare unit position - - WF Friendly Fixed Wing Friendly fixed-wing airbase/staging area - - FL Friendly Field Artillery Friendly artillery/MLRS firing position - - AH Friendly Attack Helicopter Friendly attack helicopter position - - FG Friendly Helicopter, General Friendly cargo/utility helicopter position - - HO Friendly Hospital Friendly medical facility/trauma care station - - FI Friendly Infantry Friendly infantry unit position - - MI Friendly Mechanized Infantry Friendly mechanized infantry/motor rifle unit position - - MD Friendly Medical Friendly medical unit position/aid station - - TF Friendly Tactical Operations Center Friendly headquarters/command unit position - - FU Friendly Unit Generic friendly unit position/marker - - - -Enemy Control Measures (CTRLM) -SYMBOL IDENT NAME DESCRIPTION - ES Enemy Air Assault Enemy helicopter-borne infantry unit position - - EV Enemy Air Cavalry Enemy scout/cavalry helicopter position - - ED Enemy Air Defense Enemy air defense unit/command position - - EB Enemy Airborne Enemy paratrooper unit position - - EC Enemy Armored Cavalry Enemy recon/cavalry ground unit position - - AE Enemy Armor Enemy armor unit position - - ME Enemy Aviation Maintenance Enemy helicopter maintenance unit position - - CE Enemy Chemical Enemy chemical unit position - - DE Enemy Decontamination Enemy decontamination site - - EE Enemy Engineers Enemy engineer unit position - - WR Enemy Electronic Warfare Enemy electronic warfare unit position - - EF Enemy Field Artillery Enemy artillery/MLRS firing position - WE Enemy Fixed Wing Enemy fixed-wing airbase/staging area - - EK Enemy Attack Helicopter Enemy attack helicopter position - - HG Enemy Helicopter, General Enemy cargo/utility helicopter position - - EH Enemy Hospital Enemy medical facility/trauma care station - - EI Enemy Infantry Enemy infantry unit position - - EM Enemy Mechanized Infantry Enemy mechanized infantry/motor rifle unit position - - EX Enemy Medical Enemy medical unit position/aid station - - ET Enemy Tactical Operations Center Enemy headquarters/command unit position - - EU Enemy Unit Generic enemy unit position/marker - - - -Target (TGT/THRT) -SYMBOL IDENT NAME DESCRIPTION - TG Target Point Target reference point - - - -Threats (TGT/THRT) -SYMBOL IDENT NAME DESCRIPTION - AX AMX-13 Air Defense Gun - - AS Aspide SAM System - - AD Friendly Air Defense Unit Generic 8 km threat ring - - GP Gepard Air Defense Gun Flakpanzer Gepard 30mm SPAAA vehicle - - G1 Growth 1 Generic 1 km threat ring - - G2 Growth 2 Generic 2 km threat ring - - G3 Growth 3 Generic 3 km threat ring - - G4 Growth 4 Generic 4 km threat ring - - SD Spada SAM System - - 83 M1983 Air Defense Gun - - U Unknown Air Defense Unit Insurgent technical vehicle w/ 23mm AA gun - - S6 2S6/SA-19 Air Defense Unit 2S6M Tunguska SAM/SPAAA vehicle - - AA Air Defense Gun S-60 57mm AA battery w/ SON-9 fire control radar - - GU Generic Air Defense Unit Generic 5 km threat ring -MK Marksman Air Defense Gun - -SB Sabre Air Defense Gun - -GS Self-Propelled Air Defense Gun ZSU-57-2 57mm SPAAA vehicle - -GT Towed Air Defense Gun ZU-23-2 23mm AA emplacement - -ZU ZSU-23-4 Air Defense Gun ZSU-23-4 23mm SPAAA vehicle - -NV Naval Air Defense System - -SR Battlefield Surveillance Radar Early warning/search radar, 100km threat ring - -TR Target Acquisition Radar PPRU-M1 Sborka air defense coordination radar - -70 RBS-70 SAM System - -BP Blowpipe SAM System - -BH Bloodhound SAM System - -CH Chapparal SAM System M48 SAM vehicle - -CT Crotale SAM System HQ-7 SAM battery - -C2 CSA-2/1/X SAM System - -HK Hawk SAM System MIM-23B SAM battery - -JA Javelin SAM System - -PT Patriot SAM System MIM-104C SAM battery - -RE Redeye SAM System - -RA Rapier SAM System Rapier FSA SAM battery - -RO Roland SAM System Marder Roland SAM vehicle - -1 SA-1 SAM System - -2 SA-2 SAM System S-75 SAM battery - -3 SA-3 SAM System S-125 SAM battery - -4 SA-4 SAM System - -5 SA-5 SAM System S-200 SAM battery - -6 SA-6 SAM System 2K12 Kub SAM battery - -7 SA-7 SAM System - -8 SA-8 SAM System 9K33 Osa SAM vehicle - -9 SA-9 SAM System 9K31 Strela-1 SAM vehicle -10 SA-10 SAM System S-300PS SAM battery - -11 SA-11 SAM System 9K37M Buk-M1 battery - -12 SA-12 SAM System - -13 SA-13 SAM System 9K13 Strela-10M3 SAM vehicle - -14 SA-14 SAM System - -15 SA-15 SAM System 9K331 Tor-M1 SAM vehicle - -16 SA-16 SAM System Igla/Igla-S MANPADS position [used for SA-18 threat] - -17 SA-17 SAM System - -SM SAMP SAM System - -SC SATCP SAM System - -SP Self-Propelled SAM System - -SH Shahine/R440 SAM System - -SS Starstreak SAM System - -TC Tigercat SAM System - -ST Stinger SAM System Avenger SAM vehicle/Stinger MANPADS position - -SA Towed SAM System NASAMS 2 SAM battery - -VU Vulcan Air Defense Gun M163 Vulcan SPAAA vehicle -APPENDIX D – FREQUENTLY ASKED -QUESTIONS (FAQ) -What version of the AH-64D does the DCS: AH-64D simulate? -DCS: AH-64D simulates an AH-64D Block 2 in service with the United States Army between the years of 2005- -2010, with a specific equipment configuration that was common (but not exclusive) within that time period. The -specific avionics version that is being modeled is Lot 9.1, which was fielded to U.S. Army AH-64D Block 2 aircraft -in 2005, along with additional equipment that was fielded to the U.S Army fleet between 2005 and 2007. - - -What is the difference between an AH-64D equipped with a mast-mounted Fire Control -Radar and an AH-64D without the FCR? -There is very little difference between these aircraft configurations. The presence (or absence) of the FCR mast- -mounted assembly does not denote a different model of AH-64 but is simply a removeable sensor system (much -like a targeting pod on a strike fighter). When the FCR system is removed, the aircraft will still perform and -operate the same, albeit with less overall gross weight and more limited sensor/targeting options to the crew. -Further, while the U.S. Army has operated AH-64D's with a mixed fleet of FCR and non-FCR aircraft, some -countries have operated exclusively FCR-equipped AH-64D variants (such as the United Kingdom's Army Air -Corps), or exclusively non-FCR-equipped variants (such as the Royal Netherlands Air Force). - - -What is the difference between the Pilot Night Vision System (PNVS) and the Target -Acquisition Designation Sight (TADS)? -The PNVS is a FLIR-only steerable turret that is designed to aid the Pilot in the back seat while flying in total -darkness. The TADS is a multi-sensor steerable turret that allows the Copilot/Gunner in the front seat to target -and designate enemy locations and vehicles for the aircraft’s weapon systems. The TADS can also be used to fly -in total darkness and serves as a backup to the PNVS in this regard. Either crewmember can select either the -PNVS or the TADS FLIR sensors for flying, but neither sensor can be used by both crewmembers at the same -time. -(See Night Vision Systems for more information.) - - -Can the PNVS be used to aim weapons? -The PNVS is simply a Forward-Looking Infrared (FLIR) sensor that provides a video underlay to the crewmember -using it for flying at night; it is not a sight and it does not perform targeting nor aim any weapon systems. In -such an instance where the Pilot is using the PNVS, the Pilot can be sight-selected to HMD while using the PNVS, -and the HMD does aim weapon systems while the PNVS provides video imagery of the surroundings. - - -Can the TADS be used by the Pilot in the backseat? -The TADS can be used in one of two ways: as a sight for targeting or as a sensor for flying. In the case of the -former, only the Copilot/Gunner in the front seat can directly control the TADS for the purposes of targeting and -aiming of weapon systems. In the case of the latter, the TADS FLIR can also be used as a night-flying sensor -using the NVS Sensor Select switch on the Collective Flight Grip. Because of this, either crewmember can select -the TADS as their NVS sensor, but only the Copilot/Gunner can select the TADS as their sight for targeting. -(See Night Vision Systems for more information.) -What is the difference between the Pilot Night Vision System (PNVS) and night vision -goggles? -The PNVS is a steerable Forward-Looking Infrared (FLIR) turret that follows the helmet movements of the Pilot -and transmits a thermal-based video of the environment to the Pilot's Helmet Display Unit (HDU). This system -displays the thermal environment through various shades of brightness to distinguish varying levels of heat -emissions from objects within the FLIR's field of view. Night vision goggles on the other hand amplify light sources -and reflected light from the environment to allow a human eye to distinguish detail and contrast. - - -Why can I see IR pointers when using night vision goggles, but I cannot see them when -using the TADS or PNVS? -Typical night vision goggles (such as the AN/AVS-6 goggles simulated in the DCS: AH-64D) amplify visible and -near-infrared light to a level that can be used by the human eye to distinguish detail and contrast. Because of -this, devices that transmit light in the near-infrared spectrum (such as IR beacons or IR pointers) can be seen by -individuals wearing NVG's; whereas some FLIR systems that operate on different portions of the IR spectrum, -such as the AH-64D PNVS and TADS turrets, cannot. - - -Why can’t night vision goggles be used at the same time as the Helmet Display Unit -(HDU)? -The HDU itself physically interferes with the proper wear of the AN/AVS-6 night-vision goggles. However, more -importantly, the use of NVG’s and the HDU simultaneously can often present circumstances where the two devices -are not properly aligned and can incur aiming errors when employing the helicopter sensors or weapon systems. -For this reason, use of the two devices in such a manner is a prohibited practice for U.S. Army crewmembers. - - -Is an IR pointer and a laser designator the same? -No, an IR pointer is a tightly focused beam of light that continuously emits in the near-infrared spectrum, whereas -a laser designator employs a coded pulse of laser energy that can be detected by compatible sensors or weapon -systems that are scanning for that precise laser pulse sequence. - - -Why does the horizon line in the IHADSS symbology not coincide with the real horizon? -The IHADSS allows the crewmembers to maintain situational awareness of the majority of the AH-64D's flight -state, sensors, and weapon systems, regardless of where the crewmember is looking at any given time. Either -crewmember can look independently of the helicopter's flight path or nose direction without losing key pieces of -data necessary to fly and fight. This allows the Pilot on the controls to be looking back over his/her shoulder -while in a steep pitch-back turn and still have full awareness of the aircraft's attitude and flight state; or be -scanning out to either side for threats or obstacles while flying slowly at nap-of-the-earth altitudes just feet over -the treetops. -When viewing the horizon line (and/or pitch ladder in Cruise mode), the Line-Of-Sight (LOS) Reticle – or central -crosshairs – within the symbology represents the nose of the aircraft, much like the watermark on a cockpit -attitude indicator. If the artificial horizon line bisects the LOS reticle, the helicopter's pitch attitude is level with -the horizon. -(See Symbology Elements for more information.) -Why is the AH-64D’s gun called the Area Weapon System? -The AWS was designed primarily as a close-in defensive weapon system when directed by a crewmember’s -helmet sight to provide suppression against immediate threats to the aircraft or the team. However, the AWS can -also be effectively used as an offensive weapon against light armor, soft-skinned vehicles, or personnel; especially -when directed by the TADS as the sight. - - -Why does my range source keep switching to a Manual range when I action the gun? -As described above, the gun is designed to be used as a close-in defensive weapon system when employed by -the aircrew’s helmet sights. As such, when a crewmember’s selected sight is HMD (Helmet Mounted Display), the -range source will automatically revert to the Manual range (as set on the WPN page) whenever that crewmember -actions the gun. This prevents an un-intended ranging value from being used when hasty, close-in fires are -needed. As an example, if the crewmember had a Nav range to a target 4 kilometers away, the gun would -attempt to elevate for a ballistic solution of 4,000 meters, and the rounds would impact a location much further -than anticipated. For this reason, it is wise to set a Manual range value on the WPN page that you are proficient -with in engaging targets at close range. -However, this does not prevent the crewmember from setting a different range source such as an Automatic or -Navigation range after the gun is actioned. - - -Why does the Rocket Steering Cursor not behave as a conventional Continuously -Computed Impact Point (CCIP) reticle? -The Aerial Rocket Sub-system on the AH-64D was designed to be employed as "aerial rocket artillery", making a -team of AH-64D's akin to a hovering MLRS battery. Because unguided rockets can only be employed using ballistic -trajectories (like bullets), the accuracy of the weapon is heavily determined by what sighting method is used to -generate a targeting solution. With CCIP targeting methods, the target must not only be visible to the naked eye, -but any adjustments made to the aimpoint must also be precise enough and distinguishable to the crew in order -for such corrections to unguided munition trajectories to be effective. At longer ranges, the very thickness of any -symbology elements of a CCIP reticle itself on a HUD or helmet display may be the difference of several hundred -meters. For this reason, CCIP reticles are only effective at relatively close ranges, and within visual range of the -naked eye. -In order to engage ground targets with unguided rockets beyond normal visual ranges on the battlefield, and -with such aimpoint accuracy that can be distinguishable at such ranges, the Rocket Steering Cursor is employed -to enable the crew in aligning the helicopter with the required targeting solution for rocket delivery. While used -in Cooperative mode, a secondary advantage to the Rocket Steering Cursor is that the Pilot can use the symbology -to align the helicopter with the required targeting solution provided by the Copilot/Gunner while the Pilot -continues to scan the surrounding terrain for immediate threats, without ever looking in the direction the aircraft -nose is pointed for rocket delivery. Further, since the TADS itself can be slaved to a set of three-dimensional -coordinates, the Rocket Steering Cursor allows the crew to deliver rockets to an area target from behind cover -without having a direct line-of-sight (LOS) to the target. - - -Why doesn’t the DCS: AH-64D have Stinger or Sidewinder air-to-air missiles? -The DCS: AH-64D is simulating a U.S. Army AH-64D. U.S. Army AH-64’s have never been equipped or capable of -firing Stinger or Sidewinder missiles, despite a small number of weapons tests conducted with such missiles. -There are several “growth” provisions within the AH-64D cockpit controls (such as an Air-To-Air weapon select -position and a missile Cage button) to support future additions of such capability to the AH-64D, however the -avionics of AH-64D’s in U.S. Army service have never supported such weapon systems. -What is a “sight” and how do I determine which one I should use in a tactical situation? -There are three possible “sights” that can be selected to directly aim a weapon or generate a targeting solution -in the AH-64D. These selections are the Helmet-Mounted Display (HMD), the Target Acquisition Designation Sight -(TADS), or the optionally-mounted Fire Control Radar (FCR). Any of these three sight selections can be used by -the Copilot/Gunner, but only HMD and FCR are available to the Pilot. The sight currently selected by the -crewmember will be displayed in the bottom-left corner of the IHADSS symbology. -Each sight used by the AH-64D has both advantages and disadvantages that must be known and evaluated for -any given tactical situation. For example, the TADS is very useful for long-range target identification and -designation for Hellfire missiles, however it may not be the quickest method for engaging a target that is at close- -range. On the other hand, the HMD is very useful for rapidly engaging targets at close-range simply by using the -crewmember’s helmet-tracking capabilities, but the HMD is less accurate than the TADS and cannot designate -targets for missile engagement. -(See Sights and Sensors for more information.) - - -What is an “acquisition source” or “ACQ” and how do I determine which one I should use -in a tactical situation? -An acquisition source can quickly orient a crewmember’s selected sight to either a point in space relative to the -aircraft nose or a set of three-dimensional coordinates on the battlefield. The purpose of the acquisition source -is to reduce the time needed to manually search and acquire a target with any given sight. In the case of the -TADS or FCR, these sights will physically slew to the location of the selected acquisition source. In the case of -the HMD, the crewmember will receive cueing indications in their helmet symbology of where they should look -to point their head toward the selected acquisition source (in lieu of a robotic arm physically grabbing their head -and forcibly turning it in the correct direction). -As is the case with sight selections, choosing the best acquisition source in any given situation is key to reducing -the time it takes to search, acquire, and engage enemy targets. -(See Acquisition Sources for more information.) - - -How do I enter a set of MGRS coordinates if a JTAC or other ground unit gives me MGRS -in 4-, 6- or 10-digit formats? -The AH-64D will only accept MGRS coordinates in an 8-digit format. If coordinates are entered using a 4-, 6- or -10-digit MGRS format, the Keyboard Unit (KU) will not accept this entry and the KU display will simply flash to -indicate an invalid data entry. If given a 4-digit or 6-digit MGRS location, simply append zeros to the easting and -northing to achieve the number of required digits, such as 12001200 when given “1212” or 12301230 when given -“123123”. Conversely, when given a 10-digit MGRS coordinate, simply remove the 5th digit from both the easting -and northing to achieve the required 8-digit format, such as 12341234 when given “1234512345” -APPENDIX F – FORMULAS -Use these calculation and conversion formulas for pre-mission planning or while in flight. Desired resultants are -bolded. - - -Speed/Time/Distance Calculations -Ground Speed Required (knots) = (Distance ÷ Minutes) × 60 -Time of Flight (mins) = (Distance ÷ Ground Speed) × 60 - - -Fuel/Endurance Calculations -Bingo Fuel (lbs) = (Time of Flight ÷ 60) × Fuel LB/HR -Objective Time (mins) = ([Total Fuel − Bingo Fuel] ÷ Fuel LB/HR) × 60 - - -Fuel/Range Calculations -Specific Fuel Range (SFR) Factor = Ground Speed ÷ Fuel LB/HR -Flight Range (NM) = SFR × Total Fuel - - -Distance Conversion -km to NM = [km] ÷ 1.85 -NM to km = [NM] × 1.85 - - -Altitude/Elevation Conversion -Feet to Meters = [ft] ÷ 3.281 -Meters to Feet = [m] × 3.281 - - -Latitude/Longitude Conversion -DDD-MM-SS.SS to DDD-MM.MMM - - SS.SS ÷ 60 = .MMM -DDD-MM.MMM to DDD-MM-SS.SS - - .MMM × 60 = SS.SS -Good hunting! -The Eagle Dynamics SA team -EAGLE DYNAMICS SA © 2022 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - +![](img/img-339-2-screen.jpg) diff --git a/en/dev-docs/ah64d/img/img-339-1-screen.jpg b/en/dev-docs/ah64d/img/img-339-1-screen.jpg new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..94d0c24a345c90d0b5af03febedb2342cf98651f GIT binary patch literal 13225 zcmeHtcUTnPmTfgn&RKHKl4%iyCQ4SxIcFLrBOr)P&N=4{f`Wj6fPe(aIVsX4$vFxL z2=r@zbKlIHcW3Tg@845=O?_Q;x@xa|&RKh(y$i=NG<0-K zZ2X)|EWE6AbX@njc?E?a5C|iuI8;nnl3xTO{QDsw92^{cJbWqw0xDrMa3nhWv|OC-n_4? zZ}`yI)cmpQb9YZ~U;n`1J+U z3-$lsfc<~CP~8DSLq`XrWBtYjLi0v_z$EAx%tDx?vYJ?yZe%RNf!O47iG{VDIIJRC zM-*1>6S$OYkY)Dc-_ZU-_Rj$e`j?RXJFx%2g#hruAk;7dlK|4d&ntinC_oFq1;TcA zXeD6$oUVzArJ3=TG7QGm*X9ksc#pSb(_~ze#BSv(9%kp5r60@df5_5J+JP;;5XP^> zR=2=%d|A>=i?y<_9#&p!a(gc5KIgMKg&C*mAyPB`>Mra-YZ*7#SfzKoJ9nv+lQOz_ z!FaL9H8Alr_vt-W-XH=nCF<>eGvd!rAnKqBJ27xY0TJjTcXjqm;?naiPSk9->s~m6 z<u?orLu_DZ#xB?>niU0 zHKPqfiOMSx{F@Vq=PM&roA=mh0@gIp#z8U|06C!Xr>Brm^t_+|DeH^SawO0tdrbP! zP}(y@E@$oeJ%=>+bUk&Lm?5EiGu73X%+x5qNor~_W?8fVaI+m^BxfA0rfcmL1Y|YX z*?_YeX-u@c|Hv-&JO$yON2A&DYTa^6j4|IR4a@)NXW!z(#OWEjW_y}f<>_do8Onr#5$G0!CS?I{I_MzL`1ialL~IW znM|UwZ-E(&d?@*pL7}8+N+F0 zC-{}(NAcuCehs>FBf7;Yer#~k37=8OfP(QEKBeHBt`ma3KVJ!`!7&`AT0JV@y*JO3 zq%;{wia@k=@4OLrZdc9z#&7Z|NxY0$ww?`F8=BcN(L_EQZL?9~5Yii@Uy9G~nMZY; zSG?SkJKpSL5WCeU>8Ep&I_#GoCdIn_0D&Qb%|WjvA3s>y{WiDzJ~vNLB{sCPf-8sa zPlq2!U$ZS!?;)*U^*rjWUIA-o+$Cc$`IBlOmMyI-qrz6K*A{ zxxcrr9lNk9DaQ2k4<8NYk==AL(xck-+a14D!F=M@WD^A>jCc}r3B`DHop6EJ{31J4 z>=XMm+A6AKGO@8K*=f}=s~$eieG^^H+CZ>E9tR#4#)izN-x7DBag(CjADAi@AimuZma;8;8G(+-R zWZvAb4)=B=>*kRfgzp-|8Lv0lFpp0K{m=*B)Gr~?e66D~gtFRdDg0gt>7HB<^^?^s zg3KJ zM37_tge``K6LZ?CkEn=Lf4n4(qbR zV{%6`-BqmJq`cT0cY~zAw8Km7PPs+u<80kJ3yO^XamWW}9G}0>5(wpA=SPnVC1zMV zej*W>&p+SkK}Duc%awAV<@dFGBxOBCu}#Wa8Cy@$LPc_tK4OhtoRwZk#-JAFzO%cK z62wI^-se*O)a^xL+18|7N%DB3^kfJo?|4J&K5dMkSdRvF!CL+k1rwRGeIoT=l;JS! zoq>(})A>h`e%t8s>%vBF>fPP#D=oIc4-HA@Zlvj!Q&16Q+m?N zpv^!Sev3LQ#DHK+*N91+&Mm5t>XmRqoGEw|_x{8070^H=aHh@2V0BG$b}yUDojXY( zR?#p5ErHC;V8lL<=fs}?(4iiq9%}#$!ZwWc0<%Q(nDQ1Cup~tH#GsLD zxAh@PZ9vzUBHDfRfDiak19VJ{QY{ypqu+9-P^&2j`qfr?P0~7CR2S zc4QH6(vEYWo*k)>C6{`tDoT>M;Ib zqE=#}cLc%{Ys0eX;vHypwv?yeO0#x{b^FzGl9tkUm9gI;3=gtLJDs}ovmqebj~z`= ze=c;LB-87hl|(&eQt~bJRb@Q4#;m}A&O#yKZpx(j;(E0%{07Zz=>28Li4xziZQQsL zW3IeiEp$~q+0&}z{S814>e@*zR}Fp zj^DSB^@3A6H%Y!P;K`8owpC;;(%hW;`~~e(_PN*!UJM-FN-@e}9Ye=HK}$>Ks-M zGvlwX$=1m`;4ZRv5zO&)?#|m0uiSo9@22^hyP2bXY^JtUU-c8It~CZ_zIys=kD6+e z<9OPOS@a?&sl%aRp;f*uZ{6;+7yOMrF8zWE@5MSi>KUF0dR%@X_E6_%oRVBAO$&>3 z?d*gcP%>^fvn4BZb;PF?t=KCSJ^K2Ty`w=yY9Rt1z8Iv;KWpoisBOW??9UTW)DGX( zCx)7L(S*;PVo!gvX}qNJvuC~16=ri>VD=pK*x%jNQW={^;02Kk;7dn;4UB#8eClEO zPw5t{vSS%CquGoTVvoFQy8uxOtzg({94x9&V6{zI$(ADO$WF>y;HQ$yrmVw{pe4~) z$D5^UTnkfshMoh4Cwe|VV_Qk;H>;m~$)F}#^^lfook9y4wn@ptC6VnFFJZM;IeJy` zw&r>C-udROv04Y~x98GBi%qpuR}jy(B^z(cldCUhszWUj+3Hx^2*qr1gtN0`+09yT zVc$`;>{Y(+344ZamFC@9Q-)!81OzsKI2ePUi1}E5RJ$8t{UIf(V-vQl;D1NbFJEMD z{oBFq9o8ObXQH7QdCRu+~S?xkZf-tfj+bRw<6bS z?{-{P{TT7SIetJ0tJ%ziojB;}Wj5}UC{l%v9W%V9s(y45O*a43m%S{Tuxy6EZDriioALwx#Qfr%p=83t-7ji!!Vefe zHy7aEm%8sS(05fDvR!UAhldBNdbU@EKZU6mZWxlDNlv8CL(+FMB~k z5B4aQptyfsmv&u4I!5?J&=pib*z5GLER^Flef?ThZIiLLToPltSJ&%=h1zf9SQN{~ z?GzX3DpO~_;1t_Qe7ys9Q%M7l+_oM*cx&?aQXHV40yKYWnf31)@%z90vs3v}l`FqL{5O-o?*(80z} zE%~+D+B}8U(p~Gs0Cll`EOJoccNcP%m3$&2(|JQvK%?vE5covbm0 z94S=+qQ7oc8Bm;P)_195W^4ZQ!WW*oGl>Ke{ngD+9z>mvajjj$3#20???LPBNx2qV zpZAH~a2JYn@;7ijs|?HKd($VKHlf<%+7XNdzE+WBi>YNlLmR}#D&+{v)aK1qVukXk zHGLm`(YX=O?7YbG%6jT+7TLG0$_9|rYe}K_B}~RAzF&wnnx5sg@g$)&i>>K`>Xt{` zPW>N>4Mg_ROOPmZPwZ%z%D!+;o>Q(SyUptjqM=kKRROKCR##tWpqJ4V0Qf|@CgbQZ z+;S#DkpWcL{~<&1+*EZ&rA~Ns)peaX?=gnKiK(_`wsvdUir$d8q%UDtU`ndnm}+7= z+w|+C0jG@X=&pUSjuH$Gb`4aJ)mjSM9l0BmL_6U0j?^K7Fq}s+w=(h$3ue`jM^6@?J&nMM)NK&C&?a9z#DVNFjm(?c{jQd>tkmhP$ySV2D zvnhrB{nV(*gnROZTd^qQO9NEjNVsJ4@sfOsI+eMC^Q#%sKITUibG?3q4Tng;*7ExH z$0oetn8Dm_(ud{X(A<#i)9iY1=t(b+nZEpRX||Q*r`4%vt(;|}0qwc@_DEn?>vp(s zLwestDSh4y350MeBZ1fPzb;YzQv6FeJOl2yBKhh2e|KX=01e(x=yG-Ga)aUMUj4n@ zeBusjT+sWzs(ihAcZ5={Wa_2Dvhl)`?ryfIox5Q7h_wX$b&SLsEa;D!-{WNUbe~8! z{>fxFjaMmUlBB+in26ufn2O>aXfpBn#F#^#uoi@eZnq`^-6H$~C;ZAlX7*9-0oP&V+ zVP7AFMHl%fX*EwafGM*p&D(~Bj9P~1-0PRkhrn*;nd;y|%mAon^=!R%xiLbWH5)D^ zVXsXW<8^>7@BbAl=t~2f#2QUK`g&M-Aj!RKYOZ`N-V%w}`UWkMYw1iFo@YgCX`&uD zD*!>tPyMR=9?ujW!|v$MkbS;M-&Dbv*Q$MHB^hv?&{-=(vXe(X{Vu&5rwo=A;`-UC zSj`D9DM_^ki;t#Vo+ZYUlOWy*XcmpPT=8+}fa+-MsSXCuw6rHDD{ktlOViq0I8M>2I< zQF#wfqD^>`)-SZB!6)pft)I3vHiNGC%*2>SCn1$zIsE&e2_b+G;L=oFRfd?`f& zELVB$YtJdR^E75mhh!LRR}aG{b{U+`l32`AI|q-JZhXr>t%>Ck!OKixGel0_U?mnh z%W$l1UC+mvL5$KSxoV)ZqQm{tjlpqyL&(5Yf22~e$1|m-*DlH zM7K{LJQp8sB!$Gh*etlxYIZ2UlYd+Su8l8cqGwakQGU$@t6_QGzdCgf-|ppB{|%4o zL*sI)fLaKsu_*f6hJ6D}rtc8l{!qYG$v0Cw=9b;9x1``^#_Hg;H+o4Q$Rlmu`<>9< zU3u28QnZExE+s_+RC=6JNFY|8kD>GRJ67^22&!&C$k^q(ky{3H?|k95u58bH$C^R3 zd=DDyllh7#mF9_vm-mko=zJfJQG+gz($vH25F~K@m=QtcvT@CLiFNLL_YzKVYtQHL`a<-VreF4m zxlVKF<}Z1JArIHDJwKht(x<35>7nJfWe7TIvMV55E;L^y2^a;`4y#C4U-RsY{qzgp1@b(ijBybFYJ6N`7AHmlcXPc_m zuk|m(|C2`@{ti6R|A5^(R&hrAcq8{-&ZlQj!Q2wcn}mMxZYFsMirShK`Y-Lnd*}DK zzH`z4Pmv;$EL=`!Ao>ez==A^1+DG`v&&w?k1FBe ziB-N}M3pd&rvp1X+PhxuPOy02rjgkiMA6o}({2bfGgnH<78$3`5l!JP%vECo zBgg0_4|9Oqnowy*YM9snOQKwONlFE#D$nZT1)jdsz+6KOL5a{_(QuzUv!nZhZ0mi4 zSkN7z{ueiUOI@h` zPn(w~;OSLJ0|sD-DztHbN`0-ocla7nS34wvDiB=isS~NRG*vg#@+#O=mffCno{Od<0hu}J zUq|iBYCF^LME`!cQT6rVq2*01io(W4$8N6$E;P>^rTagvG5+tJzxlwX#=sEK?B}P< z>@H{|)|K-L?G1TF=c16>+QVI)topU3x4e2`mZ)Mkvj!><8%IM@m6=dcusxCiBgkL) zvEm?Uy3osEV*lmSH_`0HJ!o~J^X?KfUxay8&Q07$-(E~LRT7}ZB?)XQbbY3r8+K}$ z`cd(WS7^mx;4(S>Je2v{gy~~i>yL%0I{bU*U~-H|<8G&O#@Ygf7_?&gcA7Lw78(RE zgL3Snm#fL+=OvUJQcOut?LIJ*i}kw681&^0>X>%Ae|l>K(g9}yt}6j_)UUSbG+k?; zLp-5MOakgzsa@R(yZ4C+-tvFUmb@Zk!{*aoJll$iJ-MHR`^uXssYm3Yz z71F)1c|D0(qUF@KsxEc+Ly-W%w!rH*#@wtEdk}?3R`<*cdQ_B@?5%1+JphagA@tA5 z02I|sq;twGvV)1irv*gG_tyO$yI8@E;{F#a97>71FmK0pCsO8($zxShj$mP3oc#uTWe|;tT1ZR$`h37fHIC z&u#*bNumnT`?@dp#LvQR!4IlA(bqsfLFM4D|rI{jXxNf|Ae^+uL=JWr@?Tc^UvHkP93^W7m|S zEHLva<9M*58z&5fiBjH^Wc)rWsr3B(ZQzFiT6Av@!}k*h9~r~;_o^mo9Vj810YHJh zwo?gDAgVJIEFuvBe7v~DrGO+8Ik58&%V+<&XfHn*Af=52}-nLDBZn z%(W{GO_i`&Y;@oFQZ(z1KC!Dw5+3|@)V9ML~AQ=@Icax8eOoD1{>P&?ui#!Qc%{k7A(j!%h zSWuR(eQCI9B6FJBGrYjV(3Z;OrwcI!bZtBh zCVX{-hYdIUcGI%49F`U2(KzCy%nW#vY(#T7jf?6YWhBtXckdbPZEU(jU1^_>GNO60YCIXrU!@4m%o< z^mkI0;9~p~g>HerNs-C~b-_eqHy)8)PN&3sPU(~2V#5AZvHJ}Xv@OFZaE)3FCZ4EY zZM64m%ea2M7JJK_HTX(XCy_lvAG+m0#*61=*`wV3R1ch^0k(@CXyEtRe}pgcGxDsY zY}K$Gr~}04T0ZzZLOV9gyD5 zLM4xnL7(NsDICIJn3otv>~ShlSyYK$d`b>mFazs34T5P8g@B-)&5>~WaxixoPKC7s zZTm-|U9G{pH9j8>v|5^}%dMf=%R-}3Cxj<7#H>@E`NV2;8+hF~qaX@B&WxSH78QUw zkUSc-)dAr9Q_=k|AHKBv?L+gQSSRG;aSUXWRiq=>m+G&+D5tTKwIl}XDbHtNV${jt zCF$U%LF5H63uDR4T;r%tD{LuTTzZDMZ^@}DYR1eio>m|b7iR1+`4VpPLW@}s8^;gi zdCP}O;PueQj)}QLqKMKjfw(wH((==|X;E4aZbbCrPM8K?6`WU&kTus-HE9U_p~Jx_ z3N*hMLoFrt^3O)#2?c~S%qbKOX%2D)ir&xnbs|^?#_l;J`f7tjMgV>lCa(%x7TUmp zjXG;Z|9(snSw)|4_n5dFZu~QNSlKuXgTdxU<59?oRI2hwUf^xHtuTQ@%+Ot~1PW=t z=JO(%SSaD+qz}DpWCkKWdtT?2s<;Z2|Cy8j$8Y~(@!DS&7lOLyV#-i;5Qj7q6JqRb z9hs@GRiw<24(A=fHzzAi>+X|_1;g3|E*0VmF$hb978p;^)li)|+|dioLB9Lt94y8u z4>w1fIae`tbwo`KkK!adBi!R_7De3PQtuUXzg6qSGLG~Ex;0G>O6Z->wpp4B?if4l>DdH-mig0K+<)_q+4X@C<<7W2Ptl6 z)vJ&=@`FY}edNHK1(H`B^rBkB9We!ME<(6 z_2jMl+#Q0Z?>Z^|SVwcp>5nEX4dGwaexP=o0B0@i-Btm7f68{CA2WSRmxSA>a$i3Z zc!2)mp?#oEh=I0FBro$y`J*7S`ffQYaFEXkU|f*@|B27Y6pA=3Dl+t^BDCF3QMzkoRNj|~m)50DPtmJmk9kTw-_DH zwajhqA+yJwN-yI|3ypV_wLDLYqa^N@n)ZnKU?D9Ery5jAIywIVZMv3TQ z%FWl6_X%Ul7wVR*nFkBx+{`+wDEk*rGempE3J7Whx&Cyw&+i%RaIx;sb}JM&8-Rl^ z@3K0ACOM%#q{G}Xh307`^eBzBb_9);7s|yY(n&A!$R_RlWPvx9>XIyW@f5_eot{KF zN9YRToD;kC1eVJdGL>;(sjpyBmAWfiee!Y9Q^~y59@^wc?RDA76Re%)BmLqTVbio# zCkBe&)^^Kl`)(e4mUDsjSap)p@CsJ{o$ zd+>%bwZu>bo}Ko)DqBM>B9^!i0FdR_Ltz-P=Gd@y#4C=5h?qAY&NnAhqofMPtK^CR zvESpS$n*^t+CSEd{|h?(?S9jXagWvJ_P?1e^*6I+AIa5}x-wfT^h!8ln3cwBB60() z1=#FT1I&+lfQPf2S^Ve%C-^wE2F0sh9X=%@(|a?|7RUeX;R_J-Ts>fR6D$-%$8_ zRZ(@EwsAL}@d=Cn9PwT2+KvJxBJ9;Fh>E+=WEDmz}i_sAr^rQ zVRBx|9)@>lMhsyCexXz!E1eTZNfEbGjKu*HiL&hwBh~Il8!OtUm!$W$#KcNO-qc=9 ztUMJWmFVLUFdZ5q>I!JyeT9Ef_u3~*r#^w!?|t*Pc`%CGN@U&N6A}Ohe;8=xQDa^9 zA{CY1oTExXrqZQo_7Zng9Tb{cP_g!z=bMM`xqYXI2Nm#HH%5enbwA_NSVW%ZbG;D8 zaPbWju8lkUkvZ;9z&sy%x}CFLrhT!I8tyK=hg$38MP}*I4@`B2`!B@T7OvQ%o+*YF(-We>%j}Rfe7P-kW*(QP^Cua4b6X& z{?e*seBzHhO^iy}6F#w{O2wBI@b(*w-_~i7_zI!Y7^heJTI>P5;Qq0YARwf^A z^z@Z>*U!6rIry)c$}5NF_btU`Wd{BW%EkR}iV`4N)FcZ%zMIdm^EbPe$;UIjgvH)I z6h>G?l{}7Eqk4l!^1OhTyiyQSiKc0R+5^XrMxxO1h(w{sqG;K2P?fmjd(`6~sC*|Q zDP-uW=lf~%y-7J>zAvnDwg{U2Xl74E?L!OU*bPK-M@>i|!vG1i|GxB& zQa(JORTvX9LkPuAB`9sDVxCtK2@px%KgC4?1Cj8H zH~f@$ZYh>Rm9D$mPpr&ud7^6#%rEpmQI5jj_n`!tWF!z(w8txPOMxo1BY`bS>BH;% zYu!7Rmf_1wq3YLN;iyLGs79r(HTg&HUUH)f=!r-mko2#&@d{kut;U6qbHSG`|9ThM zEyY+U(RG*7ExH;K=+SQ4V?_OkOL~J8_1t#UbMbJc=r43UCu@;_(>e-8c?%v9Bhj@0 z>ak^ qL0b!0 z9mDWHzV8?ByZ-P0_qW!!_gZ@&d(9BXGf&+2b?0@S*Llt5_sbu^RW&75B>;j201)sE zTz&?~@Ue8U{h<&t0E-L)C4*c}0tx^=E-oG}4n7_p9svRV6(UMvB0@qUI&un9N+x<3 zGZQ@{BMUnp2Ma3?8zUp9I2VtApooYFj6+gZLP&;BSVZX8Lm&hM1Vn^Hw8X@;Lf06t z3H`fYm#qK{tS1iSw-@l27X%B6jf0DaPjH10yrA+bfCYgk`Tng>Sc&x6JLP2rw@!4*dHdEdIw!?c?hg^6YtN*o&9p@d>XIlagP*N%@eO zm7SBDmtRm;UQt<9T~k~4rKPp4y`!`1>)_Dv$mrPj@rk+lg~gvs%PXsEyLw`aZrH!E3+xUE7B)5%8}FB05G-%-7fObWb4?JJ{FXM}V^<1Rp&)$9 z+i~wpn+e#2@9$8VyM4Pt%`P%`efO7XzghOr85aB>vg~h${oSq!fCvf!hY^$vfCI;8 z04I=vg}n0De?z|h|H*`_1wMt#uOr%I8t#TYlD(+HEi0%kMi9e zbH*F^(~44U@R$hC!uRdwT`O60@wpKuHu*Y)LD?Jxy*a4j)>)_BunVk@m%#S>OQ3D! z+z7G9zrLhg)_n;qFJPK(9c|Mh25$Ca&R}R`<}nyL;_Ni+zfb;O*a!+YMr8Dzu@lsD z^gp`hdr1d9l>e;b`lzK-lmMUaLXd)*IPKF+m0P{7&yH^dWNHa3Ct>70udh@i{Ym< zhx=kj`Uo@{G1e*fr_-4e3zt9~!c^eDPyeyi{&Sn9a&FrESm)gt!^-<;b=?Q70)9V( z`Z)$Go9FFyUoB{}FHA03M77+{q*Z(CsE+EKDPBPSiz6-@TthoawJw1YJNN;`qj^LK zT=|q?4iQ88@bp!~^-F-YEgemI2`JdN@LvL6G5!12r^)BTO{Vbzj%e4SHF3XiJ2}#K zM>Fk54mZ*_ciQO|o{&?$kV~9!N#je;H#RnzY4$YZB_B7pik-^b=6U;?N+)r`XSqbX z4Y*b46F=D9LSI~NA=-E{w3(HfrGrJF$XgMYYC{RJ=C$szOA=2`ranq{h+?AFzr9!% zg1jd@ioAKEZYsyIGg4JNIzQF3SCRzt5>x3KgBDL=L?Ai_yOvc3Q+~{GS>1*9Ij{;< zavl&Dt-*|Qjoy!aC3QTEGEO9n{GoPTz6q*HgkBp2I##+JuX2}tx_jbjsH@r7_^hdv^y zVLBVYg}s!~ym&5_ZsnNUo41w{Q8zK6wDvZbxUXmPOCIg=l&d`Xia}Fup6sweafn?gx6VRju{x`)3vJ#fzJG~rD8 z$bPJ>*@|hT!7W`(s~~$=Y`TMPU7qIM)`YZarEIIZW3_jx5q3whpE**nl9bktJ^&ME ze=OK3D#^r}BB}LZ^LA@#|2@GDKVV?Q`1%09WmMv~BFmd!-SBVv;+D2v0=R)Od*WX% z0cPgH{hL1O7{v(q2@DfD5^9RsgrzU_?(-k#KSi-S>e+pv1hgRXIKY4IKSoqId{J`l z5;!}(1jgeVdc1e@&M06_H$Umi zx)}v4;_Eu-Bg+LpL#GC?#r&d@GCq##B^}=kBYK=@1lQM9gdQGBU|D1`IWmT`_xElZ+{F-#lnHEkFVJrQ+4>^u{@{X+EGWEiJoy}t<%>@K< z*-HF?v6>N&^*j9T2!|`UoCd0i@{flte+_J*X~V{n30&VBPjMS>C{r9m0J63-@N;i8LO>}QRXEFlD!ANN++;r=C1F6;XmwxD}> zp}z)hMM26#2g=%DTmFl^PFb0L3R#04ZgOCP9T+utY*sD-wx|5Nb89G})R>j$*j;N;FsLJr%dqU5+G79?49?2waZ+a8*`%KoZMBGMlQ#`9(vpT zWX$f1`AJ(b%g9p;dbJNDmBh@_s~laLEIG7Y)p&N&-WH4$^3;dZB$&#Lbimref$F&x5A{ocdJVOcko^p0Ik_TDPwPFYIR7v-6IAb`?OB@gtTHfQic`0?Q%};&lBd$lLWiXSlYdN zn{2&p5q$s|v6B+ZbpEk<)koKuTg{HwJbtCiqCu@)bor;%aXLIzREzB^4oBPvQmSFk` z6W}o;FeIX3u&*9^tRKLk_cAN_UTvsnwDxBb8gC+e?!+xlXdha&czr>6mpa6~u(@zt zU)9oPc#!4oBmCpN_mLo@2HoCgVwpf)Z z1sv{J<@}5*-;_Ol=S_(X)I8j;?)27=D;Ks7-s$s+&A=uVh6v9(FUS)(XBm9=32UiS zszl_N*gEH#e*I*433O!X;gDrM3uPyAiY-Xr*1|=-s4&HEoA198VGLKMjw&!x_95r& z34C0|&P{^c31hC2wS^8iF9h=wO)J~SWtZvKwUz=`Srm{Nu8|&X7B4YG7qCU==NK7T zy(PV!WOM{IVh4UfTu6kvn1I83-!7SM-#-mhnJ6B5_AfdQ|FPR85tN8d_m)fGw@H89 z_x1LI_Th#0+7Eb;;n0Bau~7j5X>Vb1ak?U8Tu{6@-tSK_FKm6+|EQ`Hqqm5LB@N_?3S?|&Hx6W ztPE?|8GY`ab>rm+z5)-ssCR|$Qzf5^5fBzbxo*0r#>I7f!c)jzQQ=3+<{Oxv=nmp5 z;KR#VZ5QjJGFdv}JG`xz*{S-A0Eeg721E+^u~yDLQfu?QcelnK<9I{oe(cTcwIi|G z20VGHdI`ik%)`%ik}rW<8AQ%6$Ue>zWW3z3oYmB+d?6vMI1sG}=ILt?lHme#{sVY4ITz_00;^-ky6!&S7z#S`TCwh*6J(2p zA8@8_w_C~zDcM2`c4yLa^xHB!<|HcK8fza;%6_>Hp*m9k`GyJ(bK`_!oy}k0!4{j; zCDuH5o8hOp1Z?BS&F>kQ*Yxl-3r6w{#TWqP^N!?(OdPGr?Z+*psuP7<%%dTKI!ZUqeGtOv8q+Mb}~q@O}<)O5ziOX+j*? zln6u7_A{tLStG;_=UL#3HSQsqj6V_r|Nfzal?1NTEV2ri#;i+VK;zHj{Qm#k>O$m zeFjK^k*rNa83>)sOiDQuvVc$_YZZ(QsN>VW@a3nKs4W(rY1?-Cdpr(`<88Q;g}tn=p@TW1M+3 z^TIFBDZ@qLC<7<>>*%Qd&+4jBIzCv>n}tZOxYDQ|WgR502B0@0qQPzW{PBp#r25M6 zPu(S|Sgu1lMlG!GD-$Mf%too{J&P*e+IU?3QV{j77BE{v-qiO|Zt-)!H)??U#>qy3 zvB|iA??Cp!4>!_WHJ~&g!}csKQdj)!VPbC<3;z2g9Lq>ZPz6~BqpLj8CGgByK}z#T z^GG!8$jkl6w45U`-MFSbU)=-2dk}qJfuyX4wcY{g769_3vYWyff_ASYUD( zlF5{t{lZLFK@sq_rS2}Xhc(yJLe4QiMk_nGCKhE^Mt$_E^4c|=Y!&MOXTViIK!Or5Zg%v3ax@mFDB93s(IynC zhgXUha*%=B|JcUUp4W+&CFMI6D;*nAh#iiPjEg+m5Ehbqt&TaNxQ)@E>aAS>qhl@g zUq=^EM;)6a{Jl8QyviHTV|0ER+l>*DWMr1g$#_Pp288#w(37NJQLy>2x}%gp@Xex1 zk&va2(e*g=9;tQ;P<|sJr`J`swJspD*A=5wtAKuZ8%gvc{?Jii1MCFek=T{Bi;17 zNM67^z69`ZfLoO8HhjDC5}3Eee9fH3z!qT>hv)nq=oZXX4StOO3}V*d5@`K)k*Hjc zhIhg%*N;qNPQ%bFDW>S-hD)Gn>=JmHd44m-`veh-a2VS_!S+c{Zi%2yw|y^xfRamq zLiy++^Y#w7dSk{)#slF?u$^E##Qw}a=G+u>BW9yOc6JVP>!QT842|f4&tVUOByQvK z#Ssdv0ULkdk7_}OoSUGmPA-Ahf3_I@yTN$>q`lUnF`*x~8Wa$@4dpM2hAD5hxUP=H z_$_1y=SuBoO_oVJSQIFbUdiW1t=EEk&7a!Fq5O9X=!J{zi;kqn&Qvn!1-k(cOP>I{YD^@DKb43YQG%Z$H>}R7(0t z<^xD#-br+arj>GnfAvl-dw~5b!|R<9n!CI?nQU2BiOJ`GU|jp&FPheqmf1Zrh$Ut8a(w*N2M%J0*QoWl zp2qh&`xcm{-{5>$<}G>pI(U-GZ@25z7RsT$tK$=MPCbDrecLPDCg!SsJ#yv=c_Eun zop=p9+4m56>SD~zyH#U#jqeBg679Hi$E{J5{!(m?Hg{H}$P0W~ygD<8vvzeGOY9Av z1yTxH?(CJz>oI2w1^--iO{qKA?i7Cj|>@n`*T|B)6Hu_Dh@lHk>5xRagm%tD0gA1}@ zy&T_L|I=w2NcSpiPihTB=cKD9*077c_iOWrseFWS--kxwuYU_M{euzl=X0zzHKC)p zDZbPa$=lMY5P7;VP14x)l1a9S|rQ4E-1-Pz+EEgA|8 zc^Y`&h5B_s^ZS7=c%W@ogZQG8i5O6u1RsGlU-GgdOu|^{d%C887R}X@TqQib`<49{ z9+WsB+4U?}@e;^LE4e^ZKH`&<(a7vvi^w;mwm@Qsq+l(5P%9c35V|{n!_a7P?^D9p zy2fBS!L;HZ^uR~Vjc)^3p4=wBum(ze`;&BKuPb$lr4|Fe!N{89UFHM|p{Dmwt{mdt zYJ<4JPt-h|&j`T9e)gMUFvwgH+=~Jsh_vbX2`6F1Z-*V|yG6B^Ku$2S_WpW@6i({f z8^e$BoNnQiC;kN}ySZzs$mEljHpM8GB9lyDZ#?lknxQ;=nThQhKjy-PlT0O7Z8<)I-3Tg3GD7HO6@N*Oa9;=i$1w4IT3TeuSBXN(5*h~?XQ z0iW4c{s^hCF!UXdO+L;PiD74Nx~}cJdXkTtB-ZCF_unJaP&a5AsR@&27p$}1x|G&% zy`$KM+4IowDDS?z$WSG+OE^X{5mQt3ew+8-bk_*CTl^x>sYr`nS846jn93LuTX>gS zE2?*U<)&JvH(P8#G^f|qvXgS%ox`-=ky_Os5Bn3Z$-s)#6_u1YPj(9moG|^>%`586 z4mWIHXD&2-Y+=&~p~LLvh#6F#%;n2yinc`(kjUv0r&ecE6DE>&q&-0NNXG7<}XoAi3h9o}2e&1-FVsG-QiJBmB2-^rpt# z6qpQh3~~Qi^Mlk6$hDe-UG?#kjuKWIYLG;j4Ru{F>ct!;;dt>@4quxMzK8!fZdIPf zY@p%cT(9Os1Zi=cr&WIcQCV`lDp_@Eo*tWh)uQyR4s4I(3_@Lc{ud%BdVBg;Z1-wP zN1FPMpX^Dg5_ZrklzPQ}{y`QmD9`l#cOsb)^*`N#gVGoeS29Q!GB}FiTc<4doLXK2 zmeA(T4GmZG!iTw>U*a|Dw}0*{dyzkq=E)s{D zD>4YMxfee_$EK$r4xweS0FF6EtDDWQo4kEhpL(((B5+7~ZQ=~wo3bJC7q^DQR0Ry7 zj_F+jE(o=K(EHv_B-Nw9{8T^N@}ydQr}cXX0}?fFY!JY3FM58O&BiX6jD_6-`-p9@ zX1C_0R!%navJ)OLk)kreQByi=*kl9f3(6P5&sPw;o?(?8U^oubWb@xLhyQ9h#~o$k zu}x0~hJf2&M=9%Gvv7B{%S*Jt4AP6t-`^)Iq^wOp94;w%%yG{>`^M?ROQ49Ps!^x& zH+O`Dd%lJ0#I?|DzZ7wBP5#YZe!P}f(vu7Omk{ol1$Y{8v-<}AjPH6cfUAeuMXx}< zo$l>2A9cuRLD6pq-OCJs(kGtM`b4n=R55fi1K9U(1+Yi4b=+8zyn$p*bYfvqDZ9qT zCcA>=D5g)N6?}_h%4I5D?XFGLINEy1vDKyD!L2Woq&w0wK;v2p_ilH~R#Eym&Ad6nrQR{;d1 zoMU`dRm^>9>gBm^(Bx>UnX!a!_Kif}o(Yb45!Rc?u>Hv_z!ow%-7m~o zH~xXQHTz3Rcodf4avElYiw|A9y)929T!Xjl+=sj_I30-f&ha_g>2!`*AXx#ft0CjmquDh=kvGyAT@t z?N#{K9cezQ=qc!=%m7}5Pw`>Np<=Cja-7@LS&HRr_I>&1jHCv@ii~t7!yD|urxB^w zwgQ9mA!`DL9d?dP4GQ>33%Sbt1aINWUh~;I6^1Y4QtMwVXrnb&G@XlV*po72%qi=K zMbEs`l0Z{47fcJ0mQiB-WB zgQC{xBk#_neW@=UuJ`d6I_%r62RP`T&~LU!$mr%EmF-9Wn3VkDi>{?K3$6Y2}W zJbl_gD2)Hug2PKyGV8uv@FzD5N+OgzBPxQe?%XTR-O*08e|*u7&f>Nor35=Pa=xLb zS@T`$9QDR_Zs(!fszQ7g2YYc*35fkUN8l?44d}^B;6>*82x_?-jp&qnuYf`Dw}5;E zd6W+3d0~Gq>LgsQ(Gc?#)qxIKql7Q-q2d2!_eML@%o-|LrnelEDM^*rbE3aK=oZY! z@x5<{Fi}+I%@(&E(YORmEXLXl67sBerYE`Ru&G&M&gb(j)K_w0I3h{0>nV2?`icVK&Cuai0DrS8Ijn4 z+hJ&oX&6Yz{FmMQYys@%5_fky(dr3yeJab_Qppn7L8;b}jhgSWmZ^)kOL~Oq6yj5_ zv2PURcK$~~0d2z|(`GY(+5`i`@>Ff67fZ<(ji*e*@M#CcB&46W%_7kfcL;ImXM=-}3bx@qP0Rt@Kh z>XhOu7Gtu4@sCDp&y{szGe5gs-ZgNQ8c^CPhHD1q)!IH z^eE?qvRPh6xu66<0tWDXxZ97KL@F9m7*s#bOeo@Vy_ot|7Z$CV3GEm}N@-Rao^pw& z)4W>530QEj2@07Nfh1&~6y6=F3{ckyeP|d#&`QKKb{wfCrUi}1bv?vIihLM;VpAVK z$ldMBXK}uhRbU)gm>Le0gOf1`zKAD&@w6HfT)AXr+8l`bAZs*xvOaWZ^M@!qV^bU$ z9xpDz{J9vxPF+pUeXSB`vOlvz59@)j5U%;b~C&3 zQ*BLMD7PDA-!k^*{!l_2Af%zz&LHS}eY4KsT|z~{Rgi}*4+r9$HdAPG3|~avk7aXN za7Y+{&WZphKclU9DPOD++<#aeEENtc^hZ^4uNTf`_?Rp_C@W3d%&t9u;IbVj;Ywf4 z8`AF6wJOiVHBxkKXme{jTOB9u!LxeLs8?}mxg6UhuQRTQH(fjD4?l3EW6`I$A3X0Y z1E1RaLKYP5jvA{3>^kzkcl#W<&KNchBLb-s)k{X) zL{mM0HEzn&d&@D66|wkkiA=tpkMfpIH6t~tfTWt&8Q!V0bcNPNS#CV?q};+y@IjbF zPj2$&O#5E*-kN+TYgy&XGNUja?_#tH z4xN#-7-|H_SLheXCzW|$bsqDUvG}KJmW(1{z8UK&PjKhAzS=(43BI^};o_4)#Qnj* zu{B<$i+u@sO$3tDV3+g=zPGD##V@We6MnvgvSW#e z)MPvZ*XZt0cjJWsSG;04HXRf=mdGGUT}wBsHs!&bM}-XN$ougni;Sg+7WMq#iGE|o z{b<9Aw|z~_#h#jc(x|=c&I02h^TJGd-T@ze%aCIcUy){r%q_R?3CAhMb91qmfV*7g z*{G}1^GAni>Mi`Pnd`1wjnzhzeST{1Y7bWpc=25&9qEnLE&-#Ocb_|s^4XGZml1^; zSw=okO;MyzvU$){S5=p;Rb3(ODkJD*ghSU%%S7;jWjwv;mg@(l6wRYZJ(YOhY%N3~ z!p~Bees9fTvX+mJ!J~|^G=ppfjt^ht_Xbxe56S?FTtp#dsNJ8$VUVB&{!^OkVC(^& z=3;HSwY}&^XL|niG-U#T4sk@Rha;{TdmzGKcU(s??2Y=?6~ce!3IAP3P#PT&^QGUu z1gc{$06i+iaf<2D@uIiZCE!_f2{>V_yX)GYPX`x7#@_>|CS2ZK!!n#fQx0xga31 zMA2RG{V{R1(-I-|z;mdFihG&QvHIP2^ zV5digR&s;kqbn1)2+8n{EHxODwJR)X_a1F+Of3f29%hh4%sU?TFcZDi{KQbnWO8T7 zQO`?gFjZXk)7w6ObEISh^@s;Q^D5X119O8Bi@17gN9+6K+u27eqY%1M~UgTcg5Oh@71%+5B2f* zAD81-@~TzFvw4KXAbp4{2mPFT5l7BgwgUEnS9fhuL)hPnnj)l?UCQxXWNM6_E-<`= zzDpgzQSs=GLg?;h(G<<0Di}`R$F6-UH&S%2zz?*BFs;bxHZ6 zzaHh7vAUKll#wK+F;~pBP+LNm;m?uBGD9Ym`8_d)kAH z&gBGv9}C|0Ktjv0fn5Cp6FsrAQrXZ!XVJDUAy45%9=utYFLbJ2tF?g2saMZrE8k@ejDJ_mYb!AM zqIM_ZX2$C|H(YrrqsOW|L*PG4sKVxll;oK0&6Ou;IhmJT=AYeo`caAWTsFqYvxJ%j{(ee`XuUv$3%h_5{u;Q1C+NT1G9^6m#NLQB zMREi7^p=iuhz)!`*7&`4>^cW+%qP{Ru`RXpSoKTSur;eDi&}5Z_y3 z=&6Il3>(Nt5hZ`n*Tbc7QzKhVkf&qWBh3a3EAP0+%6dNo_Xm-?`L74Jz6y%c$6uYZ&SE_!1z_c({M?(RL}5Az%s(QBwrQ5turYFTWp zkLkm6O%Wv~m9CX=J;=hw-j|P(N6Z^r!dDxC`>0DGW)%f`!6X58K@&dgUz|Ki<&?u= zpSl_s&OcjJHv%4V^kW-E9~^kOocM4)3QfH!?q^@fV1D&c5N9jh`Qoi;1Jds7;}D(> z8fQcSdhj@f2M<1vZ+d6&V+C>d5_e@=`%qkbpmut;Afso;*@6oGemL-5=e0-w@dTRE*GLa^ao(?K?W>`SuYrC?|hL_Q%RILX6XNsR| zc(EuGtjD-x=9ywfk&E5AcX-+VPSxi|Ow!A+r{NLoBIAigCkdPMCeKOgZJ4H~>xALb zkKUhWoyYa6Tb;d0G8lPAlQZAm<#GIok&B#qYC23*%%axc2-Fpi4J=lE6+j3rv660m zk5%nB(J{bp9m`QK3Ow==`qs^5DbYR`G?Aw(%%pbM7l5C|8+{4P$qp*a)3K~r#zdZl z0#mw>OSu%RXhg&j*STs0TD zi(_^cR-&b5TaycUMnfO}3-L(vHN>9qis=!krO3E4UxL|J$IPIk*I-+fsLk1)k=m-@ zy$N-PJd1Y(53=Iaf)a-hv6=BfS!I9KPJ56Q^p?Z>)!5sE>_v>aaRtdbiRQo>slo)3 zKSKJkpR-~G+(Ga~shGM>iUxR!k(M+4BR+vyAO&+W*aTA6rSr7amRK|g+lja>Db zD^is`VfF?nh>-#!6l*F5cn%^|Z&>jqjE4qm2?(s!^nV5VpIia@cdDNii=^FO*Bv(1 zJby5{YDd+S=D29se5G8Bl3exr>v#>oe%wc=rOxvdRW?vD>Clp}++rV&K5YIa-H9Ca zsusQ_ax~D*TTk1fbU6>^V9T7Lj`yoX9~ZVz>HByCZC@`*P^>T zUDq6(q{EwcVnxcV=1pt7`q6`_9+Dre3&rx1hf7GF?)R(0_TTIWSCgFcS_PRVZ|6Lu z?I4ak1|4GsySX&n4xNB|LrR~5&+cy3gik;0^Fx2Od55Wh6#mnwbvu%0Mng(^MdDp= zD>AyKA6`s4XA)?kQD>j!9i5w8pw`U1$&@eMszV3AvOC~C! zZ#5B%di3F9q;o^aMcO*%<2Q`wamHB@ViDoaIlbC+rKuu%aBb*T%FGR$XbzR|Ou_D} z(&WAp>&m0Hmw?pyK!7f44_+H@Y;bb>SUuuyZG>Xd7am`)K32gTDMyo#oy>I+L|VX# zT%qYHY^uxLl(5Ch*$Q@a+h9_qtQmjr%bhhhI%WA=i)4Maf2!p1QC~9X`*6e0F{p(< z7xuc`jv2RR7*TPfbb!5K8r5$*$7eYFZh7WUwdYy;bfRM%#Ws?x(xlR-W%PP+BA|Tm zPnW=+$ne`7IhS1m7R^TwEvxq$viBaA*6_)#NYHf{X&vBHh$H;Hjm{7MWMGH-;~(RP4@a!32Ns7ZLuu}o(g{g1O}okd**IH^ zouZ~9zC!##wqYydGGmUU>#i$?`77|7f9}t|U7VjqGqo8PDNA%!Q|KAP&~|;P`3AJH z%DqZHrFV_8+ABX+@14B6EI}X6-lYtFp>a4oOzE@u0U>Sf;-q$7LO4}tpD}6_SVtz%WT}b9K278j+=S1{2 zdLdm$@k?9iF4a);k@xVH0i(s^*aesxAMVp+*RLNqPode@$QGg-25`ECt7bORPnRzg z1#XOJcHy1Bf~1Wic?{PG?LYIxP=*WE-XmRB+z`y!n@p8N=ev`%ZWqZ!QOF+j3|s<* z*I$kw9OSw_vNU+*vMqRTwc&A9yf~=>ShPNe{w&wA-~FpZj9R#LDiJvoq4JYCr@rk& z>+*ERv)~#kem)F=&@H{D{xEFuQtc(ZSo>&myCT49FVK;eP!=zi)?n$U?HV>YcQeo0 zvA``;2D+~JIqs0t(w)7$zILt0O#_QdeLGsRm8vQQ#M$Aun$~|{^+@r~A z4kl2G${|82#MMI@dLA}Z2^hEy)y14zOX7_p`LgEZA1>_Xyy4e+`Jry)F@;nX3wm-A z3XO*|bBT#W9M>tVdGDL3ezXg>bgo}Y<=lYZeD&3~G|SE|XH8wAwjAXVtj`wCYUBis z43^Awd*Z>&T#NZ`EPlT!l&Vg3@rCNoi$j9cxLHagFD9$J?6DVLtMYNaDmV%gDAs6` zL5rmqVA(X#@G)nDZp*oBzYTsERhKCeGz4%Nf#HCb1sgL1w})3f>X zPCaATT*o&?Pt;3(UHu}WFMrRC-QOnmvG3O(%BrbJ^7MS2LG}qsi&rC8`NQnfgY_Y| z1pjo!=#B?1!&{OL8CBz{}>5V-^uK zD#e%%3rf717f9X5IM}UtimoyLC3yXB)9`TlazP9s2kI!CVP`<`O>iEHpfiJ*Bv>j5KQU`8-SEn1H>Nomy)7?0ipzB1n*ke2F2qQjRIqk0HF=Vpk zpz1`~`u)BN)XCqq7w`~k;u{fV;w`BF!G*mWH!Y^Gyo>UNm6oqJv)mc7c|COA>dl7qS(j(z zK8etEB+*dNthcJ)6>B`=mC~2tF=G+XY&%0&nLS7{toUN*o#dW#X{3& z2a(&DF|F5k6Ylhph3|+7OyPGhdSnn07CD%vYww2EOqk^D*>1CYy%!Z#;k|vEwD+nR zJ6zB`)}JJk5>hx9;Iw{wNTlXo%tw=TzbSK-h58X{ZJ`cYo44+gk2?B~<*|1=C?P{r zK3~@GKRTl3m>Z;~*Hzet?v@4@GK;GWTIStTBGri%lxJLi@f1<$Yv5rJnCR}9*HYAM zm1iJQN)ZZ4gi-{v>$DJA;DO*>acGN=@1uFjR_{ixnfGKv_)kg9UOZ_D$kPP9Q>3D zytn{fzBAi>g4!qD>+&yw2MBVhl>buu#~0b*80Th0-1E5$ z(z~eI;Zc9bRpMrq&?8!-bOrQ!1m5$^`#MX8vf|REuj>vnHQL52i`%#VRN2Dnzm_H( zcCJo^o(%?9ZcvY?u5byY!_eWE0QwKrRBkK}|9LgZrEk7boxLpdj$<5=T98G4H9+P$$JR0>gf+tij2pga6QIzlgWHt7Bq8#( zh%s8qvK+h5Gses6@swU(>6T7tr(|;>8O7~LRaPX!k>^1cz}viem;v2bAHsS~UU0;e z2l3sM$Jtz^p|;Ka`3!op6iZ^Uba(QWbhJDrksV&@As%kf)r&MAiS?P+c;mxftE$L% z@|aB)%G(eaFQ6`eB~^vA5x9Q1<4`M>^S}(6eoLMTGlpryAvh{IvpE~U3IMaJ`lSH7 zWO(!0094mTvqmlE?f_QAOGKmmBL!~p8Jw7W5y(yB0yZcuZ~Ch*>Q`tWQ-a-O6wjtKZnP+F07NbqVVM<$ zP6@}|Rd)P=g3X@TTLqPizO7OdJV&YF`g_IgO1B(mvpO^r^|p86N@n31KmIsw4~Z&j zb=#D1%$3Nn4*z5i82ptP_`D0|IL3pC2Irxs!)e*@Yv!y zcuUL&iFE|I$;Wa7y1&T(z{Fxm_X!0?-W@U4jacC}v3`iASwCYN0h!|HM!2r~jL@h| z36sI9-zdsA!&cK`sm0ZqBc6{>JoaIB^JJxq*KX?JCYYg2vlu7h?@ZD@!#X0W!Y}Hn zZuojRa$AStYP+(az zPESNtirM`ULYx!24(XcRP5wVr)pGK4P9Eo3Dn*ZRWeW6!6Hbn`ZoLRN-+l_fWA0;5>73rb40BSU$kd z@8Kw>9KD5+)OOLr?0ld|ChXH>A`uP;-aE|adGwR}3~ATZ*3^7@X16p-+ZE8R()2J& zwO#+k0Vra!=ZFq$@w|?DDe|U5=SbC=)%(p2Rkj%1Td!6=Uv=GX7J-1FllHoUCi+HH z)lO2TBW2S4UOTt_FKTmyxE|B57C>oGhmJgh9Nx&Gu}zDZxKwc(Z$*>?;mesvlbhFL z$$wlsbsxiHvc;N3gDBvb_!5{%1Xo_c^rP)HZ$uC2MdKO6!wHwa_xYb(nE!u*LdDadrbu-cIJy@qzl@16dRTPcfgOA&+~`roOA?v$PSv>9PJKNG3y1z;N_r{@y~ao0!eY$?*jrXp=dX~ioghivSmGn)K1WR5p){g9r&l>t$PIo3^@`5PRG54put+luhgt zuj51GO{YPw&FlD?Kd+Cm?8g_O*+S$Qx6v#U^DUWcDaA==%i|h7{5eK5+?rJNHMXT( z*Nlf~C1pZDsRS`Y4DobR6xC?VkLK)dyF!E62(j9j-g=dneJbV!F83f#!;qCT&z|EX zG9#mLbt~augBe|2%jL*Kc8}$d8Kl5d0&ts?M6Lfs9Z;1B-^36eUXZOVfl$sQy-+F~ z48#02UjX`Q7r=ClZHOk)M)fDk$-*!6!L>xu_fh|p-gD2Y{xeLK>=T;po&A=^W7Dyc zB~Pd(;ko&1OQyv9ntOjL5<+l=Ko$pZ9Yo*T z8FuTYt@pBhU5FF;P7yHo$(#>-)x=nLPBr|^Se5Q-)fW=G_hLQ~PZf5xX)%-aVAWQr zdKh|duWP5}Hq<8h8WyVjj9I^HWu}PzLi6c^$fE1*1Xw}e!!~)NUlD0msIJQs9EE{9 zNq@p9lC%O|1i)ndh^SwtktU>+&$o^aLD;vgBj_kG1(~h z$k7{FJBZMlw;-}W3xa6_l#UZrevXG~=2CuEaJ#69_-$Y^WU-M zG!;^G{JJQyGTuxHS%(p#bsTfw&Q{)A%eo=%-Y>blnhbV-S5tD>eP)aAbb6ZgHFa(o(Y>q?#8Hxz6j{+6Lp#GeeZIXU6{Tz z5GI(2gB9OO5uIVCg_|5S`yiqv$$SGsXsS z9(oCEs)118b^p2dp)_g<4>NN?T(BwemjE%=-`SAg792?wxoKOD1HJ6x*GaJdASxNj9LKN_0;6hneSpdI&p+F}Bsg>{FWb<1fEqD*JC6VD{-g>3?zcVLNH7 zi2X17m=jaX&6rIC+4MQgvqtc|V|q8(97LA~(y(5R%MY2R{yDLvyE7sZR{Lta&`<_NV`rt~roD z2R2N#tt)r>%p_)Ye{<-dV_o0u=D8Y|>}cqC6wJoBvV3^*AALawiNzO|)3e$R+{H^k z*u>hnQB!BQr-?o=OcPuZ{{QWeSoN5}a=~uBV=se{mLXa=dOYJUBZ=g; zd<2Dw@SP?#{M3M*XLDgCqj4&;JEBA4;T7!(N&0fS2N^cQb)NmNGgE*OJXWv-P`3kx zwwvzpsbkI%Qa^f7)3coiLa5`!eNm7=I>iOE;>IX3x9e6e0TQ_v3q@#Ezp}qZd~kkc z1mWRjtkLJZG(VdCE}q~N+g0ztCj_*MrK|1iBo;pYF}Lw{^a9a&yz60WZk@Y%e{dS! z1L{(rWj?qB-rMi*J7ZYu0{<^=s%YD4;}}myoqX_QJ28Qz(s-c z?9lmi?-Bqf_1|hFbZvp5#l^8b1pW^9u7BT#--5M0qQc(Y?VKZUc98pAD4ic(sk?n4 zWctS^-E8`cZ7=^?@Bd*z|6|ktGaey0q0zgPId9!iGh|bK%i5gTJe8t>Ig8Zf-SEzS zz8=Nqbv&5YY)nR}K(0FR#+)d>-~J7CC8vT0@m(S;`j34{c9x8N>|gy1d#g1fu>f&_O7ZVQJHG`I(Mx8UyXx^iaT@BQ}K-`@My zt-b5sI#uTfR6(yfXLqmJ-D8aB8P5PBPeAC#ChcB5D-nXQ?a5dE(A!T;>`9yYU#phE z^#d;?Ah!~)^|WB~&aDt?t8lRh#?n;<|2m5jqVc=}&$CMV7~DbB_y?{O$o^9YFzhqgKej|dF3B2{yug<>1df>;dVUhx>wMDEz1}V^O+bC^2)>Q zi9~1BaE96F9-B1Q#NnHmYV(wW%p|keRNei0jedT6Pxg}ZZZ|7~6-UGkt_8xMNFLWo zrJUS1-&q7CYGlHDSjTxy(3Ma(jDp74n|f4ALG1r-dH-XN;2*a~RR`s);vD~FDE*7u z_4kbY>*0v_zx81dL_pBzMj`!^fK~%>9j_%Q>kvALMcq=51|(Si=L~hnO|P!rncsL_hsGf-?}h;ghrLZN;BOhfcbDu)57hCa(KQTaJ!wk9ly`_81M?mMUz z?5W!OzzMV7>Pl*wq;BR^s6F+sW@ZgkSH`$LMbejIV!#@Vu#ooxGSd081gJVssMclYgDX#whx-S^ta;23vX`?%lXSnv$g} zz~KLu$pg?Tf94^suPJzf+!KIb_WI^<<_IaLPIl4CwrORdcrG zBTGBHdO`j8G9e zx7`Ufk^hkd#ANhoGrx~y%6`J^cznE%WDH!n1ABxd5Pi9Za(eWh_1-A~tr+pVFy7xF z20kR1ATuWNtdABo!*I;nxgd+5t#2pdL{7R!WH-}L?KD`Oe0Vv`-yX; zA~{HhfwbHQwZFlfpOrgwonwk~g1R|DrJv2=^7H}iM5Yau8t~;bBm+TWdLA*q6fp6f zAq--~(mvxN7{I#wA5xKMR_Wjh#E5s{@mXxvlqci}==MMP0SN>oG~-7a&#wd|`}Z16 z@Sn^P2zJ)Z0*(^G57dsTR|BY{AgHcb3a~dTUjVH_2Ji{68Uo+oUEY?geZqL9WXe18 z21U^GGN*&)%Q_^WFxvA#ZJ#4TSQYj`$spCJ$Cs3h^eCK(1TxFa2)!_$q{eH5DrDG(^!j0()zRDYqs}ld2 z@B`4}qo<}?zcvw9j`*6mdmv~U>Sa}EHM1+&RMa8UPR3*Xa7B7baKV1p=$J{O!wqXI z9aUiuE5$CQiOczccm;CQ?f0S#SG+waiYQ~Vg~Lw$=Ka-6ZqAA8 z8XN3Hwy_m$k&NMACz{4tY*@;e5jr_*PgC;G_3RbF7|qcmsWFGr-h4$Bb#u&{77<34 zk}t?(Ox!SjVqOmHAEus^^ z*#pjM7sN7djms)IRX&@FTw=^DjLC10(=K9}V)DB5R}_qGULm24O}dXuz=mgIB#mae zb<$Q}Xvmrfb4x5tVChBgJVtBVu4aJAL(h(tuXxOh)qeP&kjxvDJN1-AZ;mS=*~#_b z>}h1=7LLKcTrUui!227dx*{q#1w%wS%1ut3#!n%ln&YA3glemIcaT;C0x z-6=N`N9A@26HZo#tC=5Z2ddifF2l=#1WiEWUlz-{ZD_y=-xe9v0uUW+HFdYMK8bPv*L^)suOifnttef1tu~(ha#hj0IAZ&@rJ5o zA1O3xMKvk#$+$kSt@~>z(nE>EJV8*Em#cIykm+82Era(@)rxQo1Er{Q21yr7uL{_Z z!)bzSS2W*}v(nXLz=ub5?Zrw}zItl`+6TFFf>xz&prY+il%i41=Wg)T$(=Z5Z29K( zSXHKxAPafAG33`Y;eHd%%Jr`|dGYfdW0UM3`g^6-IVB4^`L6Sn$%J-Iuu?@Sh0N&^ zS5hFTc^uk4-^M5hV%mc-qcRa36B-l<5vAA9DOi0ov<-kGdnp z)uncpLLIAwqGsgBD9RBz-3n;oNiUWbGj~R>))9{0s#KIY%ts%=6-vYw?%{Hfeo7Yy z{~?7B?t@9V4nB8`Ow3F>^c*&jM*jwBW_(d0*;v1BbIBjJvVX{rc}b&2r!MTL1g+sM zcCl)3^Qco1-bftGwAe**a#m0?^sTOj3)-M<+X3R${(GtF25HR5i5EHIr2D^NJVIxgW4%kqR8IgAcqK*9K$Jk;>8ZSLxn&Z>`Ww9m!@ugrv zAcUs}e&Co*@rQBQ=}l*rfp2kqz#lYbyzSQ7F!jQT)zyM#cA@cuCWfwYB7z9JfS_NF z4^OuzN!fL%K~b-O&i6==qWEb53MFMFg&(f=nSAJ4t-p)cWerCh#o~82tSDZTDMch3 zm0n%^ansMl5^6!qQma}a)6-Q(h9b5o2w!IWxH+H12h}RWZWJ1W_Ggs7CgP%%-iCpO zW*$w}PB3(OtxEP|H5I6Q4ReF2${aG`HYof!tDmHSOQLS%n}AE+{kf#@3(t&?kNEfCzLgh`?w;jC`D-k9ZGt{=6 zfBqO-qf_|opU21_H&ea2vUZA$Rp)(Gj~B`E>NQt}v|V%J|V>%8w-)@di@ zeCt7~prn)RZ33Wmq(AqMj+5WQw;#G4ao` zdT~B*FB9l)a&4CMJ|dECTg;_p@_3c$t>_UB9t1b0QN`Q4efABG?nu@i&Ak5fqh;jz z19VMdZA{7G^P3dg*3;J~&{|lyr96fqOf!j-9kqPaJW8d|&=FG^fga$@w;c`_zb>SSu6a#wfSvW0 zERtyslhN#ixcMU)+l4FwC&-qv1terjHimengF{yGnlc*&fL`i^!BfqY5bN4)e4EW$ zDU%@WtxzgsQeDQOLEI*uZO?|>o7Lv%_owCEHn?3(}2vlcKBEulXlKvvf%VFZbcMhce5Yu zWv!^q{7#(p@XTn>|ZSvK0XS|4T9yH)3JTeQi=UZn~?IU0M8J>2sgFP|2K zI4*NK8@{%Aok7L+>L1xyMVRC+psue^zG1y2r?XhBHG(@V^@Y~7g zoS=+-5w<-MRGbNTXL)mE`CJ@qdVDAn0uJa32XrQaiSs;M#80&<21^q82#TBlMSk54 z`mh1O^7abvl$ANCd1+#E7})M2DPplW2k@rQBF2=c%kL*Izlm5CAxV_c`yHFZ5hP>z zlpiWHbvvrs3t5UsbVBIA_OX^`wEK@u7-5|l#||326SAiVt<*>z-Ko6Oe^7bwRqf~% zT|=h;_O2O9EggS-3Mu?1vDj4CB5I8T#%u?hyG_j_f4>0YZWIEMN@bD=rxe zO*mX>o*X29sdOtnlnDBI5VYhjNOYak&i-(u?uO~a8t!F8L5<3G2)u?Lk7=|FtldAv z3<$ZsM7hk@=b}2ZEoPDpX#akOw;4-;I-2gNg-`3RqR&$!uvbGG{M=1=k|`<0Fc*~R zaex0Xn?ZVWv+G#}(7YV4cpb=rJi*{l4Ycb5q!5<;FN7G2S+am_>q^sWkn<=tbE(Jl zNiL)p^Hrsb-Ool}yqr#na(APRH?iNC6!%dM)g?Y_C11d9?0Vuwg&3C4`Nlutu~+nw zZ4$&L3*++5JpMl%9!_<`<>fuZG7s>~+)|LrqsNuHehQFaKUYHmH0J*A-7$#kg#$$rpi&`>=-|1?*L%H>W^$=n{5dzdn@);Iqh43VvL`~+A z?<$?<6JmB0j11wS81}u}dl6_^mY{`O0}CQwY@he^N1HmD=Qa{1l{CD9ov>0zl%*a_ zg!D0F-KOHjJqSK?LCu667aw8gai(0c$bj%zp~Lb3TMz#Y4qUuZ;X$KqzEO7ba1KxC zmB6sL`{B~3BSXotkc0|V4kGM!&vidW_f`NcRTz8JTT3f_zo7&O689X>c*PN@exiko zor7yaa(s>tS@{{^bZ<^n<2+_%~3k*itVlq1C#-nhRiV-iPwt;as0Gjhny zpZ|K`D%yyf*hy(@TT924l8S2WZHyUMPjBa{%zgda+6oQ1jvK6PZ6w8jZe3j%|JOC} zM^xtWHevl6D~~sl3%T@tK)PW(6W*kT6S^a%&I7XC1HK-Z zlNC4LDrtxB%fqfniQVItxU_x{VYl|>L_EgExAWfLWQXlKyIMhi?ah}gNKp5=;*Jl! zZdKs0{V25>Sr0x@mgVHr(J@ZaY1Ww2&f=?WrX&xNe}*s@1|2K)C|sU>WwqJKfp5#`_n+$)>cPjCb@JT`1f!d`rVbG& z&f1W6e^^4Wl&3y*yuq>pO(9lKX6^os;2c%*4@ZB$&gyaw#+Y4%;!Y?;I0*{y@<(33v8hr~4~=Tc4&N z8A2dFkr_yRMk)WWxX4wQzs1h#<7h+i+GwaR+3BrDZo`9IJz#rsJT7{X@@9%j`DCzVi}_PMx6D0x~<`|4v{N-&Apd zni0Bhk?+7`1T4DOw}#KEpH$SO2(*%h(!5yscuT1whUr;exKDnV`q+m%&rWCWKCqq5 z88pdFT~*m2@rl{sYpo0;U8j$nh4VGVFwvWawF7GE>JB4&Un>u-@`r-_oE*pRkwh@9 zV)YSLOKBF#*S0hxqQ`i|jf!l31c=1IG2XhfA%g!3QVuDV94>(%yMNxFXAH6C5o16R zzsSW`X2)dKj_Wnppv7fYj|X_@wS2xb4$2YEzE+R@kTs+;+9w3axgg~6qr!C%;awXF zOcXZU4G?$RhU`yyLV!RTF|bnu!Ta@MKoQ>nAnHOkNq^OsZ#}Btg#&cqfB8reY`hbo z>H;Va_y?Qb;BEN@70I)+mw!0EFmb@)3H$ab>aS;fX#Vl~F$^*Ft2SN+<(eqYR zhu9i&&JF?i$QEmmETDU|UpK&it`u~a02KNE(08*o6dn{_JpKj&cP57z|Fc;}^AF1S zr&-Q4Sz+gq^zQi<@95^=Bg+KP4Pm{z*WjM4>w;H*J@(yGYy?c98DZz19&?G(I0%ld^(fr?9 z^?u>~_2g(h)B{SGcH21vB$9OAUGGn?P_D%}?!d2M#$P(-dmn+GYyxO10l4}!YxEX; zj(HeicJ9mghh!IEqydZw{AWZm|2AMUSl>V9O5s+VE9>q8_;!k6oNd*oZNtFTq}TF) z-P=^VviX%DJ9-u6YlHOFD0J5zX$R$~p^F{d=e&b1&;eJPb*S*y&zrjqc@!PgAnBKe ziBLjw5kd<;s3CwW*RPt>Y!tz9C=a~fjzNO24=~22!olVZ$!*p}r^QN=E$iUl&C zcU{d3TkdskbHqo|b?Vgp2KhOzv-fpNe=jU}fczBPUVnaMYh2e5nUl)Ra8~hCCrx`a}EIg0?8+1-^8!Vt#YQJ6a|o zwz2gnePWxnL9ZZYj8d#RjF`MuQS^yg`zH4uw%I~XC%9bF04k|<|Ep&ku~T>9bqRMo zkGWvhqfCCq0!nq!v+0{JHD7GdJ9U1&Md;Wt-}%&`7P!Hiw{E%3JMNZG9$i0lB>PUPZC|im|waG z@}u&fN{aVpU6uNY95p0Eq+5A_Hxmf|aFn+am*tz;*to5iW63g?1uoiNh-eLIzveq{ zq}Prv9`OR%YTdfdV`7yx+P*buA@H;~G&Y&-lGxDLnHteRBbQ=hwKH=|%!ofVSTh9Bzm= zkIgzxjahv|b@Pv;k(%Zj{i=>G{SC6u&v=0!C|dmKg?yUiv~{^%&5NeUkLy;0dpd$U z=W{qpf%D(k##o$0(AsX@EWDh)C0}LejtqV@jXNKhG11tJ{mRHKorn+Us(x9CqC?P< zJ}r%kE$)TbF?Y(4WMHHsM&x_fhcdV$Y;SH}UgN;M-)ZN!=?)yO(peFun$NZDcOVL* z`n-Chkc79-`fe3qzn<{~n#|ZWQ|D_-I6&-7T$J(aWs-;-;M4UHU8aXb^;QDu_LiLUa zzB&}A#|eMah@9(Y`WE_SD5U4yn50j{Zkt})L}pOx``gW$jQ4~1ooGAAeq_TSYBmgn z=zNe6*4!GO@K+6toeo{s2+EAFuk07{Q4vU4puD7+VovM3UY7F2o}OuIY$P33S@NyH z+1xEQdAc1FD2D2;N^VHRp~N0Lv-uvMbV)8;s3$LkyjNZgB1yAA`eqbf?(tW@#m_eH zy9*(U@cJ^kr+aqMclV%MUz4WS>O~bLV8<6={^do)sf4XhF;1AJ)J}{!T~p!yeNepp zk2#%TJ2Ji@Yl)o$k!YzgVcz{2)Jn^le$Oxd6pzuj*PMRKwP#B=k){@~-q$q|h=Ds! z@liYZ+LAF#?~xiN%k&M-r3mRCzva=T+jMWf$aCj6P8B*Gr2YXlsDFFR&iJN=vtfZw zWA5njz|u;To;|VD#L7P8yaTU~wKrdjn#7~b0!x!V4%hJGJ&!@R=`fZqp+M>TYe{AU zk2L!=35DV#4b>78Xd;4|evD0Za z%lQ>_TfbjBB$&wul1OnCDtxe6)V6pN=i$cj>HY1zVX5+#_}4duxFG-LQl^rH6k#`mYa={iFRwigOct&feiF^NsgJNmhaReGTcRo+Dr7KHtU+X5RX8GgEiAi-`wF_EB$AI{|XU{0I zri%dk=^>`IM(=KAxo4C(u$q~xLrV<%X(xuk|B5EML=os2xsPSrMO#Z`wG9J|gF59$ zy@?$xV9j{t z+}Ko;mtdN_YVj#Fg9BM3bc7GJSqIS*#c03Yoks(3RhjwAPN4KDSSd_IO~@S74Z?#W zgn{;&*)|BX&=x&H5uJJlYrdX3TtRau+Sa`0v@8Z}F8h}cPmNsRBwD>D5JsD2&J?4q++?1~cuutLq{|vrS@$*s+~3b2I|z%Q3h=6|<^K4*Dol zfmGxusSl_UqU885uDF=@5gTpF)3)i?engl}6hBW~kY~#kUS;L*bCNYLi^)Bg$Asd5 z;@-d9k{CP?iHh!o5k_sl`etdjxi^m96(7w(91Pg3MP44a%|>6YRcq27F(ptwtLV;e_@E-od9v6*&m?>c?kzy%&Kf0&Xrn9^D}M)a7DM z#hy%QPHOG}3dK#97l1?lhIc)S4mVzNdOc+;LbG5MzNZ#o)_t4p#JdcQ59<9{nV~Ew+cxm_E?e!H-bvl1J`SF^ujApz)zRJ>NNOw5Il5s|z44 zn7?2J_mm#o|Cj;tN8y7DccbMZJK+F6a6ABwkXU>pCERPJ8{;%sfAB#5W($|}K#h{H zCDB#@bDAvb206cS|LSgH<6Nq|exW^+$(@oUUm-B$6|$@(g_;}KFBsbml4FVHq`M^4 z(d8?s4?EVQSbj!knkgmjgcps!$m)o}76!7(igwm2@lmsY%@#(|aK>HPm8QN4;iYyL za;m-@aqn>wd7giJA~$tqCC72dUz0Js-n0weq! zK#9Ez15Eh9U|!(~apqscYb^iW@EX9XgD=ZFAxUvQ+Zoc(F5}+;qQvJ> zU%pvxbg_Q=B-29N1|j;wfGlNtEeN>Z+PwFwI<$PHN=r#!Ep=92COnkS!X)NM+qW%|akpwwp{B6!MlbdPzX11_ z>UHeAUW)Yo_BuUiifhhhwxuT3r0t}vW{>1kvY(_LE?YqR?_A@_-bW^-xbJBMdl+?EZIH{YP8MzK8(rX51Ba2Q_ z{=`%HId+b8qWpRo?hTwWbT*kZv0@`PcqnXG7c3k8cdFGW;G$*1C-MEm9S-Ty(S~7V zO*l0mRfj@ys-H|r&JuY!%ksz4!a~vAryhI0d1N__G=8aEtHC;RLtNDG^E_*#M6j&G z1*St*sT2=B)xdr@=Mm+%z+cWy#9l^@XLnOYbh}|+7c+i|A9WXb5D$6bT(B9`W3{8T zIEiAZF;k2;>s-I_3s-`($qu~>5NLd|e5>TuH7}l)uZjE_ZzJ|tTHMgpIwv~K*B!-` z_nSIGJk_gSPbfS++>*CY^JgqBAdce-rnu(HlZ;)d+9X+xvP^lNe7#IGUTP~iXKi%h zcD%e8g!P{d6fx+St5YOPFX-d|wlZ_wI+>;NRmJ!aeb zcs(I`XdKFU%G@|i0%y|f&{YMVwvhTmztw`>!KSP0^_Zr_)teE)zNvpH zOA6J#ph5q8lvP)wX^K~|1od`NZPl~)0c4Ks9#0Bex{1gwmd^8q7$#1Gy=%LwMH$lR zWh>i;-2OSQ&ToUruS6iFuHQ{*OKI$z-{9t(JbCv>tsTAoYStAK1=&gdlR9$0O$o?p zA8fJ|8?^15KeVkT=>5DWiW>1&H*F9i)Tg}gOo}XP+xjENUE|l;cIOSy)`h$}SbJ^q zx)D{F#(NPZtI8$d?D2d&r?#pbi`C>bPaX${)^p{*sx-rLriEAeS6*Ia&X9njbS^3qq;)oSXR9=wHNcd!<<-> zEAunONh0zSk5OJE>wfIbq7HcgQTHW@oQe!jVyt<1fDBkr9I?C~k6c^;h-IFDe)U_d z&G_U9Se2yM+K^!o_WO@0IX)-mTfKqGeqNtJcUu=s^o+0)D#$R57quZ9;Ed|RN4=zi z^Uq8vKvdlKB@Ek9PLmCF7Lpc_o6y#ttEQt|MqV#8w{<5?fTx%cRPf-gm_{dk%|SQ-0m6!4&jB}`&- zgo4w=Vy|KiU5TPFa5)rF6@e(f^^W4GckU%4zKe3Nw!q$ZsZW3Zb4%kInOE?r zzjp^HIq(0cWmf^U}ep6O1|4h8BGYgPY9hpLkIWk5~_|ThfCZM!^(L~E`gJVr|PH37zmFQiG)VuN1jlG z7_kt_?)x=TDTC6bnC{z?IbB5R3sFo?G&4_R&M{6Ii=o~<)gbFaRN=4f+G7;l&}X!~ z6fubQJ(NpqWEFkgAUK;|e9kg9)OJYAosxY8o}s=ghcVj4M6yOeM43;~i-b{4WVTel z*Y2_a;oeDnqWsEgE9$4>P<=cLnPQ=!3uhTh&VqZ#_5K#MbL8so8oLZhmiO7ztS}?y zRhV~+Co!+A#Pq(?<-TH~hi!p}cf(s6r$h~jrE8`o(DmyYe#>-K$|}BnRTr8a=3gIY znBULu{~Tf_f7(>aJwa`E^WBWNynOwQVt13adJe79tib(=&fJZYv=d0YQjjR>c4}1% z88TRC4-xKg%7ku2dk))jJd5o?c`ZWYB!c1zI(TGWPtzfoc%hZ&LBV5c5yK*aV`Fgq zj0=Ogf~~s$tGos)0#(GBYBj=pnUDZ^o?=6Ogj6Uy!DcrjcA)_gmh`I2GU)`i4D$3< z4B2G-cBHlwOREs3o#sWQMuU?V0YN{EbavHKLz~FMr^Sb&jr8D*!&`J+iYsM?^JzF; zTLJ_wzJYzLef69G_2iS#uOJqDCef-1Mq`uwy&stq?#XsR`Wu-6hK*area^ZxXF@@x zIfE9~P9-VU@qls?fB4`~f5)eT1% z@!EqkWJHDiZhcqID5_{%zT*Q-M8^JhAWU6XzCWr?`iLr=l_SI>?>I9aKMT}(`IJKk zP|{=0US~`J`_m(?)9dO9t%aJC3x*RL$TYeEzZg7LvJHGFhGnnROm)){NB4wzQdNhG&--&Zekyb)Gv%@1RUxG|Q(%*|&9pDff_7Xk9$H}k`?>%6#-aN!wHOupaht3@*$xW@a-#+$B_ zXKdpxa(om)x4%J!U6f`toP96i?0Gj&oqEg>k|(OsC8R4)dy0#G9h}Zf7&w_ZHk!x2 zWlmqjf1QH6Lnon)(SEOpl6y-qs}P1ReV|Y~lZ(p(x0$A<{)txK&lV15tq<2nOo#CO z{|8fyFUearx1PdJ7~Ie{)y%i9Rg@hg#*;oSll(Offyf1)*ovW=env`Fy)vIjOd7q> zcJ`8A5A!xjWtyuV(7RsJv<|eOJc-!&EQIbj$k^FZ)@r8hWG(CVywV+14%Y$#CqM6i@6I6 zWSyV$m7KDy6*)c77r2_Vwd(ahhIFD4po-IKE92$(VF4;*<1&cm)BM)zq zp0er&7TR{yR?^db7L77n%#nwQUx~wd`C~60Pij}B+-|rJmr(|%cJK~*Cz3;Knz?Kn zmkW!R@6_XTs}0^rij#i;?J~9LyXwfjQne9tVX3CBzTvxWA3}X=UaI&Kfp|U4lolJUck;UKi*~H7MHnLjot%YyT>Z6XloD7d5mJRdl*(Y z0}qv9*YSnIJD*4e_5;O^m_M&iu?NFRBH>_@Lk&#$atf^CyRvh zOdJPJZLjsDg`7OCBE0u>?9=!y;XBykY;3;vyq2Mq)7U*~BB#!6e15ONI$oJU1eLnd z3As4PWOd`To1Dn=(#}BD&!|!|iXoJNWBYR~79XeISH4KBgxUoCcYqx|th^zY2s!fd znw8mmP5tKVgGiKiUvo}&H(Q)8q5@x? zXwZ#@Qm>QuNns*|I!}2PKQymCM&F;b|D`Y#ZgjOR5}xl#6T!-dY#u61ErKCVSafeD z_|cgjF9>!oV3qdFmikRVTpu3@`#DJ`neY1_o^RBfe$-brn7_?2&j(?D7kK&X=~*@_ zSr2`PlE^c2I3qGi9%oKCCqhp{KLI&}&f3~q`tMdEd7|4<$Op6q5|<~JT%l_V+!sV&eb{rW93}dfH@$3R_ZIjP$<9zfTY1bfV*KO=N#oHGO49 z!iX;@TXv~~H4=dqCxTFB1>F{-aO=||Qe;!G1Tkp55}7mIi{UL1@zm>BkR*^v>-}h< z7$6%Z(v3?aQ4BvKMH3#UGJVK=WkYe?v-P@Dyc<7wNuT{$LGt*j$@Eub7#++21|hKi zu^{-$4XHf%PJbZ=%B5KiLlTf}gUZ?*OV-p8^aA@;B1~e7LB74r6@mg>+~EG1t)> z*n0?2jrj3K_c?420fQroXcy`-=0r$3ycaYbAiby}V z4gL)RuiQNcbk$P9)vPOjz<12QZ$C6_r+j+cWJUDK3U{V}9x;^pYrM$nYIJjM>}PjD zrKjv5K;R63)*zUkEOsqh{ebwPA2O?Z?t>`$ zUn~l;e-6$zA`^Su1$hcrwXLOM%I&Bu@*JirdOQTiYIYxeH{rNcm(sU=Jp zr0x6_U^{dEbGH7;3jxY3HIf1=5TIfJezW<%%{BOk!(XHj%v%{}@Es60?Nj)xX!d^` z-p8qCrQAge^_XstMkz99r7hlm29cvrv%Lme(n`wHg}{y~k)2eTdo5~)0s2G7N(UDL?{-t&J^X*jkHktj7==O+gS<@{07d+1TNrH#a@R%$xr%}C@%F*|AbU>G zS2onh$}0XzP1K#Dz1k9+f`y>k#x5naQ7ak}j;XD8HwW^YwOTH?_GNuJQ|ll583Pi8 z0P@b2k2%(tZvZ{rgoAo2ASYdGsd#i;YVR%;xkhkZ3a!dkXtb1Kq+?RMHd=8^^HT~m zY-~a2el0wR)q?!I6BJ6ft~>D zk|_4+%_sHOsPPH()PR^_S#ZtO5Y=ACYr}=Gx~pO@7%o!u;{}jk-o^&Jl^=BnNgogH z@34-lPVRsd+VTf?@S42_u!seIgB~tO|0oDn^#W8=SgYvuFSo}B$n22bt=6^P#mH|E z>=9_`RywQ%K%%zt7%%H4m`~fmHm|qN4mwEM4(@FPmqPKjderPy9ZzlO20vo>eCmPceg+X zT7UfcKm$bY`t^JO{MB-I)O?<}?fQ)GV|h3S>`=i>jO z(e05*@45_fG67JN)Q7-3>#(+?aVA{=^cUU&`raAb#SQLu_zm)nf3)aDPj2}JJa7r8 zGDUMa{m;D}&K@u~(tm>%s7me&fJF+X1TM<+fiM6Yrz3EywYJlWw3!{)6YcGkj~4J9 zW`*Aa3Lw(=$LfDSp###<30`ghW=9If2`d3iSzz>#g`E5Ae}1A`i2tlL8amldtbja=a$P8gsoGDx4t#g8IdWD1LV1yK3goFRw&Ktl^46V z&cKjRsARnW@xntgHg+~%=>q+bGR%n7-Ax`U z0taMM;Z0U(hlzGmBo=&}Dnv9b*upRSwVg1Gr4y|wrV()=(xb>$IFk{?7R{+qf=1&X z{|j@4^hQn@!Nhm>UIormk(@N2l|kEx5-k1Bihy4?)ayH$7Vj5C*`_9>kN5GC=m&(+ zIJeRrM`X28bmT4^9Avi52wBGy6 zIKMmyjGe55xa)lKvCcngRpJr%8Z2iFNPyRTlsJzpGM(^%yN4-oIo4A~JQ$;f;?RcF zn@r0+iF*-hEwTM|5X z$KLHx@avFF8t;j_w>>sJ*$Con8FQ2*HRD50bSaL~CcL{j*@F0uC!Fp^d$Q zXg6p3{v+1-yM|b4 z@3xL-+ZjQzo0!~v9uHkcIP4>7?KcF8+2x;p5gz2i$DVr(S2IK#_!~C=2QD7`KWa)QdHZA1hEwglw3Iv}#nn3UW5_6PFW1jxm0VQe zeJP-x1apa|OUoX2t1H)`b0pX0gQ<=1cyd=>JZhXgN{!1z=eYCw;+w%7-u-nehB#?E zx9LQ1Wp&#<@-LuRULat8P3})Y0Kj|n@8SJxqj0Ij9q!_n|3hsxXlzeUoY8Dors&?Xv{QBet&Rwr4l2{K%IJ#g|I_6X_Ovj#SuQoXf7$Nvighw*V z+k8xaY-yTcauOF{8=dhZ7#LjO1T9X&VF*m*fhgb@WBEEd z$i9`bJ`T1aH%U|x3_^V3TP~)ekXGyoTN7+eq51da41H9wQeE=dA!J4g zR1a968r~?kjeTdnY|zEGMPF1DbKL5i``OpwAF*jmv@?^c@APF$gds7n<@vgZ)^;g0jT#ipS+d3MtAA3}HtP%BcPOhAOXC%#*exi9r| z&lpk~%T@2wq#Rs1{?(o=3W*#%*1d{|T1G{3dp~8Wtl7u460e0U%wT?fm)UwEEs`07-QXd1uo0H^?0@FGv#Ye zVUqHDSXTC-Qntc#OdGxR-L~>Q&-Bd7QeCUMVHYul`fI3GaPZmDUY0_lQRuA$mNQJ12IQBB|}jUy16ap!VA6=5@Q4n(=3OOk7qd( z{l=48t-~+yM0SXJd}9>2Iz?KDt+KDMFT(pR*f)j%1uK<($#R@hOkfMHL(}fJTUWqr zv?Jk(n#8a=!cRYgh-gisJhIb{v_u2ia+?_GZ|J!c*N;&VI_OSFM=@kfrOYw5V|doq zss-CBJj$bE66uTp3qm7c{Qiz2#!YANXHkK7V8Vhlj6qYGzPGj7%Ck(>rKJNaTikPF z+Bw!~!t;k6qpk&lkFUgg#!E{lEh2twWeIKa_Cef#dcU>)_smWhkAHAPd z?3LJybNJ+bJpU-)*CyU8Y}HMeDlcc$hSEX>!GrLA(I$Qq-Cyyxn4$zy;s4O*`7hs4 zYp_;L4Spq!m2g*$?m(=D2Yt6Q=v9X|3!CQo_}EJAG+V?pROg-}Y%8N1ZK8dSRfwIV z+0EXjc*wy%l_K227Ztpj;CAtT2PC1&Nf=v8?ENAWaDVC#Q(vPSGV=@u`gs=9S9==Z z##QRCG%k}gLf$=Tohk7`X>kjl6bS8fG4YcY`ek=IbTP(Ed&{Hh+gS6Ip~5&W`lw@& zYAqHd&lWYd&9Ph8#f>$3)AJ1qKKgl)2ELR3H`@U|di9x!r;1UXT-(jc9$oOBv$3awrxiFp} zL3i*_2-jN|+)J5$-mEFE;!vZQ7GBg( zkYinz^3@_^QTZ@{YfJW0uq8uGcclH}USHS`$ye6>7^$u893+W|{LqcJI0~ZS<)t*R z!34)rv*?aXKR8-f-zSAF9V{G6OHXCW)z`PhTKaoT$%d-p3GiG`AxEBYPqdmB03^EU zqtRup*6hP6C7!)>T+gA|sBAOA>-kcPyIfdakPT&=2_x7Oke=L$JkV*0^sloMt)mRg zO^WT=+3We*JN))r<$)~I9 zf5nPu&N-844qXf{ zMyF#J-})y_Bb;AlgVHM|OYFk_fYOZ)exPmyiCw39zLHya$ z)M%<-Coj=k$6rPlmz$rzeJ-O2eYLr$FU2zoc;XqMclgS z>(;n{a-R&yR}R>n_nrG{pING7kz?32+s`J1?~mphlD?h9*c}17{Qv#d`mZ)br+gek z1)^W0GSD_(CMzomGtrrp1nd;Q(i&dkQVIXnKK1J;WqFE3W|H8}G@AhWbrcn=y7xW=1 zb{15)X#pHoZ-{uIs8@z%U86v#*ce;Gce%P$qWl=}p^>g&l#ySI(5KZov?s!hx4cmH z9+-(0>GGQ?TfxH6dyq5ffIRKDEeJI`;A&laqIVxou~rmodEj(Wu9AKU4pqsYX!o($ z2%1mWLWw*t37sD+o5$MzCDexlu*oN6g{RHDe{<6~nd8 zcvGL+mhi4EVGf#wi@BiorkoDz`hJRw(-z8K9h&2@C-7PxB?)y+G4N3xN*SaMLw8^c z(CO6SwSNxG7W|BnALjW-g0ca$$BUGB03EJijc*?7H$#_+-v=3XQ7E*wlXc5)R1UMs zRd&IXm;6?mxv1V!Qb*8Aja+*4rh!y)N2tPfV!MW@_nCb6mbni_U47bJQd*%H#&3!<7d96KU+(w8U-4#b zx7QbBt=K?Y%$eb0IQ!VJLfh13ACaeZ}xb(5XP zsl`^MSKdp$nvacN_M2STETU=6<7mkNkqhx;dVHbgY%C&EPJEh1{_g`D7y}U31H)Cd zJMSdtG#=DkG0ycIg9({@Q&P%0V-^MUxI064+6WT2`c_tX31zK91aiAbIuIL(o(GKI zaJ?7UK~Q{XIh2^VIf^gFEWzDNlj30qX)z=a!E`XBE&*3&GS~#+K%Uih zY0?=18d?&F?uo?v-BqC6e>BINzaQl3vvC2S4Hhj+9*{i`{ILTfbWFJkJ1aW4aki*% zqYYM_5;e5WxR8^GfhnabH!FI^Ar{QToRaRK_pLSbnq{$RtR7*{YSvsOAs={eOYg1( zGmoFXDxRKI??J5HM^6I?! z{ig04x1sTB<%!o|I$CS@1mqWiU@(@Cocd4dD5aJUNgR)@@w+y)&eCxQ@`diGg%CanC+8Fv1E7grpeC8m?IH>ULi}g`;ms$ShUujrj%7 z!-i?Ju&{fvQZU#t#>RGF-N$9V7~|+emPH_5^D`aTYkEU;{l)yK6wW_J5?=40V^|b- zrmiD}Xm4Qm8=y*xKy<(h(Ce60hc9ZS(-mSMPcK%&HhEXvPwz8MNx*;$`dSw9`S%bY z(=#IXsPwe+pblb$k~08BDTe`;Emi=WXQ&@2z4;a9Bg6iq&Vx>>j+!ErhdHK!i9u7O z!8+CG+P$3ev91m$pwTu`Us}t?O+((nrOKkZ+G4S|EYApcGuoqwY=BKe1l|3;F)``c zcJ=q*<&x3x73%n=of*93B;L<&qTrz{qqPU}>D)-t*uA11$^_p-d_ExWVz zO5A0@$ZX2_)R0tq6&TDZXm#MV9YPNjv`qdHKQay3nF;0?z{arbCmL=~xwD zcq17S8$g8dcN8g97nxXSNMfF46TXq$=;d!7I`3#>&f^@b_Zo_16%u_}nD?~t>g zO;7Qvf8W4@GqYzpky6M~5O&ET}r>V%L>u|$3o)hK}?)d3e$i=91R0`wj)#lJd?VRiSR3%7a zVbhR@uitSA5!9_kF$1LHKQNllTgA+>8Qee$7Jt@G8`B zR_nwUaGfxZHEV^VrC>p|NP-D6#f?$K__lV)If=-u5wI|d$(6V?^6aje58Kz@7V<6j zr(+fVI&ZXWh*_R2D*D;;!F9#%6mpv1ZW=%KiqXS=2!!j+&!AdJx5X(S3ZpZ{lIST?Zey}V&&ox?B%)Q zrZ|z*`xYm`2l*2_!f_0YU~9Iu6Td9RyKBQHBr3()UP6X$1fttg+x+IwPN&tke4ULN z#7fvW=$z`I4bWmPP|vm>vG1K_iDPDUuG{4hMb2nJ&lUGDI?8b#GdZe_wXrNjmiRxP zTjNqKe}Rr{X^YcbmyX|-|8OMUgL%*xIv7bf!X>pyI+XXKu`j(fw!;-Lg&4ZF3GS-V zr323$P-vofb_0~V$?HV-v`tgDr=h;=pguY=|7rAZG8s-$1ihJz!P`yRTInl!S%DJE z_wp5SG5!1@=iKO_C-XyGgQo8~_X;IXY`c5fLJN?R6X@FR#G%-K%K$TlhTawS$m?FEV*8Ar*! ztLsqJ9>ln=9HYSnRdTu@@`9Fu9qt&|5Tmh^)o~Lt^7XD_Xh#zYMCy99k5o|KEO-&5 z!r`CI>nX*h`R(wA=+4www8btf>FYp1%n>f~G^Mzps^X2}o_TlZU&fNsqp?WjvpvNn z`#`?#WaIJ%fPp=if_i|>AQy4(mv{qI3UI?x044KI&Cxf!h>V~CU_)-rC1SoS{=~|( zolg6cYrX|X%x3vTZ1;DSzA-{?Ch;&d=fkbTK7Q&w1j8#7 zg3w?HctP;Fus{qx3gM(hh=PSHCHy|C2cM+bV@b})SmYreM{DLclT21E*r}|qYESDB zb+S6chE1_q1>pi80c)o%Y8m1ePV5(wo=BaVY)7{?fCkwKNRNVrjw zU}SjtTxGCJpV-Hp`A~x5PT!(LSwU3LP$L`>PLtjgEPQ-_E?h3013Ek-6dVX*=z9ze zpZz9=v@Jgi)bAD;ho^u;J1Mzx$@|D3 zd6_F)Jm7j7r6lvXT6}8L081yDzlO4dxZ-DT(guMA;~$k-3K<^&H6t zGv5~A;aSz~jH;?$t;QhQ2iN1Yz^&nsA0KKdL>y$u*O@uZN~JnirWsG!5-|zTdgC<1MwtSssHa z#O;Z_?{q4}N|Sy>82;AW`Cu}X6(}JrgNKFEgiwWuCSpaEh-k?{wNtFXmzzFs;DgYg z)^yAwRm*}}nsO0L73EF8uT!(tX(&y(VVHp9LWkf+VdknNS!}*$5Ed~NFgEM2)u1oM zl};eW{Knt=yCY@sSGJX!$Ajf=0L`*ci15weaM+R*@V@n8{tyZ#(14Bto`e663Hi4$ z@_&ysp+0S&3fgty&7NE!rLKLy+#sST&BaJ$$k;YUx2N~b9B$E-@1fIn>8-mDm8MNp z05^ds(jq1sHO+M0iBucP0(EHx-U1}$fKuBpkgR(-!BCRe4zxZHSA)j1SlIcIV{ zmgexSBj8=`79#lxx}DCZ+od053dxkCfCvBt)4GzXE9jf?t>cojgu*abxyO?sd~tw zAVByOWdeSTg10h`HvS>8Tn3E{cmVQ5)&dDgraePk=l7tdBCXd14@kJUFo$1t}M$*4u#QWdi%M{ zj3G0`GRjBz2zU$q0l8>+-~$Ri-$jG>u8v>tagA6d zy)qz8-gVi!@19m>(V1nV1w^N~dBBLmQ!u^XcbpkIL5@B)3XOATPKleXn9}>YS9RgVr+Dti zC4#*sszWT>C~E}TjUKuXYf$n1LUY~(x5$hAa*uldv|okHZ&B7EtcWTyvfZ|V)OvrG zV0e>7|P@9Qfv2z?tS~&`Ge?KKcrg7Cy3`POd=~ zl4h!H!IQc4GdHKQTz8+f*P9EsCK*2PBNSw5xzheIwU|)iY;vW;v8NbUo zEb1u+P&!TV-#a9!(Dm|&!`O(82pu#_Pp32F1Q^wZEvwLPuhT_ykB~T$4FXkT@!53w z>rAf|M)9TMC>!UC`DvEUz-l_Ej+D{&$H&@k`X?*tlSZ19@73$yYuC2cwyKY?T1nD~ zs9D~VYRb?YTwkTgJ&h8PT#~JHX#oZ~i^~NJ6<@|AMHm5`6c!wWq>`}et(<~M%Q1K zf>Gk@uy-@i^dcMq!T#b2oxGn7ZNE4+@warh!G+hSU!i{PLH{B&Zu`-u7{xv_+0vW6 zXA~4G8Y}jQEdiz4pS9k;V9`8h7g^7vg*Re&txT*UgxwPsdLb8if|Sa1p`~ zzk4~vaJ}jG1nis+jhzD>mM4i1p}tqv4zF^h6b8yzdlZt#*?MF^#z^nVGG}zR6o0T~^{=9S9y_z%-VmN9pDYcR*?La8VgjlJ^<^Qirz8fG5m_`%6{;>7;w-;Ga9>S(F)k zC|1IJDEHUJw7siL08EY>&E352Fx#Msb253vSleUJU4;+gztXI&W-gFIVyMCGiO#kq zOa|qL-~uS{I1Co0O2g$|CTS01B)#e&og>hrW@?XayP@FOsvcWU^B_Vt{7IPmOcZth z8>=2XT`cQ9-L{$M`T7=4(f9V;p;?|iV%^9SMa-U#6E&6w+9it5u?uWyTC3R8!&eHi z#*1|lpDKVuaDL^RJtmQnwWMC(-!Djb@6s9!7mFHZPqWQJt*_r0C2^lvSs@GG;$^Pd z?g<3_x*IvnFf*C14jQk~S5?KcHu?kNIF^FCC zLOUW_{{HObee}Cst4Tn|RkTn0-o0$RV&V?N`Oa5wxPoOXjp6KRXQc|CN&e`@5skH> zh1cIdUFnjw1Td}@VpfA`-qN-pZ4^$M9Zz=+2-O0K4u`%Y91%L}j**`fysxT|@p;tl z!2Y1ULDhTaA~Bf6%#h9ENV$`@pTU&5jyvC7>p8p^WFDNHV+WPJV^zLvvQqg|Ia7Y* zp-tUdx2r3|&_1G$i|8YB?D*Bqd8mn%^3dX(OBq=^c_V54il#QxSkOV-`n{n^y^i%a z-&j>*obH<1gPZD)mKWDgI=54!#ik!WEOi&>`^YIJ9`t*8B}pAW{p=9ljCS*TVaZca zFy@IF7+5MeBEv^3?|2JSAQ^!Rm04*&-^P%1_hmm=#A|~UCfc%E{HlcYpNjOQZjyz#a)o6(Rf4@h~SeaW*d!b3)AX9#~;WbeyF zA)4qb^k^w3-QZ@z$gcDmbguQQS0$HDx5jvvnSMb{xE)~mI3XraL%4&d+k$EyZ%f3U zUaD5SF2{=fr7-4OG`a);Xikl@x&U$xRgIt36T8!dYt9J-t;7qKOEbyD3X4uPb&yY~ zR%Knlr;nD`C3PYwuAD4aj_Bf6y(2p{hcZ2TqHniLd8;@-l9GHv7%sfNeMDA?p&7Dj zOFY^uN&h@N#5&Xo|519udrOluQGr%V&dUm{4MV!=Dfny)H8r8(g)?MlL3o-3#!6vm zqzVyXg!U)#0vv=JjjSQsLcalZSHGq_-UR{t3egzb#2hxFPg@EoNgIID%8y()EgR1_ znm_tM2yV7ezf-;W3DBIqVfwglb&ZGxpgZxg>;|XzuhdhgIx2;zWFdtFVl3Z@`I_=9 zt9(pemj!QiK2J1c)lA3=LRXm6+xuATj^$IYy{YhaI)&|tRpOu+!<~C$y?thDVmK~p zSY>D*>~d3u+Zx{_B&G}Q=un?iWS5D_uhCe*bMk2+KsEGe%$U9Va_C;u%X0=5i5zyTtIX zKH6hR@#AZ;`ITNjw(+*Hm#-z&Czp4;VwWb?6c`4Ld~cTizP{bvAP`2t8(f~K1uW1JrVW&_1F=i>{;!&Ns1-~%biYx;){%iCP3l|$V82=ibedwtPSnGcbU-6&AV}w;ANd9;I z-@js3P@Js*GWkHBD~6*?_g~ZFe7qxh4c!4|7yO;T^6)>p*Z%YJvC@MEj$LVpv4r`k z^^EHY5wv&=jjR+6k<3~p0xay^)b4b$K8!lyxQ2n)*H^}|ykjP#auYEe+U8jG*Yioz z(kQdZ0)hBYl|VYnxx~!Dg#q`}!Vt9HfGD-Wc~ksFPtG+P4Yf3yL)})V)eYWVaj(!u z@ivq7W0MRVE$6kQ6nQe}duy?}!*&R++;FZg-Id_*xCrtNvgNV7H(?)cWt5NVus}_lF`VfkPSJwh$Lp0%LI+2UXD~wET5IDTD{ZG4mL;7{BXM!qfY-te>UJE_N=QL8a6M}VW<``_Ti!E}p3WMDno$8v!QEUlT}IU4 zDeKrb=Keu~SzZ|HSaloIu)klh*LZ_zU2be8#C1A@F2C}L%@gU3q1Qy08OnmsX6U`y zD<5;Al}Gk~Vpf3-T`PHBh2fzNw~B}5l_g2Kn&2H!b|y!vJhIW9XLo*M!JE=0KXg%J zEn(^JN*YLfqPOczx>#gvKyBB(UBCH%Scz zUx80~MRD|06NhyZzD$tS%@9Q39swGz+0$wf{x==_>pVP334 zWms`Z)vR6^dDUZmklRC31yb=3v@c$6oICCJx;xV1O>CNj`>4(xr~q@Bi-HR^Vb>*k zG59H%E;g@X0PhEwNJC>|6ruPkH{#h9OpKpRIm2|MaU@S`o1q99jcQ9nTiC|i z#^zY5(i37U%fyn{POj68A8*vQuS3D*CUv83R-7K!!HOUYiQHuG`pOX(5vhB-IlZ3o26BWkc=*)2~LgUCLEqim}ZAghh%9<_2Wn0Hf z^fTMK;R=BS>4@GdgMJk5Km<`Hp6Tt()^E)Tc;$gce{y=N`|rB0f5H6)EpMH=Y`Y&R zO#!2}5KfwG@8+h^0suK=@eLbL|xpcVjSqgw=Ww8h^R8Z2;kW?33kOwTu7H{6V0 z9G*bO*pdc2%83fB+u~oYRXu-4A@Tia%FIWbO6!(u6X!5{LPNdteF1xjv`wk;`3)Dn z;Alcah|d|f4`BPQ0T86_Ax;U00*SmnUsP&$-2~5#u?z@Djv)6@>;8sM6qrk-MvKF! zUnu;t%MCcn)^DzSH|{K@(2TWBOjZlz{B+b_p5X1UVpFBOEH%3p)k zBgd1uM83L5`)Lc97rGIoI@ZX;g|pEfx%c$Itlr>_8*~Z-s)|E0#CXhIdMugC&Y@KL z%8$ui5C(B&8)Wg4vS%(6wt#sxMa6ZS<`1LPjg{xS(dPt*l^K;tR@UF~nl(NaY?6&1 zuD7`z9ZowHHg@ao#u`n$*VZf{WBch_pYuA|2|QFp;+}4TzjtCdsy(Ew`>qexTy?kD zPM^O^!CW>184_K^-D}yvFK!h$K(UT01!s-Xr%oCwaXnme7olOT^7(y>nbc;R%v&a zXf(3@#Df3yrtY(MeJy_lYT>A&Fa zx6KXp6Y|c^hAocRE?9HamkH`>FSXYQG4Mjgywq>2ov@jjs+cT{*0#22K-hAZ4@nYY zHs2>A9DvDAv-XchQQi|pj}f;@&$;nLfkrL{OFYYl$}@{m9UDbH+g`MMr!kiS(E*`w zCGS(k$AHf(3HEV~N{&wNvn2%fa07a?S zS;S&dNO5OT*8EQsV+EfWR{pyS{P;n1l!PVssYIR(bBoF@hS#b20A7#7T|>k6&tIx7 zJeGSC=|u>!Qm7)J>t;+gfcm_vuZUwL;vkzRIzN_emcG$$2Ril>@e%K0e4^RjCH7?;0bXh>qQ@DSX!cT5K_mB zdmH`EpBSnj^FEV(xY=)&64*1XJC-?Kx`J|c{RA5WzUAC^KhTUvtof}Dy&t7&-Ko;$ zY?URc)O4d@qF6pO3dj$v$2AfHuQ}y!jiLwy&CU=o@-6JCZflSnOo^*s-ybVJ#-&N3 zb`{s;CSn~7DJDi;tF^l7D`Ze-63gVZ=H~H$v60}%+ijt~6mx04+YZIgfA5M4r}>88 z_)7LW_#tG!RF`M(W7(nRPe{rVv%ckN8cq;=IDBQW$6KiJ=@4p$L& z4M1q|tovOGW5I!Z%q>1&&&4JC?i!uveHcQQ&$HdTo`N#SG{n1jS{IF*@fw7%>kv3| zCXo%v1@24XVwm9v*ZV0L4Bjs>Y-G3oC|{gzepy+ve3@l@ct`oJ?DjZA7lk~%;J(LX z2}78PGQ(&HyX|Xb-+6psC=L0|nUb6gd9%f3G@)x~-1^Qo2VZNnCq`IZP7TY1@1f>(OHr18wX76>nuX+qom?(?G;~ol* z8+T50sEQXUmb-W4GbX29<1hGz zpLLQbfzBts_7BplUUz&)GiAgH`|sOC%Nt4*jgoY%WAxMiFVW107*Vm(W2M6NL+s`1 zydo2nQj2zkk+eN#?Yd#nU2+%uhAp8O_rZ*0KZ%bgH8*i5rr7$27~Zf`Kk8W%oK{*% zL9!$iOt?@^J$6A{m-JPr8FvLG1`rl!R1Lkh!D;zRBw_`mx9#U31XV_ujG4k&fUDo9 z&(8O`)Y-{$HehA(d%8RbCQK3(&z0p0M!nSB$U*UGmu#DNKFj}kD<--!$x@awt@Ei# z#PK04m6p5}rgi}251&%PpZ1O|;}sB+V>>Wzu{mf0!vG*QvLi* z=F&-%g}g#b@+GUl+z5Cbg!*wvl&h)4B=)T8N5)Zvtx`Ty0A`f zdkAR&FDSX_1o7(jy3c&0Nsz9fq_VaU<`+JD*enc&V}uKP>V z*#!SPr>CX;5HXCQ;47F9uU)|5NYd__$8@vC^k;Up#*Yc$O>19zDnxEwNyUVO6f8zq{U1LExROP~@io0kO9_eKx-l8|pm8tR8Z=fc)_v(e7H=ENfhBv%{1UkZ3pZip zqS&f7V-d|-#I@iVi{m2`6wpRa=RQ7a?!iPaO;#BY&RdxX=O{YBr-_Hfqpc3*y)Z(_ z?wcR^TZ9O(i_+9A$tHDWvJ8c6FrSfkY^Q_-bTM>31p?K@N*2C!XI9oAQ;pDs6JK0C zghijQiODyuGeO@EPBl0)oO$-WPh8{LxNeX9r$P?ewGovy!AiLF5NM9KTJW8bDP#ky z>eRl8LP!4S`x$iEY5B>uEO_CZ%1u3m@m#%>x71&U*=4pQ(2f>VeDmw|HU_?q7KGE9 zMMmEVovP1`%5jxTm*0Ei`&CsUSyG{(t-1ysk_s-%8##iUc3Np?74g}4)TC!C>E=0T zq8(anPP87<54?2WXB~*&pBnTo5si?+)>YQ=I_2iU>G{odDsZuha+yO|>3%G*LD5qP zD_2SjeUDASXWm~&!9;kwT!s0g(?{xBfAW?f?CZ z$h$#mpJqbY(2(f!1AC3uK{OYAx`%kQ$y5q=kG4@EQ~gIBP6c6efqhB(S)0xC`|ao8 z^r~-vK)-E)1Q5S@dT^)G-UChA#fM0byPqgWesp#10&nZ=Gi9z3uMHs&k*?8}%k8Sv zWIWn|C`Q z>1J-xEZ8(9uqwUN+>Cl0MCW6*k`N$Tzjop!ha|z+#|C^ag~XP&__`WHrF!fs!h&?C z@tXx*JYl&l42NKRz8F%7IDJz)*U?xZaKfO=5dSjSh8-=BS~jAIVdRMmf;@WISJ@H> zd&ZVG{Q)f#yj5en62CIoaJpL?hTTNnp%3AIc69bG`*rba{u9TuvXds!ehdnt`NV;R zA36c)?Km_yhXFV!|~AS#g87WI-Z^Vp|wyrHT#pXBstt;Ls)OZr_LPCDckEI(J{2Bb+z1eaHfO~kqGYr)n)hX`jl^) z=n~UOe?T&gzRBGi2Zyh6MV|l>6GsWtSNW^=LS)CYqJ{|BYK>6lsDBxlIz2-7kcZUr zmhefMVP{C12h5zRZrgf)9Reaa*@qHdBUUszk=QBby9M z(mkIQFj_7WmRb>Plfz<<6to}l^q{8I1|!sThNN4}T+>!Oysa%H-Ra9@m9>E-HQ^U^ z1Ky!ET-wMQKHMx!;f6@hr?&QDsfhl4GdeD#NWl z?7k+4xOm-BhX_|844N*^^QV@fzwt(6?JuP*1EF<&D4onJwMDt>;{MiTs5k#z+mL?4 z>6miZ4SicyB=rTM2$@=_Q|J6i^TjD34~whRB@4Q*j6D5VD<7fS)~{cnjj}VL<4eH< zQgUcB2wf%M%v|Ngs<3)3u6WFjE<#mx#HehW15?Q+U&g=KF@-@y$3+0{SuFT_HU<)L ziV^d#1@PbwooZs4oYrHuv2f$;m6~Y8e!^!SoY{q+vdl~}4gsr$yQ@X*%nJB3afUQ; zjL=1py7TQYH$q=KQsu4QEt!($EC-*6^EVZLS8Crf4C925Jgs*JB@9&{3!ehn$OTj1 z${SO>5z(ffL$qyT(*tPhKO^*GH?=|sHxUr3K=$`aJ;z11U3kLbv3zLwNMQLdguj)= zU3^A{z>*X(Ak*#(*|ai_k8u5IZ|o!STb4I{9kI*v;$jh(F@$!5Z~>P^$TcLDdOc9_ zTqB-~-v3+XWbsL`f=M}k*^u89@=WD zI!pC5aye9%_mP^WpE}$r&v#;zr0qc6e*7_x6+X^<^&kB72qN%;t6&D&-O%X}9_o94 zv~(Zd4NQB#pf6WM=sAwUh_gwFn91x>3Zn35z!*9IpA&Y_A=HVO+aZE~K!o==DwjH6 zX$jOBGa*+cF#9p>qyTIN^k8rJlcR&LVzStDaEw+ZWN~Yu9>Y>u1~qOlgdu|eX$pFT zdr)4ZwLB4OTjW4}v<0DQxmpL-TJ~*|Rqt&XBxDJGA{se6g;Fb_7U>*}Svtf}R>}77>2FB|6(WO{Ixn13%KK&ZbDa788!RQhf_xDMBqDVT z;N#o65@6mWj5PWD#^&_H%JBnT0c`IGm;?o=Jd5(WhOaB3TH%0NP_GGbYgZ&>$1`gC z%_#mW-s!^}HyTNWkjK-Pg83?wY1dG^+wQfs#YTDjGaGq;dYg}#O!Qf!`6>4?%j3ni zg+$#RM;f`fgw!u4`h8|;yZ~7<$7K*jipVOvZ(J0K(nU>_<9UFPOLcuo#sySzG^r)R zMm1N0rml3&#e7%WX&#R##Nz`bnq2(}bhV=qv#jA}O<|IfGVWkG>9wGXRWRHFi!Xlj1wAPrN~{ z&N?&nB0lg3lovJjf0z_MiVr?6lL+o4DsxWA&K%i~_wF#x6cA1rJc=Kb#PsS`n7j>l z`r1}K5O*pf@o@SF6q|EVUGp!owOF-(iKX>DsZPH72k(?TGybQt*#GMIpCV|cf7d9{ zaPkLq(EKVK{QW=V-MId?G5BwKa=y;g{{dxh+ymu7y*pNe)1Lt{@f3`H^&e9I}RADju%yVHpMKL zRicOs;FaTmh+)T4e>zh^@`>7=3H3s5s!-GU;h96KIJc9Ct>65NABu`Jurh0j*Gm07 z>XsiiFa&6Z6mwU$4Do)!XX71fzYlF_$O!EAx3IyDjQ#NaF}o(Wb5%Gf;qG(fP=*0d zD?%}XVm!kod{y;*3jW~E8zxq^{g{NN3*jJRCOve!1EsFIk78?uQw1)?GL$%{Iw2z& zauKm}Tk?bbErI&Nxu++!=7^J@ z9O2W@iiFQ=3ezW|gw<6;QyN+adbXVUH{Pv(K!I&gC(Pla1~17jYjm?vZwT}SrQ;Jl zt;TsrWt~28ABxk|cW^(bpHY3e0ZSrWjVl+-<_F{I!6TJP7OOyDvP4>qVUnYu}b4KNpte zWs_r&T&D8fFu(FJr|-6chs9MMWmz`Gz4~YhGGDMC|2+OOcV-Lo%M|6FLiuNbhK+6B z@I#S#s`Fs{#L=XZ7R(+XQk#br3kOmGV+CelJnT@sTrvC7ELQt^bKN3NOW^$S$I_Ls zo%k8I383njEFk*90=r&6lY9)CgU22+8&_T6K$gc<+md&|_i{VaIp@B>2?>LGr+BR$ z>JP|X=q?xCyH}j*()m-RL!*DYF*+KvJEbe>w}-LDbU|3hr?KPd5CPr|;(L2tppsDE z@M1l`eZId!EU+$|)EAOB?ua;i6DP(#W98xHxjcC!H9_YUu_A+jXP&?JVRHG|#_a4!*g* zm%?)P8gpD*DKfxesQZMC<4U=@7E)n=dP8Cgb(Cbl`t68wMX^s@Eu{m)!u`4INs6Ov z*zS(QK2R*?MoOeq6@7k~rj%wm^2|1xD9Mid;OvTpKK!j{lr(lc9EigYB>Q$86ex6Y zWiAlu(Tvf~$q3AArYf0m0HnEaW6Rfxf32Dobhb?&o#inM5F1F2{pbcmt4tu?(!ZOo za3{nsPJ*$(JOYHg*a`FZ3`%wLB`u8|v6>pNQNxR5E?O^c5;R77M{~Bls@ZF*&v3|m z`-ig|d52AHZc9e#Rr?9Tp!XzNP(2{z>r_X>a=8-Lj5q~}zUP>d`CLvEM^(Y1SheJX zFgd@|?>h%30p;WXY5oEo)x=m01KmbK#_>?P)HRb zS?McO-j#MOZkf0z^6sO$L70!%yLwSQt-1C8oT^@|uVm&yK8ycJe>YOww(y;qAhU~Y zXM}x{T7}6P;qo?w*5~zqu=mzcQFedd=)lk^-3-#wAYC&^mvonOiImbXgo3nyv=Y({ z(vs5Bjf8XvNH+}QxxDZD_rA}w-u3*>I_Ej>A7`DjmMnGcnPFdhu50gad}9CbYtb-m zUSE});t|!RR3o(kUDTP`hzJz}ed{>bC0IFRG2st{62MqgC1sssz4Mg#?-7yDUCkkXXjU}=kBFM7_GZbK_OwU380V_vo`-zMFC4^uEMDymaKgB5CdLX+H zLv2`}11=tS(t&b}<}`pG1@t_CSD+Wuy&gfa%&T~q$ndRDmD$Ho%hJ?=k`(V9I7SD< zVZKi_oDN<4vE6VW$HcocU1quctm!v_D&BmDv^XiTBm!Gc;y5{}dsD3M@&rc|g9Nb@ zz@#X~LDML6*DrQ{A+e`34=Ac3b^T}aJiAa{6e@+@B{IcJ?`J(0iMg zOKHr$quuTZbhkm$JDaKOJ+s8)rD~`P?)U*!3##iZ*@#}uj3>6}=9&~#ZG8TG9>;wl zEspW*uxK{lovF6PU#zEO|BTQWV{~-#=h7!ZHE-p9$YY=ruya-@leZQAcHz^FGn?VF zo3!l9?{ON{h?1y{t@=2BuPM{uq-X5$JEtE!s4|;>!4AG_3c8EzP1IF4-EVq4P|T%+ z8`Jk@vh`ZIU>PlS*`&!?xhA`_T^VIo8Z3P3<_QoShu2Fgr1Io^wT}=x{L#^u22tG= z4rXB1#JGJ@Dz1r{j0pH>d5qIrmn1apL|7;QF8~D${KeG<7!utD56KVu4T6M zGpJIRQn4g-F@j@~j0>Jg5kOF#aft`N#Fj3Bs4TyCf_FP=AS%pL`p@#GzC4yxbiD7# z`KTnnwMWj}`wF5hd;y8D$Q9bKTy9Xg`s7h>MRV-ZGy%rgA2rH4w#$P&+i8f$@&m-kdwK;^#XH^`J}V<@>I;<6L=PmYn@7+UUc(Jf z-ZxMPPs%0kVhr+2dSf#@qrh$53il?+IR&@{E#oLK+74jVHZckB1FDdrGuw6@U(Gx6 zq)hX!kESjZwE&x}{}aYN%IGzqxl|M;WTF#O-|`@^9}0-;ie)h7Z`1%a_6Qc#q{(oB zgSKyxI%pUQc+D4d98(za&Ql1B{1wOOmvdTOi$M;XuIW#uB(940Y}OBb6{G5#E@J(h zi!qqi1;?~8{mL@(a8BCwzHSC{z)BTJHNp4{I3SNx2b9B>RK{SbyET@dO~(bLS0M|J zuYpw37<6g!I1O;EWnv7Ll-P(5vv2h`^VVn-P{|wk$YffJhbRJ9x$8XY!#VYme?pvD zr#HWK8HC#AfSf4(AyZ^>B~Z<1I`%FLk(4iuLWGED{p?+{%Mq_#~#Cp*flXtKxm>#`V&LlRQ)GRC%Qk=XFKJ zR6r&C-YzuSGdE6OVXp}DI42Q2S3r&DcB}nNJQ`FJGuWY}rq=XRU@XhqDuh5QL=82V zO5_Is1sTXhN;3m8fPkJ<)&~yqH!4M8IV7P zPB7w4J+Z5QyTET?Ej+>^X;tz-x7tRjw~Pz zpr2hV2$Wr%GqRGLW2JX<4a8n`KCHROu^Wvqa&G6jbC1_n@WQF>=k)j~?hY9Go?yPI zcLA$4`ri$hV{I~0PBf!k^l##$itU$0M}M-+ESft~u=dn7w;k5a=>aMKa*atO;yfgSZ8H zy(juH3-o1N?1b}0H><9$8r?-(`wE0a2fJp6jchdGmt@Zy{He%~9}ko*z2hw2kS;ua zk@6)d!QKgUKdn-Q>P1p3yQ0I@$*Gbe`|R&xwJQx?>+HG;xsu9c@4Nyw~qIg*HcAjsjR2 z8BXXO5`d-70AczAGPYyp+j2A`-B<_s!cEgntbDDP3l916dl?&>df$ z-Oj>S>?ahCm0Y&o?OZJ8Z1GO90S67A#O%=8#g|VYUtQ(gR=_vmp1jUl?Rh>dQwY!d zRFt<0$4|I7F_X?vSCgO9y8mRq9f9mv_z{-QAr-G4E6Ryugyb1J>WjarZfH=CY+qBQ z-%QFV6XIJ&G%=zuT&Y7B{8_OOS1gc#)^_K##Pi~-yTa$DlgUiCL9Cpr5b z&~ZBXPjm17uZKoG`%*8xjU^wsdZUfeq3$d1eVktbt3Wz#4W-UE9Ut^yMti!vp^iT z0$QOIzd=z|5_kIX_Sf+AUAT?GVFv_&1V26RxLE_zqX6DNqTQDj^kV?3p6~x>Qy@9w z4~(U<{~uvf0Dz+Z#9GmXJ52x;F~T##Us3mS8%TwbwrTOvM7BsXtB*!7x5v|A3E57E zdHO;*MRe&qb9o#>bYd^!oWXgiIKYLi7+GL2;ITQenM`T6I@j1-e2)xLtwq4ts7 zwqp8_9{_-oR{x4m?4zfq83zUVw!cYwkdX^B6&n5Ot@b0PaBoK%=E+A)^X*hVfM3D( z^o#XH&zEU2d|MB$5Drx40QUW|Dl zHm@c(F5h$uF`gunQ%=c`cG@^Ad#{yY>k?igsHW#qG5H#AJoFe3&w9B+fLf68BNl|O zP(D(w?0!wYXZ*3AX~OGJ@yX{nA{!6FkmJQ7g|LV%`We>suq0S`4edC(@0})kwAPmi z_iu%-N8$;bPJfDTQj~m5pXb;prLQ|DFWl)-cUm!+KCr4uQ*}WzY2;<{ga`Lh<87q7 z)7Ve7p;+f1lSjL(;|A(?ZOIr!dVTPy7{w}|SK17aT{AQ37GagRGf;{qqV2SW{Dc>v zQxU0*4<`04nh|VChrhXdMpXpLlPLe+A$4^Yy|I z%6l~Cl6r%Pt~NAX5-f3bVa(<$^R*WcyKp1~`GYeqEJdfI-h0_6h^l;8V)?>w!WN#_ za=dhzu!LR3DD9z0jVRU)oIwbPZLWtCEuF>V`#1qc92qfgCNQK*HHqpt!_ioUa_$9h z__oWA&I@cQL(&i98WDI5q zDg?xs!8I@fnQw&;_l#Ky0BKJy;d!KuWy_Z-$`!!d4d5>%$9Qzs)idbk1_}xNM^b*g`)T&_2zMaQlU|Q_UH2PQcb(CN zDch4%&AB_q1gIqDZWxdDPu+4E%C9FV%H`n#l!m`@7BmWSuSWl%DHps&&&FZc_pw4J zwx=Z5lR*Vt<+})C=kbU;nm>o3OZNS>#c}c9Hr|4N8=4dTa^XdWG{CRcfUdxQbUOe4 z?f}nh-(R8_D5^$)Aq_piRWhH1|75M{`3=Gdia!8k5FlVc zWNP}=9<1Rh>Gq`Q2XiHv!cz?8s~jBYaiW98IrUV>@grzoupr>ix%>BbjrziD(L=;q zbWAh{$8QV~d_j17nFPdrLUC-@kI&%=?G)F?7Z&NVUD>Cc#_-PHpmX7JfC=39BCX{I&^ zmwW-P6D2@9F~cjoE``4GG?PZZw2uCA8sre@PqMVy>^~q5SvSZ-#09U2D5tp&Ef*mPx6Th~5ZJ zM{R*K*CNJg?L0fF@pNFfU*(U4D94Y5es^3&M$SAuGJx+0?nE*o7*l3F%dYK~T6{zD zYr$?~rD2N;$?xa`JmS$6&s{nTlbP40|ea^GCJ zG|;m}_=8DoF)l3^r>9Z)%TBZqL>gaw?JJ6w-qUINbiuCvTp!gniezSQ<0)(#G`>cS zFVJPFUA)USUKOI!*e1|3LX~GuPUNLu%*G(6-#U^(0nR1-$nkWY_+^o^967bvOLx}c z+i^5{ztAGf{SgWfg@nyO%!XJYt3!Uc;m|qW5B3Kq`)cTb7(BB4&jBZLdjnlAL3s~4 zFS0bP$Js8Ss#RF#x+ql&dm_|%t5Y5E04twK;F7Po*fvjS4_A)s(Nca-zNS|W;7bS+ z0Him%5=KChwe)qB6d(ciX2t_4hbF>ropdEjSc9||pH|sY)dISW_+h5D{E;vM)IUd? zgf9pOWc|S3>K!(as9`S$)3T!sea(@7y(hI7$u_T!2tTpJS8f zwO0wpI)fly-RB3OQfBwG3bgO|iyMFmHU6D7ippkF!Z)|c%Bd+q(@C73D43Sg?8coY znho${zyQhzPC34qN|hF#K>UZ%cVjm|p!X3aCwNeN5cmfL3e3tkVSxVJlu+YZvZbC* z_Pz&c2cSLjbdI;;-wOIZcg-d4W?T)MhG_kCpjwq?y%wo-xKg|IRUH!O#9-!RfG%TB z7J6z%zi*J&3H$J#sYRlKS0h4Yiu>2I-yj1Vbj;~1sI~{3`i7&P&ZxP)==(%|iH>Ic zlj%7Pvi6ZlU;Eeuo^30C_y>cUWGlg!7NwGEEBK}5UjV$wlh;AyGYFZ4z{ifWTt4*; z&{j(%P-}kUw-amKdVKY!LNHqCp!{H#J+*o-@Y|sS)x5C@)_Xt`jU9#NjUdXYNUw{W z6P&o-h%~hNb0^kskj*n7OYSE+9p`)pH3szY0QITs_M1XRw@2R%gn!l1sNS=@&|mjC z#M{RS&3@!1Rqf#>exfaK>Z3BMnaElplJxlIK}~ddvt`)Wj~lDf1qTE(S`xqDw& zQ_u0%}8=E7u5#{iDBuWBgxliK<-|r(D2}{$K2g!A&(5c>DB>Urt2AvQ4WyTK$t}9)?P! z#Gzs^y>w0210D2n)~%6GF8Gf{W_bG88#UHXX#n*~=s8r7yD1s=)R6Y%LzbeNCi=!Y zA-PiqYt?#%!0jNubeBndt>dKe(Vd(dF=cCJh`vij3?6~_IC|{ko-C#l#mLHo^XOyBl=`6SckKcnHi1q7C(GmE7cHnDvPN{y@*P%mN`t*(tFXbl-;KC2CzkVQW z*R^Nb!i>?xtTZz=cJfkp^>@Y}smmb`_vtS4z#7aF4~FA_&N>KvOuDB6luka@We}ts z!y2S@)$OSaujG0gVxHMt^c#c9){m(7sL4jl+>3k?X&R;$-6z*3Hd6$(V)BzJp9nwx z)+fade!=bBvoIE04`}K)SJzMd`c(Td%ZFN-pRtxq6N~m>&(At{3`9xM&Ux~xKlmu% zm2Ih!iBZ6qbCFPLT0kyqr?GnHp_HHXLNL!hy+~`*34N8NV+CsxLE1XnXe!HmQ>ud< zm#(F*4IY688-URf^sjp0le$ixS<)LwpX}+mHo@7=0^BTI*j-kx=|1KrdI;;4{6o@s`*|9GaY0LS4U&ospm zX~~8=-Z-JRS1*2pljpnP0#0Q zh2+5dXNLCXoDoEUop5mcaCU*^SWMM%rTjhIgyv3?9I_E`G~~L!ZP0eIb=H3w$g_+u z{@sn71-(P^SrBS{QOcA?Mwy4*tHMfHh^Ayb=A& zqCd{^ag$XRigR3503+o5pMn=7TWh+2VvbhSu=rGJ2${c)3!5+1M zI+Q$GPRdnHbait%b%D*t?Dtczq^D6%KJLoAf@YGRYzy;W6mlj|rElO+IBlRf8e$1+ zJ)>|qFJv`})ObIPIY7Wp#J3C7aGBB&*|A`Ot=}M1pbGwux^)~cL+D6X#&1EgUQkwW zLmPBnL4==@M?2o@J`CE`?i_1X+dS!&eMI&2@rbOT905D!AP#*n35>vo6onp35QU=( zESQ#d|LGmZGW&y4fa$xc1Nx4gBWsAFjuqLfIYDHqshO68POFJ3td8Oi%9jXVcEJ7f z^Hv`CZw?R8Hnk62yK-?4-cappKqzV$sCT+j$<|ia0B+tdCO))fyAFwqDU~swnMVk?8zBH<6z$NV%}AL zwftN$24ZNkz5aWr{uF;|?J{xgo$wu|DhKiuh|Q@r=l1XeM9+!&)5q8f*=!s?vifkT zjH{p$^QPm`U6&Iom2YJqZEOpzXrL>6c>k&1{P|g_b=h?E>#X>1G~~C&tkTB&V)$4G zGngu%4|u?>L6yZYouoMKT93&@ek}Omj({D!zPpondFbC9XOli06R0d!_%59`&*|QQ zn3HG(%(3s<~02;@j8K^OfsCS4(>o%y;^q0Q(|ZsD1VWXqZ} z$ku3_%y01tX71Y&WuRSsbkXZO<39PuK!tC+@#6b=@#;fyj`BT^l@5d$1%idT=pNS~ zI}?6F1~sn$qzWuHkn;CWA`nPG(*W?J{2#-lfqspM8$hA~bDAAKwsj3pgLi3_!pG}< zZyJAth!p3_;A5!(x$<4$|NrK{*7N`Jg1tp@PFpK@A8$>53N=cr2Ki+tCiTy#93~;) z1LS7%EgVBY_4cu+(loUG8`RO|L-j( zlt32$e?Qr@UcPqitrgm8>xf}em)>0p5&l5$KomL1bOhQEMGK1qq81uJNrQR8c00*) ztxb!IzN`CAEMtpa95E-UhV^zjmG(SmS_4}XZG6zt}-#+Ie7jW7}sI) zq3R;A6G?qPS*0U99mjP?moVa9t*c-K<-RS^s~m#$V1B_BLf|p-DKeXFpV@{xMZ0g_ z_?))pb6(Y+*^B+;KZ4QLA9Yt42SQCI$`Pt`m9eGjLfs0_(UO={Jce4E&^-@6xF^g8 zi@QL&;q%fAGp{V_Z#rBUUjod=AQBG6p9I={Jb(Jn>i3#yw~Z@SP}+naa?)L=?4Ya$(yxXSx%R9 zQqcl3!Y*U4>$4ABBn<0L@SIC!>}CygG_2@eF!4YhlBHUrxqr(ci2t`W1O5P^QbUt# zk6EfJmyHDPEqWN%&9_}sAL{emh!|VuthRvB;UN0*6XN$)3sXgjk`(a$iHOP*42gkdIBGEFd(%I`xyPSQK4;veI>uJ<{ za(!art9a)Jus1%93m;JWbr#PGDWrq1?Thb=y1uyEFMWf&U(pjqCNoJromHQR0@eIg zKCu=A{Rj;P1^=ntp@RaZPO{dwd8yQhFJ@GVPh}GpGDsx5J?Rb4j%1jMAEAQ;FK)+K zRUb%TAHX8Nf^<+6RY2k9x`B=;AKCBE?j0x@$61Gn3Iu2bE115G7%M!VjD_`TWwPwb zqEgx7;LF-F+nK6Z2;rwB$b6Yj;eP|BigRH12*u|NK2`p-`j~dYjRg(F{-8M@HIYAN z>OpQWDJb&|ACW}{$oFebX3VQ1w`LM7J^o@{5AP-9B>n3Vzi0uu-&>!9!!)bhN3&z4;ntDQ|ceP*3Do%rj${uad^;| z5B30~b~8-|^T@jA2TR^5(ifPAe6QK@v8g0nAk7A9r8N<5WGvFMt}*wsO!bVB=kMr| z^O;A!rQ-gRO%VN`d|{bj93#>WPJjF&vo418K2b>-gxi%`MM&2<`}Lx zcW4{QFa>Hb`5$FH@L-Un(}?YAQ@OPj_3bK?^%s!gUjX{)9y!kQ{l&8~rIbDm@F%8Z zODak{zy(X&(jy5k8?YUk+B_9f6_XKDPH5VoeC8}(dYpJ__uhhAsYB5JKEU@fBHL$C zgRiSRqNW@BlGS4 z&`*EmKTbn+eRHVvn{D>aQ zcwNrsr6uKFCm&h}V95BQ?{Y=ECiHSri@UzZnOPeIvt?p9JAgfKqHaq`6^b$Nc<;X- z;_?DD>C2OXn*OJxrw*vSGc#?m`Hcpiis-Ez=E^oMrBULE8UR_2sr+qa3>776IU$`6zJhxT}!OjhFth1+w?&m@yLtE&7>P> z!2TqAmV;0IcjKFV@6QytW4!;K0tn~nE=~$K?!%+aanyb2DR>&Xzo2oCHY=LFIyQk+ zxVG5no(Zz$#fA^m*#8EB0r1j7HNcztk#~leZ?{EW@TP9YmL7;c0dAdwa-auHs0q~7 z9iitWhU@S!sNxOH8a$p*@8*3g%Wn{4Z#Dureq^1xfqtu3{Meb@P3qlryG5dKS>4*7 zTQBRRy~A@Y9&6d@@?Edsah*!!qle1AT4Mds-VD&#=M&);%k_^?nG>GuXYnQZ751-+ zMi1ZQnGMHO=7cqV0F)9rAv8YDIy3NEuKF_NDr{TB8RQM!ldKrU8bK6Ndalp4p_hTK zx|0>_@meXPRE)`?v3U<|xGb3&-wHr{IMZCRwg zxzJavCydbt8{@*REJ$4g{MzB$9+E?3h?P(v`Az_wyMjMhz&8Pa%{p)$wQe0l*Bxg} zcN$~}0Kx|>zVJz0D<;qgzd?rrM)CiQ6COw!oFQ=$;eZgYZ55z;1$a=)#Qz3G=G}?l zB08e~w8N)*;n3BN0h@N7Io6oIg|J}1U-Ggy!T6$E*A6YkNUId!F^@jDY%0R+q1-57TL zOzl!ZZ<2C51{m-0G?C_na#nJo6VX60Cgx8^g6(M!Oj5kWKl|AqvS(pA_ZBa zS~+IZ=3C8Z`I&E8=Y@s<#f!Q>ObN%^VHBj#fCDPIwDN1t$w&Q8P#*Xb_3$T|9hn{=w+q(SD+bj{Jd>Qbf>vWODPBxD zw>V8bquRf;s*i=Ei%M%@FKodP*;zp!IZddR#;(%~@~%yW!-ZrV8Q+yQf#?a(Aj!5& zN?D?{lzACaQF3{hObKCGgic9M8kC;>=zGMU*FN3O^7P6*R(Of!vnY=(L@=!BTSy_vdrLX)v_)66D>nN+#==-Ww-oOGE!;T`Z4{f}Z)SCal>qg`|H zD=Oa#n+Ex0*rDR!#t(Ls1^kk6N$*$ia*a!q zmTbJC;=RXlYT8m??fUPc-_Q@RqpCv;r+*>z*7_Q}b@~iOTD=EFyBnw|T%mlp@ zGd%?{26HI-ud^d*;9bv=Y|}O^^qJr zqvBo;=A7UAl2YWjR(zrO@sKOv*`;Nrm+vC+Bb-Q_fP!FAW;a0IqUyhUlA@*nXf*~Y zS!7#2aAK=lM?zfUrpxX8x1mhHY};&e{A@-nQIV>A(d8!wb^Y70X7%2w&W9n2WVzCF#Imm-uv z*n=BWh8K2MB*l(87w2M=t$%_LuAxY@AT*I+#7pHk^^Ds=4VL1C&Ase+;270;l_`uceORw)4+5ZYUhGjdvO(* zZ+Ys5{9D{fHA86l-)&IQi9fTBt7jO~7#Ft z1|PZK&fs(n%FyTgO;UZ}F&@$kmxubiezD|r@9->r$uTv^Db5LBJz0ztRQIQ4{ReYE z{~qP^s!suWoNdZ`e4vKZ9Z&zN`WPEaCuCf+*V-R;ytUm?;3SeDL0DUS8ZLe3Oij#S5exFF*e|?q&}JR$^bn_t^6IjxtouoD*P4Zf?Ks6n|@XZmU{Epz~3Nv9uRam zCoKX{jRd&G|Y_sGBEq=k*YE}H)iuLT(d1!hfxBqPhdI{N$V^ivQ-^zBVV%}~eA2D0N|La|Fi z2I0MObqhtZ#{d1<-QTzVS+1WQ$0gj*j(@GF!(|$Powt}9mWng`*Mh|YGgh>}zxxfk zyN3Xb9K||7n}iYBZu!gOUlY{0))j`Ybo_mJCxZTJ@KfIXZTfy5KtC=XIL#X6fX|S% z{kNY1UDKS02LZw0Z;&E@;F&mZ2V#3*h5c#&xk^Idmsp%l{+m}&{8EH9{ z{vY#@w|MOZSmnW2fbP+CM$p_}OBMY;Zyq)Thrh)UfGqp_1?K;};D3BkR@Zr*4Soc% z?k_)^`A)pysN9o5@4BSljxsD)Y>efoQ33c%0lg;Z;fB8Yd8`M({`JjU5)m_3?jDz6DuTVi$~31 zZbr-1Fs^5$<|%U%t02mRd@1dDYa-~xh;1U4e@Xp#OLW9;;u9y|K>56t0^c;_gm2L5 ztqvC@3Jibntl2{XC}EJ+)I7N!tXh_Sk75$CoKo=6;KizmL}2kW`k2;2nxWt5ZftCf zpC%`L%dw|HYt}7NB08N#UT%S^HctIv)|DgcIVoN}jCLg&z72%(7S85gmVmSAy@m$& zZ%}IXn!U1l91Jd?{yw5+_-3Wk`%L9a~)iR;^$^iRsHH%(&w z8_J;qlBUt_t0Sh3!)PuOwF98|IWm0eyq&oxQ0l~Yogb*V_(A(h1Y=(fPRvb~eEbmG z%bO(F&@N=yDVl%0-8INoFB)=+KW|*Zq*yoOyAm zHu_3}thy=Q4SOs0hv)!QYzMgcpb_Va!h=C7~XU%p)0&{3D6~4D9pM_$oH->QX_it1eJo#(N@=AyuN1>I?R}cO^UTV1Eo4g6MbkA1w5x`n~S3 zpE1!l$awbajEqB;xS2ClqtbsIQ|5nblx5>%ph$b+cF_^ev=H zMbxK6nXSq~*vtB-UJBz=eiz4yONEaA$Rsd>{{^d8gv>YtH`!ep{68=d1Ox5j&#Kxm z|91^dlbA`>9GZ#eQ%F35=^I41_w$CPj#1|!Dc zs8kgDX;5{4riNGXM1TIY+KS3OEL4n6Cch_cN;Z|F9;4rYYA^~E2!w-wMTM9E6|(sx z`R&Plf8jI`5yqj)OIu#;W~dPw9A8BR@PBgfn#B!JW!xG|@%3D})eY(N$=}s+PBQ&@ zhS`w0!}LP9(J!BZ-_|18b6<@hTH!dTsHE?6!li@q-DIeM6zs@U@8sOk(Z7SKg)nut zqN2Rz^G=i?jSCJgS;)uDBzW2{zl|4s60d|PX?0Hso|01#U$h9AEcb>)D4m%h%y>mb^%$~Bp9)z|P9`Z2lCPdq@v z_4V!M2|^IhE46sf+e1Z&j_myBgf}+*wipW&Zg7vJ&))WX4}_~GI&;8wAgNp6rx+vHuMWyG<7?__5=8IC9pT4~ zdM4#th*tVo2~ASlnz-QoL#ljKv?4dkZzB|xIXY@`rM{TerOn(F8*aLKC6wRa3pwSh zzTI*AzR+}0xWL*&xLj+ksvVP855P$ze2Zln8bQrp|QnI_%ae9W}+U1;(>;!6xG)!nulsmyC zIfTURvj_E6WP2iBNtlfUjLKje;c*m(Ku_a-YpM*~Y&K{2EE&tW4B=70ge+{mDU$D3bKmQFn0+#NL{e=^BpncQ%qVzXt6nP2xPlFKsJVf-N%s*q# zcHMeiHx3lot(7)REMLom2$+6xhQ79@eL1a{+%a&}qoUm@^XG%9^mMFeoV#ti06*XBpztAIc~u?VV*7LZar=c}q0Kp(uU_MXYBpFYx)DrQNAAZ zf-HcW@saa?uXSTHUeH4<%W)Vd&)zLMz=Tn#r5znTpG+nCP5DJk{Iy&i^yUOe0D($L zuL0X-5X}vo0%>o5nZkL~fsT{`a1JRE05k@ALk1*rrO?{rl|Q`)!UHaYvmjhV7?Oya z5E%eJp&41T32H+a?J~{ z^#0>-*SgORM_Tj(Rwr;rD68VB;ghS$uI8?ivLgBVzL)50<Ng0X2bsTi-9lL0MEt+v+NbL3Li=X8E0Sy;eJo3KPs%Dq`<2er&6y24nXjDDEbk73rft0Jr(R`w`nl&^VlI-=2 zeWqmO*Va%?Z<>CAYU+Y)CVYH{@U5h@4CFYT?fx7J_yCkzb?oeJ-+N*MkDn6DY^&%4 zlC@uFQzJze&kYdw2yDZ02;vr~Vi7p`k&U*Xd1X9m_~Nq2vhpFI2wEubY4vlRNx6A+ zABjB^)?-;@&i_V28b~;1TY+1iakdQTFnGd$VzlLTiQ=-f)qXw>Kt60Ex%QEFWoBiU zvs!iw8$63sw%s|h!P{UAW;qdj=gjX@YUz?=)NkL8ZPyYu{3U&sKeWi>;1}r`(ED?^ z4NR$DUsQgjYFK3yAmOlafJ6I&>qbX&Yy3idhvgqrE!AGuipV6aS=HMNXE7GTzDFa(vtGle*g3y#%K^hJ!e!Izoj^4!Y zK+XH{zQGI!pPt7u#j{YMhy4=Wog|ukIrnj3C09bcj8_CMVh%%?~S2~(q-xi}HlFOAFIZYJn6Fxc5!IEZ$58&)0 zn}O{(58XEz4#*QB?Ta*!^7T^i833q0lH-!#pA2b;SJe4qALMjS;P0QG6Ku9JSnQrzYpZr0EtJeV% zyl*dF#eU{~_;BaB*DombJ8@{_Eq`Oin07e#yI&8KKz9W}hX6LbE903P_N`S0(7wh$ zD_;2xYRVoS$GT;D`WvKQhc}T!;M&`9h6|L8>#HRAfa+XOQ4vrv8X7yU&99O>`_q&@ zjgMKDMs`j?tIL&<6YcRSnD@FitJx)+I9#1)kcd-7=OQJRkD5nfID9J~9qI%UC6cEr z!lxr5u_4kP&PlXezid{2%@*mSC@%J@n@LHZ@EULLNpgL6zdyX#(i*X+<0wPg*IKX@ zaXU&#|G-;J^2j2aDL)ht;SiwRx$bi}@1r48sY?t4P?LRCZz^Q&PNq6!L#MgE%J<)P z;?lx-cg*VP>J-?A+8T(TjKq*_>WY@(Y%{kKi|!g$3%5%6TU)a9WV~ryVDeGn3d&Dd zX{6fDcw(<*yCI>(dtem~geeu-0-wmUkeFb90O#`?MBy+8A*%mKI8Z-R zw=e4)koEGif)f9(BFie_iZcGocP@00Y-y~uZqxB)4PZY#lRg z{C5LMV731t1^uso-TVe^WJ|Mtrf+Ea4eE~-R29X3IifJ9=DYLx)thVL zn?~vReKm{?AZZ8i_)PB0!9+C07o-9SbWNyU^x?ISs4r!|v9hk2BuihEE8EWX*d*rr z-$IVd_R!NLVb7nX{K#83SPFXXfdNgHo9XIK?eTi^sIC=bkZoboJED_d6Wu^zif7i1QkpG>z=*-P zLF!SNb~L?#*yoF>fmYQIio*hD2|H=6jQe+Li_BQXeMuT}oU|go?Jy&*b_Fv~3$(o# zYckIdt&~~lnyMi;=Lrby-{`y|>bNh8YSyztfm(%SsB)#)^L|_}>M>it=6rCfddQ;G zYcs*EWg?D$kM4n>v@CP82h%ML3){<4!zR51?}yosBo#<~73D|!nB4O4l^;uHbw1*^ z>{({HpP}zjdDCN>Zn2LEj50I2x(S=l%*vl!$Gc7B7LLQtOv}EnXx57s-ictdeMmE^ zQrW9Tnx|~`q5L~_;HEltRI1cmG}S(;asGDX;q9TyjJcCW)whlBF6wB8g;gWCaO;h* z!Yjc6*^91ay9~zhg@uA9bQc*}l5ul!_%$4y9+``Lrq1KWi#Z5ow1^BB!ESo*VF+(i zyEbj8F(_YnQXGj1W(i~|gXyXFlyzQyU@WOoQFf2qNS0FVyOBHQfkzENl$pn#M~co1 zT8i}EW}G)nJ2T|lP{IUr&%>E5zOv_Z54P~KV#j64MS=;LSTyErVE5NgBkcX1iniZy z6?dT?M_;X%R!3q;Tn$FYMAf8#@V-8o-i=hNG@?KGD|~%AN=J2?#`9_GwJHLOg zSMQ~F0P>i(wcNe#xt($zkd{jj263am)OJtEeFA`>3dCJu2ah zsK*ss!e1w;x7wzj36}OYPx+E~kj*9DcMZf#2_b*bw?yeEtZhtw!f)n#w|atx205AZ zB7-HphX_@&|1QNsBdK;zNqi4f=F1gxlR6j)ZF$urFNWNH44%>at(q z>Uq^36aVGQ($(I}Pq;g2aI5-4HxR+8YSB+$-6O+-poPT~#9GQGk3hkcj?VgR)X$Bh zZmZ{qtMol6CXds4imF);hldwGGg12Ly)BorDx|{+U`(-!FR=4*E3&ugm1msIVS;?O zzL%4d&rjM4PS}Yxt#bWHBxKD{JOhtr@1s1psZD-=IZUf(+vj<0X{BtM@{0v%GUsds zN{5t|z(;RJiaknwS9!oP^tQkdM%1V02|5#te_qjD8#>7f24g#z_FGRcs2M4ozvVg{D5%Rk>>z)@ze}V zijDxhKzu&{GZY|3mI;3E+(&Fu{I@oQKmb$&2mDIZ3?~3DZ2q%t^!{x(!~s~Mf6+MG zqW|OKqyOPb4FAi1@;^H#BPRLIzzeYLzl1nj_U{HW9@G<_%Km@h-s9Z`sBQKbbY_H1 z9AlN3slC;ORiY(z-8Y84wO`yVx7|j~*vr8}BlO!^Zw={u?=PPeIH2JLHZiC}M%`r8 zQJFs~RrqWDMDFHsOu2DB(VrZbfA_!w+rXllm94={nt3FY7uY4%-NKM#a2-$(+%wktXMNjQZaXxYW>?nyOCsKC3DgkOav;yb)wHw-EGDe>}$WL*vYw(+Q} zB?OgRKe5yOrJ20#!|B7j-=c1&Rfv1f-Sj2J)oO3es?PC(oAjG+6)kfJWyn>x&Z@~@ z_^S4LAKv8Q{CLEu3+*07cKphhQ22&G&_^x@MootcnpR=g8TSnLhfi9k?=9(czjPbT zVgsgZh2%E>i@fSO&55AQKfDaOrf;<5UafVSQP%4T_4Wl`X8evOmlJwC#vI{pgG!v?)!ol5&zbeR^Mp&93#-xUhZ=oGgIpb!3m9!e`*4*Ny~Q zk6S51fl}`19_mbr)U0)qs8|cqdre36BRc@bCbpg`}23p$PA$7gTP&VKSTQ5eCr#JLr%&=m+RqM7fvsn7@qnq|I1qf zcqAw;;7c>p7jZOM4eL_&`}tzmPpJ%5dO&+FE2VqjauP>aw{NH}=kGGNb^uqWZ#1be2|MC+M&dZ(pd7|E6c>QIC z{!EJs5AJ8eTDZz!Bu+YaL33@%&(es;UFANGX|eA?S0aK_t0BP!Q#7cGZO!1hiNC}h zuJ-YT0qEro7$_q}WR=3hQ-U><3f?x2Dp|N72}YpsEMTK57lR~NCWh2zG%ra_agPx` zdv^ni`=K4*Om4nTNJxLx$o;k4Gd8z88%Zb(PvHkKQdV3R$;=-rKmT-xjGvy$i6i;4 ze)5xp*Ea&&P9}(Mn z@*t24k#2iIoZSi)l=AbIJ`vrnala_BHK+IF(TUhf(duOEIogUF*tn~6g?p8IySf!3 zUs@){aX2i{!wVV(g#~7p)E~V{C|oEAE6}FOn+RPjdz0iIaox>We!yDmG<;^O)d{u4 z)7`9`{>O@}69C*FflO&#}CbN3m_C;YS6a2Il>pN7S^1)74okGD| z$5!RV7-x;}sw0DuYtS;jI8SnNi3ER-3_9w z2=)jcHZI5?r!3s!qRkt2ZWV3MxLWvKrGM93oH6FWb1b+UU#y!dP&Psk!F?ys^qW^l-=NR$Q$4^8n*G&RkjuXcUPpz&80E(NE<7D+l#CeY1PI zS8U#%*M90jh*bU&um)Ve8}DLgdYjWvD(I>%2i`te&P-woYNc!K>kSBxYKXSWn=&-~ zX=r=boaj7C{HwD#bM*|V%S7fibiwO=Uy~lbjLDfu`v=3M0Z+}+obx@dGcRt1HL*}v z)(w5QZEdb~>vCl~^5_-Fp0(I`Jx2nU9scxoq!rIgi?RjLZE$P&-Iu};XN<1Y=oCDd zFTcWf|7Np013fPJbrX%v0-Kz!+R4h$QT_GV!gn&(QG41mzaYxB{eA|PRHrktVagf5 z8UpyxY)N=4oRVMTCHD#Uv$S*lSJoInFh-#oOSv!phjsZ)Ip@>W9z37OA$%oD6wQajgb$qg-~eX1gt3uDHe>K|1TlEO&l>Pu7bP<4t$Ol2R7Cz0 z_(%K>Otw?B_{w#43bq29OOpX_>YAh&vWPT9S8*J3hOw{|!*DGIVqVdfi}VsX*cPhR zIypH8g{vwTsL?9WO)gk?H8s@v0(Jp6RtTxDo?a02)K7?*35!lSr(_W@Qb0zdw;E+tk0WkNy)JUBnhXx9l7Lg0k^pOcNwe$EawR&DX(Va++_mlj}>y zry;ig*@8nX#WDLKP8?4w`~3&uIEa|+l(|=%<*}Ql@pG-Ox)AX^rLl61a#z1_I0>oC zGBHJ_^><9@-cMCuSn=1OTa=KzqgQU4pHx4;i7?pM`2<>@{71)#l4h2{@`xEo|AGKEf0vuu_P?kDf0l!P z{{Y$G&O1ercTPv-#J;gfVo6H@#bPL(s50!@(}$S!-Zf6o3Q672fc9}Na{_5QI&A7b z@S`@9Z)m7Bi?pdFA>-RjW8lXXi9wQ@f&771XUog#t{`Vs<6?8?R0rvvaQSONS9)_# z8KF2G>R?Y(;>qx(%J-!ttmucPnueJjBnN%5xF7qk;o5vUc<6#H_r)1} z!eZQ7xT})YtKVnqOe*IzEq?rhB=c~tzCA#st5XP{6_WG-Du^fC0ay3vF@#}w5)9CT zUyvKzhmO*r172j+#-Y=U7fB5*LCzTbW=P`fEhe?$Cgp;Wf#ZwUiA#!wft)L~1~gei z1XA^=kFvII0h-{}M=I@L@Wwj@-~JeWebb`SsxU?lrb_7aa_VhRf#BPj>#yZ56XGOY z%9$5U<+3#!$@?MBGgJqWD$>2OVAK}kqU%G#m^6iikW??)Ft;45R4vkW^3Wj?-52F3 zFDM7_atixXV`&pt!!XQY(6e9A$z61$Uxv1WMg4vdq-M7?_*ssuV zRaf6gciu-_yAjlrgm%u+%i9gYglgd;ZDl2?3Ub$aS~Lw(jnaBc(Bt3kN8nm?asA0oX+&+UGbQ4X;M;Py-UStj z8dLq;4Zfasf@WXBaM)*-?S{tZM{XEi&g4#{{$p*aN9U-*YNB;QG;OO2c!ct%RwLi& z$`6%ElzR~#>QsGmezO2x*EDOlgokv3rna$T(wF5UH?Ik^Ir|15eCNc*Rq#v9n%*;x zu^?G0x-R1N2A@fon^E$a8QEJU~X`aOU2CutF4tsb{#q8-!{= z_<>fY^<xgKX<0k~lk47D+DA2?<+raN%-FbKMt*3l)B2 z#m9>T=43d#7|0ESzXsYgoHz#DW?W+ErVXsHAL^Y72p7Hs%Ts}Dqp>*NFQD&&bLh8D zqWDk0zJ9B3DjY{b@-aH-`(0A6$DVn~Vk{haI0rAForgPlPnrUDw_lSG!$pg6&$Si6 zuIJzs+d!hhm#(p25G6GL8v$zQ1(D-*3>9_E(VeO-mtlXPKS-*vChgl<-Qg^YQ5 zKU>YREkm={>p#sSyC3W2c$U%5j5TQ9R`fJ&DY_n2vuo8xc1CS| zzSbPo=xgU0)l{x%Vj8x4(Lo?+p>;o1xw3bMsQGnGGl%!3NdJdhQR}%+n~r>J>jtM= zCO?+wfHSAxOFX|Yu>1UwH=l){V45vM2+ZyxB zfG>MzlA~nQJM{dhq4Tm{5zN>R;~i zLH*zGZU2so`~Svst{I|l-zB1E&o2N+I zJtZx*@6DE?nMw8Zzwf{QLk+tX(o%oGQok~Y_=${?j(ESgKS0?z{NYx2Ryx}$(W*mY zQhM81NQKZy0nw)mkh22CU=jtLG#L#^q^8K=b4UWO$1GxoL5=iLOw|RftIDTq)$@bV zq+c-S9319rY9bje`9#vVn7fB^ML)fFwtB~+GX}3&;4smg&!cm;muKZ_vvzRV`YfR< z9Yye*Ev$DjQ7)%iWAC-MCKVCe`^&TO_gazpqELr-=88-E2SI1OtylN`?oEC(&I+w+ zyoeV*pLREV<IDr9iRt zss&Zyu1Fd}M^{z3s8^U1=&O4 zBI~b_&pYw zHJ#Seu>p%wSM}(5L+U040tb@k&k5sg=EDWdC3P;Hzx+a=-3Y@HT)-3H$a7o&)beJJ;iR#O>;Un3jZQe5avkbOmiWnMG2scbW zqu!*IvW9n6xm0P`RZnj4MakiY-!%+8C9Gzt%L3-XVGq+Mc&~WQT zxJ?vEpFL+}rHb>-bIUnFs#vn@PY&8=BtB=!EZn6)*jB&zm~w%--b5 z`h+M1k7aD=P4!H<#e$mni6(~ZDm1%{n#o!+-C0JwaG%o#YtPL51C}Dw1KPebH2zhI z>SiQQ6KYdO3T$?a+~Fs*%#hZ8-fn64l46 zYhddjXPBzpBc+_R@7kbysGdo7EUw-0ag-=Xsy^we1?QZUONOu)FyJe>u;c^Whe?z$ zeYt}y)3^I3t7%U46TGuOd%JXS9faboOJGQP?I&2*OF}353x+B{)qk@ycwH;qNcvwR-oykN0D< z2uUdY+$gW?h|m*A+TSA0r5WkUGy^gW0Ns@zJPmAd7Cq!ndZI` zgYMHe%2E}jY-nl@LA6;SE2%UD1PP&U_E+ zp_;Cf5B*VxV@*kYha^A?SquXvwJyMJ^(EUV0qNt0u_(|(8<@kx@Z`mbg?`G>m8Y_D zpXd5LnHb=KewI`YiS2bkelbwh#Iw42mNA)Pd8s-N(x65=+Co-I1U4`(s1p=k{7&eK z4Rj@iE;$e9DKdnhS(N6=ofu>xW26t3hKX?k%~BG%4dYBrNw_rn8fkD=XwMuZ1TnbO zL_`?8W=J#)Pn1-~4%=fXvv5(4Im!UCAWhSTB^eJ(MNW&t9^v(xl8C3%?|eb@1|)oJ zd+Aw=NEf8Ox8Udh?GQw<*=AknoIGv?9AxYDxp}p>Lo5@$u9vEe;16B3i4Jj9AGdIE z_5U6FRT?O$8b5!O@-j>DRrAN^WdD-nyL0Eb8OJ(w+9GMjh^n6irfG9X;r2+g3vA zYK5>$pP<<-RL<8fpF`3;DVRzlkHs}}ix%i768$a!Nwy{I5vja@4|y<zhbtg)LytHE@APC50YSenN$S>Mg|s@uy+b2AT@e(ma8 zgEyK+{Bz0rIj@M#c$kgpURzWsW4a8y+V5$-%4Z3Avu{2zAa%?Axu=%BuTxd5OURe* z`Qy*Uq%4BQO{-y6To>S~x zKUi}L*G{eVObTYwD#N7sUfCNAM!d20`Rd~^k@Ws`GVdvtNrjq4yjYO-dl7VV;=-Un zey{c5V_CA98b^!(WwY5#uqj`hm3ZcwH6oY`$FPI|?BwOWUoTevg3P0|Dr~MXnsWLW ziS?eB-6AU%X`5#UK6NN^Tlg>wW1m|TqWkD#jqKd=XuVB~OI%c*8uZ8qg+7+g8@`=8 zvj25-vA2^q*I|3$-V3GKq;vG6gmY3W81hzyUfwb?mZ95yQ=3H&aS!a%GPRXg0cmc@ z1}C8!bW|%vw{O)R>BXHSdhZrxn5>DOLZoMli&;Ib^ z8{2$4v90I!5nQ7r`fS%vmJ6S{LO202u|5pYYW8|?ZH|U7Jmj$=Swgy}Bp5oTKB*6` z&I`;|?9g#?k`htFO0vD&%Zfbp2UxbpKIZW4aYxzSq4pJt_8uR?G((P9LV@Y}0~nxG znDT&3nsV>tl6Ae3g>F5rQ_1ZUt$w{cZ`nWitbg>@|DxWX35{nr@=p~(@QF#mi7nA) z@(nB=*(Cxr{ahcC#X(5_(N{$uoR;F`DV|Oq=Srb?i>ksRpQ?`mfOg8(T{hm8+;xVbfmfaa?-59U0R-&giHi>U=a|e z#~eCSg)8k1j!;@6aZflrvrp=7>F{<`kk7-)!xt&f$aW3gHz&zXw)#&^yRt6j_~GXm zEF)d+iuftuLwumOjQ{|T#{R1x`#-g`uaiq+38`NjrkGP_flAuI1ryrh_nN0Zm!R^p z_Nv${GZ_vGH+l&Qw%Cj+BDHuUhScWx9U6!aYV`$nr#eW%AmHVd*yp4{siN2(7Qe-C zRj^({Ua^6RAVHB90r@}#e-d{9IxF)M8)YpqcDJV)e2R0+V_X^t7*jvEuk)iy?z8^VdD`OQ&d1sW9y2XztmtwpKdPx2P z*12DKYKGd`EuXi7Z?5%kZ+<`UKBaMsU&t^EnyNd`hiV+Ed5AIh3M)V~j7R-&0U^|O zni}~_+QSoy6~3NAUnFD6MAbrLr%7G!9I&a(DT>5SXd>-J)T3mGfFpyb{qgNWjoJfkJ?-q0e4Y~l9# zcL5+mXi&(SYeP^1Hprw|+&^@%)Q?(HO!qu|q)WGL4ByHN}R2M0XLS z$FNepamNeQk+{P1KtMH#QH+*5vbsw#7qVkXbH|XT6Pi{I{iwE?OqrPKoh&ML$cL0K zlvq5G#RHxuPskvv|Dnziv0(&1+|dA2JdY3ZZY-Krv;~?1<0a%M3V}rtrBk-%TkqiX z7J+2>Pg0FPsE-}N8e z~Ika#?)#Ig?w3vIWbiEyV{)<2GxBGV(P~dYa}TU(-U4DQZLjY@4-Uc zp#yzx#&>jjO57zqSagbIw6Dhv!BzBdS&hG z%wjWA65E2Pv-)DD6pcA688pBff;|RJP2Ox3-6y9MUSS(=mV*T;cOuAhDab!f9DYBL zfQ%l1c`OUQ{6zoq6R0P$px0w%VnAb^Er1Oy2t7~M*JM+jizenGAwhz8^Rw3vfMM{Y zusDJZ1Gmm059IINTwOtua#Ev%RY^A$6zvGY_6sa%34wQUNEpskK=&1NH85KuY(3U+ zLi`K`I)H+JZO7!(A{+XG|H4&>%zcatcRn-HpU}%uBaFA-+o7C4np}1Pe#iiAFkx{* z*wD0JU;g0Vv>n6s<3T%N@Fr|7K6S~XAx)9vcrs^rZ#skaL4p`*VScncx4g1MT?oBI zIoE3B>MGY`&#aT00bOaw9v4x$Q-hMq?Y%GC*Jc{DKkLjSe%jqUt^bkHG|lA4?*;r> zCC}P1nQ1hrBY2=w+*$P+ysQFMgRSLucMximCG)fjrG~;1M z31BDCu*nGUtdzyo~$Rrf}GoPjsV5YV85XkJLu{hxSKR z$0{!kOFehNBZ-;CvBeZ_i+#$<#b) zFMaj)%GEwqT9@ID*KI`JEV^XuLSxLD^E6dFT4b0jDcsMz-Cweum;Rt)!0kjfzL2fql_`gCO!+%yXkH47 z#}KqL-ctVB7VcOT+^xNFSIkwJDOdldL;P2}#`v+j`lH$Rm5?E1OT$CA|S>DI`#Xq0ge}Ph-NrJxC(?t5SF43P(!2rE7%v@@+e>bH7K5Dw%mH9tLj?Xj%!ZNyQo(C7+uYKjdMQ6Ee@|6g5-TcH z+e;wNZKd`3vZC2Y0Qr*v%TT4>m9`(|&q))Poyp%v9nGbq$#M`|!~S>m38bT2EaEtO zpTi~|gElF8=f~Pi)CqA8)gNW;?4OfBl^4hVBz7<;l@>3AGvZ(Fc`j#RNVSbVe#Iy(a$PbxbS({w|LvF}Z`jM#q`b#L>0^IkF1pjjd9yY){54562N!3) z3Iyy%;R}aM2A0#`-rFTqw6QGmKZrN?Ltl@$7gnt914Ghq?E6h7yNiGHCFI>Y$^CJ3 z>j`1v^$GLww-w%tNb-;Cv?1k;2gR#J)~?P|%9FH@LaofgX+y&Lj0N2!vxy&YC>8_)%pVVvhY=x1S@l8De^qDaPbG+$DodK`zn=W`+bx^>5ZSB7?Cdt$KZeon*Gs0oQHIuPNVv;vsocr&D!v(Mgm zc=_v|t_QCpKkJdyX17$FXz9F!-?Hoe?sPsij4T9njpVkT(I7?4h`RzMJVEmz`Q@`Z zZQ&!u*=9(x@y4~CkJ)d2rc}xIyL0Q@QW{Ml@!Dip-IGe-@N}|+tRsOei;&{vamneE zfjO)C&nETR(ni_)YkfP4S|-V}|DrDaWwZlcqFeChk^`-ZH_=A=EN!|i6V!Ah5dw-r;GX}AHZ{Puhi zEcb}3I-a!4L*O-Yga)vbiXh<@b;MUmH0ND7>!u)cLlmTC+p63t1F z6ok2T;pFp9Rz$4Npp^surLzW#1W9%!iSkQ78Cxv_uTE%NCobiNDgpK%J=I$Ro45Eh z(92KM`uI7lf0i#?HBuE%2!kgI5fkvS65};Q>luz2RN2({f6m>k-~5{KT|+}X(`a2kQL?uHY@3IegEY$x3_hO{ zNY~36&!_otHeUbg&q=j1rO%kDN~J`#t)7H(DBl4I5s)8oAlAk2LT*fkZ_zk7A2`(Q-b z51q*~DE4JV>krnve?fj=O$3BeI)6$ThJH&K;OkFpQCq+d_Q(`y#Fk(GA!R7}Q_6q` zG(_`t^C!FYKp*z)?wRc4>5<7llpE&&xZdsCeYAoC>aah4E8%XP|8KDhsGk>Z1ESPk z=HAF}2T4mUaOo7A6e~VwIv7y2iLNAq_1qd_t^Bt@to;uq%*f7}5~lH#Qcd90cLMd@ z{=n~b-RxLam)q(l`k#ZQcsa|3THj) z6@tjrY@?;OMr{tk_Rcv4%$`izRS}BoI=y4L@5T*N6Ar@lAHH54(aI zb8|J8hc$*n6?F3K*Yt4Sa=%}lt#ef+h}F1*BnRpcEhMvN;I)OK1Y`C)O(~Y$?Q$9H z7T_8lF`prUSDiqkMT~rbCW%FC@QTci2d! zgk;As$wKg5W7jy#*QJll(T|M@ZjgAK#`iwTUZ@iQtJpu8x&U7M&n^r9z5j`K#^}!s z6DM<-KDqlA*CLQ^8`5%N;z;MhyBq(`YZ3W{3=#!4d06~6#$tzir_v9L`3X;ipQRoU zKN|>?xe}AZeK)g_rYlupy`qe-_)?~P{A8-5a+SUk>&8%KZ?$z~WAm}1>Z4=Tk8N3R zI*Yw@d&lRhD)c8VKViHZlWD6dJkN@Y7WxI@ybQj2ZKnSMRzI9+eM8;B&c!EwTW^m~ z)Wc;ok+-`%xl(98Epyg5beg;G>~_VaxG`;0%pQ!Q@LIyhMGH@hAivufTbI$#)LIHO z68%?SF$2SomI>BSE*!gmq<{SGLypzq8!ja$QayJAyKFb(R!u)JvL3SZw@J4)?v41D zOjcdvX02qjkn!GZZNKZ9*^8EX+T`={r@=~dFIy|QN6V`!n4SDlbF&$9lPW-o_&pOb z!R>RpL3+i2Wqv`~_0evdU0=HccGjG4^C=K%IM`3H``y-jUt79W#4_>iK8M&j_Ulp} z^SP`-u!pbmbpJ+9*^W(=%&8iC;Zz;1N`H|Pz7@Tx;5r`vYsvkf zWXl|Q^Eh+o#7*p&%t9u8+UdO!KZlYb;d}DyECb(F3hh3tbEX=EFLXBeX3E;4mV)f8 z?8$$BV4$al-PY?zyen%fd0ZmiF}mqEn)a62+0UK{q;076moGa7XRj>1_ALJ@x?z&d z#*-hypA3?lazoksAICS8?ikeM{DR<{k{QPGk~hxc3WZRUTmy&&gAd1}zo5|kou%(v zv!{p|xMmiRq$f`PrsgUXfEI9Ie(w9RJp3OKl(IX-@T~)X_#Axwgsy~SYO3dSLf)rkeH+dwME`9$#d8Gd3#g`hu}(}sg%uus^oECi z5)E|Oib!Vm(Zr|ysrujwni2rJxb+|p&yK|VTG(ff3R3a+yFnX2*ZSa5Mc(weHy*$C zEUOp!)^2xq&bfU0fF(l-mlMs?Bt6~u*tiJfA^hx94_EtuszsyTNuF|E`It>8H{7e` zyCb8)7`nTYme6s_Oi$~}S=+vE<~^tMQoC#BYCwMqbSN;n7nms5JFS3p%xzR1o|gff zU6!JJgHWssk^z1H?92U+Cg2P@n$3Jp(=27`?ZRY7k=)_achj19FE>ia6$Am(ObxB^ zi5{ijpkW*N@szFLXBbZNB_BnlY7DQ!W}7IwzMT;A(WV!D;6}*mhB=4KV{OKvgv~X_ zwb&_Kn(eMGc!1A(26;263G%f2VDa$!xExp+`ms%U01^80yU74Dx*O_D4gDyCR?47{ zy7H1iEiam3F2qv-V~#*Da_JnB$maKVn}sa0AsQHoVB~^uIOLQ_uG(-!YvR6wHKrg5 zbBR=CRd0qt%7kq<$8xSKUM#REMFu*)K)(@W(!^sF`66+ssZGIG|KWQ&B#@x7AwG{J z_(Z7fpNE!a|FL%*@(%zUw(arX0>FR2fB1$!ZB~nNg6~o=7U*gV6G^|qoz8@NSswFD zb<~pOAPv6;)M;)X*8toZyy2J5@S;C(B5=|2kje{K_5=0hCvv23+50tjNJj7a)IW6} zcBlW5vZy$^^5Tu)(t;P~0V>YqR@|q7xhN2tjyoKf9hKW5Fr~O5-Ky*!JI+jWwUIS) z=cj^-%1?_gFN_SIj}0+%hyMB2HUrbz=d_vY6enc%&jmrsT4KkRqKDz>4m@+FqelD~ z4M3v9-Kev)laGx1g4?Ds!94q0JE-LJ$tc=I8NPSbHGsBbS=d6aYdPGG>~dM~^NVTZvRrlbk}PAJ#Xq^u{8aS?Qap zYL?c=ZantDLrE65;Ms>kYm^R-oF&ygEEW1|jRQ^tH9idB}Lolcyo>_PBx<#;FJWe~o4{ZfGYzEl;!_PppQZODuVCOMd^`2tS z7I+_dTGp>=0q>*QY}6MD4X`4x`2}rL8BW$erI0_MGp~9PLWzPcm)bF8hS(ZmK(>LBkU*Pq7-xs0-pS@6QE&mC6gPwWsY z=cGh(PWeh^Pi$Pu7c%ab0TL$(k|lrreFMRi{1AWK)pImUivBA|IMP;(5y_!RD9_+v z@V_j^|5%_~?iXu%JpsSiTY~yrhIPMrQZc|iEWj~Vq^F0l_(zEq=5HL)Kp`*@^s4w4 zcjygGJduK{(yrP<^Rqv8E^-LLascy_s%n)xfKiYdW;`moEJ+EX%&t5qy(te}V!Zdk+E+H67j0t4QR`KM8kUjL&)S_5i z;Mn2zduK+EvEll?g@0>g^b1Psx&Ib(_F$$TLw@y^zHTQ@sh}tk$^gZ3c)2Uvz)PJ9gVuMiLSZxi||oDqiVHq~hP&@Pg2KEJeJy)OCZP@v0;y1Hv?d_Cjj z@jqF9OY=Y@^Bi0>jR4{YSl|uO{OQKN4BXfeh_*yGrvn%OpLSN@r%!kui?5q4)U%W7 zZOkv7Sp^R+ma@{u-z%t$!(Arto8YX~5{QSY>c8iq_Du zg*}+rLup!m;Wb+*gdm0zCsD`GQ$kLH1yI|rny`FSo8=HlF42$|`cPg0J=-_}i>@pe8^nX0oROSVOR60+LJ*U{kVHHlhevo^J{^ zqgeb)w)h8I{^OhY&oAV^K9D)pBH_$l3D%jW{WyB5rCgY!gB zE$I~eZp@*j79EPx-&Wd#Wa@$1Fn*qk#s=ITf@_0;keVRnG`)0zpnzY@%Jj3$Q-k6k zLcO7}&F3QXUJ(|mG>XEkm<7jOYOS+G@!KM!Bw8Lsl%C9XN?y_@j}n@ZVqYjLeDcZ7 zJ{(mPa=QQW3oqv`_%OD5;qB2RCqX>!vGDe!OZiCu6^fHB4cQ15cyz{F)OS%EQpUz* z#C+7rmco+@r&N0Y#D(v5GC(27`xKOC&*M;#i&%sz_`SmN3LLY0NnC-qN8o&VEb2># zx+=<&tr0>5AVpCdhA^oczM&{~g(v+z{m0DAAu*-XC^6}Ip1rf5)KbH>#^)RJeR?X2 z)_SRAca9Ma^h%cq#jJdEA>xQ!Yl7F0>m3Qy z^8iBgbyqWk|E6_EoGX8hJa3cP8Gd~%shLLBJYaomnsfOV6pzCQAk1ltQ{!LIRm!H* zPiC!&j(!^&$hZFwdv5_0$GUC}&oEeU2(AfEaCaCWc(4#8Xt3b!mLU)zc#r@A0wj2_ z;O_1Y!QI_`_SebY_uRejt$WUQ&R@6ws;^E}D$oo~cfbAG^Q`r(b$BInBBTqKi9l!* zUnUnnYdgt+e#gcvqeN<2m-C9Z@u9mYlp!|58@7L2U-g8{j$5G{6)VAYc5f99 zk^Z2qvR7ApV{)y&E@8AdttGgNy)OF%9sNGaX%$)S;s&hT?Z({D6ywIPCPhLmN9% z^UusjNS#(Vp`<*2hiCQ2P8^(2yfs;S5bc~}Alta$!r0a{4mi?uiLoC|bOrjzx@HYN zK%EX5I{va{0YL^*bqJ)d468HIFwP}?*zQxWQUuk zzwgW#RVMg*%2H@FSYt?|P6g9OhVxOsc*4{kCN-(kDm%&>Ldf(Am={+ z)R;VmO@rnsdZ7j;qqPj$h0i`C(|%tx1>V<4XBEp%C*AyI_d68?#}Fl2b6okg$qV|J zIc?!(qx0r7cC0n7arEKq&J7k%W0mJhHm^wEM4M#Ed(*{HsvFFaB?mMl`@93`#yGY{ zBBS7gEWM;7!))mq(@475kSDEQ#$93PRR!30lBPkS?Ny_bBuFX`)&)KOdX^J^lB5Rb=B z@WC`5C~XnnD!;O1$s0I29e24tkv#E7b$ibtISo47g%Xmr)Izo@ZzR5Vd@TPBWcl{# zC~~O&`elC59M%Ryz#@e}I*LaXTsmy%3I!fi(UAzNQ(V8!r~{Thuc)CDvwbo+)C+d+ zE&CHYT*SO1_G0gDBe?UtY3i@jCI0K8_NSwFZ=tAqXduf^vRiTf@1>vf_+tcq_Bsz1YvnYN3pRl$|3Z*4;}?6eu^Pht&eQc z063D6t;1kAt`fRJBz5{+Pw=OEm7HZLWnRt<>d!#_)t>_SUyX{461pFwf^CKPHFiy$ z)>{>&)BTC`_*+>8O^Bhqk+VH(!4iMB0-hi~I7Q<5i*s`Ihd7Z;C3@czoT?)Q$-k@A zrH->A>dN)WkUMdQzS66DN4Vt(C3BF$<1BZ{B&0ME^->3Cp(>d(M0jwFDb2q-<0tOD$SrUZ7B#FI>2 zLxb8}y$h_Z3O|#>M|%jNCErNIBta?02k{#!APU<7NoO#~dl-cEpgY}!GoTA*CCPUV zryQbz>vupnO9nVVf_AeqFzM%GOF(M2E?2X$-df;JMB6aO5R%zEP zVJB1jF%p~~K7-hT9pze2p?Y?L=lH0^KtAHxI{}2ZksFta7#ZG9^c;ol^VH2SN?(7LJYb&( z_>&He1BFgV31Mt38U9oyI`tf1{jwaKup|b(HpM?HzJEX!N*nabwvZ+i7b015!0O*# zVv~9;c#-iD9B?zi3Q%{DKnmsH*HjHq3d4Yd=VR@Bc-=pw;}D$pLlJ%1Gj?!9Ol)%7 zaxgFgLK-go+bRP+wEJ`Pxf0XQvb z+pRD*;K#uSA8r2)#J?1b{b0)+u8)0x4?E8I{Ug97MCJ4is{0+a5X0RK)h%F9xhi|% zMs*D%1S~?*Htuj>t&hLLhJb`0TRCh^Zu4$mR@R<+^!s$^nkDxChzeXEXwG6E2|6BUOy07%`iw3mSWQrpNI zSwKou@kw5NfcwJQqAbKErQ`l81ChycCYRmGs>&GD{q@kE?&rPkJQ2f8j|fB%1k=%@eI!TdYC{Ov8@qT` zW>}xje6R3)FawGmt^%DgG=N-P{?!6i7BaUxlu)yT$tDE&ED9t^kmrlP<5IP4p4yWo z4i+_;R!LaqFg!r?F~v$QxvPZ<&0_jTuzTtB)dVq9JXu(Ci8A@bJL3=n@ZknP3{>!M zAgJ7S*I4K)asXQe@4+xdQ0NMxcS-%D1gALKWf`%Z522LXSw9d}<+K;XNQ)FpmkcAx`D= zCw_wuCd2c1G>mBTfE*1ZQSCtJM-kK|1qH1`yLdpEIA9(S0!lU`$oR!7K8Q`896Jld z`7r<}S>U-1fMOZ^-~nA=ZeI;Ur1l@-Lb2Z;d?uO*KFw?%J0^p*|B#KOk=DBzg}ye$ znt(nYoLfckBXyEh8TG?wru@VM`a)*!GYk%zjX_O+^|BUClF#+Tr|)q%kOTglbC}RGOe$O^(iZX45rW`#NeH(H zme3fEbBf7XIyeE@kC-2Mi4>%X8EFBoU;WaZ%|U^U?>9E7?yRE}Y4%qB4w+F>#$jm* z%?z!LeE4xX`C1alNA@xxVqqN2QftqM4>Vj3aYZruu8Bp4OU6jR+%?7z~oFQ6cH>8%azDETb_t0fGHc- zmG6ddZRJPNMV-<6i4+t6qV?bdd<2AHz!6&-*x@aah^Qh*)C~1{z1m0&4cb|mZ*p|z z@vw=Alm^*M`#_I1Q$YbbHBW@)X1jKiq=XcyB2pPEX!a3i);(@V_Qey^u`-met`52r zbQl=&WyQ~^{X{dA#z${vn8t)np{t?}G8T|$KtJ#NSF_G;l^h~nt(2heO_k$zyt~2| zuO|+&bQM3X%aQnus@10izVZ-!6ab~b3N~}bZjU0Im$!YQtAga;#w;T#r(rgSe+D2q zLZ+%HSOKc#S4NIU*X5!L`ZfiXj^8Ux>>qhPczFHe2N7oV+NOxHpO8Mkd_(1=h)1!l zLyu@-frEmvKuTeWIaMmBVBSSsF?TBSto{LPTzU|3p`^98S(9&9227OdDw`bh zwWoDw7Fujhq#Fg2_*r^65^1TD$yHIrGc5T&Y!Ql4PT7c45(7@EGg}a%j;0e916Z^88E+9w+x?6o`vAqX{q6W0SS;Jt;t6C7s2QFSzem)( z`n8bB5EriwO~B1&el-692>h2XkXE?Jth{5c<-!XUW^}h})rWUd-_zrVu&mvCuC+~y zDa0B-YNEft7}|J0LJ{>0X)TF`i00(Ip5JW)>em)$MVXPq3hOVJ1+>wZDMz`Y@&(qK zIg%n{ug@4?6tij5l+0&&NXWfsJt&eP8JY*iv&!aKF@Jm`?}EXexcKgYDE|{;B#YY# zarWIqfe2mI+VP^9m4nwYQq4n9QP3XqXqF6qMjw)?r>nJcc}?~~f3_g+mroSH{74Ft zQfQ{*Km+Z;sXQbNadz^Yxp0l_mJ_4f-@&l2hEYault23cyvlJ2oCw*UyQ@FXsXu4f zcc!XHOnZ|CU;PACh_4tu5+q|)UJlf8BamYNntUuZR|Ky3w(C}3Qn0{Lp`g95a@Q81I&B(~qhn+=(!13X_d!+?6KuRS$?k8mk7qIm2;9JI z7O}5wU^tBEsJzKQ29On|fY4f0;ZayOFjUD1R<83}JQ<@3gB40Ua)ST8Dt zeZ)}?s2Z@HPsPZIvI5m*Te-AvC(?2;$}H9<^O4 zN&YweXQkK`4#8+1Bm}H6bb~q0U}RzcEm?AZiNk0~lgDAY)p*!^uOH0$F*-@D3q_Gw z#p-XY~ zO=q%ff#bqmwk*(zX>@B$VGB!qjfC=Td3is7PWEi0v%$-OR9Vz-K!1dZbJSW(%;*8<^p6kR&^}Gl{?eTX z4=cB{mjkdYa80zwvnw4Q3BSN{;!*;c!E6mo#O%ctK;l*GLZ0=oS|&ao8fz{4w;N{{ z_=Zq(iJ~2M&MRkVoEWK`E{m*Tauy&=@l5V~Hs`|wQ?U57fmMxvzs6J%_257$GW=>= zx@Y`hJ5d<@N(t44f}`@%vjys!7BAk!ye{jXG^LBfb2iSLfSuTD+AC}c- z96rhdYj2B%Qn2VeXA{!_4f~JFhNFRi$_RwNuVIJwA0RFx1ik$RgYwa^y-UxPVq&N{ zmCJ?r+m>|f$UEuf+eOS>?(M0OQh73p0$HqvL~m7O31ERj`bj-gMF<5&tMGu`rjR;7 zmYFE8mr#k<#t3@3b-VlB0z%!;!+>44!Ltvuv)nz8TXRJ{w$Hz|R_EtDBbeAqY)V~Josy718Z{aKw{(TB_)y!;~0fXKKYx9F7g z^w+Xsur+OfKI#YCvetVUd|TdVm?T`fc$s_m8;D+G%ttL_c3ab-&$Ci)>8a7WU<(>} z|K)I((W(Nc(*zwbj-v~Gkf}Ay=qSj1wP4Su{v!Nut@4NMKzLJ`qamP34DeC^-xdD< z|7v<*b`{pHqX7?ewzYL_G@q^TsU&HGj7Lf6{pdGCi=#tT)E5%l)I>)z_~;Q5 z9aFo;;Uq;E%AyjtLW)VU8G(KC()&*uwQ;N{St|V@Ia`(&)@m(r7{a%atGiR%FNa$M z6=zoT*JpFiuSm7J7`vv85?H*?VN(mv>IPq)nbS82r)q@fWzKbGuV-qR$eB0;5dreA zqMF&Gp&)x7#oVlhdfPRBk!i=%1^drC{QM3c(Q?;6gITvz zQ}+c}-RLK3{L1Z5oKS?qQVuguDXe$oxN?ZoR$cKQQm@ldSO|mj#n+hLV$N~2fBEwI zQL02HkH!Fmho?sKLH(2sqaXu5=-zlqulqI1u!?iuq9PM9OS5Vo zE#=6kqy&GLeD4SA744Az_`}M`wCA|qdq}~TF*2qDQ zTb$C(y#tRkT~Y~;_KT`E``ksMrAcN)N_uz;Oq@x2y8zxdDt!Pz)4ELi@a@7P%BoK* z6?gQoKEw6fqT)JR`y2{nG@(rK)kRcZn){OeBi)`0-Pu?%F=(?1uQDk@Uf$*)n($*0 ze~ALpG9kj&w)StnTh(NxdgwR_fANpp>x1DdhL%N=&GD2uMDYhWG zZMDz5ISp-tZg{vPrGmc!$V}OmRQf5 zJ>U|$9o@iE8@bwj;SX4Fu3~jDTt1Oq4`p{)=iL)y-pzOMmyKKz@iWE+$z3$>%KL{L zQj&c>EL^Fxp!MtLPn>&INF6;beJKqgv@os?`I^KN!?zQe9&knaNrp=^ruGR}oIYT_ z-1HZ{w|~NX`F}(3?f-?psryuWL=FE5BUnQQMCo54PiJa8Yq#gh`KO-rpTs&OknvS) zn~q_~9#U$)MHNoaTzU*znyNI&Q>@{LANs`R+XeCV6_;Zi;Ja>Enq}FZusCIn<4xH4vA#yhV5DipFtDY^=ooRR(7YYgwqL8@D1=su{K|0BtaA=QwYQTT( zCj_uhd;}*eW;3~Gd(2;ZTAJ$NiGt44vAvI~-m#W5qweji?va=AYl>z23D+@m;zcq- zo?`r|AoRbjNQgAlej*GPe*V1h-URzWMK<5uhav_u@Pp9@Oa3cz%hll5PelawFgd7S zzkXEG1EFw+qH@mo;Q$2<_angClPV2*`Re5a4xY9jK7#xm(j#7W5#GEX76BUd?X=%7KyPkMiky?KY|`lWZ7uMlj9Tzy(ks(B@=jrAsaNlXHZo0zPcbrP5_{M{w<0Dy zVCBGS%7mq6vbOJ=a4+%G!WE|>=S(yQ5Q(TCfl|n0w|#*pvg4{rCKg}vF)XJH&s%_9 zV6eUprQC(nuNsxN%Ui9(R}n)D%O}iO930+&ZvcU zFDl++l9i7v(j=_(jYq{ng+%Tsm)zMj#KfDUwRVxZqKRCkzUwq&)RER<@$JfDuY7ls zhvlt2&Zq9)48pcEuqSJ>Y9=f3sLsRA^AOI$3mrC5+y=|Rsb0e<`b%#=*^AE`Zt67m zep%>fjm)lek|(B}rF|6nO>2jV>1zs!fdfKpWY@KN{MX3f@LrYA>|dPkc0V1sb{Xrc zpMvK$K6DBG1_H3Hw@ILUCq&qlQ6zgk(LDHN8#gMxvS!FwCDFNjb&CAODSn1g z4C9kGALZgbiz5V%9{|6}bZ?E8{2Bj(gH!Q~uOz@~2L%JF3Dk{FhlBkQ2u01aQknRDp#TIDP?e>tXrIeUTx=_yD1Vr9gzk+uvM zVE?>oa2KH?6GzFK`{#qknA;Nzb8t|6kHbl zPL>z_!MU95;#nZGxjUYt`99W4L{ndE2HJU z*P2nXmA&BzeRbEv$Q5Y;XS4M5Gp!5M-kGmRK~uqUPrLe{q#QFWzPUh>^zThkKO>5x z#ToQ_nUC;OReBFqKx=Im03I#CLV#TT5LF}vClzF z0(~j6yu7#>OcEO`vE);y<%nh!6zs9_N>Rnwtyf&7K<<4|urUi`X2L`OX&sB^<-R`- zo0RR#H0FIx%P0t$<>5gsyv)Ohp!FTKdBlb)n9X_8Jx1`V4Gjb+1_-e^Ua3|=#zh#g zqtkVZj@ru}?)frXq?FC=oZUBBoY~f!jwKB{dc|6qiIk)e4Vfq)J=;822edY3i*Hr{ z-t5G)L9$dap((-fFv6x?OVBoKwFj8&(J9z|1F6TFeJm)$aZq4~?08{!e$BFSS@o+Cn%!TtFgZ6lk6ham>^EQxtM3oTqE(w^f+k> zT{6om<@@a|@yap&mik6sae`xQqJ#xOr1BdB&*J1u02YUqUw#y|iSd zl7v%5-8enP0jKrdRNc?kM$x{jK!8)fNb`u7Ds|bM>Mpd}p$}-^$JlD@A>u z#yy8*TZ{J#j#rXa9cIm9_(jivIleW0xcrgoJ@!dqxC(Kiv8DK;{ifcb^EY9f3;~B7 zx4`p5IpZGgbqKj^s$4n>PL43~#~nsU-Vv?MP5+k{vFnrp3&GFvR|oh_=@eY)`jFhb zeE1R}o_9!|9x2N{JX!<50WF~9}p1enGD!}jQZo^x;kwr*F! z;sMpVx_ID6>=0rx;E|(Y@LB$|B8;*tD(>L{*n*hc*6xVNPp>6_4h8Ta%2g3;@Ik;o zPwQzj6lf=CB!KCzTDLS;;1*d z>HvXP;aBOP-n7%P^X#|&JtT0>XPRV=)EsE2BAcO7PZbJU-aq#k!pA6vFv&zjJ`hCq zWAQ1W*z5IJVg>ObFNAMSh3ZSB1}@G15HBHwJPDzR{`6L?qWtB%=uzKqkAcLndX(2# z;@|+9-B*$8ytG0#BcRTR=zCYTKG8=gCkOdCt)qPD*9wu=nHldIM9rffp5U*YSy5}u zsm_2E_nvDjUTnF>^u%^5^0>l%hH4BMu`F$ObEVj4aW3Yeyu>k;_#`LuFDfkGrg&w( z*7t=kJREuSjAmzyNr2(Nys1)LXz)ibpr~sYb$&@|2nn8D1j?!3yte%f6j>oS)?Ff3 zz}hKUz)(0pYFcA-P)uXrTzivj{iE3K(>j-D*aj!d9C-X5 zNtqvEr`ns&E^x^iNnT~9?p*fiWxlYTxuH?&#~q{ZXIoM+;zyg&q3z@CFE-QeIK~`; z3&Of?H5!A3>X?T-5iJblUr?V54)C+05bt>Mwmo1ob8td0q5AABI{5MXQ!&T$Oe6rg zr^4X83 z7M0pT9-5B~nETsMic3EqD51tkW))QXwV(;~L6`p3?s+i{XY0IBuOY(?W#`NA@{cGK zH^ozTLr;q_F8iyhHE9othYEc=h#A$xg=u{-Eo(oTiS3t?nCs_k7!H=#a+R4UUp0Ch z@LpJ?2xxzlSD(`oxfFW*l_SrEId@sk=w~Gid29#Bo1rCL`s3ogD}M8382h=&HncD9 z_l*rOto|_p{jcjgFnZoXk^kvo`rl3f6AayX4ZxS-8r)YeRj;B0meQ_)@O!@urm)l} z{`OQ91K8WHMMgF}9Qec>A9-*k|5P+l&F|DfM8aG>T|D638TVFO)LBV} zl6gibMcMdj5(r?%1WGJtlW(uWZ+O5PjiN^wwVI`@XSUSKg-LX;M)Dr;H9dlZ5 zc1otR7TCZ10HhF6eFRt7ua6pshDQd>av9IqwLO^IwF=Plbr~)<6R6UA?wKQtOk`3M z>Q02W%__cGTeEX#s32L+7^5_iM&@&D_6BhSIA@w$5zIck_)g%Y=4>MCZ# zH{tvyqI&#J0+D|4>Cu?B^zPb$eepB%-6Y4p@ibmbK`!%8)kQkEYO?&Uwku38i+FXt zr=VO0P=_XoVJ%l7)$Bqflc7AFEG^HvINQBqUNT-n%~)kA@;$wka&B@F-Xf~&z@M)o zu?>zJ;X+=N;D((m$ylvzcqJ<$J=1yn8;CMP?Ikehqi()$+U&eNv9ek=MQJm5B<`)! zKr@`jBZwY{5_nz$6rCnV{|2%dcpM6V>z(ctPj)SKZ_DIRGc;q>EY!4z{6)SCGK}GO z$^(CDvRWBddhoMnpxn`r9ysyjr~68hYJJyszoS_ILX?S>y~ zRU0-|9L?<$EZIv7NL#(^603>aWKp4Q`SwN?)-$`14=;w1J3nVEc$l<}>gm3ecPyBX zXrewi(VDw;y%gAE?vC}CnKVR%QSF|HzKchQ;)c^UVeg)Do>d)3CYE)w6f=aHy?PE+ zo)mA#Hc9o}Ev>}+togZMq$9Xf<7-mG7`(_7@bFkMygnTl*V!3gErl!};^7W_ybx{4 zaU+xxUnZX7jLrJ_0)if(11-}DbaH6^&mKz*YvnA04L{k1-zOnb9fez`ouStP5*wHx zrlZc9t~-Ta?T075JmAKFk)$!`ZH5W*I&5X7zZp`gz11)HK$!4IXqBh=B3XKtINj{q ze}Y5F041Om0H^n@2m8g>7xT8)n@&#eShfM}-{xN#hX0lo_|wS$S3e8ggp0oZ4deij z)j!>_MMjt)rvm>bs0h|q79ROoXxt{3?6bY2m;~qi&6F4axla1zxbE4 zem_8~{nc{1p%bb=CF)(pSvr<_yB4;mR}y_HzY4?6CIzmqco$IBXYiV<{F~y=c$If* zHd?r4$BNZnB~PIXG0T1ozFr`C$&N~)yIKY*hiXWRL3zH?;M3o4Tr*qZ*PVl?{`?$& z_Xwg0G?gDiXorai8mKm`9H>?O+j56x-_djm48P)vVqu^%GvQ564xqo^H*{2%`AfLx zUsxgkJWd4ny++aR-K8sQl#ZIxYMf*o($6VZ>hJUg#)}mm>R4Y>Mq*{=spbm^^Y&fG z0*ZxnUjSX3D7Z8X{-pR;91~z^0x~<|LgM0dQPaY`72Xg!z|+ zwE1#V!ZB_C{?|L#>p_b~k^HM5cInv#c#eE>h(pZk_b zf1+lBm#VDQs|6+JOBYpM*13(6{i6*Plyj{WG-0!^X<|j0hNOP<+h)pfj9uUl>d01pPPlA zW8~udSfg5AR%fPZv{jKCI6+T%yEm%7-G$JRw!QuHA+s8yU>=j~S)NOA-t(>jW=gps zfuYmOyq4vLIM1A8(Y`L@hVmMtqr!;VeF3RIHPNqDGxjKlb#QwA4>jYx-;WGFyXNT3 ziA+hX2U7UguF^uf`t-_6d)0GD_|6rpt|?s06o&H{Y0GV0ftj`IuX$DG;O`tS&JK`tC+x9UBVEF%mN3lk&a3!v`WbH)69^Puygt*F}U zRJn)IKbK|$hvfl_`Op{GY!}>*Ikf3^fc@6{L^u~#JNX-^3dWVtuDDysy?jvPZ6@5} zj9Fr_E)}F6-CZ>HZg}D#uqoiMXg$Ui_lG={gWo+wE zX5}x4#oGH&Y(_XmMSr4rPu6JQAjt3*O1N_M*4F*Yc9ols?f6Y(22cFac8$gdc@k=9 zzw(5}jMJiu4k&)Au%g}jFph>$&cwFmozK?4FYc-Z3v>ldRey(IUxy9*7=&9xch^p z&g+OQgI%F_NjCg357=m=$e)2UV`Q4yxOvAnPmZ_JN{--06ACGRxZd&(v811*I&BSas0>?1;E`5g;>GA;L0W$(tPv&uorm0-O(SG1EPr4vYx$Ccu^pdGJ)Te#+HWQTa!1yt}k{ zTz@~p`&rOw%B$l+Cq}T*ar@-u^Ow6x1cM)4Z0YJMWj@pC28NrBbET4FIKYHJL%}OH zC-ey-sShWfPick2%)4nrl04Du(5u{gQ3pxBb8t7OqhlXau=42Z9IB1j?H8BlC$b*c zAcoMu&vIon)q@blUu=lJL6RPSO zxnvN%O@F*p7fylnG_L}wA>Lvi6BphFsb?d1;;!E+lW1;Dx-Nh2DiQ{#@xT5jRe@V76D^*wvcZ|UT-Z-~MlTPdk3t`ghPonUT zV&PSeGO^OczJpDTeK<1U*{Wh6Rm4gI?x4;=ZCj%WUVWKe?Yi=c@+4EX0Wyj!6TfIi zl1*9!p<$#DICY0nhBd!Xe6*`|t|c;6`44+7W2j6|p2e;qj& zMLt!C-$AJ^wOot1TbJZV!1){wfdoK_e#&!EcWmB4egjGAtn`b|XPw-Q%mdLzgY4!t z*FnUeOQ7t3FN8JvM`XJHX|I7$3B(bP{y>T*U7Ld0Wh`Z{qR(Z_--)m3RNgef-&rRB zK#_aY(5cWV`{gH}CK{)@$iIa}|0wL=s0WZJsvCxT->8j>ja9giLDQO-C+rB2q6oel zjBlXn|LdJ``uxie?+9lMJ%tmh1QvdobY=F|m)aNe!5ON+jwLp0?sD=xFAPTj0)`jy z!P@aun2U2iET)u@&Sw-!zagP1GBU6^Oh0lV-UQ^{$3(0y8y{7SvGXVni1MPECaa{n zOI-v$Bkawi!y+c9TnGlNsOxQEW_j9e1y`?kmCGAzb>-M}c9^geyHH8+*AP5_eF_iQ zQ1vQ|wO*(2JUE!0{VaktQ!#lhRiMQK4(~9D2OY_s0iLV|)yHwC2I#C0rK%^`Oe!Nc z)-_#1Ug2SUjW_B0@Su5rJQOrN%v)!VYY{(_^|d=%8SA-3u*`FfkHNXGBmhzq5)i}T z>}oDhTk=@vJs)a|A6eW{lO0_WN%yop3!$|F?KdscRNCWBTa0AL+3guz2#!Z26U3Pu zFJOY4D4!fpeyud!idVmmPkkKxEG0PHGo@1@Vjh4KQs+I=G4s<%3_F}Hvn7`6KArcZ zTYs{7GloNWjPitJZE!I$5;XKC@u%aDM-Vpd_NZP5;^dfw@T}gfQpC}-G*2upY*h&g z34Cye$Es}87+ZN=vI>ERKl{F@9r{aZ-K=SHr!vz=)15*Xo0MnZLg##J1eKg^+TF%S zH4~KP!Tm1r8jRoEBJq(n1x2vrdBEms$C`B}c5GTLQ%=qCyF7dLkEKXDUxHXq2`-iZ z0sev2A9h%ukOKfaj;W-;#3nhl(Z~2GexuyvY$_nK=z?8@eEqF=R|&LFk3Rbn&Os@p?i4E z=w*NJO|?$v`4P6by#2H23@&{x3hUls9urCbCo^LmKr(sFe7I>Jc!^Mg4#WG6g!_hT zigEFIYuIelC*7_Y{f&wxQFEoS<a^ul6)B5Xzz?h1cSG6rJJ}u#PEyR~7Dj=u9#FJ&faHCblV?AZ!uFz& z6f;}x_EUGp4LW0Y_;w8Yqn@-gl04^{I~}V=lCLNDrq{LNHhM=x7-0+hQkYfvO$pVK z4y*kT&7nYoLY^3sas;^6jgT@6&^QKZkK=AZ)3KE5S#A=-L^NH6^=FjxjjU}7>&<#Y z_?I9bWY!-=pKU`4T(ObruA&sGN~=!Ft$ndJmAHZp=MR5;<4lS5Q+Aw90(A?igz_4q zZW}zP8&>+J%UiCclQu(Rp+iif&GU+4J^9sAZl|&Z!dk6zgC%?TSz`H1JKKsfM@L(q z*mhjSSwz&{eqxGVlxIHE-JoFv%NfmvWmbhT^#JJv_0V0}^0KerMyB}S)lvpO z_+yZRSHL)+j9Nz&Dq@t`8?wBdl`LpfU#{DiX+gdvXt2_&6o2?TcG zycX;^!`Y)>#%$Q}7!MdiGOJT9>KiglaPTos@;_4s$>zT9+oOp8d^kJB#oZ6wb)TVZXfYww-OW2l}V`tl3K;a zHrUY#T#Ki~ZwPzI$>OFnADQ_9Baqk<>hMFo6Ri@ubOSQmNyVK!Fg->T$_bom*U6gU z_&z~b6E1~D>>r4_$=Ev^h2A47s{>l78m-ue=p0?-V}-G$muxX*&9z}1Gq*f4wfWo+ zHb7kh_Lnk?t?);q?1ipBT!zYrObV^k$>=^o25gJVqXG2y%-~Aum;b3`fRu>7bnxI7{ zh1t5v+KOOoDrq>$iyZ)xEr9NWsx7c<1jBC58Ua8-dHoW5$MEb#+~cpG`8vZt_Z?v8 z!N$7pmjQ`1s(Xows5?M!Xm#j=1hF`CQZJ6hN|@}&3?03a62PKj^NH7?yG z+>1mlP#po7&p4U(Z=hyFcmox{707YA4fyx9{(BpKn71Af%^YEi$Pe&x0Yno-HLil8R!Q8boiQE?KrCa3dM%lz`hsp(54 z+dFGbSDNR1Z(b+-`K{>x(e{z{|9+eQzxGo39P1-1{*#xi72^*(lc&wY*-$9251wqT ztZLdNDe=yQ{tz6^{w7GDnnXG=?t}y~v09)j8!3ukSYeu;h6IrMbH)fqZ|ix4+X~^W z1G)rc5OrKE58heBE92lh1~0?ABcM>K5qQMV0`Urq3xF8%nQEHgwzvz(tUqjEhkF>n z76Bv!zyql0m*ulzn+_Ms~Kf}1xtjPY8^CD0g!_7S=040kWcer{{;yY zQVtyfh%UUlc>WC_d3*GE8+O`y3coUhKZ)Ac5lsWsZ||cGYwuv)-IMhyX1R0Qqf!K| zh2<-<3+bk&E-e>D&yW4|3 z9CcspWiVp2zvEnLIkqAg_<0jijmbO3D1JfU2{T~Z>8&K!_`g< zO^`9WF{3*`HXbx`<2<`c&o5sDvL3qXODb+wYGJQ2BWXys`9sxW1bWgTowd>zMU7O1 z9G*?4llyj?*As3}-yPV=4RQ}VL$M~ylV_VKu5_RKV*>D)2OI4|#_OwbcEq){fMHV5 z+MUF5gUn$^?fB&aKF~pfgmZ^2ot2!4{fAMHdb>B*g-fT=o)}*@Fqu)vhUy0Rg7oQ3;I-P$~$%?CNiMSJ2=QbQ$=>Y1iXv* z;SEtIG4;Joheu~Xf^z~GTGThGO>6%*j?@2@i)6e5JK^3k{ORD8j!FZRy>c}xH-#VB;v)5jvtv=vrwI3+HcMc4eCFz>g;2qBWb3N|X%>%xqWD#rH= zr*|LwAx#z#gfWkd4S44X0a7Hu$qiEaRbv%}G>Y+pI=0W{O+w-@zdh&LbQcS#w17PK z1MD?pm+#+T!t$Df_yhFv zs)`ctZM$~FR$Tes0}4aX=LSdULnZs1s{r}1p+GyE9NfXsrKP1{sVHN>o9qmviX^@d zzAw8^zR<0|PaC?Gjq!@uGGs& zMFBLPj*%>mqdV^rbSo7@Qg~=<0(j>lGlW#*Jx2L}jUw;}AWi?IMf}V2OJ7Ba-(RU_ zzmA+P#7|Vu*>5hWdWBAzU`<0~cTt+fcVXK=%<(C2g&jxx%0xO%bNppTIh_P<(S~t9 zJ`%;C65zC^GvVqB3&X{Ufo{4+?&QN*osbWXvo3y;V-dqldBhoACV)x&6CkZG@6ON=U@E>gokN~p5`=A%&=fbRHO4Z}8WbdlVtCUW9@9|;k zvp{)VTFLQ##QJ&xo~6!win|@&!p1>M3={GFNUGaryO{Wnyl<%VmCMwzW?QO-#}ejX)T*KWFxF8d07eYSP>`#OYn+#j&jprpTeha_Hvb@s(A z?!5I*ot0IwFRMRb>F~|SwTR#eq+=?8*7sm*Uv>=7_r&8|HvscRSX$0CWuf6U(bzdK z(sKa|GJiio@BcX)vQ^Bs^u09oWJiJkD1Buqr3?+_lD`32kBMZYlwL(GQ^*`J>nhnj zFppc|c>zm=zW{qpb<9xg#ar9^6tS~r)&*X0XojF-Ow$07GSI6l`iUw_^mY1U0fFw- z7{1=x=noPHm>@*}L^0WY^JMr=z(`+LEp$P?Y`w$(V9E6{J|WE_K3FWGX#36MQvM{R zGkymY#sQMs0-=1Y^b-NV_b>yB@5*Y>Cx1&dOUHR%y3YEzHGZDP++sCHs%OQI9q4rA zO>f25Q26hCs^I<=8)k+rZ<@Y}>MdUFj-8wTZqa3Y^>-BZ{!s|$tOdgnVKB<;%Q3Ky zue?+fPoP#%cxNx!{>t?{9V?o`RNCcLZ`jw2z$TCv}eo2&GrR9Pl9qN2Zn!pSdnf%a~bgWcA#*X}Hm4dl#++L;qa(SMT zeF4<9K*6my+v(^)-=vi@_B4GJ{Wbozi63Z33B)zCfj+BURQOuHa07bWLuRHg*Zt@c z*^dqwKYy=_{4XTTD)e(ue@zyiRqu-Jcou_F>6^;+r}(D4QbsV$*^1U2&k_8%vc?_{ zi!d+4@VBR`oUHlX`3!sxT@Eh}MRKD_~3MJ@H zp7wdt8V~ioei5Rf4Q@vC7n~n-hLQ=n0)^+tzLRN1eU5b5pR%S!3%||PE9_I3cq)&g z<3RN`qY8n_LMuy*1w?x;-B`-}{BJxlBqaWsEixkM8H;;CqEbU>}g6xB!nr@iwGifUWa@WxiMf^Yk6N^s5cBQ7{;+;PbxX%b~Si z1DGbO2e%nb=U=#XGG|Zx09&!ujMji7; z03X2a;dC{$07EnXG0~r1algY;;Uwall1* zuSQL=XKEUa-{V}UPeL%Cy3$1@vEaI2vTqn$>TvoouWACFnWxR>>}roYgso~xuoZLB zKax4v1kF2RW2B;Ww%X$?yK`r@>e=9dX2w(VOuV7a?J4kGixo7m4vN@_gi3s}%eZSt z73I8roReG0_=;=c_IF+2t}haj^>h`FHXR@yKU!0D!~8855MH=il;a0JngQt%RLa2Q z%pUjKsEj&D6X1EO9UHEwznHmmrhV%j9FbvMqdvy0m}Ek^d!Fu03{2_Q4wQlAaX4eo z!F&)p@md|qDb1cV@W>gWK8N>YS)f`t>s9RpqkM0ftVV>&mtKK$C)|q59?tu^Wu1Ylvt%skP{kp*$9``Qa zZ5x0@R}=6!$efO)9YFLO>ql6&bVpn++aGs@U5Vb3? zUa0b;mX=#_Mne)apHtq}T|F9>1#Fry4>0#Tcl7S&nM{sL92YI-iVP=TT> zq74>v-zOyn-vWid9&1RO&CAT68Hzky4Z4VsS(tD$5<(F?3?c-*;%D&+ITMq3h~~)C zm^&~}*YK1=I1z>K4L+m&D=%;0n^hAm@X^xw4JY2ki^EFk&4>LyyKiz`&o+R7@GSB( zC)R^yT_PvbKJ4UifSF!Hs*hwQH^XF-Y}IzIis5r0FR28!pR?XIY&qMtWI!_;*$gT> z<$ItZ{P67s{u$6cb!PZzL(#bmpLA$>TiNd2FJ@Cy`6KZnl_xh>KdEs_N^OsN`7#Z;q0Rkr(=xk_0o=+wYBu@b+$SE+z9{EaY$69OXgNU^8dC}O;R1d9} z3kwtRBdR)PS%r#>i7Zkit;z~*4sya5q%hSYfY?rwi?U_i>pt*Z#{{j0m`%h|jA87K z7z=uYPeYb9k~+gpNe~h{ibi{}?s&G=!?R(oxtQF7J8LJ~1Gelf%FjzG`0kL353qvE ziRRL8Jp24jUj8yJ+&25Gvt5bf5?Uo(KA#etDq0`{N(WHJU9ao6q0ReBb7?Sdz7AYA zQ|-Gw+k~CxR&e1@75WLm>F%jO>w~m!_L#w)1*b@hd+ojr=4NG+n8R~SPp1upi!CAM z%pJ<{Y9WBf`0L)W!*1zVmsWC*pMnaOHIr}u{@Z5~bc;IjkW>H*?nD328Q*_P79{AM zM|R&EMs7`jFp1EY5-_xzQuk2F)bhJn@z$kkCio@nRz4880JR}U`bGr^HGvS`gSf9! zt~GbEMc)c9o#bR#%M1uRFBHri4akCDPJ=gnYt2rJy=l{1!QSqRPV1;eVhWujT-OV) zEHb#aX>9067N3VNz#0(&Yq58I{e8vB_`Cp4bp;@YPTi)BX(|FnkCC(+sYKztHOgFJ zy0JPYWxFsd<|NivzZ4tT3f%0OT+i0u0$rPO9FwQK^x5wjXFkfXpEK1Mla7t8kH~#} ziVElhJUOWE*Wn|VoqFR~F3Elq$(`+vneQRb4uH^f%?w^^rZ(?g9H4XXO&9)USZp^s zBPSw@5T$yB*=$B4gcoN8W$QkmXn5acH&&mBiNhzGpvdIjJWlfyjIV>LLAuM+(=RrG zhNS?OWl-ZC;vy%VcA<7dQQgj(@eBHZinpIhke5SNNqi5=MD29RKYo-}=BHyx%dT3O zIML?JW@$x=qBowPP3oVK8)u63nER7L{o4GYRP^^vNi}VXiji)s&`E&z!Yp) z4fgv!7P{jiqlMbB@atZWZ=_hi!Zi?ll6^{{5DcYXKe&F}h+~-xM=quHGQ(u8{L=P# zO|34p2LnAVexN2bP4#kmOwnvfAfcU6Z^AJ(PNQ@w`qpxf+SHdj3WyEyk?%gA zhWK3v8^aV~ZS>Q5dkSJ$nBA`SqO$V{sj@f}|XJ)>cZcuL8fDAZGUw8V%!jPHo zlYFnTanRY6^~uq&^yWcp6`)x$o(P8;nLY?)xuSf$MWAkC?Jr+Q^LH*&jp zmAzz*P|m~HwrUVG54EdU($-fU^}kaRiR3X%RvQ}ZD!-i|Tq%#ey6{HWjiiN3?;8FX ztmb@oA8a_EYr_gUtYFd`VQ_*t!&T2>Dq|JkvvX*cP3I|wjTmn zSrq+XkFvVgypsK``FI_Ec`Pcq8HP8dhP;o|vQ2l`*hk$>Wgxqjf&KeuyCpj@A z^)9&Oz6F{IsJCVi*L;=IW?-FIOx7EIf>=h;^s;&UYUX3GKu^#U6%(w;0-#*Oo-k#6 zHw(6wAjvzl4HBxe4pQH$%P}O?UF-wAyp!VQC(TV}vV25&9P;j+YqebsR0AWtS=(rI z7di22{<^O0J2kn)&g&GOQV%YR@h$2A;N}|@+y|%^`7m@&w}Soi*DUx5OyLHX~mvzcznjNqKl z)S(B*Ss<{}!a|WXwmmjHT}>rYZP&kP=6_c*fAq}CL*x9G47U>DamGhF+l;cza9IdQK2kezP<*ZF-NVeOdtnL1$(owLe2ORkIUewtjVPMMsRvU}zasEzORKZ$bI0glp z8{P`ahojfHL`jwlR|J6uJPhP28Y07m3v{dNP)kfMs}am^kHuKZAL$0l?LleOb1g0L z8(XG9d7v2mx@$o@tGk^)0);IE1UXW`rZE3c+~ofp8TQ`;=oC-7F10wot=uPVC+bgZ z#eSTeBI7ql!Ko9VVtFXDI3({n(eD;@x2QJ2b}Sk+g6UR_id$YS0DQ_JaUK!5<_UNltpvp^_YtSL~Ihi7b?62UiDSH{i#mP+fc)SjTgV}0{M z#peZUB?Xui0UIY}qa^4c=otQV$J*m@HH~@C7RQj*3Bq-D0TpNta(ID6gTmV|R@Lex z+mW1Gv)%5Vyp=s~c^u>4mNN;wR1<`#R*OjQR`(`hzDzxWdj7?mye}@Ud}6cPu-Xc?qMv_0m{|rSb#Eo zM;LfuC#NF5{$WLs;M6`?N{Qc0&be$|Vp1{I<b+LiFnbUZp zwxrb5`RU0Aw0ZLm#*a21Ug=HWqjs5~2q=R1e(#^wt4baEPP~pu(bA-gtTWMlCJ1>q ze94Y?`n3t$5Y!L%Gn{>qFsFSJikwh;Mzq=i$PX|62rY#%eRx{#HmGG6L|7Z26?*Sn zliE1~u`Rn30gObpotn$kzpIAVhCNQwbY=YFI#*R>C^x{YM+DNhM#?0EE}1&z`llv7Y%)lFC?og&ZUSM7Um;&=n!-0e)S7^u6_1vthX=UsL0(P0 zlqgkZ_p#P(z}81}I*N+C86puCT}|wadQBSrCD5W&O+HYHKqh&?8KT}C`h9H5Q>0eN zMW7+c_9b=jYDooId>1=tY$`AI+AEgQd`3IJMVJG@mwR?Unq_5IL9fD~d;O*0l|7tx z{8(tk3djgVdOqiyo8QE`Oh+vj^@GKx=usr=&fV6_wd+4*DE3~QO(1L&OV}X6aT@DV z1d#%5d*r>vO@|Y5_L)0kL{q#}igo>m3_Gu@2DE?#gMEQ8See1G&=!MJ3Kj31`FFLd zq77byr)-pN0rGkT?hCpUGmgH2881v_y;i5~4$L)BpD6Vz3Fij_5n0#S8Sf0AtJw2l z-qHPr(y)uqOIh{y0EEA+pxm-xJ5ZWUFh!(-j@q(iotL)DlWDFOb6?JIA!-5l4NB#d z!7;3;>P#n}NT|zq{@Er*Ek+~rtY`DyjZ+q&r+z;vv(QIZZ&<2~VG5L9tNUYqR8^em z(?~oqoS80{6_5pE8Y%qRI0!SkOdCe0+fLz0!Mdn^Rsyeaez*sTqm9syKm$Fwg;by{ z8-K-W$wKs^QLGSb^8Cx()>zl-P~H~UvKKdNEzf>-o8Ev_ za<2n;>i7gQWerGKb@<6DVk}ZT`_BFGL*oy$cE2W$iFL(xHqLoYD&zQ6y zD8;5ogq1rSmbdq01xZF>e1HHbr^-vCheLbY(yr87z9HUmi0f;;EGJI2G6n`$c2CrK zX`$=^fT!s|ut<%Pxf6qL^ku?(rVt79iTYSMBIssM&&0NSrZ3QbpdP|+Nie?wk42Wu zZjOr!C*Q6-iDnkAOI#)}xUvGszuE#Vuk#l!#2yU_dm-niRSVxv^*Gs2iZrO*DlKGp z@8Swh1>R>6$5>X$9 zsGII5niiCClsOj9JDQ@}aPZnHn~N2b{xKs%qN^wh2}vlmDV|cJI#@G8re0+dD`8R6 z_$qbD$k519lT%!wdzrn#9m*W!RDOs3IVl+oI(<|!JM*C_w z!vRt-EX8VZbIYJMNHgVFA-4Kgwjg@UO)ED-LONIij}lTc^{RLm+f& zmzlOt{NrsQThcf;1$WRd4G;TpDb!ImVAD(Zrl6F{yn75`j?p+K%?}&92bx8|cJjP& zw;4QLz88k)1VmTwSOo{kbAX;(H#plS@=%k~VpLnc`O(#p!f@||Ts0FNBLp$?K2%l! zE0;xr_9x@SMeod|pf^wN&TH7#2ld?lz7lur#?ETZ=3&H~MN+uWAL}y}HhsOX$8w_0 zT0&dYBc8_KRp-u$T)*#22VnS|16Nh@1RrTKDl#M!?d-}I)oGAeJYPfL8GL?!@G6Vt z%f+Eo;%DQq6t4!iR(2Vak=FNjEb?~ddI%O6WIuuD*OcTww*F!cV{V(NuV-`K=QrMV zi4yth`TFjA3b`)c{cC{BAb7~p^she3wQ({Pt}n$@w)x{wW_xWpsK6KASFH=T%-^O< zmB`lizA3pBuw$fWA=P@grZXSboie{4xtVz+F&C%}GAZLKBTmSHb&%Fb89qMcJX{Ur z1lf|m-0=07W&ZHwQe}{5=@l#Cb2M;9KCzCm)e=3(NjO2q51C9~pgQNK z;h^KTbSzvvo!p-On|>HCoq`aDt;u1({_d`>A@t7!I1obkiyMPy@+DKomQki2cGRXC z0llggCJT_;+&bz*jJip@GcuH1Z9bkkDq3D7y_xv!(5(4fobmjZ)4~gKY-R%T0H*Ty z32l237P~ffQ&NQ&bQwEba)P$iku2Ig?1a1&Y_X!_Y!uw83wlN95V} z3}KIp=R-R?qXl&I*0kqO2TMS>?=RJW?cd7<=bzQUzoi;bD+td09e8Hkgw0%ciR*5# zo3SB?vN<&}q`iLZBm3lZW~E~(uu59N>;cQ0A&=L9y;Bm{KP%$gDuq$bEgsOtS35^& ze}fx_d5i4xC+}pnzUG=dPU=06GWKd_Fl%8Ge-3wIdrqx3=mvbcBwdOo_j;C7P}+>{ zdQrhdqS@Ut3;HQ`U4(UV9?@5U6f~%Fpf=d9_#NnP{t(xM2JKFi=Z_C5%kgcOK^WwZ z&mhPvh%*L}VaxH)Ng@5}(bODUW zaiW8MUBKTj5DF?9ItC^dHV!VbLOl_H0zySaK|@7HM?*u_4n~#(XvF9w%t8tnqFK;}erp)8Bv0EG@6BuB~ruZfzeOpPZhZUtC^Y|A7kxp#BXO z^7C)N{s%6kIzT9BXsBqIf8YY4_#xk@#AxWuLKq|pdYIOpq%6XrSY(RHc{QK0Sw-{@ z$!)wwaVXeCm)MW~fc6X7p92>5myrDv*ni`i0q{^kNHanu2Ef3@HNXYrqJ-f5al`mn zX)Ewqtqt&cokJ|jD{Clvd)&ut^KLU;xwovu+PqfAJ5Q*i^})+oGLyJ;S`RC;Ii5PN z3Jhv0(O5nVj1Y>yHS_n@e*1191zY0!QvOvkxXXiz^aRElLVzMk-4h=1- zRG#tkYDEN6_#)G-yhl&Qmce%n-PuYRB{w+o^2cTMr_Omx)6}ypsO*H_hVkI=>w@Ib z0W#pP+&~g&*B#%JKhvF2SH!Ys>zH}lJ*^_nGdy-u*jR~Id2s{ndEFb<$xqb&KU@W-)jy`g zDxwD)mUTLB=g!G9RSM>-N=R}g%eZR(@`$M!I47pn57*9C=v-f{Y&%zVT#51TKUqxM z<#yZeP6#}98O`Kf3Zd#1(^A5k9b_VY6RB_TXauz;G+7>(ysl9vj;MblbVnO+GLUzW zwZDmpy-Rri!RaEro{!M|60*`H)ApNG%Xu}F={7mY@V?H?xhn?{1# z3m5l~%x`EIWwyQxPZO);Q(A zb%c+E>+8w>73=9^GcIuSj?_!h27;M`mqS z!GE9oo?4@mCI49cSK>W^6$k6A^iIMr#RC*=aB%*VNzQ zR^-}3AtKk~3CoUyw6$xAUXOk3dcIb$kUs|LT9~GZlw?$)dY*rqbN3KyrovI#=D5mV=RgIfiCCN>qoBpH`{<0Fl|jH#Kl{ z5nGgyF8b9o);w@o6$!BoEpBGwnfP%Ze3{h9nxrp(n;6;_`7QAQaejxMQ#w@`mfWih z6f=I+?JxFeKb={U2^91d$OYKVPx)zAC~B~N9H;KZJ?q7O#ig32ws6s5_|BieF-VrTD=OB zW>o<$FVMD%GntYku7!|g=br1pT-LX?kRHgJ3K7wj@zYYjx*e8f`I^#4UX{(5B~3-1 z1=&sUTGhmzTsEL0>-1u3=GRVM6)<*f=Cnq2)#u|JWUgA{+?ejHbdNig#6QkpY&N)PuIBv8EcPL8)_(L+rojip1h`m>uFyvbm)FE)(pl#( zkD?VmJ$jkWpP67)vY~4-{oTJneL|0B=9>DhPp5CLfJ@=%SK&&mb5XpPEPuxR2n88c zafB|-e%#o8p-6b1h>|g_j$A)<6MiY{!W|LLG{%?qpG1q= z`$>F@CV7P>tM#GZo;&Ra9>DA8ikKZWiTcpSSfTAT^hOs= zExgIY3DsLQfw$s2b93?(CYvNC>{^$_&2(x?G)z;R5BfH3C;Lp^LEx_Ah_@kq#~A{^ zH|2XyQ=|9UslTxq3@H__N$4va#}u5MHOX> znxYrK8@#^sS?1|REHI?Zzjv04qH27!z%YTw-0nYrPkmdhy^S|Aj?%AoKJ^481d~>t z`eHc)g^M%r*_eS%EjJp`v%HtyTL=L37y-;mp;zwe9OhYZmeJ7+W>h8o&{1KIlP9}# zRwb>O%-Y&a{4xIX(=>^*MVc?~I8rH{Khl$V)K_q9^=y_Q0PH8x2mrirg^d6%GkR~7 z@L>z#2!Pdnch2Y-&I{{=lgtysA??Sc2;fK*;$+>Pc?el${Lxgs1~a;fhOxIW!Vmyt zl@kFhJHbafA$J!Mz*q1GPpkgR>J!3CO&{V~|5d@;*I0K*q>MF^ZDaS!kA$#X(j_|08%SbHo25JUhGjYX)1RoRrf5Fb)a3qlI=aHo3Ph%vZtM{67oXzGP)eLD0 z)V|`3#h*?^qWPZG9i@jY3G%)+k>=~k{(b=F*FYS9^9!IM&X^^|W zFz4HfZ?7?#QET-Kg}=o)U(I6dW9ozKH#@MMy2XZ)rXY4N8A&1p;EJ4mgPHt^CNI{| znNxHzxyzNvdlTz6i{shis}l4ki2PsHRP(gj^7)XZPPPx6y+3~CLF)O`4{7%I_2W8Q zWTCHHpftW!m5=}v8x_4xDc|#V2%tg_u5!T|zGH|0vTk?3HBPtU`&#=2;?0;TI5zHK z_5oc~OPbu&K=xa`GZ*mJPpgck)v$vDM}^z?A_OoZJ`9K5x%{^xdkL1q+o2M_;%-NW z>8CNY!;C*dzSlna?hU2edlFsG_^<#Lx36$kjsS+>=i2A|Se9{jYPS|#gs$=#`S0!y z-F55nOu=xvu4i1e@*=DG%zRy_Qq9PS@ z@C5-x{yQ=y^t4EylR}CXpK7#h^KZ!oR13hKD**wPgj{~&FR3$KPeL{zfkHA0j*p$+ zIe{G-qUfi=chf?>qjZ|8!IU~gRhr4{)%OhoB&0rM;mjSo>wJRlR7}Zu{F+%uInWt# z0oQutL`@3x&BbP~F{IK9Pk64~{!SZ^qSd3a z6!sjxI*=z9YcrK4`MhR>7h%JG#%2qS6e@g1-ZdyXu)12qr*T%OFW^jSW;!Q5m}G+U zPGVz6w@1O(OW=;BZfwX~5AP9Ma6FSpiO2EkShM1nM<+>ILp6@;T*98aJa%jDeqQ+n zkU-msAb$6yc0P^5S80oc=}5aY1*481E`M^Tl`-5iQ(3Dy{f=c#(nfEUjR2akfB3Pv*WOLXt~&=Bs6{ap@W zw)b_jUf8<*;Z1IG#UV^n@9MRcI-iRi5lz?gO2-SVZ_kX)Oj*4SP5ko*dnV||)J*gQ?2gYXdBc*+AtJE5^usYQv!y-#lLzgw z>l>Zip4^R@j~qyHS*dOckJYLGzn_95R$T!sCY`?Y^%H(V=CgHWZFtG=Jt~`NU#%ox zp63#XbUhb8!iaP(GjTDshtljm0A0@GdoM?MIN1Z;5GUMWjV& zNC!Ajf(c${ETD!apzbznsN;u|hs_GX+T=+hzZ&9t!~?6O@@05s?r5FoKcp!!Hgzd8 zQjN2?lmyY+bxvljt)Hsf8K82v`MkRqe#OAW)+l!NRw!lKBl3a={8|(gT6Q_CQv;3j zK9BM28I2rnmUW_;I~g=GYMI>6a9(9Qx9r?fc*+&3-|=+Ho)5!wLKju&_{QKp*POkX zY&niH`-y^Lwe~e4U&+#lPDn zUNgI`TNg(bW}G2u$r<0l>Qzgm@LBd|y7-w2mJI&VrO(bRsUzFyg4>P3%eg+b4{nkc zV-s%A1Odi%V0H{cb9lTr+&D->EOC1}qSCaaK(cf*M8Brf<Mj-@Dtmn)dMZtqAQMe>1o(#)OU4DVO1woa5v*I-5~SC-n;IblE3bAE0M4%!H5evAFobfl$iZS3MFZCYQhhE zJko6!t8eH>Tz5z~mDLgU*zAR#slT0}E4e@u=A3>Lu}u;VJ|Ib5ARSF#7HaQ0xm(RG3sctkh$e&2e2^JGSy#BioJ_w1s`dM=b7SdT*=oEORs z8}k}uSVu$m-0K$QaP_zCq@;<5k)~R4!ES{`W<}qO$weRDzW%YOY}lbUll!4mFESTB z7cbtbGtG2hbkJj*?ZroLT2S)alceDL8|H7IFbHh#L=qIscKb^N zfTS<~+Ap}a^a2u%WG8LU`;Y#{UPv_&K=wt>#mq1AWv{o700@r>_X2KTul&JYusDz| zQuY9RQ2&d4{cYHcGiNtv@F!#eNfD9MD^=|y4Ez;bzjJPth~#Zd8CI~1 zRs`?~>2Z<7izm_V5|RY@KjY0F{@mi0x@yGB-e0Fht<=<`rW0Z~-tRP?k>P%SrzXpM zs9s${G!?lRZzx%YZu~PIuENH%k}OX*{UV69WasHH`2fxjIzhT{ZE2j|p-&tm>xbvf zp0)xe3IndH!u912ZqzpOtJJ;A+J@cM&%eoUw`Wn};)xFp)`5oGIKFgRP8P@{s9CzG z*=pZewu9Ebw@-9H^@Q4<a#0!iaV$rn1iv$HqzNJfa zqww~+iGL_lvUL?d16nW;}D+pd9ZRE^tVjK&Rdn!+(h8mhNO7e9c6x?)Wl*STD>E?z% zk=&j0NwGX}dHCL=`GjUTodti%8!SGIgFAE?*!mJ%d#!1{)L(=MswQ+zxyXNTNCL;$ z2l7HI;nT5-99nb_K+~jdaVW(~YLLTBdD20FDxTF1yJw8)w=M#Drv$GZ%BUoA@gsHf z|4JfF=EF)g13vWPr1yjjbW&+|RUms~m~WEz$X0VYW`bDMUNzWdls%JCyyuv=o>8_n zWM$K3H*_~Z;;8$h2?8jSbNtyYpsz18bS)j@D=Cm6TfEfAx}y?LZ1&LJc_~T|6e*~_ z??NRagO{PDT#@|1gSkoaE16KiW=_-;%0g$F=Grd1AMt^{-ga7FgOEJwUrC@bSRH+% zW;;~3Q&iN#CH`)wi#ep1ldf&b{#t;^FP=SOSy>XJibxxyi2N(Ihn5II^P-qDWtjy& zp=jy1`C_3T+p~%__cja^QlaTZ=bOCZJ$jmcOnuB(-&ZrDghd#%HHlILy2?;mFf!J~ z^wJyw!k{r4xzfWRe2R3J1UYM(jpIVSIaR^@5XRp!p1)@cJ*+4%FM}bcWT4~K;PO$v znTB;{1Nrs3sFhnA4B2>DJtHM>&0fFbdT+6_MJU@-qAr4NR8e!~4~lV5bmnY}P@7W| z@Hxjqe5?UigcX+Y4-g;=BdP;I0SHf z-yI$nB4-hSG>wWU5Z{L}_NB!*&TTQOP~k6~>t*kIKPtf_x+zey3wY{q>3ll6Y&={{ z)Q4MK`-ZJ`d+rwz-xj$Rl%<2;l({-iT#KEx#aA`X&~Y51Y)q4V&I)=^_yXrW(}=Lk zpIQ+AnRxyM2Q}=n9RaYxFAj4FU+0NAr8&!cHB~6rY&=nwnj~ThqQT&P1+@vmOlk>n z7D}~~$%xYD$&HwMlCxj!5+&qgsF_G&qFPC8y5^Zvr5!a~$e?atpRm9)5JI;i=Bcc4 z&Ts58zO~AXo=30x%(R3^zh-KyrIoVm%^agkRHdn(7-&vJ-Dc!B)4!n4K~@ML~ zMdc_X8N_{LydrT?p)9oD`&5=^l;r_PA{Wz<4Nq(qvuAmG(CzR|nN;2(UdxVxz6@&9Q)HBq07lK=CNqUh!&i6ooFl1$kKU{k-^r`hHlE9 zM!G+V6{UkOgfCn}>zyS1G#3*Y;NJG)3dGB;Skb=!;5Ks~;AHa@pXgn!<|IKRaVFH0M@kp#v^K)*8R-u0BDBQ1rUwJI`rmla9 z(x-9ehDrViul&VSYP1I_r~_wMEbUWl7IG}i&f>X4-h(z5+>9ERmIm^-t`?`=+1Q6%S+@Ern2s6ll1WnL~NM7Y;5~Z=Wp<}?15iBWSwDEn+ z?xNq^*u4!lA9Gun6UvX#D%%F(*6N<4Fj=f_K)1C%ik97fAQGvUfQdPrhKzamn<6(( zr^Jib2hV-piA=yrjpwZDd#VFj`}yMQO%*kISJVrB)?GeT=0a8cPpQBEt&x9qHAeSa zol|-<3en2O-bB{}@)P*D^)*=~n8hkgL>esbhK0^IlC!x$>&spQTW{YU`}yW#*=4Bd zRM4)i5E{=rd{15#W)O;&^E6p~>l5uP|1i|;f@3kHQ70-{ZQ@$S%!W=E zWB&KMC;Pi3p8b-U<2J1neaN|Uc{#VSd+M<~I0oIfA{83fRiG+gXci>4Tw(fn5qPhsZ3?9wFQ3_qhiiVn$0 zCq^*)iO%S`lxt6YowORlW9yViw1E3Zx-6_IUI8Pz%$>IN09!a`f{IXnO-vjSy2Cdb zH}m*e9d0s{aj}X6`~}qcCB>JB8qh7NQoWu2v>7HLg6d0?RH~rugm-9v2 z14%CT`1Yw5y;DW8&K?KWr7Jv0azdH>U0E_19<9KYOA)|M6C8Ph!$;OhxpvpWWhC8K z$}pd*&xx2G9S_bouE?QV73QsFmlE^(R;d^2BZk^+vDBJmU7{6$QS_+Uq^`{BKs_f* zJGN=_6ubE5!N7S*?a6dD{Bp<lmF{hLtDtpYOGMq>XMR$^KecBr9y>#R!*Z%*n9Sr>V! zY-fCc49}C!A%s>QlUArP#}r7U&R?XWF2qQC>CrF~;q|dLf+@a)y72Rp;5$p&8e;fT zxG(xyj)^p=B8P!U-3{8A#9Xpe{r~4y*|~ z6?ue(!>ElCSoF(ZdW5F?o#vV`-WP&1_oPwIx2#XFW|7f!@KyTO%$?pW0d*S-#VIFt zHjLR5!YU0TSz3*w_3(-aiWaEAzJ#I&#MD+weV;@gizya(L-(fz30i`Xw+gL5$R977 zY^iDs%-OJ>zcBLL_b{db7MU+?mpA*dMZ==upIE?s<#ikbP?+#h)WH=dGU{egfDEOT zHkqXK9!__6Rz<^A6A?gcp5S|M=P)(sc+0wdug(f)DEH|7!lhBR2>1jGdAQ*Sa%A9* z9u6lTh9<(kd_@2ae>}Mg>yV@K?*$*@{i6!bmz-z@!M$S0s#E)Axnx);VP_&WGB?bN z%sh7^fNq01zPoVp_IU6n8TbH(?1mB-7Xjd`^yHl4FkW2Wf%C*AbV8QQE+-Jc02gH8 z64{CX1tTM}m5MN*$`Hs#>#skN=0rc|b8jnTEXkon0Oa=-Oj1`bO_rSrR8zhNmmtYn zY~FVgJB`Eko`z$-hMC8evHrZ?MBr<31;^ke!b?+A`YyeBXZ~l-Z-x8(2o_}%u7L|p zNlSITLPe+=j}9^r3z+^{Te9t;^Oh%{84~%fiz?SinVYL{PSu7EFj~ir=z{()U%6@% dM|6dDoWkn?ofl-fsGI+LxA6BJ4-SC%@n02GhrIv* literal 0 HcmV?d00001 diff --git a/en/dev-docs/ah64d/img/img-339-4-screen.jpg b/en/dev-docs/ah64d/img/img-339-4-screen.jpg new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..99916a39d8b017cf60d74c8c9aa3f838d6bcda5f GIT binary patch literal 14017 zcmeHuXH-+|w(bg{SLwZX1cVT(0zrBa0YN%QlcID%0U@FHE+D;kkuD%ANC!oV0R-tF zy%*`pjeDQF&)(nIl&U1n_Zj@o;hQ@$m2n2=EDssYr;4h=}PaD9Nap8CY4E z8JL*ZxP*DxI0QMFnD`|51w}-mP$(;}w5$~5marHU^6McW0s;bJB4Roc5;_Pw6FcO$ z4|Es6ijfls^tS`}uLFby#>Tywb^x0khk{*H z0hdzO3Xj8`3KE!@kI#9#_9M04$R3xNwMP&EAq_1ZJp(rnFCV`ER9r$*N?JxyNm)fz zOFQVh57tDus`6!Oa}-H8yk#`_X`&Y>nY|9CdbBM7saJe(8aTIr{sVH;#1vD%&+}O zz$vD;M{VsfLP)~}UEtpT1?_Lh{v5ENzl7``!2TQ86hI6HVU`h?9FPZ2&H+9k4+}x~ z>x9k4*Uv`g3*6aIQCLLKy5->v0#tww2!`{&J$dAa?sun!vMbw(nf0I8Sac%4s%7Sg zFAhbVWNbcGx1huCRAo%r%_+<%CO5ltz4tt`efX-lFltr~|Lm=A@}Qia%O{h&-B%ie z%ZCN(AEg*0muBO1OMKtryt_hR?aw`99USW*=8sv=gf{3s5qy` zs5v#}MMalw>lLeiQS?Jf+@vt=|B28DYTnj=X;e$nRii=AR7o1bz(AA}x&V(fNloXv z?#Y{JckOBs=abFE-m58ov0149!#VxBu#H*RzDDZ{B+aAXL>STkW)?uqU7uWCxxTp7 zmRtKH@~;OT%*DKOgfG6=vvIE#nok_1j+e3pNg8II#N>T3r=eBk3-4s5HZyg?Q_BvY zjM|AvKDk>uTJKOYy*MdJ^Y$aA+`_Xsa z6g$SQmuwfyV+HhTJe=UHF^G}?4ttDQpAp_RjDUO^pH~VBtYVAwF2ERkU81k@S2XIJ zr{pEJ_+ye#G+$k|KkH@h6JwQDKSzql`Yr6nFCj++tIdR__S&`y?+dI}nobKwVF1+s zF91Aa?eX`i7B6ckn>*1FHg~_YT%{V0zuxdR2Y*_b{q}3POoJl3YD%+U3+q-!iJFUB zfHnS4sxTGj$(JeCpluk10A1M4VX!EtgyhnDK;8AJTRJ~Gklne#A2ag7-bZLurQgUS zpeRRxj=C^I(>T@0JQ2A!;A`;BP}Z`&jZ#aKG`B+Z*0yo{aaj_-*yNTMzRQ9!N1{2M zoBm2(-JWzF&i~Z{zqdI`D=bw@)|+UPYV;$CD33}~zGc=PxYU;QS8P5ttZVV)OcGn4 zs!r;Xrl+K2xmw=mZtrmkpVxW&hrBpZwiFtKtxgbPMk88F* z*~@c1a`>G_OOZhl79~#4oN4dk&$RT=DtBlaCn0?u?XV4%3pPpeeRk?eGCaC+r=^yu zXNrr|Xdv92Jt5s$(zbj#zF1hVCEk5+HLfAs1IOXDf$f@&XAp^URLfW|q#2tjN|Af> zugs|ryholwC@uo}GD6JkYS#`8@KkX1?NQ%aKB|iOHlZu0cB#AlM(H{ayuQFYD&}=^@Z#1N4XfMeFNgBgVi`Tk>33H_OpQ)G#~@S zq-E%wKpL9omu;v!Avi~Uvl6TA%RpjCn@ zho=k%J^drqH!y_b%HFO22@(<2S-WJI%r&1JyVij#u)t@ zN1j*OFN7GbjS7US@aBDS6scu8e|Jbg{idSEEU-r-h7hKo>YbyKs+ek%9A(25HBwED zbZ)0#UQEWy?By=%;bnWUR7C?)ea!O02(P@4v-(!N$%qhe#EQRGFp6}#$0tcaHsiwT z=KGaBo9MDQ(&db|dUaDhs@wkU+2OluQYbXA<^;r6dyvtw9)A{gz%p{dJ_UBpnR34% zm^~dyw(C1R^7A=Y(1884LFkas*wOgtF@ZDJMPGoWyP|R-6f~_*Y^LjOq!=ZPb(X1$ zx2`e4Fg!V8sVC<-c?bHCdZ^Dm$KP}d=FMsN zZ0=?q9}&a3chPvq?ciO6*l92GjSec;do}Rwh-L;}QNIagg2x{f;g>twNaX#{X?i17j&*aJ z_Y~!RQXYjuZX|UFpF)b6TpGunl~cHleuct43Nv$e5f*ra#b$n_DvsU zaNW61359besi-q=Fx0x+=XG2l8I&o8|7W&&ZB~P=F6aJQVm)j7J(C*yf%x*Uedod1 zm2U?hwvwK$G^l8;tax|DXnXh$f27(Um#94&YwGo$>-6xWo|H5?ia_$X5s)Xx}RVi?_6HM_bbmCsJ@a1ZWuMU_% z%`m3{OF&%$bxK8T&7GchS|@P3JH(x1M|Y4QB7@JuTFFV1^p0+(EZ%}SvgQ$_vpM8? z(uXr@3TWgJPqy%Bw|agt#;m#T&zwdZj5YE-zL6Jp(>Tic2{Q!NJ8*YzBB8>1(;&;S zpPTmTiGRG^*AAUx0)uE5&GU`cRJqP2vU9>oG%&}B1|q6tQ{~Sljt|6sw!kkh;1i$! zwYhN81`TAxE!qBm^FNQ;?+#1U3K`AR)S%mWak*Mzc2M3IV2G7lYbh?oENeV>!n*tu zNV<$q_6e#{;)rOnk(qRA!-M!WohX>TlRS5{RV2mkevG})7bZKt(P}wrX-rgejQ2C2Y6PB6aqdi z^Epns)@Nhsf2wNJ|MThyQ`(jxU{)PGu!UJpU$|C29EWF zSOV1O`!;ieWjBmfX0pgglcgVu*5f2VE_)q@T<`iKAWJ{e`-k3(@C~si>G|pCeC+FH zr+u_;iO&Ir>(KcU$UQ zrN`8Q&AE!}yrNa=4~N$=o6iG9iv|)_Bjh(%(ZECBLlOC&s?GEIv0gNQ6<@j*x*s30 z3l$&TI_h&?MtYgnI=Y-_DT!v$2!31MlLFK8ycZi_rwzCj4^cOC4LEJ&Nbk)?m&wMW%9#www;_Ry&C#;A zdUS5vUls6SncMfsu?}+u$!hAw@!Q{pNR61N*rI+SvA0jwVRYcd)Uf9dp!rWJjoybm z6`kR@>5}*jkwu#6oprH@klD6J!FleRMCTy79w41+x@Nd#$W~_)nDxtx zQw1$j+ItJl4iY<*QM!7ldg`lxmT7Rog$NisD8G2J<6lnv%(@o~0Ttrx%(v?Ca7v_* zxqh*>tQ5t4pHVTbS60RVzdNN#bP$S&VSdLFRx$q+MYKi-XS>-9t~%z@`p%-FNmMI;3)YL&tfzy?~BrC)px1yaT~Dc4L0Dilpl^ z1drfqSHq@u**7O&xY$SNbLkECp|4YkY9+x;OPsUCF{906v!>WhIyQu@q{GrC31ajE zh4$q|keo{iM>E?5^9W&zd&C|%(%+T@0vaJ^{gvOEKN#~q%1O*W-PLSX+kS0hiU%f& zKeh}+vG&IMo?U92-WM9Uk$ET=O_V;8q?`2PvTdH(L#8ik?PE%qA~-?WClG}37qsMlJC)1S(QhTo+*x!sgzp*t5ADXy&K9qq%#$TRWPV|lKg%w}bm#I^Elbcka zflq3x@_qX6-dY}FRD>lY)t>e2sI5A2Lqd)*^$E698voJI=_u+;+U2Dk+))+fe`9mm zfee2T4JcF&eMSSZtdpZ?AU8(7p%4wor5zuTohtEQ*2CE93cM$NYaKq+!#bslxkB^& zjQp7lrEA%yTN;FJMSph26sPBowmFMQij5z}R;C+gwXBb(RC%EkFTK1L^uIc9y)(Zi zDr068M=cZ2X*`R?%oRL6-yD9G`IV`kZmgB8N2&qUEBadQ~=VaWch>VmYE z7KJ7CTpxvgCn*o7fG_zuIgA0t*OPezPKYXyLgV@=;)lXtd{E#WNd&8Y*8fXddhT|0n}H#PIfPK zdK;I!=qUa@Ggec>wESI>(MRK&mwfr^J)SW~^m$mb4$x1zRO>8k`!Q3L(@wOI_YJ8v zDJ^054&I983le5G<8jip=aJkX-e9;9ba~Hr>iwaDolo&M5&_h)hEI(u>9|&c#G5Tq z3o=fcOK+4m7~RQhCV#OcSLXEq}_23L6WvL~XO?t_&XDI4OVL#^r42*g*vv zdRE!#ox|~!tFa}9LbdPo$KA4$?2wVe_^5aMJ`0r{b?vjTbx9i&`mCsZ^)&~g zRLV}Vs{Sxz8VT}9TDepC@sw~+}`sIih*qMQfPo&YcSiOIuhy^ zhU1z@c4E4W(#LOh~CpwfYT=k4m5zl+wvEDRnhD>Xi z4ujkC>JWIFdhOoQALsQzwko$J$zB{mzmfOJnS_bSXcZz~gwYIw8Q&$t7^hg8%Gb$I zkvDzdJ_P|fDCQ3ZEt^)3h8E`&ZTAY|gsbp&WN$u!it`s7NO1M@&8t*QvORrW7_)<- zQHXe$P>3}+QCn`;bs{7xN>|P|h6y-Hvy#o4Og+jtnR2lT_Zs@NB4xIaTk@#CLqFuY z!K&k$cxq6@m!`~OABPcmFrsgGO_7+Wn$H*6Zyv(@?Sn2`OFzqU&ilP^Hdh~ zm4P$K27N-ZfngoV8>uDa^Oed)qZbISN{%dlT zmS?QfgYw(iH&8+M;U`xZW%19CAop_S_iWOsqnDOS|3eeQc}XIVO}5~&$pqhc*+1MyF7C`DPM8szRJMlQhj;idw|#6hXCFvytFb${)RS>11OqXCZY+)FYv zpy*`$cYDcVhdREIwj5irEp;0~p5~TE>~E^nfZU#9d`Y7(`%;Iq|5AOgiam4NSEpT% zuH!CiD70&2bt-ndJGCI}kwlQg%TQvugYohtJ%*}JTt-p`Ff}yqLiBMlk%D}8o*Bt$5<@+ zGfcSiv?6}%Qt|+GPrt-_|F;KrxI4Rxwu6wKA8x1IvbJV6hA})Cs?_hz35(H`H1Vp5FLnf*a(|Fy_3k8Vz*oUgd_NEW6Rb zOSq$TTjrkSGV5NX1N?9a4J2BkfvCa@d6LVvXfz=5{|5G0Q@>}}Q6t2gdY8c65`j>wj;XslBkuUaA}C7bcKgYhI`6Ef_{WKeln=-reSE5n+8ekIG- zymjr{tXcfDNk7}MK?$C5!KDn+WhG3ruBHQK{T`Jf6w5hwDlSxGg`2V>K%JJRO z=~=;DN_GQ9v%V*5c+eg@1Li}!;(VfIZ-)$LhP~(ynHYRsXeOD(n|6Y3}$-x zDyi#@v!h%;siDgcsxu?zRRr|HbnUgUFjhkZ%&31``IY_k>8bs=@P|;%$PpT8E4_iv zmA565Y9OhwpYds&V``kqoa;-@e~BhGBu9VPJB0+<}( zuKT<>pI$D|Up|5i6*fH5!OFS^E{()0%Om*jod5q6*8XFgw0xxe0mp{raUX_L!C1Ki zLzq@Gig=7|Z#cP6P&))`NSIz2*^#8*3$t_@5mCO9*)f+}&loq4QvEEu(c;3};)@3K z-;O;XH#6r`JPE4(!tW7Fr)f|9zCX>|MmNVv6XL=x`BYECmj!P$KO)=;FGEWSL72dq z-b@8rpTpmBOQXH{;n2C8Bi?Vcu**7O5TinA{&RHxk1#N`4&coFnasIUdEFogn9k_% z2nsr2nG<}=Qqg6=E~YX>{8Id(tq{&&%*rDR{i`3P?gi5_jg|1%u}dx&zV|CkNTPX4 zt)n!=YLD{!2$P1~14QuB$lNz|-B^FxMX`xa<>BA@;3z@?qjrK74K^<#Wa}4{(~=8b zwbrkEa9`Kc-8S)E6on1`t?1(4NcW%06(G+wF_wKB4P3dwmmR=MKJcXt%aiYCV@g`@ z?Ix&|ASf{dD~nFlAXVW?jOVucbmg>y6&5K6{kh(?eXQ3a@9u$wkwPs4^FQ;1ZI^=8 zW6GbXfoF>dYhwBbiS0jJim>kAHNA4ukPYYx*wVon_@@$)-;wr@Vm?I!@#XM2*H!(H zPpMhrChTcV^J5&wP6QJON6|tBu8=rKVBF!vyPF0pteh{6FdHbrmFA@ubSQk%l|oHi z!1odtH`zvZcOeu1QWD%m2$}p@ggCy#tNW%kTttnIl$1Yo(7+8z?DhM*6;tJcs~U;n zB&JCD&0sVj0GzJeJ-tY~I=tLSNOuAU35*aotN3P-j;W=JNijPHF>%W^7~zQ3K#j0d zZ=aUi2*~@ULiI&oeFauA;e7@85AIIEIh{o@-Kt7l(t3w9smIyEQ?=ca(H5~r#t`Yzn{+42AzSqG3hW3A4Bz<`^! z0KM9m)`yla-8DMJ=6t|etK~%!ey%|QV{(B`CaR)kXZjfpG3k@Nq6Bpot7TOb>~-qa zhKzyITMDbgHzDrW4i?sqcU-*C<4gVhP5SQ^PYZlAAN6E7I#JlP zMA?Kr)i_$1OkuQ~qOaE^A5;SHfjWckDDsuxeBQE~5vIpKqh!G}pMk4D#q!t(9N0~R z>z%{6-*qnD;GO1nmb%{leY`BpmnC!2T+BH3c{G9!4S<=*_0wr2u(v{-J6+{(+|ouMB|c@IAtn)O$Xxp``e*^|Hfr>6DElL5kp(^$YQ7A#hR$IUr-{JeoTpO z-jA?DcnBm4Ixdze5)6ufU_@E$Wp-3N$-LC*YHBM2BAp!N#BN5Jg5jS$H%DI*e(uY= z<-<}CWI{)WH{*J}qjPvM(CFKn{jkPI#11aEh6FE5Kk!RH;{*02>S^kW6`$k zsC+zo;l=XeHTd0ykDINTeLmB}XhcT>q}DXfpX7Rq&1?WAyF8@twGg!T2A?Gnn)hzE&iO33oF4N|{nsUj=zUCa>EV()BRR;QDbvyZOjFYPqK3JKpg@ zq*SC0XR!7$sOb#%P*!YH$)Z%5jj}V(;IYvC*%7K_PQ)(*a4a8sgsiI%!cTT82#f-D zh0>e|ft=spCD&))cH4=ybW~8>0iN4c_SJ1pybhrj6UE!lCrHe%RI1Z=%BNiAC`+o( z&7=bQmTePQZD3@^VnZ5$q0y?AOz@hMieB1XyA_^kSrYbWM_hGdNm~|N-zax_r7>oKK-=+`Q!CL2kV1778! zK1YXoH!XKUJ(go2{pM`oH?svpC~2Rg%Vamm_D0s^vYQlLo}k6o-KzX|s;v=y!Of-a zl)Q=Xvd6J8YTKc_3G#%}VMgQcsLPFEyk2o?WE`+|_oK4M_9f3nM^cAW;%>LSd-)?y zfKWDBJKEM70sSlGgT!s*Ngr6+*yhj3E@Oe`HgW-zqOvn>*-%ZIm!$Uwbs}F3^Qa)P z6d|gswet&sZu>)Bm!G7X@KG}=kG$lm>pSpcKwrK5+O^f02W|Sd4{BAQ+{JqK47t=^{^B$F@uj^{|U*(uM{b0XQ94LdpF=1OC6j&^C(TZ0d8k!$_Qf zh~vC`nc&%k@T#s)tS`9P$#k=HuyY^3U463S-hT5fA*Sd<7z+}aiG4IkgO$m0cVYq> z=8Xo39^(u}Sa{!7()_qZs?46Nwzg-5!zM#bX9D~cLk>z@grCtIlbz3_fdPaZG;3wU z(%yCT4n=n_Rl5Px7=E@Y6~e}b3a9VqB@(BfKDvfCkFJ8AbwN!*%~q(JjorIQ?AwQH zCOuEe9}->kBx7Ib(eF&zn%Yo-$}wrZ-!F&7SYy{STJgUL)Q8bL5P0wO+-}ohNk~7e zuY^O%!YM?nJW)$4@+)p22?v6h9JT|Eb0l3djY?=C^5Da&C$3>Rijs>x^(x^`4R(mY z`;s5oTMZ5KZA@~;sKLKR&WLj<;e9P-a129GLCA?F|6@jZwBF;0QmRN-kUJX^4MI%W z50!~9(}SPp+3N5m?QqG`x65a%t0Ga9Z;YN?7=7J|m^jlBd*4K- z0Hef2v;M+h*`B7Ml)s~aUz7K@v1%1Uw%f4Sz-6%emsaU3lu~V&#yB*=q2fw)6fL** zVZ)yvupANV>-Y>o5$aMUdi-rBVGv&IQ6d5t?58@dZZyhV7Y~c$dPhId@3SQSyzcq) z)QwzKC=N+{L}ac#u7)hy7qRN0^Mq}k+z_moS-ZC9`Bw^UnNDJNRdN@YRXkd2iHQ9b z^2p*eeUe+3c158CsfA0_YDv@9RTOt)2yN>Kv{zOe!HVv%F2%6C+s*y`yIKzf(}y0& z4k`*P`p1cXIWtflPc-DeyNtM<-HX&?9$?QV8&E5vz486gd2v=G_xsC@dpnD_fg-%B zQ`#k_-KWfPtsFkK&c?mf4;;WVk6lMs#JwIEgel~a03N^Td;enh%OAMmebMC@_Q?6m za}{5R9}k2~`&T4#_c@Jl2ai^C)z$lN;PN;E2v02n{jXT+N%TmUY5XH`@b#;>xzh~2 zfCeLA(uAdW-RS8xqsb(>W8wQZQ zl%UmNR+8iOMrN#;*G4}52O{V0SNx)-o?ok$XM+-zj{adJ{^Y{K_}}nlWh5pon)qvp zE3(4(^C>>LKdHQJ*Vk%*Ul*`#Ecp7yAv9t0$-0ATxZ z0$C#<{`ROH3QQ9M9)UUhppjEe-C!+bVe^ZGkG0)e;mkvY(3^>ZYVCW<3i+e#1H<65 z-_!knl#&c1<#k%?ZH)7l=v~RNyjpDD&wlGku^WT73O|6*(RuRg?*jDDEi9Inf_7-u zh!sK9eWEZ@hZ?h5r*Cg#_CHb;H82?;g@+1v{ggN$1@pa{EV%iSk&mDFH{Anp(rGfr z{}nFASfu!aJhFs|UDhhVJUYez<4p1_8(jM&jpH=@3U+yqh&WFW7_Di~xDVp1A%fwG z!SFGWPJ*V<=m=5ecDJRR#p2rRrjQSOaBGl#g_4$TeB!X@DH1ZW#UR;LP3m;5P_rApZoorBHxb>6E#bdDEyz1HF+Ac{ zlk2#3?NEEMhT!ZXe6L`^>iH!ctm{VS;(p14`Bt)<`*tprmI!aE_rxMPG~~jFwd2Ul zo9vCf{PhvHT0vUEUiO zKB;$dqMq^kEW_zKhm7K@j|a)|;y3*rz~7JVcziXfi`yCSN~L9@hJtEJIsSAU2F!YI z?@MIG;OgAklt1!YZ@O&7O`8oB2QY;t==7=gJ=o~P)px1hqdffhKxtvDS(nto_9JY}K}CfDo|S!wu5b4lkv|BzDU&?eGpz9(y zg2p`WC7TQxCU(4giF0=^4;zyb0b}wWc|6$|0e*GRwue}gKf?anwnr`BfuKZPBf&!< zGM=KaN>6n#sc201XkeJ~AN|WOfQI2~1f}p_z0rc;3s{&0&Dwu=U-$R^vDPvD|4l*% z*1bRn-dzV@$MY%PQ$4!!Jv7i6Tpj+aQo#jNk`M~GuA7MGq~M43d?7M=yA{M1eFlOt zY>4oIkbhEFg7R?52eBxr0BZ!X4k!u`h2io6-2h!4_}~5nf{{}Fr`QSzJ^6nC4!gW~ literal 0 HcmV?d00001 diff --git a/en/dev-docs/ah64d/img/img-339-5-screen.jpg b/en/dev-docs/ah64d/img/img-339-5-screen.jpg new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..d882d44559842c195d5eb74039ee04867d65362e GIT binary patch literal 12279 zcmeHtby!@>vhNxOcgWx_!QFy0KyV2XoFuqAK?BU-?(UL-Ac2J72^J(c0fGe!PJoc$ z4)fUioOjNB?|%2bo&Em3YrdKOX4dMS`c+p~RoAbPv&dzDP*qVy5dfh80O;-oAUgpf zOppOc0}LVpP>4WaA`o&OkOwf)(J|1`FflMNu&^+(aUpoPI5@Zz#P1cZf!g^Pnrj)zAsz(CC)@Y@%% z2cWx?6Akp|1^n{@p@31*&@nKvuyO7lXdnboKwvNmDi{q774`1vz`OeZDiInn1HUZ# zJ#BLgMt6unaB?vwlU(gb5}omVW>NVEA`e8x#N{6E|QGPbm`wz0Ldckq1fZ`>yVu-cNn~1A`M^Ca0!nX1~s@tgfwZY;Jwu-Z?ltIzBl)JHNR60~ZJY z{{zA2mI)trwC7bR2>x{M}KYTb|f|u0Z;0V*KMc;Ew z+uW1s2@jL|;aeGbQ1~QT|%u_rJMWnVBYU@qiqz_Miaz5$jo?TKwh4*nPE^kn1VmDcE zP_olOucZ%C9Q{4Ig<9I+Xj!yd({#EKV&*p?wD6;VZ%{OldEAxi$$+E|%2K`^t;NIvE=(wLOlK1( zR`QcQqFFo4!@Z!pfhzb(w6G76L-*tNUtCBX?TsIxQdgAQAwE0oC-%mwA=Co3V*Q%6 zzI8eHsp?2+e$fiq;X6>Sc~z{NtfTG5Cj|WVItkc4c+pe!+Be+E{A0wIjeaS^JGJf_ z5;2V)qFkMfJc%2eA$s3bNXPpAa#A2_e69H^l3)S9zD8g%9Fgf$;bKKpg`!532VmW% z8-QH*@ahLE#0OuC1~!*0^E<2C-A~$+b8qV?RWr9R;)#1pWoKaBbkO8e%n2W+U8JhG zvw?AXyzI)iVf>y6$3MXM>lE8DnM5yPvIiN}#j2Fk+l^<68yfOaU!;^2&c~g(-pZGo zkcYY*M)cE#%SRhXfmIG_qFO82< zk<68Nxr3l%w>-}Tf0(hOoAe{s2U;DX7S`EEsXH1DaR^gN9i=TSYv%)CR&P`ZwxPM6 zA*?}*Cr-w{fK{qAcWntA-!|N5Dkzx87zyR*L;?hm*L+Q_Z38{6NlL?lai>LC>NE7f zJNo&XsgFhIwJ8R8k|}C+b+jQl1}J+C^)oX>^CrD*St}6iaYhq~K*273Z-LsUKH| zyNuON_1>O_MEEH7&j}Ni0`{anjuT^bA5PNw{#~uX79lc$o-XBuDgyZ!E;8{&rq!n% zh;mu4O;&OvMR(mn>b{ci9h6RGdK#+e;paoFjHREtbtLk6`;1AedfTq8>*8O#IjB8Y zZH=%-W7fwg!voZ*X^(-OzoPX6*Z2Y^eUVEpd=F_qHyFcpmGX~=*=zj$2kI$`^Hz$u z1QV}AHb$%61UfC#``RZ|;3OaOg1dyIHPy$5wJP1mG=ckm< za~fV1a?dfo4i{+(2>CXeLlh~bh_xg*o2-swtoLeOnA60vKSNLcm=(Q-Q7ZSx(3v>> za*(MmL$-JXpQc0z|M_YX<7VbcZ(Ad;2!!b4jy)*9>O1kasBg3{)|TWd98dDc1@x05 zOdObesP9|~5PUrQOd_uox8v^jUWJ9uk;t~FK@sIa2pB^=1Jv_a>6OmVrEGxGAWSBwW5LoAeV;fcu{n`3TN zvA!s}5;oSg1FH_!Zy=c8Zn_)sxprV{znUmJSOiPEFq6if zzl0&&d_+hm+44K zVIqM)jBzBFJJA@vfyR(Bh9ULFSQb|Ey>W)Uo$Tn0M|l)N`*OjcF!mK?`nH^-28?O^ z<77Gqi7kdr3rqlZ{;*!=;s6Qszd-`MdPu-_r6cnIwyAWQ!Fkbvb}NenFf$^NfV9j7 z2@*K3l&RbQHgw)`M6kzYa1?}d9ePW|O>i3kJLE(H2ajR@>`gak_-6B(>;g}kWK5nT z7fMkVye0kUR!ZqKi0T4Hc58l98guLV5tj7p|M+|Do5G0OXT3-u3ubT8k-PtFoo+wc z4tBJL1d^X2ftZ(9GI-Y=u}FaLcA^*dV7a4TW`%eR32gNt0mcp_K=Pl)hjraAMgpG` zZxvv-9Em@!9~|EDUUy%qkz9WZK>`d_D^Jjl8plNN@mV}Wx6jINKX=1;SCPQ5OnvRM zk#pWdn*T5O7}t!(bl2xdVBG)-tp4ZG39w-OwYEqAj0DE!;yP~TWMoDntZz?vGuPuQ z_eAC30<9`$UNQtvzedbiMJ?Zm-KLFYA5r_ey!36N3}EG#6;ryXy*9j7FlNXrc!@Lj zWB`nt=G?L;kE%=jlcuf0^aC-*$E|8I92^R+NmC6wFG|yUWx33?rWYKGFoK{PjwrT; z_O*c_T9q=i#}}TL*c0^rXOUipCr@bE(Q(J&DT(f5W5aV?i}M%V>z~(d{U?a>gr@Qj zm@U2ix9CQL6T~g#W|cd)YJ7rTmI9_BGegX{KV_n>w~N?)WA&c!DkV2r7(o#7?Jo*9 zpc9fQ`aD~b1)IrsGvnsrOgWoIWFv9$+3Rb0%h)5q`CL`^7ZMO@T&f%HpM1BW6h{xT z`NfJ#)J$CKP5XchwzE9f^|?Hm8$COu}Qb}?OuEqeJtu!na0hLn0-sPud!z{;3CAn$7pA!Qwix9i~(WnZ<}Tr zx28`ne%th3{a&%Mphu%diwnBeWAXr9N_x7lInkH$NMNS)rl=$3 znHv(QE4@Cr8jxAxioFf?&%C*yTT?m>xm5}Lc$3e&mAIrw`EI9xb^LU0;p4`|x7{x; z9{C*{L%Z0GEcqo7Dg1z)_ zi68S})C%tusPt@4_(~5uVA&Qw`~JSmz6sZfH^VS|*j(Dhha~l8+2_Sc5uOH959M@O zj!W{&hd_ZT=jX9%Rj)o6F+V)gU5|$FNkOiA3iv0-(8YIienmCNpzL_R-9Fe!?X4&# zCOf?6$apXK=mE|bCgu|euxHXE%`&<7JS#&D$60QuXHB!kuBYJf=sgd@2e#(=8!D1( zIlytW#T4@xOYCTqhFVvWwFV2GhfOuWHuRp!wSLaJ$&S0JJ+Ha&M32yh5#CnXgwxRjTbCa+SKi0B zTw|yrK|IpbYP;mtbxkdk0SXn)&20;JR_A6EQ-PLX1O*b>e2efnA4Sc@AM#|{k{0?^ zYn0Uws_WrPIob_K^GHC+E#-T7ZLuO{1{ zrHEA3uV4d;ptR7jF^rf1rG2l>-20ziy?pbNNBL+?`wUZT@p!d{E1K!k8=_Y^ifN&& zO{yj872K49NuoRMx)wEJTrP$Li~Syg`EBKIf0~*+Xq2##dxu~7LRVQMb1lWv$&!^Y z0yRkQVfu!1pRh7!^r(~_Soh&{&GQ!>;w*zmfS5K+7d=sZ;$)u2WHaQUQSFgj-zMEE zo1jgeWBoGEH_yYZqaw8DqtfbhuDKUl==xP}X6=bmxhfBl0IsUX*RvwK!y8AV=BZz} zU);nw65v{Tamx~ujr<;ux9)pRz{wR!i-Q#v=T7b?XPy<=)TFLHd8FXR?V=JZ+08l} zxxaUA(NeX-Zg4)`c9}24?`0Q2pt*?u=@IF?Z|uXIF6E`U!zV?6NA(ek+Y2{>XVcAW z8%Hmr;=Z)PmTAKS21)i0L-jMS@1dV=tietCn1oxy22^Q$8CWJTMLB%w*HHZ__e3>q9--~LZ`hibl&}8iB`K0RZ&Y1fn37D9 z>Db@-fmC#j0tL?Rq}af@()VV( zB-&(diRlREm%bXBmM*xP%=!@sRSc3j|KKAK)e?lFXRk>4$i)jSvi4|om-Mmw7H4#- z2q~Mm$6GC-i_sG!f{%+Z=Q{=ES?8UE6YF-89SjUkj~W_}_42L{#9b~j0S` zsqZ7>Demg6_5)OT!@BomA_gL-42+Q*9Q|4?Jg>>OxC^pAv4ME5IahJk%waN7&ag%< zo~Mp}29J8M6X`O>v#v+_#8|z5Y{JFA>nnr^XZNIpgBA_!EEAL|L@#aN0+RRd;(Tx6 zH31TkcUT=l0*fz?uD>p3!`jp~E|?rXXcFGl-RN7IRMxD#a1myqP+FC{U>-KMqMNq%cg!-QH1ou4?FSC};dshxv$>kt(XEw2owYHlLhb+l!FC zUC?Rn^G1NztU0tJJipArA#-Y{?mPmerv#oV!Dv4-CC$}74J!Aql~>dn2vTB^NmBc- zCjAuS&ZW;m*^)0cX7+x!_#o>Y{X#-ynK%;Qf1J#nYVS>EJY7YYrovd5mEXEHmui-L zY#aVsp%lSazVaA5RK7mWTmg`V^EZqL+#bH*%okr}vu)%JrC-AZj-?CocN0nEs#O%9 z=jU{+darO!yrPh+bXJ}B3+yF$d)|E;(g-{2ze{R339J)uy>0>$5*;(|60N42fbJjC zd`O_Ey71;u<~&9!L*`=UbTmq6 zy9qQjSL^TNNVRLx=y`_(rF{Xj9ZYBSLV)EDiCUtoS+V0wn0qBLcIm^cY(AFl_Mq|t zhNc#Mlc>}6_{ehVExLS$thv?$4Zlq}h@v9On_XpV!j=`i=u-%2$`|(WaJRXa!SXTG}H&gqUA7LD#2th5}zf#!-6z#wgdSB=#omd*P zA1E;f))s zbAtDh6X4_Sv(axho$l3J-sH%dSCq(CnYq>T z={b%vX=8ceA>*Y;!?wJJ^A!IM)A)TRaP z4G)vFz#8DUTBMK!DLbGSg*pVzrIgf}FxmOxtdqxImw6;($z;B_sUaSbK1%Y~DrZ!I zX;PAXzvQc>%8Bfj`mBUt*VW?;|C-DdM-$O0v&IBrx*spgD1a^#@1Da&#;%5sLx^d;(_W7oALM#~P+`Od3iyw7K{K8|60zNN zW+x=Rg$L2tmj)U?AFyoXN*tavwQb$@_ozhC56+FoF4~3?ul+V(g;5FwR2`VEt&$>I zc4W)KJczFM3mx96;n+l5yLwQ08%8|qnJNz-?e64t5T>~O8cZ*{;X;jHFKofwAbv+f z^`pH6CH7!X;+$!Yu5`G3j&C`=b5T#LWUettyjTOIBG@6o)eD zEWs3KI^7ml=}=<6u2=pU+6jynh$h_u;jA!B+0F_x(d#yQ5Kla|>29ODvOv5*hzzB? z(iAN%oLL(#3h1!yYTd;&@xNx?|FrTy8}J={WpzH~Owy4soLoa`7%J0J7Ut$17R}Lb zJ)bLDqvg7M%9zC{nyOPz9s@l%#nXRfp5S+4lolUVaO?^1uivu4Ty(lS@JaP_qm%p>%th3q3&4s zNxW@N+|~eXWh{tRJrp#3fKov`q*ZP{9T6<>`6~`ShvI`D9efm!9<3>8e2>{a8%5S^ zuNtKw%SEYcHAB7(y!k*O^JYON5|FUe#40Q4f^EIkn?9v8oXJUAbGwhvm13+ zoJf?4EU$W4r^Fnb&|sIrq23>qHb>0OQnGB39wEAe+GMT(FZI54O!1R$pw~_f))`b_ zZp_eSsu3yY(vYVVr;Ch)#qL4kmhb6K+IBSDEXMcn;==oyvJP$>ChoUsmUJ7(?16B> zKD24V7O5>YDHzn0@^rt??$HTdyWi~t{vk92tseooaLN4~%pj;>qJO;_<)f#bkCoGK z0p>BF`%Qy9g{I;T2ex8BW{P4p@v#e@MnwFt$eif<1G%?RDrp>OSYX@c`KR@rSRbhp zrMv251f1TYMm>DnIP+uhg|0ikW%1Zawv{Vm0Gakjnq8K7i=SS}Ds8d|?fbvG#O}oQ zxD$I-=5kf06!81O#Ktj>+m66&#J|}YXSS^2NTv^DhvSZ+?32_Py^GP=pQYKsR(yU} z+(X3OKCPb}uUZ+JJ(hBy8dwov+=uST-7n}voad@ejp4kA>Iw6tq9)Rhn-j52>S_5r zH0qE$rb6j2@0Tet<;KVNVp>2XL}G|9pg1RG=<)Az@&R8ChHjO7?@Ft8Rzfd%iw+XI zTC5z$ZLCiIr5{bW?~u%-Qig(J2YC1B<+6SDlMYCjLSq;nS4Y34s->xnkZ@$DVU}I+ zDq|6TLelhU4^p(R1i5GVLi3=k?v>)0@~%4(IokUeDjeFD{ck-7yQk~QD5gC@UbOjD zBF0i4vx!_5$q$czTk5TY)!vl@h0?EP`i5^Y%J`wQ)dL>wNWeR$|7S!u; zdH!DrH#w-*o!(S~Dfn-u9>%a^Mw=)39lstMu#U7i79)9q`(~3o$jp7m-c&9YVLi`m zDLPQ@Ve)-yP9e7;=CQziZkU!9inmheQ)d zV8L}8n#dS;Tq(z@J7UDVm0o#2y|5Y}3K=PsO|b*n$TO=$j^@%Lv{go0LxWb897ekp ztJ_Y}JK5O|XA{~gBV?V+lwhwFY^jIdDFPj4ctY^`nRc2*Lzj%1=h5+<-iR@3u4wwg zLGz<6^0U`p?Ji|j%0h24i{{xAo!$Y5ff|7SBI3neB(eEjcT7-lD`OftBlKN_kDZF9 z$IV}hX<$u?BTW6xh%xiq>ST5GHw@jnM8qE$L}j|6#8~_%2$cR>O_Y9+^rAg(*(L1y z$PBuL(ZKLhap@j4twlxrqXT@g%jsH*np?qX`Z`CLM1ZwOh#!5RgB7|`xX||o7_o7m zpkOM?rj)0l!1#$sxC0RxI2cN!$}Tf+&ACI`JJlIc`9 zj~RBhgyp!H!?aiwKMxei3rH!Tft+wp!KvyNggano^W-FVC}69lNd<0aYtHsMi48Vu zd{>G2aRGnHt~ovz=Mll;_KRP?qzByNsu&gvyK{2mzTcADHSU!!JcE8RO#7jNy(Sa6 zqNV+7?y&?D1b625&!7B^Z%jJVN%OCDSvu28{j6SXg&x&4n z4u*~Z&LYKjM^^nPLgvt~U4;B2D9o)>+*Xf?oSr_;du0aPre#t1mkw(7Ylm8n^9L*2 z$g^8OY?%*Yk_%M=B*r`H>Zz1fR|X?oB*p|M_bk7X7vTu~?&^eqj%51e3#oYP!IxT0 zBlk+RBJmsKSd9V4=OxPuagE~I?hBsusPOsPrC6Y|%`-uPo+tthc-Z}>nlpswJ1Ie> z<8($vVg5%MRRgxmy6)31(J_Bq9q{Xa?2G>$;r?|Z>%Zh+|D1hkoAcei1g5hvm@2B@ zdwh;CNnT+&Ry`pwlbPoTDaohg&>WPNNlMG+;m7c41ezZ{J08umZZ#~PYa_@|QWD;< zyYkB&8cOckYQQDo@1zExBi_De7qm=BpoZyABcqJlk5$BR3(}#+@uFoc3XIp2n6b3= zfK&e}oYDXiA$LL_b9ju7$j$!6BRZ@4<_MvEteBN+0Rg@GUDxwRiXJd>Faz%6 zr?x#~ib3`3QF2?h$i9zws$hJNo2^quwZsU_ZrKY&&>FA=Cp_-_41p&+WwR@J>8T}v zfmVT{RDDgIBD&|2z9@Ty4ibuyI?~J$B%JHK!2|3fG1~r4UMFpOKJP~}llYVwmE02Z z>q(Ik2(z;+n&*>XOg)PcIHtr163NB?i4B!6fsI_z4l4YT$9*YRp6ZkWbAbF>!PX*` zio2wzs5SPSQocp`$%4`6_K8*H#7cg;!StAxD$6w((RRPiyk3izrZUf?qf)b$ZCd>E zdGAz{uZ}U4B4%Z4&1a%TO0D*D2(syIA!4rN=D~M)A#7k}>X^TBXyV^)1voAuNNwkZ z4Jb@XmjqJ>urg-FCY@A0eD}=(5pC^rHQ8w|1Xmyz8Y5*gBPSM=r=V^;Q0|GgHa!6* zXE8_8TXvZX<2muyfK=O#<@D0Os0X7lSAwc z#S(4L6{;876K@K=2bmk3V+04Dc1)*I`WFm1vm8TWSbxjA{E=U4p0^=^`}ediV^BxM zu@Q_vOex=~!MgRMt?&Lf3cBC3BYoBCs)=+pb_f-NU!4DvI?CvYhPyaMlhWZ8+kn9BYgh0Z|;R3AoOgi+jGAq6U)>&!k@f;XVGj5|N` zW#%DRF%o?2FC>62JHn8%`5RG~C;^f>riC#;2l=_ub{!&>(h5{f^vIx~qfQFL3d<6Zz&fk!6sdCEqdSF=8QI zu&&~R2iG^-NZ{-)3IF4#PHBSk#I~u#n`_uDVp%}B4x8IAvKlqWrb1l#*ITCo!2K<#SXjhP+ X5I8kAp?48hGRheE`+pPEkzfB8yR`m$ literal 0 HcmV?d00001 diff --git a/en/mkdocs.yml b/en/mkdocs.yml index 25ef6e7..70ac9ff 100755 --- a/en/mkdocs.yml +++ b/en/mkdocs.yml @@ -81,12 +81,12 @@ nav: - ah64d/34.tads-targeting-modes.md - ah64d/35.tads-acq-ranging.md - ah64d/36.tads-hands-controls.md - # - Datalink: - # - ah64d/36.dl-comms.md - # - ah64d/37.dl-messages.md - # - ah64d/38.dl-points.md - # - ah64d/39.dl-reports.md - # - ah64d/40.battle-area.md + - Datalink: + - ah64d/36.dl-comms.md + - ah64d/37.dl-messages.md + - ah64d/38.dl-points.md + - ah64d/39.dl-reports.md + - ah64d/40.battle-area.md # - Weapons Employment: # - ah64d/41.weapons-empl.md # - ah64d/42.aws.md